Merge commit 'origin/master' into drm-gem

86 files changed, 11737 insertions, 9683 deletions

diff --git a/src/glu/sgi/libutil/quad.c b/src/glu/sgi/libutil/quad.c
index e604539c82f..1ae7442c80a 100644
--- a/src/glu/sgi/libutil/quad.c
+++ b/src/glu/sgi/libutil/quad.c
@@ -713,8 +713,8 @@ gluSphere(GLUquadric *qobj, GLdouble radius, GLint slices, GLint stacks)
     GLfloat cosCache3b[CACHE_SIZE];
     GLfloat angle;
     GLfloat zLow, zHigh;
-    GLfloat sintemp1, sintemp2, sintemp3 = 0.0, sintemp4 = 0.0;
-    GLfloat costemp1, costemp2 = 0.0, costemp3 = 0.0, costemp4 = 0.0;
+    GLfloat sintemp1 = 0.0, sintemp2 = 0.0, sintemp3 = 0.0, sintemp4 = 0.0;
+    GLfloat costemp1 = 0.0, costemp2 = 0.0, costemp3 = 0.0, costemp4 = 0.0;
     GLboolean needCache2, needCache3;
     GLint start, finish;
 
diff --git a/src/glut/os2/WarpWin.cpp b/src/glut/os2/WarpWin.cpp
index ee746ecc764..bd5a6e80c7f 100644
--- a/src/glut/os2/WarpWin.cpp
+++ b/src/glut/os2/WarpWin.cpp
@@ -1,420 +1,420 @@
-/* WarpWin.c     */

-/* glut for Warp */

-#include <stdio.h>

-#include <string.h>

-

-#include "WarpWin.h"

-#include "WarpGL.h"

-

-#define POKA 0

-

-/* global variables that must be set for some functions to operate

-   correctly. */

-HDC XHDC;

-HWND XHWND;

-

-

-void

-XStoreColor(Display* display, Colormap colormap, XColor* color)

-{

-  /* KLUDGE: set XHDC to 0 if the palette should NOT be realized after

-     setting the color.  set XHDC to the correct HDC if it should. */

-

-  LONG pe;

-  ULONG cclr;

-  int r,g,b;

-  /* X11 stores color from 0-65535, Win32 expects them to be 0-256, so

-     twiddle the bits ( / 256). */

-  r = color->red / 256;

-  g = color->green / 256;

-  b = color->blue / 256;

-  pe = LONGFromRGB(r,g,b);

-  /* make sure we use this flag, otherwise the colors might get mapped

-     to another place in the colormap, and when we glIndex() that

-     color, it may have moved (argh!!) */

-  pe |= (PC_NOCOLLAPSE<<24);

-/* This function changes the entries in a palette.  */

-#if POKA

-OS2:

- rc = GpiSetPaletteEntries(colormap,LCOLF_CONSECRGB, color->pixel, 1, &pe);

- GpiSelectPalette(hps,colormap);

- WinRealizePalette(hwnd,hps,&cclr);

-source Win:

-  if (XHDC) {

-    UnrealizeObject(colormap);

-    SelectPalette(XHDC, colormap, FALSE);

-    RealizePalette(XHDC);

-

-   }

-#endif

-}

-

-void

-XSetWindowColormap(Display* display, Window window, Colormap colormap)

-{

-#if POKA

-  HDC hdc = GetDC(window);

-

-  /* if the third parameter is FALSE, the logical colormap is copied

-     into the device palette when the application is in the

-     foreground, if it is TRUE, the colors are mapped into the current

-     palette in the best possible way. */

-  SelectPalette(hdc, colormap, FALSE);

-  RealizePalette(hdc);

-

-  /* note that we don't have to release the DC, since our window class

-     uses the WC_OWNDC flag! */

-#endif

-}

-

-

-/* display, root and visual - don't used at all */

-Colormap

-XCreateColormap(Display* display, Window root, Visual* visual, int alloc)

-{

-  /* KLUDGE: this function needs XHDC to be set to the HDC currently

-     being operated on before it is invoked! */

-

-  HPAL    palette;

-  int n;

-#if POKA

-  PIXELFORMATDESCRIPTOR pfd;

-  LOGPALETTE *logical;

-

-  /* grab the pixel format */

-  memset(&pfd, 0, sizeof(PIXELFORMATDESCRIPTOR));

-  DescribePixelFormat(XHDC, GetPixelFormat(XHDC),

-                     sizeof(PIXELFORMATDESCRIPTOR), &pfd);

-

-  if (!(pfd.dwFlags & PFD_NEED_PALETTE ||

-      pfd.iPixelType == PFD_TYPE_COLORINDEX))

-  {

-    return 0;

-  }

-

-  n = 1 << pfd.cColorBits;

-

-  /* allocate a bunch of memory for the logical palette (assume 256

-     colors in a Win32 palette */

-  logical = (LOGPALETTE*)malloc(sizeof(LOGPALETTE) +

-                               sizeof(PALETTEENTRY) * n);

-  memset(logical, 0, sizeof(LOGPALETTE) + sizeof(PALETTEENTRY) * n);

-

-  /* set the entries in the logical palette */

-  logical->palVersion = 0x300;

-  logical->palNumEntries = n;

-

-  /* start with a copy of the current system palette */

-  GetSystemPaletteEntries(XHDC, 0, 256, &logical->palPalEntry[0]);

-

-  if (pfd.iPixelType == PFD_TYPE_RGBA) {

-    int redMask = (1 << pfd.cRedBits) - 1;

-    int greenMask = (1 << pfd.cGreenBits) - 1;

-    int blueMask = (1 << pfd.cBlueBits) - 1;

-    int i;

-

-    /* fill in an RGBA color palette */

-    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {

-      logical->palPalEntry[i].peRed =

-       (((i >> pfd.cRedShift)   & redMask)   * 255) / redMask;

-      logical->palPalEntry[i].peGreen =

-       (((i >> pfd.cGreenShift) & greenMask) * 255) / greenMask;

-       logical->palPalEntry[i].peBlue =

-       (((i >> pfd.cBlueShift)  & blueMask)  * 255) / blueMask;

-      logical->palPalEntry[i].peFlags = 0;

-    }

-  }

-

-  palette = CreatePalette(logical);

-  free(logical);

-

-  SelectPalette(XHDC, palette, FALSE);

-  RealizePalette(XHDC);

-#endif /* POKA */

-

-  return palette;

-}

-

-

-

-int  GetSystemMetrics( int mode)

-{  RECTL rect;

-

-   switch(mode)

-   {   case   SM_CXSCREEN:

-        WinQueryWindowRect(HWND_DESKTOP,&rect);

-        return (rect.xRight-rect.xLeft);

-      break;

-       case   SM_CYSCREEN:

-        WinQueryWindowRect(HWND_DESKTOP,&rect);

-        return (rect.yTop-rect.yBottom);

-      break;

-       default: ;

-   }

-   return 0;

-}

-/*

- *    XParseGeometry parses strings of the form

- *   "=<width>x<height>{+-}<xoffset>{+-}<yoffset>", where

- *   width, height, xoffset, and yoffset are unsigned integers.

- *   Example:  "=80x24+300-49"

- *   The equal sign is optional.

- *   It returns a bitmask that indicates which of the four values

- *   were actually found in the string.  For each value found,

- *   the corresponding argument is updated;  for each value

- *   not found, the corresponding argument is left unchanged.

- */

-

-static int

-ReadInteger(char *string, char **NextString)

-{

-    register int Result = 0;

-    int Sign = 1;

-

-    if (*string == '+')

-       string++;

-    else if (*string == '-')

-    {

-       string++;

-       Sign = -1;

-    }

-    for (; (*string >= '0') && (*string <= '9'); string++)

-    {

-       Result = (Result * 10) + (*string - '0');

-    }

-    *NextString = string;

-    if (Sign >= 0)

-       return (Result);

-    else

-       return (-Result);

-}

-

-int XParseGeometry(char *string, int *x, int *y, unsigned int *width, unsigned int *height)

-{

-       int mask = NoValue;

-       register char *strind;

-       unsigned int tempWidth, tempHeight;

-       int tempX, tempY;

-       char *nextCharacter;

-

-       if ( (string == NULL) || (*string == '\0')) return(mask);

-       if (*string == '=')

-               string++;  /* ignore possible '=' at beg of geometry spec */

-

-       strind = (char *)string;

-       if (*strind != '+' && *strind != '-' && *strind != 'x') {

-               tempWidth = ReadInteger(strind, &nextCharacter);

-               if (strind == nextCharacter)

-                   return (0);

-               strind = nextCharacter;

-               mask |= WidthValue;

-       }

-

-       if (*strind == 'x' || *strind == 'X') {

-               strind++;

-               tempHeight = ReadInteger(strind, &nextCharacter);

-               if (strind == nextCharacter)

-                   return (0);

-               strind = nextCharacter;

-               mask |= HeightValue;

-       }

-

-       if ((*strind == '+') || (*strind == '-')) {

-               if (*strind == '-') {

-                       strind++;

-                       tempX = -ReadInteger(strind, &nextCharacter);

-                       if (strind == nextCharacter)

-                           return (0);

-                       strind = nextCharacter;

-                       mask |= XNegative;

-

-               }

-               else

-               {       strind++;

-                       tempX = ReadInteger(strind, &nextCharacter);

-                       if (strind == nextCharacter)

-                           return(0);

-                       strind = nextCharacter;

-               }

-               mask |= XValue;

-               if ((*strind == '+') || (*strind == '-')) {

-                       if (*strind == '-') {

-                               strind++;

-                               tempY = -ReadInteger(strind, &nextCharacter);

-                               if (strind == nextCharacter)

-                                   return(0);

-                               strind = nextCharacter;

-                               mask |= YNegative;

-

-                       }

-                       else

-                       {

-                               strind++;

-                               tempY = ReadInteger(strind, &nextCharacter);

-                               if (strind == nextCharacter)

-                                   return(0);

-                               strind = nextCharacter;

-                       }

-                       mask |= YValue;

-               }

-       }

-

-       /* If strind isn't at the end of the string the it's an invalid

-               geometry specification. */

-

-       if (*strind != '\0') return (0);

-

-       if (mask & XValue)

-           *x = tempX;

-       if (mask & YValue)

-           *y = tempY;

-       if (mask & WidthValue)

-            *width = tempWidth;

-       if (mask & HeightValue)

-            *height = tempHeight;

-       return (mask);

-}

-

-int gettimeofday(struct timeval* tp, void* tzp)

-{

- DATETIME    DateTime;

- APIRET       ulrc;  /*  Return Code. */

-

- ulrc = DosGetDateTime(&DateTime);

- tp->tv_sec  = 60 * (60*DateTime.hours + DateTime.minutes) + DateTime.seconds;

- tp->tv_usec = DateTime.hundredths * 10000;

- return 0;

-}

-

-

-int

-XPending(Display* display)

-{

-  /* similar functionality...I don't think that it is exact, but this

-     will have to do. */

-  QMSG msg;

-  extern HAB   hab;      /* PM anchor block handle         */

-

-//?? WinPeekMsg(hab

-  return WinPeekMsg(hab, &msg, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);

-}

-

-void

-__glutAdjustCoords(Window parent, int* x, int* y, int* width, int* height)

-{

-  RECTL rect;

-

-  /* adjust the window rectangle because Win32 thinks that the x, y,

-     width & height are the WHOLE window (including decorations),

-     whereas GLUT treats the x, y, width & height as only the CLIENT

-     area of the window. */

-  rect.xLeft = *x; rect.yTop = *y;

-  rect.xRight = *x + *width; rect.yBottom = *y + *height;

-

-  /* must adjust the coordinates according to the correct style

-     because depending on the style, there may or may not be

-     borders. */

-//??  AdjustWindowRect(&rect, WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | WS_CLIPCHILDREN |

-//??              (parent ? WS_CHILD : WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW),

-//??              FALSE);

-  /* FALSE in the third parameter = window has no menu bar */

-

-  /* readjust if the x and y are offscreen */

-  if(rect.xLeft < 0) {

-    *x = 0;

-  } else {

-    *x = rect.xLeft;

-  }

-

-  if(rect.yTop < 0) {

-    *y = 0;

-  } else {

-    *y = rect.yTop;

-  }

-

-  *width = rect.xRight - rect.xLeft;     /* adjusted width */

-  *height = -(rect.yBottom - rect.yTop);    /* adjusted height */

-}

-

-

-int

-__glutGetTransparentPixel(Display * dpy, XVisualInfo * vinfo)

-{

-  /* the transparent pixel on Win32 is always index number 0.  So if

-     we put this routine in this file, we can avoid compiling the

-     whole of layerutil.c which is where this routine normally comes

-     from. */

-  return 0;

-}

-

-/* Translate point coordinates src_x and src_y from src to dst */

-

-Bool

-XTranslateCoordinates(Display *display, Window src, Window dst,

-                     int src_x, int src_y,

-                     int* dest_x_return, int* dest_y_return,

-                     Window* child_return)

-{

-  SWP swp_src,swp_dst;

-

-  WinQueryWindowPos(src,&swp_src);

-  WinQueryWindowPos(dst,&swp_dst);

-

-  *dest_x_return =  src_x + swp_src.x - swp_dst.x;

-  *dest_y_return =  src_y + swp_src.y - swp_dst.y;

-

-  /* just to make compilers happy...we don't use the return value. */

-  return True;

-}

-

-Status

-XGetGeometry(Display* display, Window window, Window* root_return,

-            int* x_return, int* y_return,

-            unsigned int* width_return, unsigned int* height_return,

-            unsigned int *border_width_return, unsigned int* depth_return)

-{

-  /* KLUDGE: doesn't return the border_width or depth or root, x & y

-     are in screen coordinates. */

-  SWP swp_src;

-  WinQueryWindowPos(window,&swp_src);

-

-  *x_return = swp_src.x;

-  *y_return = swp_src.y;

-  *width_return = swp_src.cx;

-  *height_return = swp_src.cy;

-

-  /* just to make compilers happy...we don't use the return value. */

-  return 1;

-}

-

-/* Get Display Width in millimeters */

-int

-DisplayWidthMM(Display* display, int screen)

-{

-  int width;

-  LONG *pVC_Caps;

-  pVC_Caps = GetVideoConfig(NULLHANDLE);

-  width = (int)( 0.001 * pVC_Caps[CAPS_WIDTH]  / pVC_Caps[CAPS_HORIZONTAL_RESOLUTION]);/* mm */

-  return width;

-}

-

-/* Get Display Height in millimeters */

-int

-DisplayHeightMM(Display* display, int screen)

-{

-  int height;

-  LONG *pVC_Caps;

-  pVC_Caps = GetVideoConfig(NULLHANDLE);

-  height = (int)( 0.001 * pVC_Caps[CAPS_HEIGHT] / pVC_Caps[CAPS_VERTICAL_RESOLUTION]); /* mm */

-  return height;

-}

-

-void ScreenToClient( HWND hwnd,   POINTL *point)

-{

-  SWP swp_src;

-  WinQueryWindowPos(hwnd,&swp_src);

-  point->x -= swp_src.x;

-  point->y -= swp_src.y;

-}

-

+/* WarpWin.c     */
+/* glut for Warp */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "WarpWin.h"
+#include "WarpGL.h"
+
+#define POKA 0
+
+/* global variables that must be set for some functions to operate
+   correctly. */
+HDC XHDC;
+HWND XHWND;
+
+
+void
+XStoreColor(Display* display, Colormap colormap, XColor* color)
+{
+  /* KLUDGE: set XHDC to 0 if the palette should NOT be realized after
+     setting the color.  set XHDC to the correct HDC if it should. */
+
+  LONG pe;
+  ULONG cclr;
+  int r,g,b;
+  /* X11 stores color from 0-65535, Win32 expects them to be 0-256, so
+     twiddle the bits ( / 256). */
+  r = color->red / 256;
+  g = color->green / 256;
+  b = color->blue / 256;
+  pe = LONGFromRGB(r,g,b);
+  /* make sure we use this flag, otherwise the colors might get mapped
+     to another place in the colormap, and when we glIndex() that
+     color, it may have moved (argh!!) */
+  pe |= (PC_NOCOLLAPSE<<24);
+/* This function changes the entries in a palette.  */
+#if POKA
+OS2:
+ rc = GpiSetPaletteEntries(colormap,LCOLF_CONSECRGB, color->pixel, 1, &pe);
+ GpiSelectPalette(hps,colormap);
+ WinRealizePalette(hwnd,hps,&cclr);
+source Win:
+  if (XHDC) {
+    UnrealizeObject(colormap);
+    SelectPalette(XHDC, colormap, FALSE);
+    RealizePalette(XHDC);
+
+   }
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+XSetWindowColormap(Display* display, Window window, Colormap colormap)
+{
+#if POKA
+  HDC hdc = GetDC(window);
+
+  /* if the third parameter is FALSE, the logical colormap is copied
+     into the device palette when the application is in the
+     foreground, if it is TRUE, the colors are mapped into the current
+     palette in the best possible way. */
+  SelectPalette(hdc, colormap, FALSE);
+  RealizePalette(hdc);
+
+  /* note that we don't have to release the DC, since our window class
+     uses the WC_OWNDC flag! */
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/* display, root and visual - don't used at all */
+Colormap
+XCreateColormap(Display* display, Window root, Visual* visual, int alloc)
+{
+  /* KLUDGE: this function needs XHDC to be set to the HDC currently
+     being operated on before it is invoked! */
+
+  HPAL    palette;
+  int n;
+#if POKA
+  PIXELFORMATDESCRIPTOR pfd;
+  LOGPALETTE *logical;
+
+  /* grab the pixel format */
+  memset(&pfd, 0, sizeof(PIXELFORMATDESCRIPTOR));
+  DescribePixelFormat(XHDC, GetPixelFormat(XHDC),
+                     sizeof(PIXELFORMATDESCRIPTOR), &pfd);
+
+  if (!(pfd.dwFlags & PFD_NEED_PALETTE ||
+      pfd.iPixelType == PFD_TYPE_COLORINDEX))
+  {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  n = 1 << pfd.cColorBits;
+
+  /* allocate a bunch of memory for the logical palette (assume 256
+     colors in a Win32 palette */
+  logical = (LOGPALETTE*)malloc(sizeof(LOGPALETTE) +
+                               sizeof(PALETTEENTRY) * n);
+  memset(logical, 0, sizeof(LOGPALETTE) + sizeof(PALETTEENTRY) * n);
+
+  /* set the entries in the logical palette */
+  logical->palVersion = 0x300;
+  logical->palNumEntries = n;
+
+  /* start with a copy of the current system palette */
+  GetSystemPaletteEntries(XHDC, 0, 256, &logical->palPalEntry[0]);
+
+  if (pfd.iPixelType == PFD_TYPE_RGBA) {
+    int redMask = (1 << pfd.cRedBits) - 1;
+    int greenMask = (1 << pfd.cGreenBits) - 1;
+    int blueMask = (1 << pfd.cBlueBits) - 1;
+    int i;
+
+    /* fill in an RGBA color palette */
+    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
+      logical->palPalEntry[i].peRed =
+       (((i >> pfd.cRedShift)   & redMask)   * 255) / redMask;
+      logical->palPalEntry[i].peGreen =
+       (((i >> pfd.cGreenShift) & greenMask) * 255) / greenMask;
+       logical->palPalEntry[i].peBlue =
+       (((i >> pfd.cBlueShift)  & blueMask)  * 255) / blueMask;
+      logical->palPalEntry[i].peFlags = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  palette = CreatePalette(logical);
+  free(logical);
+
+  SelectPalette(XHDC, palette, FALSE);
+  RealizePalette(XHDC);
+#endif /* POKA */
+
+  return palette;
+}
+
+
+
+int  GetSystemMetrics( int mode)
+{  RECTL rect;
+
+   switch(mode)
+   {   case   SM_CXSCREEN:
+        WinQueryWindowRect(HWND_DESKTOP,&rect);
+        return (rect.xRight-rect.xLeft);
+      break;
+       case   SM_CYSCREEN:
+        WinQueryWindowRect(HWND_DESKTOP,&rect);
+        return (rect.yTop-rect.yBottom);
+      break;
+       default: ;
+   }
+   return 0;
+}
+/*
+ *    XParseGeometry parses strings of the form
+ *   "=<width>x<height>{+-}<xoffset>{+-}<yoffset>", where
+ *   width, height, xoffset, and yoffset are unsigned integers.
+ *   Example:  "=80x24+300-49"
+ *   The equal sign is optional.
+ *   It returns a bitmask that indicates which of the four values
+ *   were actually found in the string.  For each value found,
+ *   the corresponding argument is updated;  for each value
+ *   not found, the corresponding argument is left unchanged.
+ */
+
+static int
+ReadInteger(char *string, char **NextString)
+{
+    register int Result = 0;
+    int Sign = 1;
+
+    if (*string == '+')
+       string++;
+    else if (*string == '-')
+    {
+       string++;
+       Sign = -1;
+    }
+    for (; (*string >= '0') && (*string <= '9'); string++)
+    {
+       Result = (Result * 10) + (*string - '0');
+    }
+    *NextString = string;
+    if (Sign >= 0)
+       return (Result);
+    else
+       return (-Result);
+}
+
+int XParseGeometry(char *string, int *x, int *y, unsigned int *width, unsigned int *height)
+{
+       int mask = NoValue;
+       register char *strind;
+       unsigned int tempWidth, tempHeight;
+       int tempX, tempY;
+       char *nextCharacter;
+
+       if ( (string == NULL) || (*string == '\0')) return(mask);
+       if (*string == '=')
+               string++;  /* ignore possible '=' at beg of geometry spec */
+
+       strind = (char *)string;
+       if (*strind != '+' && *strind != '-' && *strind != 'x') {
+               tempWidth = ReadInteger(strind, &nextCharacter);
+               if (strind == nextCharacter)
+                   return (0);
+               strind = nextCharacter;
+               mask |= WidthValue;
+       }
+
+       if (*strind == 'x' || *strind == 'X') {
+               strind++;
+               tempHeight = ReadInteger(strind, &nextCharacter);
+               if (strind == nextCharacter)
+                   return (0);
+               strind = nextCharacter;
+               mask |= HeightValue;
+       }
+
+       if ((*strind == '+') || (*strind == '-')) {
+               if (*strind == '-') {
+                       strind++;
+                       tempX = -ReadInteger(strind, &nextCharacter);
+                       if (strind == nextCharacter)
+                           return (0);
+                       strind = nextCharacter;
+                       mask |= XNegative;
+
+               }
+               else
+               {       strind++;
+                       tempX = ReadInteger(strind, &nextCharacter);
+                       if (strind == nextCharacter)
+                           return(0);
+                       strind = nextCharacter;
+               }
+               mask |= XValue;
+               if ((*strind == '+') || (*strind == '-')) {
+                       if (*strind == '-') {
+                               strind++;
+                               tempY = -ReadInteger(strind, &nextCharacter);
+                               if (strind == nextCharacter)
+                                   return(0);
+                               strind = nextCharacter;
+                               mask |= YNegative;
+
+                       }
+                       else
+                       {
+                               strind++;
+                               tempY = ReadInteger(strind, &nextCharacter);
+                               if (strind == nextCharacter)
+                                   return(0);
+                               strind = nextCharacter;
+                       }
+                       mask |= YValue;
+               }
+       }
+
+       /* If strind isn't at the end of the string the it's an invalid
+               geometry specification. */
+
+       if (*strind != '\0') return (0);
+
+       if (mask & XValue)
+           *x = tempX;
+       if (mask & YValue)
+           *y = tempY;
+       if (mask & WidthValue)
+            *width = tempWidth;
+       if (mask & HeightValue)
+            *height = tempHeight;
+       return (mask);
+}
+
+int gettimeofday(struct timeval* tp, void* tzp)
+{
+ DATETIME    DateTime;
+ APIRET       ulrc;  /*  Return Code. */
+
+ ulrc = DosGetDateTime(&DateTime);
+ tp->tv_sec  = 60 * (60*DateTime.hours + DateTime.minutes) + DateTime.seconds;
+ tp->tv_usec = DateTime.hundredths * 10000;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+int
+XPending(Display* display)
+{
+  /* similar functionality...I don't think that it is exact, but this
+     will have to do. */
+  QMSG msg;
+  extern HAB   hab;      /* PM anchor block handle         */
+
+//?? WinPeekMsg(hab
+  return WinPeekMsg(hab, &msg, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
+}
+
+void
+__glutAdjustCoords(Window parent, int* x, int* y, int* width, int* height)
+{
+  RECTL rect;
+
+  /* adjust the window rectangle because Win32 thinks that the x, y,
+     width & height are the WHOLE window (including decorations),
+     whereas GLUT treats the x, y, width & height as only the CLIENT
+     area of the window. */
+  rect.xLeft = *x; rect.yTop = *y;
+  rect.xRight = *x + *width; rect.yBottom = *y + *height;
+
+  /* must adjust the coordinates according to the correct style
+     because depending on the style, there may or may not be
+     borders. */
+//??  AdjustWindowRect(&rect, WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | WS_CLIPCHILDREN |
+//??              (parent ? WS_CHILD : WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW),
+//??              FALSE);
+  /* FALSE in the third parameter = window has no menu bar */
+
+  /* readjust if the x and y are offscreen */
+  if(rect.xLeft < 0) {
+    *x = 0;
+  } else {
+    *x = rect.xLeft;
+  }
+
+  if(rect.yTop < 0) {
+    *y = 0;
+  } else {
+    *y = rect.yTop;
+  }
+
+  *width = rect.xRight - rect.xLeft;     /* adjusted width */
+  *height = -(rect.yBottom - rect.yTop);    /* adjusted height */
+}
+
+
+int
+__glutGetTransparentPixel(Display * dpy, XVisualInfo * vinfo)
+{
+  /* the transparent pixel on Win32 is always index number 0.  So if
+     we put this routine in this file, we can avoid compiling the
+     whole of layerutil.c which is where this routine normally comes
+     from. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Translate point coordinates src_x and src_y from src to dst */
+
+Bool
+XTranslateCoordinates(Display *display, Window src, Window dst,
+                     int src_x, int src_y,
+                     int* dest_x_return, int* dest_y_return,
+                     Window* child_return)
+{
+  SWP swp_src,swp_dst;
+
+  WinQueryWindowPos(src,&swp_src);
+  WinQueryWindowPos(dst,&swp_dst);
+
+  *dest_x_return =  src_x + swp_src.x - swp_dst.x;
+  *dest_y_return =  src_y + swp_src.y - swp_dst.y;
+
+  /* just to make compilers happy...we don't use the return value. */
+  return True;
+}
+
+Status
+XGetGeometry(Display* display, Window window, Window* root_return,
+            int* x_return, int* y_return,
+            unsigned int* width_return, unsigned int* height_return,
+            unsigned int *border_width_return, unsigned int* depth_return)
+{
+  /* KLUDGE: doesn't return the border_width or depth or root, x & y
+     are in screen coordinates. */
+  SWP swp_src;
+  WinQueryWindowPos(window,&swp_src);
+
+  *x_return = swp_src.x;
+  *y_return = swp_src.y;
+  *width_return = swp_src.cx;
+  *height_return = swp_src.cy;
+
+  /* just to make compilers happy...we don't use the return value. */
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Get Display Width in millimeters */
+int
+DisplayWidthMM(Display* display, int screen)
+{
+  int width;
+  LONG *pVC_Caps;
+  pVC_Caps = GetVideoConfig(NULLHANDLE);
+  width = (int)( 0.001 * pVC_Caps[CAPS_WIDTH]  / pVC_Caps[CAPS_HORIZONTAL_RESOLUTION]);/* mm */
+  return width;
+}
+
+/* Get Display Height in millimeters */
+int
+DisplayHeightMM(Display* display, int screen)
+{
+  int height;
+  LONG *pVC_Caps;
+  pVC_Caps = GetVideoConfig(NULLHANDLE);
+  height = (int)( 0.001 * pVC_Caps[CAPS_HEIGHT] / pVC_Caps[CAPS_VERTICAL_RESOLUTION]); /* mm */
+  return height;
+}
+
+void ScreenToClient( HWND hwnd,   POINTL *point)
+{
+  SWP swp_src;
+  WinQueryWindowPos(hwnd,&swp_src);
+  point->x -= swp_src.x;
+  point->y -= swp_src.y;
+}
+
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/glut/os2/glut_cindex.cpp b/src/glut/os2/glut_cindex.cpp
index 0897a3cf85c..34841850519 100644
--- a/src/glut/os2/glut_cindex.cpp
+++ b/src/glut/os2/glut_cindex.cpp
@@ -1,259 +1,259 @@
-

-/* Copyright (c) Mark J. Kilgard, 1994, 1996, 1997. */

-

-/* This program is freely distributable without licensing fees

-   and is provided without guarantee or warrantee expressed or

-   implied. This program is -not- in the public domain. */

-

-#include <stdlib.h>

-#include "glutint.h"

-

-#if defined(__OS2PM__)

-   #define IsWindowVisible WinIsWindowVisible

-#endif

-

-#define CLAMP(i) ((i) > 1.0 ? 1.0 : ((i) < 0.0 ? 0.0 : (i)))

-

-/* CENTRY */

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutSetColor(int ndx, GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue)

-{

-  GLUTcolormap *cmap, *newcmap;

-  XVisualInfo *vis;

-  XColor color;

-  int i;

-

-  if (__glutCurrentWindow->renderWin == __glutCurrentWindow->win) {

-    cmap = __glutCurrentWindow->colormap;

-    vis = __glutCurrentWindow->vis;

-  } else {

-    cmap = __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->colormap;

-    vis = __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->vis;

-    if (ndx == __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->transparentPixel) {

-      __glutWarning(

-        "glutSetColor: cannot set color of overlay transparent index %d\n",

-        ndx);

-      return;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (!cmap) {

-    __glutWarning("glutSetColor: current window is RGBA");

-    return;

-  }

-#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2PM__)

-  if (ndx >= 256 ||     /* always assume 256 colors on Win32 */

-#else

-  if (ndx >= vis->visual->map_entries ||

-#endif

-    ndx < 0) {

-    __glutWarning("glutSetColor: index %d out of range", ndx);

-    return;

-  }

-  if (cmap->refcnt > 1) {

-    newcmap = __glutAssociateNewColormap(vis);

-    cmap->refcnt--;

-    /* Wouldn't it be nice if XCopyColormapAndFree could be

-       told not to free the old colormap's entries! */

-    for (i = cmap->size - 1; i >= 0; i--) {

-      if (i == ndx) {

-        /* We are going to set this cell shortly! */

-        continue;

-      }

-      if (cmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED] >= 0.0) {

-        color.pixel = i;

-        newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED] =

-          cmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED];

-        color.red = (GLfloat) 0xffff *

-          cmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED];

-        newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_GREEN] =

-          cmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_GREEN];

-        color.green = (GLfloat) 0xffff *

-          cmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_GREEN];

-        newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_BLUE] =

-          cmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_BLUE];

-        color.blue = (GLfloat) 0xffff *

-          cmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_BLUE];

-        color.flags = DoRed | DoGreen | DoBlue;

-#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2PM__)

-        if (IsWindowVisible(__glutCurrentWindow->win)) {

-          XHDC = __glutCurrentWindow->hdc;

-        } else {

-          XHDC = 0;

-        }

-#endif

-        XStoreColor(__glutDisplay, newcmap->cmap, &color);

-      } else {

-        /* Leave unallocated entries unallocated. */

-      }

-    }

-    cmap = newcmap;

-    if (__glutCurrentWindow->renderWin == __glutCurrentWindow->win) {

-      __glutCurrentWindow->colormap = cmap;

-      __glutCurrentWindow->cmap = cmap->cmap;

-    } else {

-      __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->colormap = cmap;

-      __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->cmap = cmap->cmap;

-    }

-    XSetWindowColormap(__glutDisplay,

-      __glutCurrentWindow->renderWin, cmap->cmap);

-

-#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2PM__)

-    {

-      GLUTwindow *toplevel;

-

-      toplevel = __glutToplevelOf(__glutCurrentWindow);

-      if (toplevel->cmap != cmap->cmap) {

-        __glutPutOnWorkList(toplevel, GLUT_COLORMAP_WORK);

-      }

-    }

-#endif

-  }

-  color.pixel = ndx;

-  red = CLAMP(red);

-  cmap->cells[ndx].component[GLUT_RED] = red;

-  color.red = (GLfloat) 0xffff *red;

-  green = CLAMP(green);

-  cmap->cells[ndx].component[GLUT_GREEN] = green;

-  color.green = (GLfloat) 0xffff *green;

-  blue = CLAMP(blue);

-  cmap->cells[ndx].component[GLUT_BLUE] = blue;

-  color.blue = (GLfloat) 0xffff *blue;

-  color.flags = DoRed | DoGreen | DoBlue;

-#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2PM__)

-  if (IsWindowVisible(__glutCurrentWindow->win)) {

-    XHDC = __glutCurrentWindow->hdc;

-  } else {

-    XHDC = 0;

-  }

-#endif

-  XStoreColor(__glutDisplay, cmap->cmap, &color);

-}

-

-GLfloat GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutGetColor(int ndx, int comp)

-{

-  GLUTcolormap *colormap;

-  XVisualInfo *vis;

-

-  if (__glutCurrentWindow->renderWin == __glutCurrentWindow->win) {

-    colormap = __glutCurrentWindow->colormap;

-    vis = __glutCurrentWindow->vis;

-  } else {

-    colormap = __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->colormap;

-    vis = __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->vis;

-    if (ndx == __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->transparentPixel) {

-      __glutWarning("glutGetColor: requesting overlay transparent index %d\n",

-        ndx);

-      return -1.0;

-    }

-  }

-

-  if (!colormap) {

-    __glutWarning("glutGetColor: current window is RGBA");

-    return -1.0;

-  }

-#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2PM__)

-#define OUT_OF_RANGE_NDX(ndx) (ndx >= 256 || ndx < 0)

-#else

-#define OUT_OF_RANGE_NDX(ndx) (ndx >= vis->visual->map_entries || ndx < 0)

-#endif

-  if (OUT_OF_RANGE_NDX(ndx)) {

-    __glutWarning("glutGetColor: index %d out of range", ndx);

-    return -1.0;

-  }

-  return colormap->cells[ndx].component[comp];

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutCopyColormap(int winnum)

-{

-  GLUTwindow *window = __glutWindowList[winnum - 1];

-  GLUTcolormap *oldcmap, *newcmap;

-  XVisualInfo *dstvis;

-

-  if (__glutCurrentWindow->renderWin == __glutCurrentWindow->win) {

-    oldcmap = __glutCurrentWindow->colormap;

-    dstvis = __glutCurrentWindow->vis;

-    newcmap = window->colormap;

-  } else {

-    oldcmap = __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->colormap;

-    dstvis = __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->vis;

-    if (!window->overlay) {

-      __glutWarning("glutCopyColormap: window %d has no overlay", winnum);

-      return;

-    }

-    newcmap = window->overlay->colormap;

-  }

-

-  if (!oldcmap) {

-    __glutWarning("glutCopyColormap: destination colormap must be color index");

-    return;

-  }

-  if (!newcmap) {

-    __glutWarning(

-      "glutCopyColormap: source colormap of window %d must be color index",

-      winnum);

-    return;

-  }

-  if (newcmap == oldcmap) {

-    /* Source and destination are the same; now copy needed. */

-    return;

-  }

-#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2PM__)

-  /* Play safe: compare visual IDs, not Visual*'s. */

-  if (newcmap->visual->visualid == oldcmap->visual->visualid) {

-#endif

-    /* Visuals match!  "Copy" by reference...  */

-    __glutFreeColormap(oldcmap);

-    newcmap->refcnt++;

-    if (__glutCurrentWindow->renderWin == __glutCurrentWindow->win) {

-      __glutCurrentWindow->colormap = newcmap;

-      __glutCurrentWindow->cmap = newcmap->cmap;

-    } else {

-      __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->colormap = newcmap;

-      __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->cmap = newcmap->cmap;

-    }

-    XSetWindowColormap(__glutDisplay, __glutCurrentWindow->renderWin,

-      newcmap->cmap);

-#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2PM__)

-    __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutToplevelOf(window), GLUT_COLORMAP_WORK);

-bla bla bla

-

-  } else {

-    GLUTcolormap *copycmap;

-    XColor color;

-    int i, last;

-

-    /* Visuals different - need a distinct X colormap! */

-    copycmap = __glutAssociateNewColormap(dstvis);

-    /* Wouldn't it be nice if XCopyColormapAndFree could be

-       told not to free the old colormap's entries! */

-    last = newcmap->size;

-    if (last > copycmap->size) {

-      last = copycmap->size;

-    }

-    for (i = last - 1; i >= 0; i--) {

-      if (newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED] >= 0.0) {

-        color.pixel = i;

-        copycmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED] =

-          newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED];

-        color.red = (GLfloat) 0xffff *

-          newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED];

-        copycmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_GREEN] =

-          newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_GREEN];

-        color.green = (GLfloat) 0xffff *

-          newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_GREEN];

-        copycmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_BLUE] =

-          newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_BLUE];

-        color.blue = (GLfloat) 0xffff *

-          newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_BLUE];

-        color.flags = DoRed | DoGreen | DoBlue;

-        XStoreColor(__glutDisplay, copycmap->cmap, &color);

-      }

-    }

-  }

-#endif

-}

-/* ENDCENTRY */

+
+/* Copyright (c) Mark J. Kilgard, 1994, 1996, 1997. */
+
+/* This program is freely distributable without licensing fees
+   and is provided without guarantee or warrantee expressed or
+   implied. This program is -not- in the public domain. */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "glutint.h"
+
+#if defined(__OS2PM__)
+   #define IsWindowVisible WinIsWindowVisible
+#endif
+
+#define CLAMP(i) ((i) > 1.0 ? 1.0 : ((i) < 0.0 ? 0.0 : (i)))
+
+/* CENTRY */
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutSetColor(int ndx, GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue)
+{
+  GLUTcolormap *cmap, *newcmap;
+  XVisualInfo *vis;
+  XColor color;
+  int i;
+
+  if (__glutCurrentWindow->renderWin == __glutCurrentWindow->win) {
+    cmap = __glutCurrentWindow->colormap;
+    vis = __glutCurrentWindow->vis;
+  } else {
+    cmap = __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->colormap;
+    vis = __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->vis;
+    if (ndx == __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->transparentPixel) {
+      __glutWarning(
+        "glutSetColor: cannot set color of overlay transparent index %d\n",
+        ndx);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!cmap) {
+    __glutWarning("glutSetColor: current window is RGBA");
+    return;
+  }
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2PM__)
+  if (ndx >= 256 ||     /* always assume 256 colors on Win32 */
+#else
+  if (ndx >= vis->visual->map_entries ||
+#endif
+    ndx < 0) {
+    __glutWarning("glutSetColor: index %d out of range", ndx);
+    return;
+  }
+  if (cmap->refcnt > 1) {
+    newcmap = __glutAssociateNewColormap(vis);
+    cmap->refcnt--;
+    /* Wouldn't it be nice if XCopyColormapAndFree could be
+       told not to free the old colormap's entries! */
+    for (i = cmap->size - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
+      if (i == ndx) {
+        /* We are going to set this cell shortly! */
+        continue;
+      }
+      if (cmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED] >= 0.0) {
+        color.pixel = i;
+        newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED] =
+          cmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED];
+        color.red = (GLfloat) 0xffff *
+          cmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED];
+        newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_GREEN] =
+          cmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_GREEN];
+        color.green = (GLfloat) 0xffff *
+          cmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_GREEN];
+        newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_BLUE] =
+          cmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_BLUE];
+        color.blue = (GLfloat) 0xffff *
+          cmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_BLUE];
+        color.flags = DoRed | DoGreen | DoBlue;
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2PM__)
+        if (IsWindowVisible(__glutCurrentWindow->win)) {
+          XHDC = __glutCurrentWindow->hdc;
+        } else {
+          XHDC = 0;
+        }
+#endif
+        XStoreColor(__glutDisplay, newcmap->cmap, &color);
+      } else {
+        /* Leave unallocated entries unallocated. */
+      }
+    }
+    cmap = newcmap;
+    if (__glutCurrentWindow->renderWin == __glutCurrentWindow->win) {
+      __glutCurrentWindow->colormap = cmap;
+      __glutCurrentWindow->cmap = cmap->cmap;
+    } else {
+      __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->colormap = cmap;
+      __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->cmap = cmap->cmap;
+    }
+    XSetWindowColormap(__glutDisplay,
+      __glutCurrentWindow->renderWin, cmap->cmap);
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2PM__)
+    {
+      GLUTwindow *toplevel;
+
+      toplevel = __glutToplevelOf(__glutCurrentWindow);
+      if (toplevel->cmap != cmap->cmap) {
+        __glutPutOnWorkList(toplevel, GLUT_COLORMAP_WORK);
+      }
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+  color.pixel = ndx;
+  red = CLAMP(red);
+  cmap->cells[ndx].component[GLUT_RED] = red;
+  color.red = (GLfloat) 0xffff *red;
+  green = CLAMP(green);
+  cmap->cells[ndx].component[GLUT_GREEN] = green;
+  color.green = (GLfloat) 0xffff *green;
+  blue = CLAMP(blue);
+  cmap->cells[ndx].component[GLUT_BLUE] = blue;
+  color.blue = (GLfloat) 0xffff *blue;
+  color.flags = DoRed | DoGreen | DoBlue;
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2PM__)
+  if (IsWindowVisible(__glutCurrentWindow->win)) {
+    XHDC = __glutCurrentWindow->hdc;
+  } else {
+    XHDC = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  XStoreColor(__glutDisplay, cmap->cmap, &color);
+}
+
+GLfloat GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutGetColor(int ndx, int comp)
+{
+  GLUTcolormap *colormap;
+  XVisualInfo *vis;
+
+  if (__glutCurrentWindow->renderWin == __glutCurrentWindow->win) {
+    colormap = __glutCurrentWindow->colormap;
+    vis = __glutCurrentWindow->vis;
+  } else {
+    colormap = __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->colormap;
+    vis = __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->vis;
+    if (ndx == __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->transparentPixel) {
+      __glutWarning("glutGetColor: requesting overlay transparent index %d\n",
+        ndx);
+      return -1.0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (!colormap) {
+    __glutWarning("glutGetColor: current window is RGBA");
+    return -1.0;
+  }
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__OS2PM__)
+#define OUT_OF_RANGE_NDX(ndx) (ndx >= 256 || ndx < 0)
+#else
+#define OUT_OF_RANGE_NDX(ndx) (ndx >= vis->visual->map_entries || ndx < 0)
+#endif
+  if (OUT_OF_RANGE_NDX(ndx)) {
+    __glutWarning("glutGetColor: index %d out of range", ndx);
+    return -1.0;
+  }
+  return colormap->cells[ndx].component[comp];
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutCopyColormap(int winnum)
+{
+  GLUTwindow *window = __glutWindowList[winnum - 1];
+  GLUTcolormap *oldcmap, *newcmap;
+  XVisualInfo *dstvis;
+
+  if (__glutCurrentWindow->renderWin == __glutCurrentWindow->win) {
+    oldcmap = __glutCurrentWindow->colormap;
+    dstvis = __glutCurrentWindow->vis;
+    newcmap = window->colormap;
+  } else {
+    oldcmap = __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->colormap;
+    dstvis = __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->vis;
+    if (!window->overlay) {
+      __glutWarning("glutCopyColormap: window %d has no overlay", winnum);
+      return;
+    }
+    newcmap = window->overlay->colormap;
+  }
+
+  if (!oldcmap) {
+    __glutWarning("glutCopyColormap: destination colormap must be color index");
+    return;
+  }
+  if (!newcmap) {
+    __glutWarning(
+      "glutCopyColormap: source colormap of window %d must be color index",
+      winnum);
+    return;
+  }
+  if (newcmap == oldcmap) {
+    /* Source and destination are the same; now copy needed. */
+    return;
+  }
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2PM__)
+  /* Play safe: compare visual IDs, not Visual*'s. */
+  if (newcmap->visual->visualid == oldcmap->visual->visualid) {
+#endif
+    /* Visuals match!  "Copy" by reference...  */
+    __glutFreeColormap(oldcmap);
+    newcmap->refcnt++;
+    if (__glutCurrentWindow->renderWin == __glutCurrentWindow->win) {
+      __glutCurrentWindow->colormap = newcmap;
+      __glutCurrentWindow->cmap = newcmap->cmap;
+    } else {
+      __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->colormap = newcmap;
+      __glutCurrentWindow->overlay->cmap = newcmap->cmap;
+    }
+    XSetWindowColormap(__glutDisplay, __glutCurrentWindow->renderWin,
+      newcmap->cmap);
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2PM__)
+    __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutToplevelOf(window), GLUT_COLORMAP_WORK);
+bla bla bla
+
+  } else {
+    GLUTcolormap *copycmap;
+    XColor color;
+    int i, last;
+
+    /* Visuals different - need a distinct X colormap! */
+    copycmap = __glutAssociateNewColormap(dstvis);
+    /* Wouldn't it be nice if XCopyColormapAndFree could be
+       told not to free the old colormap's entries! */
+    last = newcmap->size;
+    if (last > copycmap->size) {
+      last = copycmap->size;
+    }
+    for (i = last - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
+      if (newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED] >= 0.0) {
+        color.pixel = i;
+        copycmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED] =
+          newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED];
+        color.red = (GLfloat) 0xffff *
+          newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_RED];
+        copycmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_GREEN] =
+          newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_GREEN];
+        color.green = (GLfloat) 0xffff *
+          newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_GREEN];
+        copycmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_BLUE] =
+          newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_BLUE];
+        color.blue = (GLfloat) 0xffff *
+          newcmap->cells[i].component[GLUT_BLUE];
+        color.flags = DoRed | DoGreen | DoBlue;
+        XStoreColor(__glutDisplay, copycmap->cmap, &color);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+/* ENDCENTRY */
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/glut/os2/glut_gamemode.cpp b/src/glut/os2/glut_gamemode.cpp
index 50185d7b9d4..39918fdf39b 100644
--- a/src/glut/os2/glut_gamemode.cpp
+++ b/src/glut/os2/glut_gamemode.cpp
@@ -1,680 +1,680 @@
-

-/* Copyright (c) Mark J. Kilgard, 1998. */

-

-/* This program is freely distributable without licensing fees

-   and is provided without guarantee or warrantee expressed or

-   implied. This program is -not- in the public domain. */

-

-

-#include <assert.h>

-#include <stdio.h>

-#include <stdlib.h>

-#include <string.h>

-

-#include "glutint.h"

-

-#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)

-#include <X11/Xlib.h>

-#include <X11/Xatom.h>

-

-/* SGI optimization introduced in IRIX 6.3 to avoid X server

-   round trips for interning common X atoms. */

-#if defined(_SGI_EXTRA_PREDEFINES) && !defined(NO_FAST_ATOMS)

-#include <X11/SGIFastAtom.h>

-#else

-#define XSGIFastInternAtom(dpy,string,fast_name,how) XInternAtom(dpy,string,how)

-#endif

-#endif  /* not _WIN32 */

-

-int __glutDisplaySettingsChanged = 0;

-static DisplayMode *dmodes, *currentDm = NULL;

-static int ndmodes = -1;

-GLUTwindow *__glutGameModeWindow = NULL;

-

-#ifdef TEST

-static char *compstr[] =

-{

-  "none", "=", "!=", "<=", ">=", ">", "<", "~"

-};

-static char *capstr[] =

-{

-  "width", "height", "bpp", "hertz", "num"

-};

-#endif

-

-#if defined(__OS2__)

-void

-#else

-void __cdecl

-#endif

-__glutCloseDownGameMode(void)

-{

-  if (__glutDisplaySettingsChanged) {

-#ifdef _WIN32

-    /* Assumes that display settings have been changed, that

-       is __glutDisplaySettingsChanged is true. */

-    ChangeDisplaySettings(NULL, 0);

-#endif

-    __glutDisplaySettingsChanged = 0;

-  }

-  __glutGameModeWindow = NULL;

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutLeaveGameMode(void)

-{

-  if (__glutGameModeWindow == NULL) {

-    __glutWarning("not in game mode so cannot leave game mode");

-    return;

-  }

-  __glutDestroyWindow(__glutGameModeWindow,

-    __glutGameModeWindow);

-  XFlush(__glutDisplay);

-  __glutGameModeWindow = NULL;

-}

-

-#ifdef _WIN32

-

-/* Same values as from MSDN's SetDisp.c example. */

-#define MIN_WIDTH 400

-#define MIN_FREQUENCY 60

-

-static void

-initGameModeSupport(void)

-{

-  DEVMODE dm;

-  DWORD mode;

-  int i;

-

-  if (ndmodes >= 0) {

-    /* ndmodes is initially -1 to indicate no

-       dmodes allocated yet. */

-    return;

-  }

-

-  /* Determine how many display modes there are. */

-  ndmodes = 0;

-  mode = 0;

-  while (EnumDisplaySettings(NULL, mode, &dm)) {

-    if (dm.dmPelsWidth >= MIN_WIDTH &&

-      (dm.dmDisplayFrequency == 0 ||

-      dm.dmDisplayFrequency >= MIN_FREQUENCY)) {

-      ndmodes++;

-    }

-    mode++;

-  }

-

-  /* Allocate memory for a list of all the display modes. */

-  dmodes = (DisplayMode*)

-    malloc(ndmodes * sizeof(DisplayMode));

-

-  /* Now that we know how many display modes to expect,

-     enumerate them again and save the information in

-     the list we allocated above. */

-  i = 0;

-  mode = 0;

-  while (EnumDisplaySettings(NULL, mode, &dm)) {

-    /* Try to reject any display settings that seem unplausible. */

-    if (dm.dmPelsWidth >= MIN_WIDTH &&

-      (dm.dmDisplayFrequency == 0 ||

-      dm.dmDisplayFrequency >= MIN_FREQUENCY)) {

-      dmodes[i].devmode = dm;

-      dmodes[i].valid = 1;  /* XXX Not used for now. */

-      dmodes[i].cap[DM_WIDTH] = dm.dmPelsWidth;

-      dmodes[i].cap[DM_HEIGHT] = dm.dmPelsHeight;

-      dmodes[i].cap[DM_PIXEL_DEPTH] = dm.dmBitsPerPel;

-      if (dm.dmDisplayFrequency == 0) {

-       /* Guess a reasonable guess. */

-       /* Lame Windows 95 version of EnumDisplaySettings. */

-        dmodes[i].cap[DM_HERTZ] = 60;

-      } else {

-       dmodes[i].cap[DM_HERTZ] = dm.dmDisplayFrequency;

-      }

-      i++;

-    }

-    mode++;

-  }

-

-  assert(i == ndmodes);

-}

-

-#else

-

-/* X Windows version of initGameModeSupport. */

-static void

-initGameModeSupport(void)

-{

-  if (ndmodes >= 0) {

-    /* ndmodes is initially -1 to indicate no

-       dmodes allocated yet. */

-    return;

-  }

-

-  /* Determine how many display modes there are. */

-  ndmodes = 0;

-}

-

-#endif

-

-/* This routine is based on similiar code in glut_dstr.c */

-static DisplayMode *

-findMatch(DisplayMode * dmodes, int ndmodes,

-  Criterion * criteria, int ncriteria)

-{

-  DisplayMode *found;

-  int *bestScore, *thisScore;

-  int i, j, numok, result = 0, worse, better;

-

-  found = NULL;

-  numok = 1;            /* "num" capability is indexed from 1,

-                           not 0. */

-

-  /* XXX alloca canidate. */

-  bestScore = (int *) malloc(ncriteria * sizeof(int));

-  if (!bestScore) {

-    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");

-  }

-  for (j = 0; j < ncriteria; j++) {

-    /* Very negative number. */

-    bestScore[j] = -32768;

-  }

-

-  /* XXX alloca canidate. */

-  thisScore = (int *) malloc(ncriteria * sizeof(int));

-  if (!thisScore) {

-    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");

-  }

-

-  for (i = 0; i < ndmodes; i++) {

-    if (dmodes[i].valid) {

-      worse = 0;

-      better = 0;

-

-      for (j = 0; j < ncriteria; j++) {

-        int cap, cvalue, dvalue;

-

-        cap = criteria[j].capability;

-        cvalue = criteria[j].value;

-        if (cap == NUM) {

-          dvalue = numok;

-        } else {

-          dvalue = dmodes[i].cap[cap];

-        }

-#ifdef TEST

-        if (verbose)

-          printf("  %s %s %d to %d\n",

-            capstr[cap], compstr[criteria[j].comparison], cvalue, dvalue);

-#endif

-        switch (criteria[j].comparison) {

-        case EQ:

-          result = cvalue == dvalue;

-          thisScore[j] = 1;

-          break;

-        case NEQ:

-          result = cvalue != dvalue;

-          thisScore[j] = 1;

-          break;

-        case LT:

-          result = dvalue < cvalue;

-          thisScore[j] = dvalue - cvalue;

-          break;

-        case GT:

-          result = dvalue > cvalue;

-          thisScore[j] = dvalue - cvalue;

-          break;

-        case LTE:

-          result = dvalue <= cvalue;

-          thisScore[j] = dvalue - cvalue;

-          break;

-        case GTE:

-          result = (dvalue >= cvalue);

-          thisScore[j] = dvalue - cvalue;

-          break;

-        case MIN:

-          result = dvalue >= cvalue;

-          thisScore[j] = cvalue - dvalue;

-          break;

-        }

-

-#ifdef TEST

-        if (verbose)

-          printf("                result=%d   score=%d   bestScore=%d\n", result, thisScore[j], bestScore[j]);

-#endif

-

-        if (result) {

-          if (better || thisScore[j] > bestScore[j]) {

-            better = 1;

-          } else if (thisScore[j] == bestScore[j]) {

-            /* Keep looking. */

-          } else {

-            goto nextDM;

-          }

-        } else {

-          if (cap == NUM) {

-            worse = 1;

-          } else {

-            goto nextDM;

-          }

-        }

-

-      }

-

-      if (better && !worse) {

-        found = &dmodes[i];

-        for (j = 0; j < ncriteria; j++) {

-          bestScore[j] = thisScore[j];

-        }

-      }

-      numok++;

-

-    nextDM:;

-

-    }

-  }

-  free(bestScore);

-  free(thisScore);

-  return found;

-}

-

-/**

- * Parses strings in the form of:

- *  800x600

- *  800x600:16

- *  800x600@60

- *  800x600:16@60

- *  @60

- *  :16

- *  :16@60

- * NOTE that @ before : is not parsed.

- */

-static int

-specialCaseParse(char *word, Criterion * criterion, int mask)

-{

-  char *xstr, *response;

-  int got;

-  int width, height, bpp, hertz;

-

-  switch(word[0]) {

-  case '0':

-  case '1':

-  case '2':

-  case '3':

-  case '4':

-  case '5':

-  case '6':

-  case '7':

-  case '8':

-  case '9':

-    /* The WWWxHHH case. */

-    if (mask & (1 << DM_WIDTH)) {

-      return -1;

-    }

-    xstr = strpbrk(&word[1], "x");

-    if (xstr) {

-      width = (int) strtol(word, &response, 0);

-      if (response == word || response[0] != 'x') {

-        /* Not a valid number OR needs to be followed by 'x'. */

-       return -1;

-      }

-      height = (int) strtol(&xstr[1], &response, 0);

-      if (response == &xstr[1]) {

-        /* Not a valid number. */

-       return -1;

-      }

-      criterion[0].capability = DM_WIDTH;

-      criterion[0].comparison = EQ;

-      criterion[0].value = width;

-      criterion[1].capability = DM_HEIGHT;

-      criterion[1].comparison = EQ;

-      criterion[1].value = height;

-      got = specialCaseParse(response,

-        &criterion[2], 1 << DM_WIDTH);

-      if (got >= 0) {

-        return got + 2;

-      } else {

-        return -1;

-      }

-    }

-    return -1;

-  case ':':

-    /* The :BPP case. */

-    if (mask & (1 << DM_PIXEL_DEPTH)) {

-      return -1;

-    }

-    bpp = (int) strtol(&word[1], &response, 0);

-    if (response == &word[1]) {

-      /* Not a valid number. */

-      return -1;

-    }

-    criterion[0].capability = DM_PIXEL_DEPTH;

-    criterion[0].comparison = EQ;

-    criterion[0].value = bpp;

-    got = specialCaseParse(response,

-      &criterion[1], (1 << DM_WIDTH) | (1 << DM_PIXEL_DEPTH));

-    if (got >= 0) {

-      return got + 1;

-    } else {

-      return -1;

-    }

-  case '@':

-    /* The @HZ case. */

-    if (mask & (1 << DM_HERTZ)) {

-      return -1;

-    }

-    hertz = (int) strtol(&word[1], &response, 0);

-    if (response == &word[1]) {

-      /* Not a valid number. */

-      return -1;

-    }

-    criterion[0].capability = DM_HERTZ;

-    criterion[0].comparison = EQ;

-    criterion[0].value = hertz;

-    got = specialCaseParse(response,

-      &criterion[1], ~DM_HERTZ);

-    if (got >= 0) {

-      return got + 1;

-    } else {

-      return -1;

-    }

-  case '\0':

-    return 0;

-  }

-  return -1;

-}

-

-/* This routine is based on similiar code in glut_dstr.c */

-static int

-parseCriteria(char *word, Criterion * criterion)

-{

-  char *cstr, *vstr, *response;

-  int comparator, value = 0;

-

-  cstr = strpbrk(word, "=><!~");

-  if (cstr) {

-    switch (cstr[0]) {

-    case '=':

-      comparator = EQ;

-      vstr = &cstr[1];

-      break;

-    case '~':

-      comparator = MIN;

-      vstr = &cstr[1];

-      break;

-    case '>':

-      if (cstr[1] == '=') {

-        comparator = GTE;

-        vstr = &cstr[2];

-      } else {

-        comparator = GT;

-        vstr = &cstr[1];

-      }

-      break;

-    case '<':

-      if (cstr[1] == '=') {

-        comparator = LTE;

-        vstr = &cstr[2];

-      } else {

-        comparator = LT;

-        vstr = &cstr[1];

-      }

-      break;

-    case '!':

-      if (cstr[1] == '=') {

-        comparator = NEQ;

-        vstr = &cstr[2];

-      } else {

-        return -1;

-      }

-      break;

-    default:

-      return -1;

-    }

-    value = (int) strtol(vstr, &response, 0);

-    if (response == vstr) {

-      /* Not a valid number. */

-      return -1;

-    }

-    *cstr = '\0';

-  } else {

-    comparator = NONE;

-  }

-  switch (word[0]) {

-  case 'b':

-    if (!strcmp(word, "bpp")) {

-      criterion[0].capability = DM_PIXEL_DEPTH;

-      if (comparator == NONE) {

-        return -1;

-      } else {

-        criterion[0].comparison = comparator;

-        criterion[0].value = value;

-        return 1;

-      }

-    }

-    return -1;

-  case 'h':

-    if (!strcmp(word, "height")) {

-      criterion[0].capability = DM_HEIGHT;

-      if (comparator == NONE) {

-        return -1;

-      } else {

-        criterion[0].comparison = comparator;

-        criterion[0].value = value;

-        return 1;

-      }

-    }

-    if (!strcmp(word, "hertz")) {

-      criterion[0].capability = DM_HERTZ;

-      if (comparator == NONE) {

-        return -1;

-      } else {

-        criterion[0].comparison = comparator;

-        criterion[0].value = value;

-        return 1;

-      }

-    }

-    return -1;

-  case 'n':

-    if (!strcmp(word, "num")) {

-      criterion[0].capability = DM_NUM;

-      if (comparator == NONE) {

-        return -1;

-      } else {

-        criterion[0].comparison = comparator;

-        criterion[0].value = value;

-        return 1;

-      }

-    }

-    return -1;

-  case 'w':

-    if (!strcmp(word, "width")) {

-      criterion[0].capability = DM_WIDTH;

-      if (comparator == NONE) {

-        return -1;

-      } else {

-        criterion[0].comparison = comparator;

-        criterion[0].value = value;

-        return 1;

-      }

-    }

-    return -1;

-  }

-  if (comparator == NONE) {

-    return specialCaseParse(word, criterion, 0);

-  }

-  return -1;

-}

-

-/* This routine is based on similiar code in glut_dstr.c */

-static Criterion *

-parseDisplayString(const char *display, int *ncriteria)

-{

-  Criterion *criteria = NULL;

-  int n, parsed;

-  char *copy, *word;

-

-  copy = __glutStrdup(display);

-  /* Attempt to estimate how many criteria entries should be

-     needed. */

-  n = 0;

-  word = strtok(copy, " \t");

-  while (word) {

-    n++;

-    word = strtok(NULL, " \t");

-  }

-  /* Allocate number of words of criteria.  A word

-     could contain as many as four criteria in the

-     worst case.  Example: 800x600:16@60 */

-  criteria = (Criterion *) malloc(4 * n * sizeof(Criterion));

-  if (!criteria) {

-    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");

-  }

-

-  /* Re-copy the copy of the display string. */

-  strcpy(copy, display);

-

-  n = 0;

-  word = strtok(copy, " \t");

-  while (word) {

-    parsed = parseCriteria(word, &criteria[n]);

-    if (parsed >= 0) {

-      n += parsed;

-    } else {

-      __glutWarning("Unrecognized game mode string word: %s (ignoring)\n", word);

-    }

-    word = strtok(NULL, " \t");

-  }

-

-  free(copy);

-  *ncriteria = n;

-  return criteria;

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutGameModeString(const char *string)

-{

-  Criterion *criteria;

-  int ncriteria;

-

-  initGameModeSupport();

-  criteria = parseDisplayString(string, &ncriteria);

-  currentDm = findMatch(dmodes, ndmodes, criteria, ncriteria);

-  free(criteria);

-}

-

-int GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutEnterGameMode(void)

-{

-  GLUTwindow *window;

-  int width, height;

-  Window win;

-

-  if (__glutMappedMenu) {

-    __glutFatalUsage("entering game mode not allowed while menus in use");

-  }

-  if (__glutGameModeWindow) {

-    /* Already in game mode, so blow away game mode

-       window so apps can change resolutions. */

-    window = __glutGameModeWindow;

-    /* Setting the game mode window to NULL tricks

-       the window destroy code into not undoing the

-       screen display change since we plan on immediately

-       doing another mode change. */

-    __glutGameModeWindow = NULL;

-    __glutDestroyWindow(window, window);

-  }

-

-  /* Assume default screen size until we find out if we

-     can actually change the display settings. */

-  width = __glutScreenWidth;

-  height = __glutScreenHeight;

-

-  if (currentDm) {

-#ifdef _WIN32

-    LONG status;

-    static int registered = 0;

-

-    status = ChangeDisplaySettings(&currentDm->devmode,

-      CDS_FULLSCREEN);

-    if (status == DISP_CHANGE_SUCCESSFUL) {

-      __glutDisplaySettingsChanged = 1;

-      width = currentDm->cap[DM_WIDTH];

-      height = currentDm->cap[DM_HEIGHT];

-      if (!registered) {

-        atexit(__glutCloseDownGameMode);

-        registered = 1;

-      }

-    } else {

-      /* Switch back to default resolution. */

-      ChangeDisplaySettings(NULL, 0);

-    }

-#endif

-  }

-

-  window = __glutCreateWindow(NULL, 0, 0,

-    width, height, /* game mode */ 1);

-  win = window->win;

-

-#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)

-  if (__glutMotifHints == None) {

-    __glutMotifHints = XSGIFastInternAtom(__glutDisplay, "_MOTIF_WM_HINTS",

-      SGI_XA__MOTIF_WM_HINTS, 0);

-    if (__glutMotifHints == None) {

-      __glutWarning("Could not intern X atom for _MOTIF_WM_HINTS.");

-    }

-  }

-

-  /* Game mode window is a toplevel window. */

-  XSetWMProtocols(__glutDisplay, win, &__glutWMDeleteWindow, 1);

-#endif

-

-  /* Schedule the fullscreen property to be added and to

-     make sure the window is configured right.  Win32

-     doesn't need this. */

-  window->desiredX = 0;

-  window->desiredY = 0;

-  window->desiredWidth = width;

-  window->desiredHeight = height;

-  window->desiredConfMask |= CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;

-#ifdef _WIN32

-  /* Win32 does not want to use GLUT_FULL_SCREEN_WORK

-     for game mode because we need to be maximizing

-     the window in game mode, not just sizing it to

-     take up the full screen.  The Win32-ness of game

-     mode happens when you pass 1 in the gameMode parameter

-     to __glutCreateWindow above.  A gameMode of creates

-     a WS_POPUP window, not a standard WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW

-     window.  WS_POPUP ensures the taskbar is hidden. */

-  __glutPutOnWorkList(window,

-    GLUT_CONFIGURE_WORK);

-#else

-  __glutPutOnWorkList(window,

-    GLUT_CONFIGURE_WORK | GLUT_FULL_SCREEN_WORK);

-#endif

-

-  __glutGameModeWindow = window;

-  return window->num + 1;

-}

-

-int GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutGameModeGet(GLenum mode)

-{

-  switch (mode) {

-  case GLUT_GAME_MODE_ACTIVE:

-    return __glutGameModeWindow != NULL;

-  case GLUT_GAME_MODE_POSSIBLE:

-    return currentDm != NULL;

-  case GLUT_GAME_MODE_WIDTH:

-    return currentDm ? currentDm->cap[DM_WIDTH] : -1;

-  case GLUT_GAME_MODE_HEIGHT:

-    return currentDm ? currentDm->cap[DM_HEIGHT] : -1;

-  case GLUT_GAME_MODE_PIXEL_DEPTH:

-    return currentDm ? currentDm->cap[DM_PIXEL_DEPTH] : -1;

-  case GLUT_GAME_MODE_REFRESH_RATE:

-    return currentDm ? currentDm->cap[DM_HERTZ] : -1;

-  case GLUT_GAME_MODE_DISPLAY_CHANGED:

-    return __glutDisplaySettingsChanged;

-  default:

-    return -1;

-  }

-}

+
+/* Copyright (c) Mark J. Kilgard, 1998. */
+
+/* This program is freely distributable without licensing fees
+   and is provided without guarantee or warrantee expressed or
+   implied. This program is -not- in the public domain. */
+
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "glutint.h"
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+
+/* SGI optimization introduced in IRIX 6.3 to avoid X server
+   round trips for interning common X atoms. */
+#if defined(_SGI_EXTRA_PREDEFINES) && !defined(NO_FAST_ATOMS)
+#include <X11/SGIFastAtom.h>
+#else
+#define XSGIFastInternAtom(dpy,string,fast_name,how) XInternAtom(dpy,string,how)
+#endif
+#endif  /* not _WIN32 */
+
+int __glutDisplaySettingsChanged = 0;
+static DisplayMode *dmodes, *currentDm = NULL;
+static int ndmodes = -1;
+GLUTwindow *__glutGameModeWindow = NULL;
+
+#ifdef TEST
+static char *compstr[] =
+{
+  "none", "=", "!=", "<=", ">=", ">", "<", "~"
+};
+static char *capstr[] =
+{
+  "width", "height", "bpp", "hertz", "num"
+};
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__OS2__)
+void
+#else
+void __cdecl
+#endif
+__glutCloseDownGameMode(void)
+{
+  if (__glutDisplaySettingsChanged) {
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    /* Assumes that display settings have been changed, that
+       is __glutDisplaySettingsChanged is true. */
+    ChangeDisplaySettings(NULL, 0);
+#endif
+    __glutDisplaySettingsChanged = 0;
+  }
+  __glutGameModeWindow = NULL;
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutLeaveGameMode(void)
+{
+  if (__glutGameModeWindow == NULL) {
+    __glutWarning("not in game mode so cannot leave game mode");
+    return;
+  }
+  __glutDestroyWindow(__glutGameModeWindow,
+    __glutGameModeWindow);
+  XFlush(__glutDisplay);
+  __glutGameModeWindow = NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+
+/* Same values as from MSDN's SetDisp.c example. */
+#define MIN_WIDTH 400
+#define MIN_FREQUENCY 60
+
+static void
+initGameModeSupport(void)
+{
+  DEVMODE dm;
+  DWORD mode;
+  int i;
+
+  if (ndmodes >= 0) {
+    /* ndmodes is initially -1 to indicate no
+       dmodes allocated yet. */
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Determine how many display modes there are. */
+  ndmodes = 0;
+  mode = 0;
+  while (EnumDisplaySettings(NULL, mode, &dm)) {
+    if (dm.dmPelsWidth >= MIN_WIDTH &&
+      (dm.dmDisplayFrequency == 0 ||
+      dm.dmDisplayFrequency >= MIN_FREQUENCY)) {
+      ndmodes++;
+    }
+    mode++;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate memory for a list of all the display modes. */
+  dmodes = (DisplayMode*)
+    malloc(ndmodes * sizeof(DisplayMode));
+
+  /* Now that we know how many display modes to expect,
+     enumerate them again and save the information in
+     the list we allocated above. */
+  i = 0;
+  mode = 0;
+  while (EnumDisplaySettings(NULL, mode, &dm)) {
+    /* Try to reject any display settings that seem unplausible. */
+    if (dm.dmPelsWidth >= MIN_WIDTH &&
+      (dm.dmDisplayFrequency == 0 ||
+      dm.dmDisplayFrequency >= MIN_FREQUENCY)) {
+      dmodes[i].devmode = dm;
+      dmodes[i].valid = 1;  /* XXX Not used for now. */
+      dmodes[i].cap[DM_WIDTH] = dm.dmPelsWidth;
+      dmodes[i].cap[DM_HEIGHT] = dm.dmPelsHeight;
+      dmodes[i].cap[DM_PIXEL_DEPTH] = dm.dmBitsPerPel;
+      if (dm.dmDisplayFrequency == 0) {
+       /* Guess a reasonable guess. */
+       /* Lame Windows 95 version of EnumDisplaySettings. */
+        dmodes[i].cap[DM_HERTZ] = 60;
+      } else {
+       dmodes[i].cap[DM_HERTZ] = dm.dmDisplayFrequency;
+      }
+      i++;
+    }
+    mode++;
+  }
+
+  assert(i == ndmodes);
+}
+
+#else
+
+/* X Windows version of initGameModeSupport. */
+static void
+initGameModeSupport(void)
+{
+  if (ndmodes >= 0) {
+    /* ndmodes is initially -1 to indicate no
+       dmodes allocated yet. */
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Determine how many display modes there are. */
+  ndmodes = 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* This routine is based on similiar code in glut_dstr.c */
+static DisplayMode *
+findMatch(DisplayMode * dmodes, int ndmodes,
+  Criterion * criteria, int ncriteria)
+{
+  DisplayMode *found;
+  int *bestScore, *thisScore;
+  int i, j, numok, result = 0, worse, better;
+
+  found = NULL;
+  numok = 1;            /* "num" capability is indexed from 1,
+                           not 0. */
+
+  /* XXX alloca canidate. */
+  bestScore = (int *) malloc(ncriteria * sizeof(int));
+  if (!bestScore) {
+    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");
+  }
+  for (j = 0; j < ncriteria; j++) {
+    /* Very negative number. */
+    bestScore[j] = -32768;
+  }
+
+  /* XXX alloca canidate. */
+  thisScore = (int *) malloc(ncriteria * sizeof(int));
+  if (!thisScore) {
+    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");
+  }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < ndmodes; i++) {
+    if (dmodes[i].valid) {
+      worse = 0;
+      better = 0;
+
+      for (j = 0; j < ncriteria; j++) {
+        int cap, cvalue, dvalue;
+
+        cap = criteria[j].capability;
+        cvalue = criteria[j].value;
+        if (cap == NUM) {
+          dvalue = numok;
+        } else {
+          dvalue = dmodes[i].cap[cap];
+        }
+#ifdef TEST
+        if (verbose)
+          printf("  %s %s %d to %d\n",
+            capstr[cap], compstr[criteria[j].comparison], cvalue, dvalue);
+#endif
+        switch (criteria[j].comparison) {
+        case EQ:
+          result = cvalue == dvalue;
+          thisScore[j] = 1;
+          break;
+        case NEQ:
+          result = cvalue != dvalue;
+          thisScore[j] = 1;
+          break;
+        case LT:
+          result = dvalue < cvalue;
+          thisScore[j] = dvalue - cvalue;
+          break;
+        case GT:
+          result = dvalue > cvalue;
+          thisScore[j] = dvalue - cvalue;
+          break;
+        case LTE:
+          result = dvalue <= cvalue;
+          thisScore[j] = dvalue - cvalue;
+          break;
+        case GTE:
+          result = (dvalue >= cvalue);
+          thisScore[j] = dvalue - cvalue;
+          break;
+        case MIN:
+          result = dvalue >= cvalue;
+          thisScore[j] = cvalue - dvalue;
+          break;
+        }
+
+#ifdef TEST
+        if (verbose)
+          printf("                result=%d   score=%d   bestScore=%d\n", result, thisScore[j], bestScore[j]);
+#endif
+
+        if (result) {
+          if (better || thisScore[j] > bestScore[j]) {
+            better = 1;
+          } else if (thisScore[j] == bestScore[j]) {
+            /* Keep looking. */
+          } else {
+            goto nextDM;
+          }
+        } else {
+          if (cap == NUM) {
+            worse = 1;
+          } else {
+            goto nextDM;
+          }
+        }
+
+      }
+
+      if (better && !worse) {
+        found = &dmodes[i];
+        for (j = 0; j < ncriteria; j++) {
+          bestScore[j] = thisScore[j];
+        }
+      }
+      numok++;
+
+    nextDM:;
+
+    }
+  }
+  free(bestScore);
+  free(thisScore);
+  return found;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Parses strings in the form of:
+ *  800x600
+ *  800x600:16
+ *  800x600@60
+ *  800x600:16@60
+ *  @60
+ *  :16
+ *  :16@60
+ * NOTE that @ before : is not parsed.
+ */
+static int
+specialCaseParse(char *word, Criterion * criterion, int mask)
+{
+  char *xstr, *response;
+  int got;
+  int width, height, bpp, hertz;
+
+  switch(word[0]) {
+  case '0':
+  case '1':
+  case '2':
+  case '3':
+  case '4':
+  case '5':
+  case '6':
+  case '7':
+  case '8':
+  case '9':
+    /* The WWWxHHH case. */
+    if (mask & (1 << DM_WIDTH)) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+    xstr = strpbrk(&word[1], "x");
+    if (xstr) {
+      width = (int) strtol(word, &response, 0);
+      if (response == word || response[0] != 'x') {
+        /* Not a valid number OR needs to be followed by 'x'. */
+       return -1;
+      }
+      height = (int) strtol(&xstr[1], &response, 0);
+      if (response == &xstr[1]) {
+        /* Not a valid number. */
+       return -1;
+      }
+      criterion[0].capability = DM_WIDTH;
+      criterion[0].comparison = EQ;
+      criterion[0].value = width;
+      criterion[1].capability = DM_HEIGHT;
+      criterion[1].comparison = EQ;
+      criterion[1].value = height;
+      got = specialCaseParse(response,
+        &criterion[2], 1 << DM_WIDTH);
+      if (got >= 0) {
+        return got + 2;
+      } else {
+        return -1;
+      }
+    }
+    return -1;
+  case ':':
+    /* The :BPP case. */
+    if (mask & (1 << DM_PIXEL_DEPTH)) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+    bpp = (int) strtol(&word[1], &response, 0);
+    if (response == &word[1]) {
+      /* Not a valid number. */
+      return -1;
+    }
+    criterion[0].capability = DM_PIXEL_DEPTH;
+    criterion[0].comparison = EQ;
+    criterion[0].value = bpp;
+    got = specialCaseParse(response,
+      &criterion[1], (1 << DM_WIDTH) | (1 << DM_PIXEL_DEPTH));
+    if (got >= 0) {
+      return got + 1;
+    } else {
+      return -1;
+    }
+  case '@':
+    /* The @HZ case. */
+    if (mask & (1 << DM_HERTZ)) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+    hertz = (int) strtol(&word[1], &response, 0);
+    if (response == &word[1]) {
+      /* Not a valid number. */
+      return -1;
+    }
+    criterion[0].capability = DM_HERTZ;
+    criterion[0].comparison = EQ;
+    criterion[0].value = hertz;
+    got = specialCaseParse(response,
+      &criterion[1], ~DM_HERTZ);
+    if (got >= 0) {
+      return got + 1;
+    } else {
+      return -1;
+    }
+  case '\0':
+    return 0;
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* This routine is based on similiar code in glut_dstr.c */
+static int
+parseCriteria(char *word, Criterion * criterion)
+{
+  char *cstr, *vstr, *response;
+  int comparator, value = 0;
+
+  cstr = strpbrk(word, "=><!~");
+  if (cstr) {
+    switch (cstr[0]) {
+    case '=':
+      comparator = EQ;
+      vstr = &cstr[1];
+      break;
+    case '~':
+      comparator = MIN;
+      vstr = &cstr[1];
+      break;
+    case '>':
+      if (cstr[1] == '=') {
+        comparator = GTE;
+        vstr = &cstr[2];
+      } else {
+        comparator = GT;
+        vstr = &cstr[1];
+      }
+      break;
+    case '<':
+      if (cstr[1] == '=') {
+        comparator = LTE;
+        vstr = &cstr[2];
+      } else {
+        comparator = LT;
+        vstr = &cstr[1];
+      }
+      break;
+    case '!':
+      if (cstr[1] == '=') {
+        comparator = NEQ;
+        vstr = &cstr[2];
+      } else {
+        return -1;
+      }
+      break;
+    default:
+      return -1;
+    }
+    value = (int) strtol(vstr, &response, 0);
+    if (response == vstr) {
+      /* Not a valid number. */
+      return -1;
+    }
+    *cstr = '\0';
+  } else {
+    comparator = NONE;
+  }
+  switch (word[0]) {
+  case 'b':
+    if (!strcmp(word, "bpp")) {
+      criterion[0].capability = DM_PIXEL_DEPTH;
+      if (comparator == NONE) {
+        return -1;
+      } else {
+        criterion[0].comparison = comparator;
+        criterion[0].value = value;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    return -1;
+  case 'h':
+    if (!strcmp(word, "height")) {
+      criterion[0].capability = DM_HEIGHT;
+      if (comparator == NONE) {
+        return -1;
+      } else {
+        criterion[0].comparison = comparator;
+        criterion[0].value = value;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    if (!strcmp(word, "hertz")) {
+      criterion[0].capability = DM_HERTZ;
+      if (comparator == NONE) {
+        return -1;
+      } else {
+        criterion[0].comparison = comparator;
+        criterion[0].value = value;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    return -1;
+  case 'n':
+    if (!strcmp(word, "num")) {
+      criterion[0].capability = DM_NUM;
+      if (comparator == NONE) {
+        return -1;
+      } else {
+        criterion[0].comparison = comparator;
+        criterion[0].value = value;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    return -1;
+  case 'w':
+    if (!strcmp(word, "width")) {
+      criterion[0].capability = DM_WIDTH;
+      if (comparator == NONE) {
+        return -1;
+      } else {
+        criterion[0].comparison = comparator;
+        criterion[0].value = value;
+        return 1;
+      }
+    }
+    return -1;
+  }
+  if (comparator == NONE) {
+    return specialCaseParse(word, criterion, 0);
+  }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* This routine is based on similiar code in glut_dstr.c */
+static Criterion *
+parseDisplayString(const char *display, int *ncriteria)
+{
+  Criterion *criteria = NULL;
+  int n, parsed;
+  char *copy, *word;
+
+  copy = __glutStrdup(display);
+  /* Attempt to estimate how many criteria entries should be
+     needed. */
+  n = 0;
+  word = strtok(copy, " \t");
+  while (word) {
+    n++;
+    word = strtok(NULL, " \t");
+  }
+  /* Allocate number of words of criteria.  A word
+     could contain as many as four criteria in the
+     worst case.  Example: 800x600:16@60 */
+  criteria = (Criterion *) malloc(4 * n * sizeof(Criterion));
+  if (!criteria) {
+    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");
+  }
+
+  /* Re-copy the copy of the display string. */
+  strcpy(copy, display);
+
+  n = 0;
+  word = strtok(copy, " \t");
+  while (word) {
+    parsed = parseCriteria(word, &criteria[n]);
+    if (parsed >= 0) {
+      n += parsed;
+    } else {
+      __glutWarning("Unrecognized game mode string word: %s (ignoring)\n", word);
+    }
+    word = strtok(NULL, " \t");
+  }
+
+  free(copy);
+  *ncriteria = n;
+  return criteria;
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutGameModeString(const char *string)
+{
+  Criterion *criteria;
+  int ncriteria;
+
+  initGameModeSupport();
+  criteria = parseDisplayString(string, &ncriteria);
+  currentDm = findMatch(dmodes, ndmodes, criteria, ncriteria);
+  free(criteria);
+}
+
+int GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutEnterGameMode(void)
+{
+  GLUTwindow *window;
+  int width, height;
+  Window win;
+
+  if (__glutMappedMenu) {
+    __glutFatalUsage("entering game mode not allowed while menus in use");
+  }
+  if (__glutGameModeWindow) {
+    /* Already in game mode, so blow away game mode
+       window so apps can change resolutions. */
+    window = __glutGameModeWindow;
+    /* Setting the game mode window to NULL tricks
+       the window destroy code into not undoing the
+       screen display change since we plan on immediately
+       doing another mode change. */
+    __glutGameModeWindow = NULL;
+    __glutDestroyWindow(window, window);
+  }
+
+  /* Assume default screen size until we find out if we
+     can actually change the display settings. */
+  width = __glutScreenWidth;
+  height = __glutScreenHeight;
+
+  if (currentDm) {
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    LONG status;
+    static int registered = 0;
+
+    status = ChangeDisplaySettings(&currentDm->devmode,
+      CDS_FULLSCREEN);
+    if (status == DISP_CHANGE_SUCCESSFUL) {
+      __glutDisplaySettingsChanged = 1;
+      width = currentDm->cap[DM_WIDTH];
+      height = currentDm->cap[DM_HEIGHT];
+      if (!registered) {
+        atexit(__glutCloseDownGameMode);
+        registered = 1;
+      }
+    } else {
+      /* Switch back to default resolution. */
+      ChangeDisplaySettings(NULL, 0);
+    }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  window = __glutCreateWindow(NULL, 0, 0,
+    width, height, /* game mode */ 1);
+  win = window->win;
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)
+  if (__glutMotifHints == None) {
+    __glutMotifHints = XSGIFastInternAtom(__glutDisplay, "_MOTIF_WM_HINTS",
+      SGI_XA__MOTIF_WM_HINTS, 0);
+    if (__glutMotifHints == None) {
+      __glutWarning("Could not intern X atom for _MOTIF_WM_HINTS.");
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Game mode window is a toplevel window. */
+  XSetWMProtocols(__glutDisplay, win, &__glutWMDeleteWindow, 1);
+#endif
+
+  /* Schedule the fullscreen property to be added and to
+     make sure the window is configured right.  Win32
+     doesn't need this. */
+  window->desiredX = 0;
+  window->desiredY = 0;
+  window->desiredWidth = width;
+  window->desiredHeight = height;
+  window->desiredConfMask |= CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
+#ifdef _WIN32
+  /* Win32 does not want to use GLUT_FULL_SCREEN_WORK
+     for game mode because we need to be maximizing
+     the window in game mode, not just sizing it to
+     take up the full screen.  The Win32-ness of game
+     mode happens when you pass 1 in the gameMode parameter
+     to __glutCreateWindow above.  A gameMode of creates
+     a WS_POPUP window, not a standard WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW
+     window.  WS_POPUP ensures the taskbar is hidden. */
+  __glutPutOnWorkList(window,
+    GLUT_CONFIGURE_WORK);
+#else
+  __glutPutOnWorkList(window,
+    GLUT_CONFIGURE_WORK | GLUT_FULL_SCREEN_WORK);
+#endif
+
+  __glutGameModeWindow = window;
+  return window->num + 1;
+}
+
+int GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutGameModeGet(GLenum mode)
+{
+  switch (mode) {
+  case GLUT_GAME_MODE_ACTIVE:
+    return __glutGameModeWindow != NULL;
+  case GLUT_GAME_MODE_POSSIBLE:
+    return currentDm != NULL;
+  case GLUT_GAME_MODE_WIDTH:
+    return currentDm ? currentDm->cap[DM_WIDTH] : -1;
+  case GLUT_GAME_MODE_HEIGHT:
+    return currentDm ? currentDm->cap[DM_HEIGHT] : -1;
+  case GLUT_GAME_MODE_PIXEL_DEPTH:
+    return currentDm ? currentDm->cap[DM_PIXEL_DEPTH] : -1;
+  case GLUT_GAME_MODE_REFRESH_RATE:
+    return currentDm ? currentDm->cap[DM_HERTZ] : -1;
+  case GLUT_GAME_MODE_DISPLAY_CHANGED:
+    return __glutDisplaySettingsChanged;
+  default:
+    return -1;
+  }
+}
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/glut/os2/glut_win.cpp b/src/glut/os2/glut_win.cpp
index 82abba87e48..53ff5d5d953 100644
--- a/src/glut/os2/glut_win.cpp
+++ b/src/glut/os2/glut_win.cpp
@@ -1,1221 +1,1221 @@
-

-/* Copyright (c) Mark J. Kilgard, 1994, 1997.  */

-

-/* This program is freely distributable without licensing fees

-   and is provided without guarantee or warrantee expressed or

-   implied. This program is -not- in the public domain. */

-

-#ifdef __VMS

-#include <GL/vms_x_fix.h>

-#endif

-

-#include <stdlib.h>

-#include <stdio.h>

-#include <string.h>

-#include <assert.h>

-#if defined(__OS2__)

-#define POKA 0

-  #include "WarpGL.h"

-  #include "glutos2.h"

-  #include "glutint.h"

-

-  #include "gl\os2mesa.h"

-

-//

-//define for resource id for main GLUT window, in samples it is  defined in GL_TEST.h

-   #define ID_WINDOW            256

-

-   int evglSetPixelFormat(int iPixelFormat);

-   HPS   hpsCurrent;

-

-#elif !defined(_WIN32)

-

-#include <X11/Xlib.h>

-#include <X11/Xatom.h>

-#endif

-

-#include "glutint.h"

-

-GLUTwindow *__glutCurrentWindow = NULL;

-GLUTwindow **__glutWindowList = NULL;

-int __glutWindowListSize = 0;

-#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)

-GLUTstale *__glutStaleWindowList = NULL;

-#endif

-GLUTwindow *__glutMenuWindow = NULL;

-

-void (*__glutFreeOverlayFunc) (GLUToverlay *);

-XVisualInfo *(*__glutDetermineVisualFromString) (char *string, Bool * treatAsSingle,

-  Criterion * requiredCriteria, int nRequired, int requiredMask, void** fbc) = NULL;

-

-static Criterion requiredWindowCriteria[] =

-{

-  {LEVEL, EQ, 0},

-  {TRANSPARENT, EQ, 0}

-};

-static int numRequiredWindowCriteria = sizeof(requiredWindowCriteria) / sizeof(Criterion);

-static int requiredWindowCriteriaMask = (1 << LEVEL) | (1 << TRANSPARENT);

-

-static void

-cleanWindowWorkList(GLUTwindow * window)

-{

-  GLUTwindow **pEntry = &__glutWindowWorkList;

-  GLUTwindow *entry = __glutWindowWorkList;

-

-  /* Tranverse singly-linked window work list look for the

-     window. */

-  while (entry) {

-    if (entry == window) {

-      /* Found it; delete it. */

-      *pEntry = entry->prevWorkWin;

-      return;

-    } else {

-      pEntry = &entry->prevWorkWin;

-      entry = *pEntry;

-    }

-  }

-}

-

-#if !defined(_WIN32)  && !defined(__OS2PM__)

-

-static void

-cleanStaleWindowList(GLUTwindow * window)

-{

-  GLUTstale **pEntry = &__glutStaleWindowList;

-  GLUTstale *entry = __glutStaleWindowList;

-

-  /* Tranverse singly-linked stale window list look for the

-     window ID. */

-  while (entry) {

-    if (entry->window == window) {

-      /* Found it; delete it. */

-      *pEntry = entry->next;

-      free(entry);

-      return;

-    } else {

-      pEntry = &entry->next;

-      entry = *pEntry;

-    }

-  }

-}

-

-#endif

-

-static GLUTwindow *__glutWindowCache = NULL;

-

-GLUTwindow *

-__glutGetWindow(Window win)

-{

-  int i;

-

-  /* Does win belong to the last window ID looked up? */

-  if (__glutWindowCache && (win == __glutWindowCache->win ||

-      (__glutWindowCache->overlay && win ==

-        __glutWindowCache->overlay->win))) {

-    return

-      __glutWindowCache;

-  }

-  /* Otherwise scan the window list looking for the window ID. */

-  for (i = 0; i < __glutWindowListSize; i++) {

-    if (__glutWindowList[i]) {

-      if (win == __glutWindowList[i]->win) {

-        __glutWindowCache = __glutWindowList[i];

-        return __glutWindowCache;

-      }

-      if (__glutWindowList[i]->overlay) {

-        if (win == __glutWindowList[i]->overlay->win) {

-          __glutWindowCache = __glutWindowList[i];

-          return __glutWindowCache;

-        }

-      }

-    }

-  }

-#if !defined(_WIN32)  && !defined(__OS2PM__)

-  {

-    GLUTstale *entry;

-

-    /* Scan through destroyed overlay window IDs for which no

-       DestroyNotify has yet been received. */

-    for (entry = __glutStaleWindowList; entry; entry = entry->next) {

-      if (entry->win == win)

-        return entry->window;

-    }

-  }

-#endif

-  return NULL;

-}

-

-/* CENTRY */

-int GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutGetWindow(void)

-{

-  if (__glutCurrentWindow) {

-    return __glutCurrentWindow->num + 1;

-  } else {

-    return 0;

-  }

-}

-/* ENDCENTRY */

-

-void

-__glutSetWindow(GLUTwindow * window)

-{

-  /* It is tempting to try to short-circuit the call to

-     glXMakeCurrent if we "know" we are going to make current

-     to a window we are already current to.  In fact, this

-     assumption breaks when GLUT is expected to integrated with

-     other OpenGL windowing APIs that also make current to

-     OpenGL contexts.  Since glXMakeCurrent short-circuits the

-     "already bound" case, GLUT avoids the temptation to do so

-     too. */

-  __glutCurrentWindow = window;

-

-  MAKE_CURRENT_LAYER(__glutCurrentWindow);

-

-#if !defined(_WIN32)  && !defined(__OS2__)

-  /* We should be careful to force a finish between each

-     iteration through the GLUT main loop if indirect OpenGL

-     contexts are in use; indirect contexts tend to have  much

-     longer latency because lots of OpenGL extension requests

-     can queue up in the X protocol stream.  We accomplish this

-     by posting GLUT_FINISH_WORK to be done. */

-  if (!__glutCurrentWindow->isDirect)

-    __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_FINISH_WORK);

-#endif

-

-  /* If debugging is enabled, we'll want to check this window

-     for any OpenGL errors every iteration through the GLUT

-     main loop.  To accomplish this, we post the

-     GLUT_DEBUG_WORK to be done on this window. */

-  if (__glutDebug) {

-    __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_DEBUG_WORK);

-  }

-}

-

-/* CENTRY */

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutSetWindow(int win)

-{

-  GLUTwindow *window;

-

-  if (win < 1 || win > __glutWindowListSize) {

-    __glutWarning("glutSetWindow attempted on bogus window.");

-    return;

-  }

-  window = __glutWindowList[win - 1];

-  if (!window) {

-    __glutWarning("glutSetWindow attempted on bogus window.");

-    return;

-  }

-  __glutSetWindow(window);

-}

-/* ENDCENTRY */

-

-static int

-getUnusedWindowSlot(void)

-{

-  int i;

-

-  /* Look for allocated, unused slot. */

-  for (i = 0; i < __glutWindowListSize; i++) {

-    if (!__glutWindowList[i]) {

-      return i;

-    }

-  }

-  /* Allocate a new slot. */

-  __glutWindowListSize++;

-  if (__glutWindowList) {

-    __glutWindowList = (GLUTwindow **)

-      realloc(__glutWindowList,

-      __glutWindowListSize * sizeof(GLUTwindow *));

-  } else {

-    /* XXX Some realloc's do not correctly perform a malloc

-       when asked to perform a realloc on a NULL pointer,

-       though the ANSI C library spec requires this. */

-    __glutWindowList = (GLUTwindow **)

-      malloc(sizeof(GLUTwindow *));

-  }

-  if (!__glutWindowList)

-    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");

-  __glutWindowList[__glutWindowListSize - 1] = NULL;

-  return __glutWindowListSize - 1;

-}

-

-static XVisualInfo *

-getVisualInfoCI(unsigned int mode)

-{

-#if POKA

-  static int bufSizeList[] =

-  {16, 12, 8, 4, 2, 1, 0};

-  XVisualInfo *vi;

-  int list[32];

-  int i, n = 0;

-

-  /* Should not be looking at display mode mask if

-     __glutDisplayString is non-NULL. */

-  assert(!__glutDisplayString);

-

-  list[n++] = GLX_BUFFER_SIZE;

-  list[n++] = 1;

-  if (GLUT_WIND_IS_DOUBLE(mode)) {

-    list[n++] = GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER;

-  }

-  if (GLUT_WIND_IS_STEREO(mode)) {

-    list[n++] = GLX_STEREO;

-  }

-  if (GLUT_WIND_HAS_DEPTH(mode)) {

-    list[n++] = GLX_DEPTH_SIZE;

-    list[n++] = 1;

-  }

-  if (GLUT_WIND_HAS_STENCIL(mode)) {

-    list[n++] = GLX_STENCIL_SIZE;

-    list[n++] = 1;

-  }

-  list[n] = (int) None; /* terminate list */

-

-  /* glXChooseVisual specify GLX_BUFFER_SIZE prefers the

-     "smallest index buffer of at least the specified size".

-     This would be reasonable if GLUT allowed the user to

-     specify the required buffe size, but GLUT's display mode

-     is too simplistic (easy to use?). GLUT should try to find

-     the "largest".  So start with a large buffer size and

-     shrink until we find a matching one that exists. */

-

-  for (i = 0; bufSizeList[i]; i++) {

-    /* XXX Assumes list[1] is where GLX_BUFFER_SIZE parameter

-       is. */

-    list[1] = bufSizeList[i];

-    vi = glXChooseVisual(__glutDisplay,

-      __glutScreen, list);

-    if (vi)

-      return vi;

-  }

-  return NULL;

-#else

-    return

-         glXChooseVisual(mode);

-

-#endif

-}

-

-static XVisualInfo *

-getVisualInfoRGB(unsigned int mode)

-{

-#if POKA

-  int list[32];

-  int n = 0;

-

-  /* Should not be looking at display mode mask if

-     __glutDisplayString is non-NULL. */

-  assert(!__glutDisplayString);

-

-  /* XXX Would a caching mechanism to minize the calls to

-     glXChooseVisual? You'd have to reference count

-     XVisualInfo* pointers.  Would also have to properly

-     interact with glutInitDisplayString. */

-

-  list[n++] = GLX_RGBA;

-  list[n++] = GLX_RED_SIZE;

-  list[n++] = 1;

-  list[n++] = GLX_GREEN_SIZE;

-  list[n++] = 1;

-  list[n++] = GLX_BLUE_SIZE;

-  list[n++] = 1;

-  if (GLUT_WIND_HAS_ALPHA(mode)) {

-    list[n++] = GLX_ALPHA_SIZE;

-    list[n++] = 1;

-  }

-  if (GLUT_WIND_IS_DOUBLE(mode)) {

-    list[n++] = GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER;

-  }

-  if (GLUT_WIND_IS_STEREO(mode)) {

-    list[n++] = GLX_STEREO;

-  }

-  if (GLUT_WIND_HAS_DEPTH(mode)) {

-    list[n++] = GLX_DEPTH_SIZE;

-    list[n++] = 1;

-  }

-  if (GLUT_WIND_HAS_STENCIL(mode)) {

-    list[n++] = GLX_STENCIL_SIZE;

-    list[n++] = 1;

-  }

-  if (GLUT_WIND_HAS_ACCUM(mode)) {

-    list[n++] = GLX_ACCUM_RED_SIZE;

-    list[n++] = 1;

-    list[n++] = GLX_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE;

-    list[n++] = 1;

-    list[n++] = GLX_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE;

-    list[n++] = 1;

-    if (GLUT_WIND_HAS_ALPHA(mode)) {

-      list[n++] = GLX_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE;

-      list[n++] = 1;

-    }

-  }

-#if defined(GLX_VERSION_1_1) && (defined(GLX_SGIS_multisample) || defined(GLX_ARB_multisample))

-  if (GLUT_WIND_IS_MULTISAMPLE(mode)) {

-    if (!__glutIsSupportedByGLX("GLX_SGIS_multisample") &&

-        !__glutIsSupportedByGLX("GLX_ARB_multisample"))

-      return NULL;

-#if defined(GLX_ARB_multisample)

-    list[n++] = GLX_SAMPLES_ARB;

-#elif defined(GLX_SGIS_multisample)

-    list[n++] = GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS;

-#endif

-    /* XXX Is 4 a reasonable minimum acceptable number of

-       samples? */

-    list[n++] = 4;

-  }

-#endif

-  list[n] = (int) None; /* terminate list */

-

-  return glXChooseVisual(__glutDisplay,

-    __glutScreen, list);

-#else  /* POKA */

-

-    return

-         glXChooseVisual(mode);

-

-#endif

-}

-

-XVisualInfo *

-__glutGetVisualInfo(unsigned int mode)

-{

-  /* XXX GLUT_LUMINANCE not implemented for GLUT 3.0. */

-  if (GLUT_WIND_IS_LUMINANCE(mode))

-    return NULL;

-

-  if (GLUT_WIND_IS_RGB(mode))

-    return getVisualInfoRGB(mode);

-  else

-    return getVisualInfoCI(mode);

-}

-

-XVisualInfo *

-__glutDetermineVisual(

-  unsigned int displayMode,

-  Bool * treatAsSingle,

-  XVisualInfo * (getVisualInfo) (unsigned int))

-{

-  XVisualInfo *vis;

-

-  /* Should not be looking at display mode mask if

-     __glutDisplayString is non-NULL. */

-  assert(!__glutDisplayString);

-

-  *treatAsSingle = GLUT_WIND_IS_SINGLE(displayMode);

-  vis = getVisualInfo(displayMode);

-  if (!vis) {

-    /* Fallback cases when can't get exactly what was asked

-       for... */

-    if (GLUT_WIND_IS_SINGLE(displayMode)) {

-      /* If we can't find a single buffered visual, try looking

-         for a double buffered visual.  We can treat a double

-         buffered visual as a single buffer visual by changing

-         the draw buffer to GL_FRONT and treating any swap

-         buffers as no-ops. */

-      displayMode |= GLUT_DOUBLE;

-      vis = getVisualInfo(displayMode);

-      *treatAsSingle = True;

-    }

-    if (!vis && GLUT_WIND_IS_MULTISAMPLE(displayMode)) {

-      /* If we can't seem to get multisampling (ie, not Reality

-         Engine class graphics!), go without multisampling.  It

-         is up to the application to query how many multisamples

-         were allocated (0 equals no multisampling) if the

-         application is going to use multisampling for more than

-         just antialiasing. */

-      displayMode &= ~GLUT_MULTISAMPLE;

-      vis = getVisualInfo(displayMode);

-    }

-  }

-  return vis;

-}

-

-static void GLUTCALLBACK

-__glutDefaultDisplay(void)

-{

-  /* XXX Remove the warning after GLUT 3.0. */

-  __glutWarning("The following is a new check for GLUT 3.0; update your code.");

-  __glutFatalError(

-    "redisplay needed for window %d, but no display callback.",

-    __glutCurrentWindow->num + 1);

-}

-

-void GLUTCALLBACK

-__glutDefaultReshape(int width, int height)

-{

-  GLUToverlay *overlay;

-

-  /* Adjust the viewport of the window (and overlay if one

-     exists). */

-  MAKE_CURRENT_WINDOW(__glutCurrentWindow);

-  glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei) width, (GLsizei) height);

-  overlay = __glutCurrentWindow->overlay;

-  if (overlay) {

-    MAKE_CURRENT_OVERLAY(overlay);

-    glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei) width, (GLsizei) height);

-  }

-  /* Make sure we are current to the current layer (application

-     should be able to count on the current layer not changing

-     unless the application explicitly calls glutUseLayer). */

-  MAKE_CURRENT_LAYER(__glutCurrentWindow);

-}

-

-XVisualInfo *

-__glutDetermineWindowVisual(Bool * treatAsSingle, Bool * visAlloced, void **fbc)

-{

-  if (__glutDisplayString) {

-

-    /* __glutDisplayString should be NULL except if

-       glutInitDisplayString has been called to register a

-       different display string.  Calling glutInitDisplayString

-       means using a string instead of an integer mask determine

-       the visual to use. Using the function pointer variable

-       __glutDetermineVisualFromString below avoids linking in

-       the code for implementing glutInitDisplayString (ie,

-       glut_dstr.o) unless glutInitDisplayString gets called by

-       the application. */

-

-    assert(__glutDetermineVisualFromString);

-    *visAlloced = False;

-    *fbc = NULL;

-    return __glutDetermineVisualFromString(__glutDisplayString, treatAsSingle,

-      requiredWindowCriteria, numRequiredWindowCriteria, requiredWindowCriteriaMask, fbc);

-  } else {

-    *visAlloced = True;

-    *fbc = NULL;

-    return __glutDetermineVisual(__glutDisplayMode,

-      treatAsSingle, __glutGetVisualInfo);

-  }

-}

-

-/* ARGSUSED5 */  /* Only Win32 uses gameMode parameter. */

-GLUTwindow *

-__glutCreateWindow(GLUTwindow * parent,

-  int x, int y, int width, int height, int gameMode)

-{

-  GLUTwindow *window;

-  XSetWindowAttributes wa;

-  unsigned long attribMask;

-  int winnum;

-  int i;

-#if defined(GLX_VERSION_1_1) && defined(GLX_SGIX_fbconfig)

-  GLXFBConfigSGIX fbc;

-#else

-  void *fbc;

-#endif

-

-#if defined(__OS2PM__)

- {

-    extern HAB   hab;      /* PM anchor block handle         */

-    CLASSINFO classinfo;

-

-    if(!WinQueryClassInfo(hab,"GLUT", &classinfo) )

-                               __glutOpenOS2Connection(NULL);

-  }

-#elif defined(_WIN32)

-  WNDCLASS wc;

-  int style;

-

-  if (!GetClassInfo(GetModuleHandle(NULL), "GLUT", &wc)) {

-    __glutOpenWin32Connection(NULL);

-  }

-#else

-  if (!__glutDisplay) {

-    __glutOpenXConnection(NULL);

-  }

-#endif

-

-#ifndef __OS2PM__

-  if (__glutGameModeWindow) {

-    __glutFatalError("cannot create windows in game mode.");

-  }

-#endif

-

-  winnum = getUnusedWindowSlot();

-  window = (GLUTwindow *) malloc(sizeof(GLUTwindow));

-  if (!window) {

-    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");

-  }

-  window->num = winnum;

-

-#if defined(__OS2PM__)

-  /* Add this new window to the window list. */

-  __glutWindowList[winnum] = window;

-  window->shownState = -1;

-#endif

-

-#if !defined(_WIN32)  && !defined(__OS2PM__)

-  window->vis = __glutDetermineWindowVisual(&window->treatAsSingle,

-    &window->visAlloced, (void**) &fbc);

-  if (!window->vis) {

-    __glutFatalError(

-      "visual with necessary capabilities not found.");

-  }

-  __glutSetupColormap(window->vis, &window->colormap, &window->cmap);

-#endif

-  window->eventMask = StructureNotifyMask | ExposureMask;

-

-  attribMask = CWBackPixmap | CWBorderPixel | CWColormap | CWEventMask;

-  wa.background_pixmap = None;

-  wa.border_pixel = 0;

-  wa.colormap = window->cmap;

-  wa.event_mask = window->eventMask;

-  if (parent) {

-    if (parent->eventMask & GLUT_HACK_STOP_PROPAGATE_MASK)

-      wa.event_mask |= GLUT_HACK_STOP_PROPAGATE_MASK;

-    attribMask |= CWDontPropagate;

-    wa.do_not_propagate_mask = parent->eventMask & GLUT_DONT_PROPAGATE_FILTER_MASK;

-  } else {

-    wa.do_not_propagate_mask = 0;

-  }

-

-  /* Stash width and height before Win32's __glutAdjustCoords

-     possibly overwrites the values. */

-  window->width = width;

-  window->height = height;

-  window->forceReshape = True;

-  window->ignoreKeyRepeat = False;

-

-#if defined(__OS2PM__)

-

- {  ULONG flStyle=0;

-    int ii;

-    ERRORID  erridErrorCode;/* last error id code */

-    extern HAB   hab;      /* PM anchor block handle         */

-

-  if (parent) {

-    flStyle = WS_CLIPCHILDREN|WS_VISIBLE;

-  } else {

-    if (gameMode) {

-      /* Game mode window should be a WS_POPUP window to

-         ensure that the taskbar is hidden by it.  A standard

-         WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW does not hide the task bar. */

-      flStyle = FCF_STANDARD |  WS_MAXIMIZED;

-    } else {

-      /* A standard toplevel window with borders and such. */

-      flStyle = FCF_STANDARD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN;

-//      flStyle = WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW;

-    }

-  }

-{

- HWND  hwnd;                           /* Window     */

- ULONG ListBoxId;                      /* Window id  */

-                                       /* (supplied by application) */

-

-

- HWND hwndClient;        /* handle to the client                 */

- HWND hwndFrame;         /* handle to the frame                  */

- PFNWP GenericWndProc;

- FRAMECDATA  fcd;

- RECTL  rect;     /* Boundary rectangle                   */

-

-

-

-/************************************************/

-// flCreate = (FCF_STANDARD) & ~FCF_TASKLIST;

-/**********************************/

-  if (parent)

-  {   window->frame = NULL;

-

- hwnd = WinCreateWindow(parent->win,  /* Parent window             */

-                        "GLUTCHILD",        /* Class name                */

-                        "",    /* Window text               */

-                        flStyle,       /* Window style              */

-                        x, y,          /* Position (x,y)            */

-                        width, height,      /* Size (width,height)       */

-                        parent->win,    /* Owner window              */

-                        HWND_TOP,      /* Sibling window            */

-                        0,             /* Window id                 */

-                        NULL,          /* Control data              */

-                        NULL);         /* Pres parameters           */

-

- erridErrorCode = WinGetLastError(hab);

-    window->win = hwnd;

-

-  window->hdc = WinOpenWindowDC(window->win);

-  window->hpsBuffer = hpsCurrent;

-

-

- rect.xLeft = x;

- rect.xRight = x+width;

- rect.yBottom = y;

- rect.yTop = y + height;

-

-/***** else parent *****************************/

-  } else {

-        hwnd = WinCreateStdWindow(HWND_DESKTOP,

-           0,       /* WS_VISIBLE frame-window style        */

-           &flStyle,        /* window style                 */

-           "GLUT",          /* class name                   */

-           "GLUT",/* window title                  */

-            0L,                  /* default client style          */

-            NULLHANDLE,          /* resource in executable file   */

-            ID_WINDOW,           /* resource id                   */

-            &hwndClient);        /* receives client window handle */

-

- erridErrorCode = WinGetLastError(hab);

-       window->win = hwndClient;

-       window->frame = hwnd;

-  window->hdc = WinOpenWindowDC(window->win);

-

-  window->hpsBuffer = hpsCurrent;

-

-

-/* converts a client window's boundaries into  an equivalent frame rectangle */

- rect.xLeft = x;

- rect.xRight = x+width;

- rect.yBottom = y;

- rect.yTop = y + height;

-

- /* calculate equivalent frame boundary from boundary data */

-  WinCalcFrameRect(window->frame, &rect, FALSE);

- }

-/***** endof if(parent) *****************************/

-

-  /* Must set the XHDC for fake glXChooseVisual & fake

-     glXCreateContext & fake XAllocColorCells. */

-  XHDC = window->hdc;

-  XHWND = window->win;

-  window->vis = __glutDetermineWindowVisual(&window->treatAsSingle,

-    &window->visAlloced, &fbc);

-    if (!window->vis)

-    {   __glutFatalError(

-        "pixel format with necessary capabilities not found.");

-    }

-    { int rc;

-      rc = wglChoosePixelFormat(window->hdc, window->vis),

-

-//     evglSetPixelFormat(2); /* int iPixelFormat 1 - doublebuffer/2 - single buffer ??*/

-      wglSetPixelFormat(window->hdc,rc,window->vis);

-    }

-   __glutSetupColormap(window->vis, &window->colormap, &window->cmap);

-

-  window->ctx = glXCreateContext(window->hpsBuffer, window->vis,

-    None, __glutTryDirect);

-

-  WinSetWindowPos(hwnd,

-                  HWND_TOP,rect.xLeft,rect.yBottom,

-                  rect.xRight-rect.xLeft, rect.yTop-rect.yBottom,

-      SWP_ACTIVATE | SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_SHOW|SWP_ZORDER); /* flags*/

-

-  /* Make sure subwindows get a windowStatus callback. */

-  if (parent)

-       WinPostMsg(parent->win, WM_ACTIVATE, 0, 0);

-

-  }

-}

-

-#elif defined(_WIN32)

-

-  __glutAdjustCoords(parent ? parent->win : NULL,

-    &x, &y, &width, &height);

-  if (parent) {

-    style = WS_CHILD;

-  } else {

-    if (gameMode) {

-      /* Game mode window should be a WS_POPUP window to

-         ensure that the taskbar is hidden by it.  A standard

-         WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW does not hide the task bar. */

-      style = WS_POPUP | WS_MAXIMIZE;

-    } else {

-      /* A standard toplevel window with borders and such. */

-      style = WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW;

-    }

-  }

-  window->win = CreateWindow("GLUT", "GLUT",

-    WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | style,

-    x, y, width, height, parent ? parent->win : __glutRoot,

-    NULL, GetModuleHandle(NULL), 0);

-  window->hdc = GetDC(window->win);

-  /* Must set the XHDC for fake glXChooseVisual & fake

-     glXCreateContext & fake XAllocColorCells. */

-  XHDC = window->hdc;

-  window->vis = __glutDetermineWindowVisual(&window->treatAsSingle,

-    &window->visAlloced, &fbc);

-  if (!window->vis) {

-    __glutFatalError(

-      "pixel format with necessary capabilities not found.");

-  }

-  if (!SetPixelFormat(window->hdc,

-      ChoosePixelFormat(window->hdc, window->vis),

-      window->vis)) {

-    __glutFatalError("SetPixelFormat failed during window create.");

-  }

-  __glutSetupColormap(window->vis, &window->colormap, &window->cmap);

-  /* Make sure subwindows get a windowStatus callback. */

-  if (parent) {

-    PostMessage(parent->win, WM_ACTIVATE, 0, 0);

-  }

-  window->renderDc = window->hdc;

-#else

-  window->win = XCreateWindow(__glutDisplay,

-    parent == NULL ? __glutRoot : parent->win,

-    x, y, width, height, 0,

-    window->vis->depth, InputOutput, window->vis->visual,

-    attribMask, &wa);

-#endif

-  window->renderWin = window->win;

-#if defined(GLX_VERSION_1_1) && defined(GLX_SGIX_fbconfig)

-  if (fbc) {

-    window->ctx = __glut_glXCreateContextWithConfigSGIX(__glutDisplay, fbc,

-      GLX_RGBA_TYPE_SGIX, None, __glutTryDirect);

-  } else

-#endif

-#if defined(__OS2PM__)

-//    window->ctx = glXCreateContext(window->hpsBuffer, window->vis,

-//      None, __glutTryDirect);

-#else

-    window->ctx = glXCreateContext(__glutDisplay, window->vis,

-      None, __glutTryDirect);

-#endif

-  if (!window->ctx) {

-    __glutFatalError(

-      "failed to create OpenGL rendering context.");

-  }

-  window->renderCtx = window->ctx;

-#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2PM__)

-  window->isDirect = glXIsDirect(__glutDisplay, window->ctx);

-  if (__glutForceDirect) {

-    if (!window->isDirect)

-      __glutFatalError("direct rendering not possible.");

-  }

-#endif

-

-  window->parent = parent;

-  if (parent) {

-    window->siblings = parent->children;

-    parent->children = window;

-  } else {

-    window->siblings = NULL;

-  }

-  window->overlay = NULL;

-  window->children = NULL;

-  window->display = __glutDefaultDisplay;

-  window->reshape = __glutDefaultReshape;

-  window->mouse = NULL;

-  window->motion = NULL;

-  window->passive = NULL;

-  window->entry = NULL;

-  window->keyboard = NULL;

-  window->keyboardUp = NULL;

-  window->windowStatus = NULL;

-  window->visibility = NULL;

-  window->special = NULL;

-  window->specialUp = NULL;

-  window->buttonBox = NULL;

-  window->dials = NULL;

-  window->spaceMotion = NULL;

-  window->spaceRotate = NULL;

-  window->spaceButton = NULL;

-  window->tabletMotion = NULL;

-  window->tabletButton = NULL;

-#ifdef _WIN32

-  window->joystick = NULL;

-  window->joyPollInterval = 0;

-#endif

-

-#if defined(__OS2PM__)

-  window->wm_command = NULL;

-#endif

-

-  window->tabletPos[0] = -1;

-  window->tabletPos[1] = -1;

-#if defined(__OS2PM__)

-  if(window->shownState == -1)

-           window->shownState = 0;

-   window->visState =  window->shownState;

-#else

-  window->shownState = 0;

-  window->visState = -1;  /* not VisibilityUnobscured,

-                             VisibilityPartiallyObscured, or

-                             VisibilityFullyObscured */

-#endif

-  window->entryState = -1;  /* not EnterNotify or LeaveNotify */

-

-  window->desiredConfMask = 0;

-  window->buttonUses = 0;

-  window->cursor = GLUT_CURSOR_INHERIT;

-

-  /* Setup window to be mapped when glutMainLoop starts. */

-  window->workMask = GLUT_MAP_WORK;

-#ifdef _WIN32

-  if (gameMode) {

-    /* When mapping a game mode window, just show

-       the window.  We have already created the game

-       mode window with a maximize flag at creation

-       time.  Doing a ShowWindow(window->win, SW_SHOWNORMAL)

-       would be wrong for a game mode window since it

-       would unmaximize the window. */

-    window->desiredMapState = GameModeState;

-  } else {

-    window->desiredMapState = NormalState;

-  }

-#else

-  window->desiredMapState = NormalState;

-#endif

-  window->prevWorkWin = __glutWindowWorkList;

-  __glutWindowWorkList = window;

-

-  /* Initially, no menus attached. */

-  for (i = 0; i < GLUT_MAX_MENUS; i++) {

-    window->menu[i] = 0;

-  }

-

-  /* Add this new window to the window list. */

-  __glutWindowList[winnum] = window;

-

-  /* Make the new window the current window. */

-  __glutSetWindow(window);

-

-  __glutDetermineMesaSwapHackSupport();

-

-  if (window->treatAsSingle) {

-    /* We do this because either the window really is single

-       buffered (in which case this is redundant, but harmless,

-       because this is the initial single-buffered context

-       state); or we are treating a double buffered window as a

-       single-buffered window because the system does not appear

-       to export any suitable single- buffered visuals (in which

-       the following are necessary). */

-    glDrawBuffer(GL_FRONT);

-    glReadBuffer(GL_FRONT);

-  }

-  return window;

-}

-

-/* CENTRY */

-int GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutCreateWindow(const char *title)

-{

-  static int firstWindow = 1;

-  GLUTwindow *window;

-#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)

-  XWMHints *wmHints;

-#endif

-  Window win;

-  XTextProperty textprop;

-

-  if (__glutGameModeWindow) {

-    __glutFatalError("cannot create windows in game mode.");

-  }

-  window = __glutCreateWindow(NULL,

-    __glutSizeHints.x, __glutSizeHints.y,

-    __glutInitWidth, __glutInitHeight,

-    /* not game mode */ 0);

-  win = window->win;

-  /* Setup ICCCM properties. */

-  textprop.value = (unsigned char *) title;

-  textprop.encoding = XA_STRING;

-  textprop.format = 8;

-  textprop.nitems = strlen(title);

-#if defined(__OS2__)

-  WinSetWindowText(window->frame, (PCSZ)title);

-  if (__glutIconic) {

-    window->desiredMapState = IconicState;

-  }

-#elif defined(_WIN32)

-  SetWindowText(win, title);

-  if (__glutIconic) {

-    window->desiredMapState = IconicState;

-  }

-#else

-  wmHints = XAllocWMHints();

-  wmHints->initial_state =

-    __glutIconic ? IconicState : NormalState;

-  wmHints->flags = StateHint;

-  XSetWMProperties(__glutDisplay, win, &textprop, &textprop,

-  /* Only put WM_COMMAND property on first window. */

-    firstWindow ? __glutArgv : NULL,

-    firstWindow ? __glutArgc : 0,

-    &__glutSizeHints, wmHints, NULL);

-  XFree(wmHints);

-  XSetWMProtocols(__glutDisplay, win, &__glutWMDeleteWindow, 1);

-#endif

-  firstWindow = 0;

-  return window->num + 1;

-}

-

-#ifdef _WIN32

-int GLUTAPIENTRY

-__glutCreateWindowWithExit(const char *title, void (__cdecl *exitfunc)(int))

-{

-  __glutExitFunc = exitfunc;

-  return glutCreateWindow(title);

-}

-#endif

-

-int GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutCreateSubWindow(int win, int x, int y, int width, int height)

-{

-  GLUTwindow *window;

-

-  window = __glutCreateWindow(__glutWindowList[win - 1],

-    x, y, width, height, /* not game mode */ 0);

-#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)

-  {

-    GLUTwindow *toplevel;

-

-    toplevel = __glutToplevelOf(window);

-    if (toplevel->cmap != window->cmap) {

-      __glutPutOnWorkList(toplevel, GLUT_COLORMAP_WORK);

-    }

-  }

-#endif

-  return window->num + 1;

-}

-/* ENDCENTRY */

-

-void

-__glutDestroyWindow(GLUTwindow * window,

-  GLUTwindow * initialWindow)

-{

-  GLUTwindow **prev, *cur, *parent, *siblings;

-

-  /* Recursively destroy any children. */

-  cur = window->children;

-  while (cur) {

-    siblings = cur->siblings;

-    __glutDestroyWindow(cur, initialWindow);

-    cur = siblings;

-  }

-  /* Remove from parent's children list (only necessary for

-     non-initial windows and subwindows!). */

-  parent = window->parent;

-  if (parent && parent == initialWindow->parent) {

-    prev = &parent->children;

-    cur = parent->children;

-    while (cur) {

-      if (cur == window) {

-        *prev = cur->siblings;

-        break;

-      }

-      prev = &(cur->siblings);

-      cur = cur->siblings;

-    }

-  }

-  /* Unbind if bound to this window. */

-  if (window == __glutCurrentWindow) {

-    UNMAKE_CURRENT();

-    __glutCurrentWindow = NULL;

-  }

-  /* Begin tearing down window itself. */

-  if (window->overlay) {

-    __glutFreeOverlayFunc(window->overlay);

-  }

-  XDestroyWindow(__glutDisplay, window->win);

-  glXDestroyContext(__glutDisplay, window->ctx);

-  if (window->colormap) {

-    /* Only color index windows have colormap data structure. */

-    __glutFreeColormap(window->colormap);

-  }

-  /* NULLing the __glutWindowList helps detect is a window

-     instance has been destroyed, given a window number. */

-  __glutWindowList[window->num] = NULL;

-

-  /* Cleanup data structures that might contain window. */

-  cleanWindowWorkList(window);

-#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)

-  cleanStaleWindowList(window);

-#endif

-  /* Remove window from the "get window cache" if it is there. */

-  if (__glutWindowCache == window)

-    __glutWindowCache = NULL;

-

-  if (window->visAlloced) {

-    /* Only free XVisualInfo* gotten from glXChooseVisual. */

-    XFree(window->vis);

-  }

-

-  if (window == __glutGameModeWindow) {

-    /* Destroying the game mode window should implicitly

-       have GLUT leave game mode. */

-    __glutCloseDownGameMode();

-  }

-

-  free(window);

-}

-

-/* CENTRY */

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutDestroyWindow(int win)

-{

-  GLUTwindow *window = __glutWindowList[win - 1];

-

-  if (__glutMappedMenu && __glutMenuWindow == window) {

-    __glutFatalUsage("destroying menu window not allowed while menus in use");

-  }

-#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)

-  /* If not a toplevel window... */

-  if (window->parent) {

-    /* Destroying subwindows may change colormap requirements;

-       recalculate toplevel window's WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS

-       property. */

-    __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutToplevelOf(window->parent),

-      GLUT_COLORMAP_WORK);

-  }

-#endif

-  __glutDestroyWindow(window, window);

-  XFlush(__glutDisplay);

-}

-/* ENDCENTRY */

-

-void

-__glutChangeWindowEventMask(long eventMask, Bool add)

-{

-  if (add) {

-    /* Add eventMask to window's event mask. */

-    if ((__glutCurrentWindow->eventMask & eventMask) !=

-      eventMask) {

-      __glutCurrentWindow->eventMask |= eventMask;

-      __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow,

-        GLUT_EVENT_MASK_WORK);

-    }

-  } else {

-    /* Remove eventMask from window's event mask. */

-    if (__glutCurrentWindow->eventMask & eventMask) {

-      __glutCurrentWindow->eventMask &= ~eventMask;

-      __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow,

-        GLUT_EVENT_MASK_WORK);

-    }

-  }

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutDisplayFunc(GLUTdisplayCB displayFunc)

-{

-  /* XXX Remove the warning after GLUT 3.0. */

-  if (!displayFunc)

-    __glutFatalError("NULL display callback not allowed in GLUT 3.0; update your code.");

-  __glutCurrentWindow->display = displayFunc;

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutMouseFunc(GLUTmouseCB mouseFunc)

-{

-  if (__glutCurrentWindow->mouse) {

-    if (!mouseFunc) {

-      /* Previous mouseFunc being disabled. */

-      __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses--;

-      __glutChangeWindowEventMask(

-        ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask,

-        __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses > 0);

-    }

-  } else {

-    if (mouseFunc) {

-      /* Previously no mouseFunc, new one being installed. */

-      __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses++;

-      __glutChangeWindowEventMask(

-        ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask, True);

-    }

-  }

-  __glutCurrentWindow->mouse = mouseFunc;

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutMotionFunc(GLUTmotionCB motionFunc)

-{

-  /* Hack.  Some window managers (4Dwm by default) will mask

-     motion events if the client is not selecting for button

-     press and release events. So we select for press and

-     release events too (being careful to use reference

-     counting).  */

-  if (__glutCurrentWindow->motion) {

-    if (!motionFunc) {

-      /* previous mouseFunc being disabled */

-      __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses--;

-      __glutChangeWindowEventMask(

-        ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask,

-        __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses > 0);

-    }

-  } else {

-    if (motionFunc) {

-      /* Previously no mouseFunc, new one being installed. */

-      __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses++;

-      __glutChangeWindowEventMask(

-        ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask, True);

-    }

-  }

-  /* Real work of selecting for passive mouse motion.  */

-  __glutChangeWindowEventMask(

-    Button1MotionMask | Button2MotionMask | Button3MotionMask,

-    motionFunc != NULL);

-  __glutCurrentWindow->motion = motionFunc;

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutPassiveMotionFunc(GLUTpassiveCB passiveMotionFunc)

-{

-  __glutChangeWindowEventMask(PointerMotionMask,

-    passiveMotionFunc != NULL);

-

-  /* Passive motion also requires watching enters and leaves so

-     that a fake passive motion event can be generated on an

-     enter. */

-  __glutChangeWindowEventMask(EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask,

-    __glutCurrentWindow->entry != NULL || passiveMotionFunc != NULL);

-

-  __glutCurrentWindow->passive = passiveMotionFunc;

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutEntryFunc(GLUTentryCB entryFunc)

-{

-  __glutChangeWindowEventMask(EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask,

-    entryFunc != NULL || __glutCurrentWindow->passive);

-  __glutCurrentWindow->entry = entryFunc;

-  if (!entryFunc) {

-    __glutCurrentWindow->entryState = -1;

-  }

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutWindowStatusFunc(GLUTwindowStatusCB windowStatusFunc)

-{

-  __glutChangeWindowEventMask(VisibilityChangeMask,

-    windowStatusFunc != NULL);

-  __glutCurrentWindow->windowStatus = windowStatusFunc;

-  if (!windowStatusFunc) {

-    /* Make state invalid. */

-    __glutCurrentWindow->visState = -1;

-  }

-}

-

-static void GLUTCALLBACK

-visibilityHelper(int status)

-{

-  if (status == GLUT_HIDDEN || status == GLUT_FULLY_COVERED)

-    __glutCurrentWindow->visibility(GLUT_NOT_VISIBLE);

-  else

-    __glutCurrentWindow->visibility(GLUT_VISIBLE);

-}

-

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutVisibilityFunc(GLUTvisibilityCB visibilityFunc)

-{

-  __glutCurrentWindow->visibility = visibilityFunc;

-

-  if (visibilityFunc)

-  {    glutWindowStatusFunc(visibilityHelper);

-#if defined(__OS2PM__)

-       if(__glutCurrentWindow->shownState >= 0)

-       {  visibilityHelper(__glutCurrentWindow->shownState);

-       }

-#endif

-  }

-  else

-    glutWindowStatusFunc(NULL);

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutReshapeFunc(GLUTreshapeCB reshapeFunc)

-{

-  if (reshapeFunc) {

-    __glutCurrentWindow->reshape = reshapeFunc;

-  } else {

-    __glutCurrentWindow->reshape = __glutDefaultReshape;

-  }

-}

+
+/* Copyright (c) Mark J. Kilgard, 1994, 1997.  */
+
+/* This program is freely distributable without licensing fees
+   and is provided without guarantee or warrantee expressed or
+   implied. This program is -not- in the public domain. */
+
+#ifdef __VMS
+#include <GL/vms_x_fix.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#if defined(__OS2__)
+#define POKA 0
+  #include "WarpGL.h"
+  #include "glutos2.h"
+  #include "glutint.h"
+
+  #include "gl\os2mesa.h"
+
+//
+//define for resource id for main GLUT window, in samples it is  defined in GL_TEST.h
+   #define ID_WINDOW            256
+
+   int evglSetPixelFormat(int iPixelFormat);
+   HPS   hpsCurrent;
+
+#elif !defined(_WIN32)
+
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "glutint.h"
+
+GLUTwindow *__glutCurrentWindow = NULL;
+GLUTwindow **__glutWindowList = NULL;
+int __glutWindowListSize = 0;
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)
+GLUTstale *__glutStaleWindowList = NULL;
+#endif
+GLUTwindow *__glutMenuWindow = NULL;
+
+void (*__glutFreeOverlayFunc) (GLUToverlay *);
+XVisualInfo *(*__glutDetermineVisualFromString) (char *string, Bool * treatAsSingle,
+  Criterion * requiredCriteria, int nRequired, int requiredMask, void** fbc) = NULL;
+
+static Criterion requiredWindowCriteria[] =
+{
+  {LEVEL, EQ, 0},
+  {TRANSPARENT, EQ, 0}
+};
+static int numRequiredWindowCriteria = sizeof(requiredWindowCriteria) / sizeof(Criterion);
+static int requiredWindowCriteriaMask = (1 << LEVEL) | (1 << TRANSPARENT);
+
+static void
+cleanWindowWorkList(GLUTwindow * window)
+{
+  GLUTwindow **pEntry = &__glutWindowWorkList;
+  GLUTwindow *entry = __glutWindowWorkList;
+
+  /* Tranverse singly-linked window work list look for the
+     window. */
+  while (entry) {
+    if (entry == window) {
+      /* Found it; delete it. */
+      *pEntry = entry->prevWorkWin;
+      return;
+    } else {
+      pEntry = &entry->prevWorkWin;
+      entry = *pEntry;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32)  && !defined(__OS2PM__)
+
+static void
+cleanStaleWindowList(GLUTwindow * window)
+{
+  GLUTstale **pEntry = &__glutStaleWindowList;
+  GLUTstale *entry = __glutStaleWindowList;
+
+  /* Tranverse singly-linked stale window list look for the
+     window ID. */
+  while (entry) {
+    if (entry->window == window) {
+      /* Found it; delete it. */
+      *pEntry = entry->next;
+      free(entry);
+      return;
+    } else {
+      pEntry = &entry->next;
+      entry = *pEntry;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+static GLUTwindow *__glutWindowCache = NULL;
+
+GLUTwindow *
+__glutGetWindow(Window win)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  /* Does win belong to the last window ID looked up? */
+  if (__glutWindowCache && (win == __glutWindowCache->win ||
+      (__glutWindowCache->overlay && win ==
+        __glutWindowCache->overlay->win))) {
+    return
+      __glutWindowCache;
+  }
+  /* Otherwise scan the window list looking for the window ID. */
+  for (i = 0; i < __glutWindowListSize; i++) {
+    if (__glutWindowList[i]) {
+      if (win == __glutWindowList[i]->win) {
+        __glutWindowCache = __glutWindowList[i];
+        return __glutWindowCache;
+      }
+      if (__glutWindowList[i]->overlay) {
+        if (win == __glutWindowList[i]->overlay->win) {
+          __glutWindowCache = __glutWindowList[i];
+          return __glutWindowCache;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#if !defined(_WIN32)  && !defined(__OS2PM__)
+  {
+    GLUTstale *entry;
+
+    /* Scan through destroyed overlay window IDs for which no
+       DestroyNotify has yet been received. */
+    for (entry = __glutStaleWindowList; entry; entry = entry->next) {
+      if (entry->win == win)
+        return entry->window;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* CENTRY */
+int GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutGetWindow(void)
+{
+  if (__glutCurrentWindow) {
+    return __glutCurrentWindow->num + 1;
+  } else {
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+/* ENDCENTRY */
+
+void
+__glutSetWindow(GLUTwindow * window)
+{
+  /* It is tempting to try to short-circuit the call to
+     glXMakeCurrent if we "know" we are going to make current
+     to a window we are already current to.  In fact, this
+     assumption breaks when GLUT is expected to integrated with
+     other OpenGL windowing APIs that also make current to
+     OpenGL contexts.  Since glXMakeCurrent short-circuits the
+     "already bound" case, GLUT avoids the temptation to do so
+     too. */
+  __glutCurrentWindow = window;
+
+  MAKE_CURRENT_LAYER(__glutCurrentWindow);
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32)  && !defined(__OS2__)
+  /* We should be careful to force a finish between each
+     iteration through the GLUT main loop if indirect OpenGL
+     contexts are in use; indirect contexts tend to have  much
+     longer latency because lots of OpenGL extension requests
+     can queue up in the X protocol stream.  We accomplish this
+     by posting GLUT_FINISH_WORK to be done. */
+  if (!__glutCurrentWindow->isDirect)
+    __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_FINISH_WORK);
+#endif
+
+  /* If debugging is enabled, we'll want to check this window
+     for any OpenGL errors every iteration through the GLUT
+     main loop.  To accomplish this, we post the
+     GLUT_DEBUG_WORK to be done on this window. */
+  if (__glutDebug) {
+    __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_DEBUG_WORK);
+  }
+}
+
+/* CENTRY */
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutSetWindow(int win)
+{
+  GLUTwindow *window;
+
+  if (win < 1 || win > __glutWindowListSize) {
+    __glutWarning("glutSetWindow attempted on bogus window.");
+    return;
+  }
+  window = __glutWindowList[win - 1];
+  if (!window) {
+    __glutWarning("glutSetWindow attempted on bogus window.");
+    return;
+  }
+  __glutSetWindow(window);
+}
+/* ENDCENTRY */
+
+static int
+getUnusedWindowSlot(void)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  /* Look for allocated, unused slot. */
+  for (i = 0; i < __glutWindowListSize; i++) {
+    if (!__glutWindowList[i]) {
+      return i;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Allocate a new slot. */
+  __glutWindowListSize++;
+  if (__glutWindowList) {
+    __glutWindowList = (GLUTwindow **)
+      realloc(__glutWindowList,
+      __glutWindowListSize * sizeof(GLUTwindow *));
+  } else {
+    /* XXX Some realloc's do not correctly perform a malloc
+       when asked to perform a realloc on a NULL pointer,
+       though the ANSI C library spec requires this. */
+    __glutWindowList = (GLUTwindow **)
+      malloc(sizeof(GLUTwindow *));
+  }
+  if (!__glutWindowList)
+    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");
+  __glutWindowList[__glutWindowListSize - 1] = NULL;
+  return __glutWindowListSize - 1;
+}
+
+static XVisualInfo *
+getVisualInfoCI(unsigned int mode)
+{
+#if POKA
+  static int bufSizeList[] =
+  {16, 12, 8, 4, 2, 1, 0};
+  XVisualInfo *vi;
+  int list[32];
+  int i, n = 0;
+
+  /* Should not be looking at display mode mask if
+     __glutDisplayString is non-NULL. */
+  assert(!__glutDisplayString);
+
+  list[n++] = GLX_BUFFER_SIZE;
+  list[n++] = 1;
+  if (GLUT_WIND_IS_DOUBLE(mode)) {
+    list[n++] = GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER;
+  }
+  if (GLUT_WIND_IS_STEREO(mode)) {
+    list[n++] = GLX_STEREO;
+  }
+  if (GLUT_WIND_HAS_DEPTH(mode)) {
+    list[n++] = GLX_DEPTH_SIZE;
+    list[n++] = 1;
+  }
+  if (GLUT_WIND_HAS_STENCIL(mode)) {
+    list[n++] = GLX_STENCIL_SIZE;
+    list[n++] = 1;
+  }
+  list[n] = (int) None; /* terminate list */
+
+  /* glXChooseVisual specify GLX_BUFFER_SIZE prefers the
+     "smallest index buffer of at least the specified size".
+     This would be reasonable if GLUT allowed the user to
+     specify the required buffe size, but GLUT's display mode
+     is too simplistic (easy to use?). GLUT should try to find
+     the "largest".  So start with a large buffer size and
+     shrink until we find a matching one that exists. */
+
+  for (i = 0; bufSizeList[i]; i++) {
+    /* XXX Assumes list[1] is where GLX_BUFFER_SIZE parameter
+       is. */
+    list[1] = bufSizeList[i];
+    vi = glXChooseVisual(__glutDisplay,
+      __glutScreen, list);
+    if (vi)
+      return vi;
+  }
+  return NULL;
+#else
+    return
+         glXChooseVisual(mode);
+
+#endif
+}
+
+static XVisualInfo *
+getVisualInfoRGB(unsigned int mode)
+{
+#if POKA
+  int list[32];
+  int n = 0;
+
+  /* Should not be looking at display mode mask if
+     __glutDisplayString is non-NULL. */
+  assert(!__glutDisplayString);
+
+  /* XXX Would a caching mechanism to minize the calls to
+     glXChooseVisual? You'd have to reference count
+     XVisualInfo* pointers.  Would also have to properly
+     interact with glutInitDisplayString. */
+
+  list[n++] = GLX_RGBA;
+  list[n++] = GLX_RED_SIZE;
+  list[n++] = 1;
+  list[n++] = GLX_GREEN_SIZE;
+  list[n++] = 1;
+  list[n++] = GLX_BLUE_SIZE;
+  list[n++] = 1;
+  if (GLUT_WIND_HAS_ALPHA(mode)) {
+    list[n++] = GLX_ALPHA_SIZE;
+    list[n++] = 1;
+  }
+  if (GLUT_WIND_IS_DOUBLE(mode)) {
+    list[n++] = GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER;
+  }
+  if (GLUT_WIND_IS_STEREO(mode)) {
+    list[n++] = GLX_STEREO;
+  }
+  if (GLUT_WIND_HAS_DEPTH(mode)) {
+    list[n++] = GLX_DEPTH_SIZE;
+    list[n++] = 1;
+  }
+  if (GLUT_WIND_HAS_STENCIL(mode)) {
+    list[n++] = GLX_STENCIL_SIZE;
+    list[n++] = 1;
+  }
+  if (GLUT_WIND_HAS_ACCUM(mode)) {
+    list[n++] = GLX_ACCUM_RED_SIZE;
+    list[n++] = 1;
+    list[n++] = GLX_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE;
+    list[n++] = 1;
+    list[n++] = GLX_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE;
+    list[n++] = 1;
+    if (GLUT_WIND_HAS_ALPHA(mode)) {
+      list[n++] = GLX_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE;
+      list[n++] = 1;
+    }
+  }
+#if defined(GLX_VERSION_1_1) && (defined(GLX_SGIS_multisample) || defined(GLX_ARB_multisample))
+  if (GLUT_WIND_IS_MULTISAMPLE(mode)) {
+    if (!__glutIsSupportedByGLX("GLX_SGIS_multisample") &&
+        !__glutIsSupportedByGLX("GLX_ARB_multisample"))
+      return NULL;
+#if defined(GLX_ARB_multisample)
+    list[n++] = GLX_SAMPLES_ARB;
+#elif defined(GLX_SGIS_multisample)
+    list[n++] = GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS;
+#endif
+    /* XXX Is 4 a reasonable minimum acceptable number of
+       samples? */
+    list[n++] = 4;
+  }
+#endif
+  list[n] = (int) None; /* terminate list */
+
+  return glXChooseVisual(__glutDisplay,
+    __glutScreen, list);
+#else  /* POKA */
+
+    return
+         glXChooseVisual(mode);
+
+#endif
+}
+
+XVisualInfo *
+__glutGetVisualInfo(unsigned int mode)
+{
+  /* XXX GLUT_LUMINANCE not implemented for GLUT 3.0. */
+  if (GLUT_WIND_IS_LUMINANCE(mode))
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (GLUT_WIND_IS_RGB(mode))
+    return getVisualInfoRGB(mode);
+  else
+    return getVisualInfoCI(mode);
+}
+
+XVisualInfo *
+__glutDetermineVisual(
+  unsigned int displayMode,
+  Bool * treatAsSingle,
+  XVisualInfo * (getVisualInfo) (unsigned int))
+{
+  XVisualInfo *vis;
+
+  /* Should not be looking at display mode mask if
+     __glutDisplayString is non-NULL. */
+  assert(!__glutDisplayString);
+
+  *treatAsSingle = GLUT_WIND_IS_SINGLE(displayMode);
+  vis = getVisualInfo(displayMode);
+  if (!vis) {
+    /* Fallback cases when can't get exactly what was asked
+       for... */
+    if (GLUT_WIND_IS_SINGLE(displayMode)) {
+      /* If we can't find a single buffered visual, try looking
+         for a double buffered visual.  We can treat a double
+         buffered visual as a single buffer visual by changing
+         the draw buffer to GL_FRONT and treating any swap
+         buffers as no-ops. */
+      displayMode |= GLUT_DOUBLE;
+      vis = getVisualInfo(displayMode);
+      *treatAsSingle = True;
+    }
+    if (!vis && GLUT_WIND_IS_MULTISAMPLE(displayMode)) {
+      /* If we can't seem to get multisampling (ie, not Reality
+         Engine class graphics!), go without multisampling.  It
+         is up to the application to query how many multisamples
+         were allocated (0 equals no multisampling) if the
+         application is going to use multisampling for more than
+         just antialiasing. */
+      displayMode &= ~GLUT_MULTISAMPLE;
+      vis = getVisualInfo(displayMode);
+    }
+  }
+  return vis;
+}
+
+static void GLUTCALLBACK
+__glutDefaultDisplay(void)
+{
+  /* XXX Remove the warning after GLUT 3.0. */
+  __glutWarning("The following is a new check for GLUT 3.0; update your code.");
+  __glutFatalError(
+    "redisplay needed for window %d, but no display callback.",
+    __glutCurrentWindow->num + 1);
+}
+
+void GLUTCALLBACK
+__glutDefaultReshape(int width, int height)
+{
+  GLUToverlay *overlay;
+
+  /* Adjust the viewport of the window (and overlay if one
+     exists). */
+  MAKE_CURRENT_WINDOW(__glutCurrentWindow);
+  glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei) width, (GLsizei) height);
+  overlay = __glutCurrentWindow->overlay;
+  if (overlay) {
+    MAKE_CURRENT_OVERLAY(overlay);
+    glViewport(0, 0, (GLsizei) width, (GLsizei) height);
+  }
+  /* Make sure we are current to the current layer (application
+     should be able to count on the current layer not changing
+     unless the application explicitly calls glutUseLayer). */
+  MAKE_CURRENT_LAYER(__glutCurrentWindow);
+}
+
+XVisualInfo *
+__glutDetermineWindowVisual(Bool * treatAsSingle, Bool * visAlloced, void **fbc)
+{
+  if (__glutDisplayString) {
+
+    /* __glutDisplayString should be NULL except if
+       glutInitDisplayString has been called to register a
+       different display string.  Calling glutInitDisplayString
+       means using a string instead of an integer mask determine
+       the visual to use. Using the function pointer variable
+       __glutDetermineVisualFromString below avoids linking in
+       the code for implementing glutInitDisplayString (ie,
+       glut_dstr.o) unless glutInitDisplayString gets called by
+       the application. */
+
+    assert(__glutDetermineVisualFromString);
+    *visAlloced = False;
+    *fbc = NULL;
+    return __glutDetermineVisualFromString(__glutDisplayString, treatAsSingle,
+      requiredWindowCriteria, numRequiredWindowCriteria, requiredWindowCriteriaMask, fbc);
+  } else {
+    *visAlloced = True;
+    *fbc = NULL;
+    return __glutDetermineVisual(__glutDisplayMode,
+      treatAsSingle, __glutGetVisualInfo);
+  }
+}
+
+/* ARGSUSED5 */  /* Only Win32 uses gameMode parameter. */
+GLUTwindow *
+__glutCreateWindow(GLUTwindow * parent,
+  int x, int y, int width, int height, int gameMode)
+{
+  GLUTwindow *window;
+  XSetWindowAttributes wa;
+  unsigned long attribMask;
+  int winnum;
+  int i;
+#if defined(GLX_VERSION_1_1) && defined(GLX_SGIX_fbconfig)
+  GLXFBConfigSGIX fbc;
+#else
+  void *fbc;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__OS2PM__)
+ {
+    extern HAB   hab;      /* PM anchor block handle         */
+    CLASSINFO classinfo;
+
+    if(!WinQueryClassInfo(hab,"GLUT", &classinfo) )
+                               __glutOpenOS2Connection(NULL);
+  }
+#elif defined(_WIN32)
+  WNDCLASS wc;
+  int style;
+
+  if (!GetClassInfo(GetModuleHandle(NULL), "GLUT", &wc)) {
+    __glutOpenWin32Connection(NULL);
+  }
+#else
+  if (!__glutDisplay) {
+    __glutOpenXConnection(NULL);
+  }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __OS2PM__
+  if (__glutGameModeWindow) {
+    __glutFatalError("cannot create windows in game mode.");
+  }
+#endif
+
+  winnum = getUnusedWindowSlot();
+  window = (GLUTwindow *) malloc(sizeof(GLUTwindow));
+  if (!window) {
+    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");
+  }
+  window->num = winnum;
+
+#if defined(__OS2PM__)
+  /* Add this new window to the window list. */
+  __glutWindowList[winnum] = window;
+  window->shownState = -1;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32)  && !defined(__OS2PM__)
+  window->vis = __glutDetermineWindowVisual(&window->treatAsSingle,
+    &window->visAlloced, (void**) &fbc);
+  if (!window->vis) {
+    __glutFatalError(
+      "visual with necessary capabilities not found.");
+  }
+  __glutSetupColormap(window->vis, &window->colormap, &window->cmap);
+#endif
+  window->eventMask = StructureNotifyMask | ExposureMask;
+
+  attribMask = CWBackPixmap | CWBorderPixel | CWColormap | CWEventMask;
+  wa.background_pixmap = None;
+  wa.border_pixel = 0;
+  wa.colormap = window->cmap;
+  wa.event_mask = window->eventMask;
+  if (parent) {
+    if (parent->eventMask & GLUT_HACK_STOP_PROPAGATE_MASK)
+      wa.event_mask |= GLUT_HACK_STOP_PROPAGATE_MASK;
+    attribMask |= CWDontPropagate;
+    wa.do_not_propagate_mask = parent->eventMask & GLUT_DONT_PROPAGATE_FILTER_MASK;
+  } else {
+    wa.do_not_propagate_mask = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Stash width and height before Win32's __glutAdjustCoords
+     possibly overwrites the values. */
+  window->width = width;
+  window->height = height;
+  window->forceReshape = True;
+  window->ignoreKeyRepeat = False;
+
+#if defined(__OS2PM__)
+
+ {  ULONG flStyle=0;
+    int ii;
+    ERRORID  erridErrorCode;/* last error id code */
+    extern HAB   hab;      /* PM anchor block handle         */
+
+  if (parent) {
+    flStyle = WS_CLIPCHILDREN|WS_VISIBLE;
+  } else {
+    if (gameMode) {
+      /* Game mode window should be a WS_POPUP window to
+         ensure that the taskbar is hidden by it.  A standard
+         WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW does not hide the task bar. */
+      flStyle = FCF_STANDARD |  WS_MAXIMIZED;
+    } else {
+      /* A standard toplevel window with borders and such. */
+      flStyle = FCF_STANDARD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
+//      flStyle = WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW;
+    }
+  }
+{
+ HWND  hwnd;                           /* Window     */
+ ULONG ListBoxId;                      /* Window id  */
+                                       /* (supplied by application) */
+
+
+ HWND hwndClient;        /* handle to the client                 */
+ HWND hwndFrame;         /* handle to the frame                  */
+ PFNWP GenericWndProc;
+ FRAMECDATA  fcd;
+ RECTL  rect;     /* Boundary rectangle                   */
+
+
+
+/************************************************/
+// flCreate = (FCF_STANDARD) & ~FCF_TASKLIST;
+/**********************************/
+  if (parent)
+  {   window->frame = NULL;
+
+ hwnd = WinCreateWindow(parent->win,  /* Parent window             */
+                        "GLUTCHILD",        /* Class name                */
+                        "",    /* Window text               */
+                        flStyle,       /* Window style              */
+                        x, y,          /* Position (x,y)            */
+                        width, height,      /* Size (width,height)       */
+                        parent->win,    /* Owner window              */
+                        HWND_TOP,      /* Sibling window            */
+                        0,             /* Window id                 */
+                        NULL,          /* Control data              */
+                        NULL);         /* Pres parameters           */
+
+ erridErrorCode = WinGetLastError(hab);
+    window->win = hwnd;
+
+  window->hdc = WinOpenWindowDC(window->win);
+  window->hpsBuffer = hpsCurrent;
+
+
+ rect.xLeft = x;
+ rect.xRight = x+width;
+ rect.yBottom = y;
+ rect.yTop = y + height;
+
+/***** else parent *****************************/
+  } else {
+        hwnd = WinCreateStdWindow(HWND_DESKTOP,
+           0,       /* WS_VISIBLE frame-window style        */
+           &flStyle,        /* window style                 */
+           "GLUT",          /* class name                   */
+           "GLUT",/* window title                  */
+            0L,                  /* default client style          */
+            NULLHANDLE,          /* resource in executable file   */
+            ID_WINDOW,           /* resource id                   */
+            &hwndClient);        /* receives client window handle */
+
+ erridErrorCode = WinGetLastError(hab);
+       window->win = hwndClient;
+       window->frame = hwnd;
+  window->hdc = WinOpenWindowDC(window->win);
+
+  window->hpsBuffer = hpsCurrent;
+
+
+/* converts a client window's boundaries into  an equivalent frame rectangle */
+ rect.xLeft = x;
+ rect.xRight = x+width;
+ rect.yBottom = y;
+ rect.yTop = y + height;
+
+ /* calculate equivalent frame boundary from boundary data */
+  WinCalcFrameRect(window->frame, &rect, FALSE);
+ }
+/***** endof if(parent) *****************************/
+
+  /* Must set the XHDC for fake glXChooseVisual & fake
+     glXCreateContext & fake XAllocColorCells. */
+  XHDC = window->hdc;
+  XHWND = window->win;
+  window->vis = __glutDetermineWindowVisual(&window->treatAsSingle,
+    &window->visAlloced, &fbc);
+    if (!window->vis)
+    {   __glutFatalError(
+        "pixel format with necessary capabilities not found.");
+    }
+    { int rc;
+      rc = wglChoosePixelFormat(window->hdc, window->vis),
+
+//     evglSetPixelFormat(2); /* int iPixelFormat 1 - doublebuffer/2 - single buffer ??*/
+      wglSetPixelFormat(window->hdc,rc,window->vis);
+    }
+   __glutSetupColormap(window->vis, &window->colormap, &window->cmap);
+
+  window->ctx = glXCreateContext(window->hpsBuffer, window->vis,
+    None, __glutTryDirect);
+
+  WinSetWindowPos(hwnd,
+                  HWND_TOP,rect.xLeft,rect.yBottom,
+                  rect.xRight-rect.xLeft, rect.yTop-rect.yBottom,
+      SWP_ACTIVATE | SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_SHOW|SWP_ZORDER); /* flags*/
+
+  /* Make sure subwindows get a windowStatus callback. */
+  if (parent)
+       WinPostMsg(parent->win, WM_ACTIVATE, 0, 0);
+
+  }
+}
+
+#elif defined(_WIN32)
+
+  __glutAdjustCoords(parent ? parent->win : NULL,
+    &x, &y, &width, &height);
+  if (parent) {
+    style = WS_CHILD;
+  } else {
+    if (gameMode) {
+      /* Game mode window should be a WS_POPUP window to
+         ensure that the taskbar is hidden by it.  A standard
+         WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW does not hide the task bar. */
+      style = WS_POPUP | WS_MAXIMIZE;
+    } else {
+      /* A standard toplevel window with borders and such. */
+      style = WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW;
+    }
+  }
+  window->win = CreateWindow("GLUT", "GLUT",
+    WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | style,
+    x, y, width, height, parent ? parent->win : __glutRoot,
+    NULL, GetModuleHandle(NULL), 0);
+  window->hdc = GetDC(window->win);
+  /* Must set the XHDC for fake glXChooseVisual & fake
+     glXCreateContext & fake XAllocColorCells. */
+  XHDC = window->hdc;
+  window->vis = __glutDetermineWindowVisual(&window->treatAsSingle,
+    &window->visAlloced, &fbc);
+  if (!window->vis) {
+    __glutFatalError(
+      "pixel format with necessary capabilities not found.");
+  }
+  if (!SetPixelFormat(window->hdc,
+      ChoosePixelFormat(window->hdc, window->vis),
+      window->vis)) {
+    __glutFatalError("SetPixelFormat failed during window create.");
+  }
+  __glutSetupColormap(window->vis, &window->colormap, &window->cmap);
+  /* Make sure subwindows get a windowStatus callback. */
+  if (parent) {
+    PostMessage(parent->win, WM_ACTIVATE, 0, 0);
+  }
+  window->renderDc = window->hdc;
+#else
+  window->win = XCreateWindow(__glutDisplay,
+    parent == NULL ? __glutRoot : parent->win,
+    x, y, width, height, 0,
+    window->vis->depth, InputOutput, window->vis->visual,
+    attribMask, &wa);
+#endif
+  window->renderWin = window->win;
+#if defined(GLX_VERSION_1_1) && defined(GLX_SGIX_fbconfig)
+  if (fbc) {
+    window->ctx = __glut_glXCreateContextWithConfigSGIX(__glutDisplay, fbc,
+      GLX_RGBA_TYPE_SGIX, None, __glutTryDirect);
+  } else
+#endif
+#if defined(__OS2PM__)
+//    window->ctx = glXCreateContext(window->hpsBuffer, window->vis,
+//      None, __glutTryDirect);
+#else
+    window->ctx = glXCreateContext(__glutDisplay, window->vis,
+      None, __glutTryDirect);
+#endif
+  if (!window->ctx) {
+    __glutFatalError(
+      "failed to create OpenGL rendering context.");
+  }
+  window->renderCtx = window->ctx;
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2PM__)
+  window->isDirect = glXIsDirect(__glutDisplay, window->ctx);
+  if (__glutForceDirect) {
+    if (!window->isDirect)
+      __glutFatalError("direct rendering not possible.");
+  }
+#endif
+
+  window->parent = parent;
+  if (parent) {
+    window->siblings = parent->children;
+    parent->children = window;
+  } else {
+    window->siblings = NULL;
+  }
+  window->overlay = NULL;
+  window->children = NULL;
+  window->display = __glutDefaultDisplay;
+  window->reshape = __glutDefaultReshape;
+  window->mouse = NULL;
+  window->motion = NULL;
+  window->passive = NULL;
+  window->entry = NULL;
+  window->keyboard = NULL;
+  window->keyboardUp = NULL;
+  window->windowStatus = NULL;
+  window->visibility = NULL;
+  window->special = NULL;
+  window->specialUp = NULL;
+  window->buttonBox = NULL;
+  window->dials = NULL;
+  window->spaceMotion = NULL;
+  window->spaceRotate = NULL;
+  window->spaceButton = NULL;
+  window->tabletMotion = NULL;
+  window->tabletButton = NULL;
+#ifdef _WIN32
+  window->joystick = NULL;
+  window->joyPollInterval = 0;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__OS2PM__)
+  window->wm_command = NULL;
+#endif
+
+  window->tabletPos[0] = -1;
+  window->tabletPos[1] = -1;
+#if defined(__OS2PM__)
+  if(window->shownState == -1)
+           window->shownState = 0;
+   window->visState =  window->shownState;
+#else
+  window->shownState = 0;
+  window->visState = -1;  /* not VisibilityUnobscured,
+                             VisibilityPartiallyObscured, or
+                             VisibilityFullyObscured */
+#endif
+  window->entryState = -1;  /* not EnterNotify or LeaveNotify */
+
+  window->desiredConfMask = 0;
+  window->buttonUses = 0;
+  window->cursor = GLUT_CURSOR_INHERIT;
+
+  /* Setup window to be mapped when glutMainLoop starts. */
+  window->workMask = GLUT_MAP_WORK;
+#ifdef _WIN32
+  if (gameMode) {
+    /* When mapping a game mode window, just show
+       the window.  We have already created the game
+       mode window with a maximize flag at creation
+       time.  Doing a ShowWindow(window->win, SW_SHOWNORMAL)
+       would be wrong for a game mode window since it
+       would unmaximize the window. */
+    window->desiredMapState = GameModeState;
+  } else {
+    window->desiredMapState = NormalState;
+  }
+#else
+  window->desiredMapState = NormalState;
+#endif
+  window->prevWorkWin = __glutWindowWorkList;
+  __glutWindowWorkList = window;
+
+  /* Initially, no menus attached. */
+  for (i = 0; i < GLUT_MAX_MENUS; i++) {
+    window->menu[i] = 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Add this new window to the window list. */
+  __glutWindowList[winnum] = window;
+
+  /* Make the new window the current window. */
+  __glutSetWindow(window);
+
+  __glutDetermineMesaSwapHackSupport();
+
+  if (window->treatAsSingle) {
+    /* We do this because either the window really is single
+       buffered (in which case this is redundant, but harmless,
+       because this is the initial single-buffered context
+       state); or we are treating a double buffered window as a
+       single-buffered window because the system does not appear
+       to export any suitable single- buffered visuals (in which
+       the following are necessary). */
+    glDrawBuffer(GL_FRONT);
+    glReadBuffer(GL_FRONT);
+  }
+  return window;
+}
+
+/* CENTRY */
+int GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutCreateWindow(const char *title)
+{
+  static int firstWindow = 1;
+  GLUTwindow *window;
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)
+  XWMHints *wmHints;
+#endif
+  Window win;
+  XTextProperty textprop;
+
+  if (__glutGameModeWindow) {
+    __glutFatalError("cannot create windows in game mode.");
+  }
+  window = __glutCreateWindow(NULL,
+    __glutSizeHints.x, __glutSizeHints.y,
+    __glutInitWidth, __glutInitHeight,
+    /* not game mode */ 0);
+  win = window->win;
+  /* Setup ICCCM properties. */
+  textprop.value = (unsigned char *) title;
+  textprop.encoding = XA_STRING;
+  textprop.format = 8;
+  textprop.nitems = strlen(title);
+#if defined(__OS2__)
+  WinSetWindowText(window->frame, (PCSZ)title);
+  if (__glutIconic) {
+    window->desiredMapState = IconicState;
+  }
+#elif defined(_WIN32)
+  SetWindowText(win, title);
+  if (__glutIconic) {
+    window->desiredMapState = IconicState;
+  }
+#else
+  wmHints = XAllocWMHints();
+  wmHints->initial_state =
+    __glutIconic ? IconicState : NormalState;
+  wmHints->flags = StateHint;
+  XSetWMProperties(__glutDisplay, win, &textprop, &textprop,
+  /* Only put WM_COMMAND property on first window. */
+    firstWindow ? __glutArgv : NULL,
+    firstWindow ? __glutArgc : 0,
+    &__glutSizeHints, wmHints, NULL);
+  XFree(wmHints);
+  XSetWMProtocols(__glutDisplay, win, &__glutWMDeleteWindow, 1);
+#endif
+  firstWindow = 0;
+  return window->num + 1;
+}
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+int GLUTAPIENTRY
+__glutCreateWindowWithExit(const char *title, void (__cdecl *exitfunc)(int))
+{
+  __glutExitFunc = exitfunc;
+  return glutCreateWindow(title);
+}
+#endif
+
+int GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutCreateSubWindow(int win, int x, int y, int width, int height)
+{
+  GLUTwindow *window;
+
+  window = __glutCreateWindow(__glutWindowList[win - 1],
+    x, y, width, height, /* not game mode */ 0);
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)
+  {
+    GLUTwindow *toplevel;
+
+    toplevel = __glutToplevelOf(window);
+    if (toplevel->cmap != window->cmap) {
+      __glutPutOnWorkList(toplevel, GLUT_COLORMAP_WORK);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  return window->num + 1;
+}
+/* ENDCENTRY */
+
+void
+__glutDestroyWindow(GLUTwindow * window,
+  GLUTwindow * initialWindow)
+{
+  GLUTwindow **prev, *cur, *parent, *siblings;
+
+  /* Recursively destroy any children. */
+  cur = window->children;
+  while (cur) {
+    siblings = cur->siblings;
+    __glutDestroyWindow(cur, initialWindow);
+    cur = siblings;
+  }
+  /* Remove from parent's children list (only necessary for
+     non-initial windows and subwindows!). */
+  parent = window->parent;
+  if (parent && parent == initialWindow->parent) {
+    prev = &parent->children;
+    cur = parent->children;
+    while (cur) {
+      if (cur == window) {
+        *prev = cur->siblings;
+        break;
+      }
+      prev = &(cur->siblings);
+      cur = cur->siblings;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Unbind if bound to this window. */
+  if (window == __glutCurrentWindow) {
+    UNMAKE_CURRENT();
+    __glutCurrentWindow = NULL;
+  }
+  /* Begin tearing down window itself. */
+  if (window->overlay) {
+    __glutFreeOverlayFunc(window->overlay);
+  }
+  XDestroyWindow(__glutDisplay, window->win);
+  glXDestroyContext(__glutDisplay, window->ctx);
+  if (window->colormap) {
+    /* Only color index windows have colormap data structure. */
+    __glutFreeColormap(window->colormap);
+  }
+  /* NULLing the __glutWindowList helps detect is a window
+     instance has been destroyed, given a window number. */
+  __glutWindowList[window->num] = NULL;
+
+  /* Cleanup data structures that might contain window. */
+  cleanWindowWorkList(window);
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)
+  cleanStaleWindowList(window);
+#endif
+  /* Remove window from the "get window cache" if it is there. */
+  if (__glutWindowCache == window)
+    __glutWindowCache = NULL;
+
+  if (window->visAlloced) {
+    /* Only free XVisualInfo* gotten from glXChooseVisual. */
+    XFree(window->vis);
+  }
+
+  if (window == __glutGameModeWindow) {
+    /* Destroying the game mode window should implicitly
+       have GLUT leave game mode. */
+    __glutCloseDownGameMode();
+  }
+
+  free(window);
+}
+
+/* CENTRY */
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutDestroyWindow(int win)
+{
+  GLUTwindow *window = __glutWindowList[win - 1];
+
+  if (__glutMappedMenu && __glutMenuWindow == window) {
+    __glutFatalUsage("destroying menu window not allowed while menus in use");
+  }
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)
+  /* If not a toplevel window... */
+  if (window->parent) {
+    /* Destroying subwindows may change colormap requirements;
+       recalculate toplevel window's WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS
+       property. */
+    __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutToplevelOf(window->parent),
+      GLUT_COLORMAP_WORK);
+  }
+#endif
+  __glutDestroyWindow(window, window);
+  XFlush(__glutDisplay);
+}
+/* ENDCENTRY */
+
+void
+__glutChangeWindowEventMask(long eventMask, Bool add)
+{
+  if (add) {
+    /* Add eventMask to window's event mask. */
+    if ((__glutCurrentWindow->eventMask & eventMask) !=
+      eventMask) {
+      __glutCurrentWindow->eventMask |= eventMask;
+      __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow,
+        GLUT_EVENT_MASK_WORK);
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* Remove eventMask from window's event mask. */
+    if (__glutCurrentWindow->eventMask & eventMask) {
+      __glutCurrentWindow->eventMask &= ~eventMask;
+      __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow,
+        GLUT_EVENT_MASK_WORK);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutDisplayFunc(GLUTdisplayCB displayFunc)
+{
+  /* XXX Remove the warning after GLUT 3.0. */
+  if (!displayFunc)
+    __glutFatalError("NULL display callback not allowed in GLUT 3.0; update your code.");
+  __glutCurrentWindow->display = displayFunc;
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutMouseFunc(GLUTmouseCB mouseFunc)
+{
+  if (__glutCurrentWindow->mouse) {
+    if (!mouseFunc) {
+      /* Previous mouseFunc being disabled. */
+      __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses--;
+      __glutChangeWindowEventMask(
+        ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask,
+        __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses > 0);
+    }
+  } else {
+    if (mouseFunc) {
+      /* Previously no mouseFunc, new one being installed. */
+      __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses++;
+      __glutChangeWindowEventMask(
+        ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask, True);
+    }
+  }
+  __glutCurrentWindow->mouse = mouseFunc;
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutMotionFunc(GLUTmotionCB motionFunc)
+{
+  /* Hack.  Some window managers (4Dwm by default) will mask
+     motion events if the client is not selecting for button
+     press and release events. So we select for press and
+     release events too (being careful to use reference
+     counting).  */
+  if (__glutCurrentWindow->motion) {
+    if (!motionFunc) {
+      /* previous mouseFunc being disabled */
+      __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses--;
+      __glutChangeWindowEventMask(
+        ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask,
+        __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses > 0);
+    }
+  } else {
+    if (motionFunc) {
+      /* Previously no mouseFunc, new one being installed. */
+      __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses++;
+      __glutChangeWindowEventMask(
+        ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask, True);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Real work of selecting for passive mouse motion.  */
+  __glutChangeWindowEventMask(
+    Button1MotionMask | Button2MotionMask | Button3MotionMask,
+    motionFunc != NULL);
+  __glutCurrentWindow->motion = motionFunc;
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutPassiveMotionFunc(GLUTpassiveCB passiveMotionFunc)
+{
+  __glutChangeWindowEventMask(PointerMotionMask,
+    passiveMotionFunc != NULL);
+
+  /* Passive motion also requires watching enters and leaves so
+     that a fake passive motion event can be generated on an
+     enter. */
+  __glutChangeWindowEventMask(EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask,
+    __glutCurrentWindow->entry != NULL || passiveMotionFunc != NULL);
+
+  __glutCurrentWindow->passive = passiveMotionFunc;
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutEntryFunc(GLUTentryCB entryFunc)
+{
+  __glutChangeWindowEventMask(EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask,
+    entryFunc != NULL || __glutCurrentWindow->passive);
+  __glutCurrentWindow->entry = entryFunc;
+  if (!entryFunc) {
+    __glutCurrentWindow->entryState = -1;
+  }
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutWindowStatusFunc(GLUTwindowStatusCB windowStatusFunc)
+{
+  __glutChangeWindowEventMask(VisibilityChangeMask,
+    windowStatusFunc != NULL);
+  __glutCurrentWindow->windowStatus = windowStatusFunc;
+  if (!windowStatusFunc) {
+    /* Make state invalid. */
+    __glutCurrentWindow->visState = -1;
+  }
+}
+
+static void GLUTCALLBACK
+visibilityHelper(int status)
+{
+  if (status == GLUT_HIDDEN || status == GLUT_FULLY_COVERED)
+    __glutCurrentWindow->visibility(GLUT_NOT_VISIBLE);
+  else
+    __glutCurrentWindow->visibility(GLUT_VISIBLE);
+}
+
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutVisibilityFunc(GLUTvisibilityCB visibilityFunc)
+{
+  __glutCurrentWindow->visibility = visibilityFunc;
+
+  if (visibilityFunc)
+  {    glutWindowStatusFunc(visibilityHelper);
+#if defined(__OS2PM__)
+       if(__glutCurrentWindow->shownState >= 0)
+       {  visibilityHelper(__glutCurrentWindow->shownState);
+       }
+#endif
+  }
+  else
+    glutWindowStatusFunc(NULL);
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutReshapeFunc(GLUTreshapeCB reshapeFunc)
+{
+  if (reshapeFunc) {
+    __glutCurrentWindow->reshape = reshapeFunc;
+  } else {
+    __glutCurrentWindow->reshape = __glutDefaultReshape;
+  }
+}
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/glut/os2/glut_winmisc.cpp b/src/glut/os2/glut_winmisc.cpp
index ffa31c021c0..456d19a8c18 100644
--- a/src/glut/os2/glut_winmisc.cpp
+++ b/src/glut/os2/glut_winmisc.cpp
@@ -1,127 +1,127 @@
-

-/* Copyright (c) Mark J. Kilgard, 1994.  */

-

-/* This program is freely distributable without licensing fees

-   and is provided without guarantee or warrantee expressed or

-   implied. This program is -not- in the public domain. */

-

-

-#include <stdlib.h>

-#include <stdio.h>

-#include <string.h>

-#include <assert.h>

-

-

-#include "glutint.h"

-

-/* CENTRY */

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutSetWindowTitle(const char *title)

-{

-#if defined(__OS2PM__)

-   __glutSetWindowText(__glutCurrentWindow->win, (char *)title);

-

-#else

-  XTextProperty textprop;

-

-  assert(!__glutCurrentWindow->parent);

-  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();

-  textprop.value = (unsigned char *) title;

-  textprop.encoding = XA_STRING;

-  textprop.format = 8;

-  textprop.nitems = strlen(title);

-  XSetWMName(__glutDisplay,

-    __glutCurrentWindow->win, &textprop);

-  XFlush(__glutDisplay);

-#endif

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutSetIconTitle(const char *title)

-{

-#if defined(__OS2PM__)

-//todo ?

-#else

-

-  XTextProperty textprop;

-

-  assert(!__glutCurrentWindow->parent);

-  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();

-  textprop.value = (unsigned char *) title;

-  textprop.encoding = XA_STRING;

-  textprop.format = 8;

-  textprop.nitems = strlen(title);

-  XSetWMIconName(__glutDisplay,

-    __glutCurrentWindow->win, &textprop);

-  XFlush(__glutDisplay);

-#endif

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutPositionWindow(int x, int y)

-{

-  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();

-  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredX = x;

-  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredY = y;

-  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredConfMask |= CWX | CWY;

-  __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_CONFIGURE_WORK);

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutReshapeWindow(int w, int h)

-{

-  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();

-  if (w <= 0 || h <= 0)

-    __glutWarning("glutReshapeWindow: non-positive width or height not allowed");

-

-  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredWidth = w;

-  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredHeight = h;

-  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredConfMask |= CWWidth | CWHeight;

-  __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_CONFIGURE_WORK);

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutPopWindow(void)

-{

-  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();

-  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredStack = Above;

-  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredConfMask |= CWStackMode;

-  __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_CONFIGURE_WORK);

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutPushWindow(void)

-{

-  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();

-  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredStack = Below;

-  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredConfMask |= CWStackMode;

-  __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_CONFIGURE_WORK);

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutIconifyWindow(void)

-{

-  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();

-  assert(!__glutCurrentWindow->parent);

-  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredMapState = IconicState;

-  __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_MAP_WORK);

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutShowWindow(void)

-{

-  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();

-  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredMapState = NormalState;

-  __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_MAP_WORK);

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutHideWindow(void)

-{

-  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();

-  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredMapState = WithdrawnState;

-  __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_MAP_WORK);

-}

-

-/* ENDCENTRY */

+
+/* Copyright (c) Mark J. Kilgard, 1994.  */
+
+/* This program is freely distributable without licensing fees
+   and is provided without guarantee or warrantee expressed or
+   implied. This program is -not- in the public domain. */
+
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+
+#include "glutint.h"
+
+/* CENTRY */
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutSetWindowTitle(const char *title)
+{
+#if defined(__OS2PM__)
+   __glutSetWindowText(__glutCurrentWindow->win, (char *)title);
+
+#else
+  XTextProperty textprop;
+
+  assert(!__glutCurrentWindow->parent);
+  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();
+  textprop.value = (unsigned char *) title;
+  textprop.encoding = XA_STRING;
+  textprop.format = 8;
+  textprop.nitems = strlen(title);
+  XSetWMName(__glutDisplay,
+    __glutCurrentWindow->win, &textprop);
+  XFlush(__glutDisplay);
+#endif
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutSetIconTitle(const char *title)
+{
+#if defined(__OS2PM__)
+//todo ?
+#else
+
+  XTextProperty textprop;
+
+  assert(!__glutCurrentWindow->parent);
+  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();
+  textprop.value = (unsigned char *) title;
+  textprop.encoding = XA_STRING;
+  textprop.format = 8;
+  textprop.nitems = strlen(title);
+  XSetWMIconName(__glutDisplay,
+    __glutCurrentWindow->win, &textprop);
+  XFlush(__glutDisplay);
+#endif
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutPositionWindow(int x, int y)
+{
+  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();
+  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredX = x;
+  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredY = y;
+  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredConfMask |= CWX | CWY;
+  __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_CONFIGURE_WORK);
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutReshapeWindow(int w, int h)
+{
+  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();
+  if (w <= 0 || h <= 0)
+    __glutWarning("glutReshapeWindow: non-positive width or height not allowed");
+
+  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredWidth = w;
+  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredHeight = h;
+  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredConfMask |= CWWidth | CWHeight;
+  __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_CONFIGURE_WORK);
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutPopWindow(void)
+{
+  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();
+  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredStack = Above;
+  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredConfMask |= CWStackMode;
+  __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_CONFIGURE_WORK);
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutPushWindow(void)
+{
+  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();
+  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredStack = Below;
+  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredConfMask |= CWStackMode;
+  __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_CONFIGURE_WORK);
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutIconifyWindow(void)
+{
+  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();
+  assert(!__glutCurrentWindow->parent);
+  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredMapState = IconicState;
+  __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_MAP_WORK);
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutShowWindow(void)
+{
+  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();
+  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredMapState = NormalState;
+  __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_MAP_WORK);
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutHideWindow(void)
+{
+  IGNORE_IN_GAME_MODE();
+  __glutCurrentWindow->desiredMapState = WithdrawnState;
+  __glutPutOnWorkList(__glutCurrentWindow, GLUT_MAP_WORK);
+}
+
+/* ENDCENTRY */
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/glut/os2/os2_glx.cpp b/src/glut/os2/os2_glx.cpp
index ca345ea05b5..5e135bc17e9 100644
--- a/src/glut/os2/os2_glx.cpp
+++ b/src/glut/os2/os2_glx.cpp
@@ -1,146 +1,146 @@
-/* os2_glx.c */

-

-#include <stdio.h>

-#include <string.h>

-#include <malloc.h>

-#include "gl/gl.h"

-#include "WarpGL.h"

-#include "GL/os2mesa.h"

-

-#define POKA 0

-/* global current HDC */

-

-XVisualInfo *wglDescribePixelFormat(int iPixelFormat);

-

-extern HDC XHDC;

-extern HWND XHWND;

-//extern HPS hpsCurrent;

-extern HAB   hab;      /* PM anchor block handle */

-

-GLXContext

-glXCreateContext(HPS hps, XVisualInfo * visinfo,

-  GLXContext share, Bool direct)

-{

-  /* KLUDGE: GLX really expects a display pointer to be passed

-     in as the first parameter, but Win32 needs an HDC instead,

-     so BE SURE that the global XHDC is set before calling this

-     routine. */

-  HGLRC context;

-

-  context = wglCreateContext(XHDC,hps,hab);

-

-

-  /* Since direct rendering is implicit, the direct flag is

-     ignored. */

-

-  return context;

-}

-

-

-int

-glXGetConfig(XVisualInfo * visual, int attrib, int *value)

-{

-  if (!visual)

-    return GLX_BAD_VISUAL;

-

-  switch (attrib) {

-  case GLX_USE_GL:

-    if (visual->dwFlags & (PFD_SUPPORT_OPENGL | PFD_DRAW_TO_WINDOW)) {

-      /* XXX Brad's Matrix Millenium II has problems creating

-         color index windows in 24-bit mode (lead to GDI crash)

-         and 32-bit mode (lead to black window).  The cColorBits

-         filed of the PIXELFORMATDESCRIPTOR returned claims to

-         have 24 and 32 bits respectively of color indices. 2^24

-         and 2^32 are ridiculously huge writable colormaps.

-         Assume that if we get back a color index

-         PIXELFORMATDESCRIPTOR with 24 or more bits, the

-         PIXELFORMATDESCRIPTOR doesn't really work and skip it.

-         -mjk */

-      if (visual->iPixelType == PFD_TYPE_COLORINDEX

-        && visual->cColorBits >= 24) {

-        *value = 0;

-      } else {

-       *value = 1;

-      }

-    } else {

-      *value = 0;

-    }

-    break;

-  case GLX_BUFFER_SIZE:

-    /* KLUDGE: if we're RGBA, return the number of bits/pixel,

-       otherwise, return 8 (we guessed at 256 colors in CI

-       mode). */

-    if (visual->iPixelType == PFD_TYPE_RGBA)

-      *value = visual->cColorBits;

-    else

-      *value = 8;

-    break;

-  case GLX_LEVEL:

-    /* The bReserved flag of the pfd contains the

-       overlay/underlay info. */

-    *value = visual->bReserved;

-    break;

-  case GLX_RGBA:

-    *value = visual->iPixelType == PFD_TYPE_RGBA;

-    break;

-  case GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER:

-    *value = visual->dwFlags & PFD_DOUBLEBUFFER;

-    break;

-  case GLX_STEREO:

-    *value = visual->dwFlags & PFD_STEREO;

-    break;

-  case GLX_AUX_BUFFERS:

-    *value = visual->cAuxBuffers;

-    break;

-  case GLX_RED_SIZE:

-    *value = visual->cRedBits;

-    break;

-  case GLX_GREEN_SIZE:

-    *value = visual->cGreenBits;

-    break;

-  case GLX_BLUE_SIZE:

-    *value = visual->cBlueBits;

-    break;

-  case GLX_ALPHA_SIZE:

-    *value = visual->cAlphaBits;

-    break;

-  case GLX_DEPTH_SIZE:

-    *value = visual->cDepthBits;

-    break;

-  case GLX_STENCIL_SIZE:

-    *value = visual->cStencilBits;

-    break;

-  case GLX_ACCUM_RED_SIZE:

-    *value = visual->cAccumRedBits;

-    break;

-  case GLX_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE:

-    *value = visual->cAccumGreenBits;

-    break;

-  case GLX_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE:

-    *value = visual->cAccumBlueBits;

-    break;

-  case GLX_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE:

-    *value = visual->cAccumAlphaBits;

-    break;

-#if POKA == 100

-#endif /*  POKA == 100 */

-  default:

-    return GLX_BAD_ATTRIB;

-  }

-  return 0;

-}

-

-

-XVisualInfo * glXChooseVisual(int mode)

-{  int imode = 2;

-   if(mode & GLUT_DOUBLE)

-            imode = 1;

-   return

-         wglDescribePixelFormat(imode);

-}

-

-

-#if POKA

-#endif /* POKA */

-

+/* os2_glx.c */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include "gl/gl.h"
+#include "WarpGL.h"
+#include "GL/os2mesa.h"
+
+#define POKA 0
+/* global current HDC */
+
+XVisualInfo *wglDescribePixelFormat(int iPixelFormat);
+
+extern HDC XHDC;
+extern HWND XHWND;
+//extern HPS hpsCurrent;
+extern HAB   hab;      /* PM anchor block handle */
+
+GLXContext
+glXCreateContext(HPS hps, XVisualInfo * visinfo,
+  GLXContext share, Bool direct)
+{
+  /* KLUDGE: GLX really expects a display pointer to be passed
+     in as the first parameter, but Win32 needs an HDC instead,
+     so BE SURE that the global XHDC is set before calling this
+     routine. */
+  HGLRC context;
+
+  context = wglCreateContext(XHDC,hps,hab);
+
+
+  /* Since direct rendering is implicit, the direct flag is
+     ignored. */
+
+  return context;
+}
+
+
+int
+glXGetConfig(XVisualInfo * visual, int attrib, int *value)
+{
+  if (!visual)
+    return GLX_BAD_VISUAL;
+
+  switch (attrib) {
+  case GLX_USE_GL:
+    if (visual->dwFlags & (PFD_SUPPORT_OPENGL | PFD_DRAW_TO_WINDOW)) {
+      /* XXX Brad's Matrix Millenium II has problems creating
+         color index windows in 24-bit mode (lead to GDI crash)
+         and 32-bit mode (lead to black window).  The cColorBits
+         filed of the PIXELFORMATDESCRIPTOR returned claims to
+         have 24 and 32 bits respectively of color indices. 2^24
+         and 2^32 are ridiculously huge writable colormaps.
+         Assume that if we get back a color index
+         PIXELFORMATDESCRIPTOR with 24 or more bits, the
+         PIXELFORMATDESCRIPTOR doesn't really work and skip it.
+         -mjk */
+      if (visual->iPixelType == PFD_TYPE_COLORINDEX
+        && visual->cColorBits >= 24) {
+        *value = 0;
+      } else {
+       *value = 1;
+      }
+    } else {
+      *value = 0;
+    }
+    break;
+  case GLX_BUFFER_SIZE:
+    /* KLUDGE: if we're RGBA, return the number of bits/pixel,
+       otherwise, return 8 (we guessed at 256 colors in CI
+       mode). */
+    if (visual->iPixelType == PFD_TYPE_RGBA)
+      *value = visual->cColorBits;
+    else
+      *value = 8;
+    break;
+  case GLX_LEVEL:
+    /* The bReserved flag of the pfd contains the
+       overlay/underlay info. */
+    *value = visual->bReserved;
+    break;
+  case GLX_RGBA:
+    *value = visual->iPixelType == PFD_TYPE_RGBA;
+    break;
+  case GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER:
+    *value = visual->dwFlags & PFD_DOUBLEBUFFER;
+    break;
+  case GLX_STEREO:
+    *value = visual->dwFlags & PFD_STEREO;
+    break;
+  case GLX_AUX_BUFFERS:
+    *value = visual->cAuxBuffers;
+    break;
+  case GLX_RED_SIZE:
+    *value = visual->cRedBits;
+    break;
+  case GLX_GREEN_SIZE:
+    *value = visual->cGreenBits;
+    break;
+  case GLX_BLUE_SIZE:
+    *value = visual->cBlueBits;
+    break;
+  case GLX_ALPHA_SIZE:
+    *value = visual->cAlphaBits;
+    break;
+  case GLX_DEPTH_SIZE:
+    *value = visual->cDepthBits;
+    break;
+  case GLX_STENCIL_SIZE:
+    *value = visual->cStencilBits;
+    break;
+  case GLX_ACCUM_RED_SIZE:
+    *value = visual->cAccumRedBits;
+    break;
+  case GLX_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE:
+    *value = visual->cAccumGreenBits;
+    break;
+  case GLX_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE:
+    *value = visual->cAccumBlueBits;
+    break;
+  case GLX_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE:
+    *value = visual->cAccumAlphaBits;
+    break;
+#if POKA == 100
+#endif /*  POKA == 100 */
+  default:
+    return GLX_BAD_ATTRIB;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+XVisualInfo * glXChooseVisual(int mode)
+{  int imode = 2;
+   if(mode & GLUT_DOUBLE)
+            imode = 1;
+   return
+         wglDescribePixelFormat(imode);
+}
+
+
+#if POKA
+#endif /* POKA */
+
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/glut/os2/os2_menu.cpp b/src/glut/os2/os2_menu.cpp
index 4eef308e5a9..56f2cdef8b2 100644
--- a/src/glut/os2/os2_menu.cpp
+++ b/src/glut/os2/os2_menu.cpp
@@ -1,533 +1,533 @@
-

-/* Copyright (c) Mark J. Kilgard, 1994, 1997, 1998. */

-/* Copyright (c) Nate Robins, 1997. */

-

-/* This program is freely distributable without licensing fees

-   and is provided without guarantee or warrantee expressed or

-   implied. This program is -not- in the public domain. */

-

-/* This file completely re-implements glut_menu.c and glut_menu2.c

-   for Win32.  Note that neither glut_menu.c nor glut_menu2.c are

-   compiled into Win32 GLUT. */

-

-#include <stdlib.h>

-#include <string.h>

-#include <stdio.h>

-#include <errno.h>

-#include <assert.h>

-

-#include "glutint.h"

-

-void (GLUTCALLBACK *__glutMenuStatusFunc) (int, int, int);

-//GLUTmenu *__glutMappedMenu;

-//GLUTwindow *__glutMenuWindow;

-GLUTmenuItem *__glutItemSelected;

-unsigned __glutMenuButton;

-

-static GLUTmenu **menuList = NULL;

-static int menuListSize = 0;

-static UINT uniqueMenuHandler = 1;

-

-/* DEPRICATED, use glutMenuStatusFunc instead. */

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutMenuStateFunc(GLUTmenuStateCB menuStateFunc)

-{

-  __glutMenuStatusFunc = (GLUTmenuStatusCB) menuStateFunc;

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutMenuStatusFunc(GLUTmenuStatusCB menuStatusFunc)

-{

-  __glutMenuStatusFunc = menuStatusFunc;

-}

-

-void

-__glutSetMenu(GLUTmenu * menu)

-{

-  __glutCurrentMenu = menu;

-}

-

-static void

-unmapMenu(GLUTmenu * menu)

-{

-  if (menu->cascade) {

-    unmapMenu(menu->cascade);

-    menu->cascade = NULL;

-  }

-  menu->anchor = NULL;

-  menu->highlighted = NULL;

-}

-

-void

-__glutFinishMenu(Window win, int x, int y)

-{

-

-  unmapMenu(__glutMappedMenu);

-

-  /* XXX Put in a GdiFlush just in case.  Probably unnecessary. -mjk  */

-//  GdiFlush();

-

-  if (__glutMenuStatusFunc) {

-    __glutSetWindow(__glutMenuWindow);

-    __glutSetMenu(__glutMappedMenu);

-

-    /* Setting __glutMappedMenu to NULL permits operations that

-       change menus or destroy the menu window again. */

-    __glutMappedMenu = NULL;

-

-    __glutMenuStatusFunc(GLUT_MENU_NOT_IN_USE, x, y);

-  }

-  /* Setting __glutMappedMenu to NULL permits operations that

-     change menus or destroy the menu window again. */

-  __glutMappedMenu = NULL;

-

-  /* If an item is selected and it is not a submenu trigger,

-     generate menu callback. */

-  if (__glutItemSelected && !__glutItemSelected->isTrigger) {

-    __glutSetWindow(__glutMenuWindow);

-    /* When menu callback is triggered, current menu should be

-       set to the callback menu. */

-    __glutSetMenu(__glutItemSelected->menu);

-    __glutItemSelected->menu->select(__glutItemSelected->value);

-  }

-  __glutMenuWindow = NULL;

-}

-

-static void

-mapMenu(GLUTmenu * menu, int x, int y)

-{

-//todo

-//  TrackPopupMenu((HMENU) menu->win, TPM_LEFTALIGN |

-//    (__glutMenuButton == TPM_RIGHTBUTTON) ? TPM_RIGHTBUTTON : TPM_LEFTBUTTON,

-//    x, y, 0, __glutCurrentWindow->win, NULL);

-}

-

-void

-__glutStartMenu(GLUTmenu * menu, GLUTwindow * window,

-               int x, int y, int x_win, int y_win)

-{

-  assert(__glutMappedMenu == NULL);

-  __glutMappedMenu = menu;

-  __glutMenuWindow = window;

-  __glutItemSelected = NULL;

-  if (__glutMenuStatusFunc) {

-    __glutSetMenu(menu);

-    __glutSetWindow(window);

-    __glutMenuStatusFunc(GLUT_MENU_IN_USE, x_win, y_win);

-  }

-  mapMenu(menu, x, y);

-}

-

-GLUTmenuItem *

-__glutGetUniqueMenuItem(GLUTmenu * menu, UINT unique)

-{

-  GLUTmenuItem *item;

-  int i;

-

-  i = menu->num;

-  item = menu->list;

-  while (item) {

-    if (item->unique == unique) {

-      return item;

-    }

-    if (item->isTrigger) {

-      GLUTmenuItem *subitem;

-      subitem = __glutGetUniqueMenuItem(menuList[item->value], unique);

-      if (subitem) {

-        return subitem;

-      }

-    }

-    i--;

-    item = item->next;

-  }

-  return NULL;

-}

-

-GLUTmenuItem *

-__glutGetMenuItem(GLUTmenu * menu, Window win, int *which)

-{

-  GLUTmenuItem *item;

-  int i;

-

-  i = menu->num;

-  item = menu->list;

-  while (item) {

-    if (item->win == win) {

-      *which = i;

-      return item;

-    }

-    if (item->isTrigger) {

-      GLUTmenuItem *subitem;

-

-      subitem = __glutGetMenuItem(menuList[item->value],

-        win, which);

-      if (subitem) {

-        return subitem;

-      }

-    }

-    i--;

-    item = item->next;

-  }

-  return NULL;

-}

-

-GLUTmenu *

-__glutGetMenu(Window win)

-{

-  GLUTmenu *menu;

-

-  menu = __glutMappedMenu;

-  while (menu) {

-    if (win == menu->win) {

-      return menu;

-    }

-    menu = menu->cascade;

-  }

-  return NULL;

-}

-

-GLUTmenu *

-__glutGetMenuByNum(int menunum)

-{

-  if (menunum < 1 || menunum > menuListSize) {

-    return NULL;

-  }

-  return menuList[menunum - 1];

-}

-

-static int

-getUnusedMenuSlot(void)

-{

-  int i;

-

-  /* Look for allocated, unused slot. */

-  for (i = 0; i < menuListSize; i++) {

-    if (!menuList[i]) {

-      return i;

-    }

-  }

-  /* Allocate a new slot. */

-  menuListSize++;

-  if (menuList) {

-    menuList = (GLUTmenu **)

-      realloc(menuList, menuListSize * sizeof(GLUTmenu *));

-  } else {

-    /* XXX Some realloc's do not correctly perform a malloc

-       when asked to perform a realloc on a NULL pointer,

-       though the ANSI C library spec requires this. */

-    menuList = (GLUTmenu **) malloc(sizeof(GLUTmenu *));

-  }

-  if (!menuList) {

-    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");

-  }

-  menuList[menuListSize - 1] = NULL;

-  return menuListSize - 1;

-}

-

-static void

-menuModificationError(void)

-{

-  /* XXX Remove the warning after GLUT 3.0. */

-  __glutWarning("The following is a new check for GLUT 3.0; update your code.");

-  __glutFatalError("menu manipulation not allowed while menus in use.");

-}

-

-int GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutCreateMenu(GLUTselectCB selectFunc)

-{

-  GLUTmenu *menu;

-  int menuid;

-

-  if (__glutMappedMenu) {

-    menuModificationError();

-  }

-  menuid = getUnusedMenuSlot();

-  menu = (GLUTmenu *) malloc(sizeof(GLUTmenu));

-  if (!menu) {

-    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");

-  }

-  menu->id = menuid;

-  menu->num = 0;

-  menu->submenus = 0;

-  menu->select = selectFunc;

-  menu->list = NULL;

-  menu->cascade = NULL;

-  menu->highlighted = NULL;

-  menu->anchor = NULL;

-//todo

-//  menu->win = (HWND) CreatePopupMenu();

-  menuList[menuid] = menu;

-  __glutSetMenu(menu);

-  return menuid + 1;

-}

-

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutDestroyMenu(int menunum)

-{

-  GLUTmenu *menu = __glutGetMenuByNum(menunum);

-  GLUTmenuItem *item, *next;

-

-  if (__glutMappedMenu) {

-    menuModificationError();

-  }

-  assert(menu->id == menunum - 1);

-//todo  DestroyMenu( (HMENU) menu->win);

-  menuList[menunum - 1] = NULL;

-  /* free all menu entries */

-  item = menu->list;

-  while (item) {

-    assert(item->menu == menu);

-    next = item->next;

-    free(item->label);

-    free(item);

-    item = next;

-  }

-  if (__glutCurrentMenu == menu) {

-    __glutCurrentMenu = NULL;

-  }

-  free(menu);

-}

-

-int GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutGetMenu(void)

-{

-  if (__glutCurrentMenu) {

-    return __glutCurrentMenu->id + 1;

-  } else {

-    return 0;

-  }

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutSetMenu(int menuid)

-{

-  GLUTmenu *menu;

-

-  if (menuid < 1 || menuid > menuListSize) {

-    __glutWarning("glutSetMenu attempted on bogus menu.");

-    return;

-  }

-  menu = menuList[menuid - 1];

-  if (!menu) {

-    __glutWarning("glutSetMenu attempted on bogus menu.");

-    return;

-  }

-  __glutSetMenu(menu);

-}

-

-static void

-setMenuItem(GLUTmenuItem * item, const char *label,

-           int value, Bool isTrigger)

-{

-  GLUTmenu *menu;

-

-  menu = item->menu;

-  item->label = __glutStrdup(label);

-  if (!item->label) {

-    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");

-  }

-  item->isTrigger = isTrigger;

-  item->len = (int) strlen(label);

-  item->value = value;

-  item->unique = uniqueMenuHandler++;

-//todo

-//  if (isTrigger) {

-//    AppendMenu((HMENU) menu->win, MF_POPUP, (UINT)item->win, label);

-//  } else {

-//    AppendMenu((HMENU) menu->win, MF_STRING, item->unique, label);

-//  }

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutAddMenuEntry(const char *label, int value)

-{

-  GLUTmenuItem *entry;

-

-  if (__glutMappedMenu) {

-    menuModificationError();

-  }

-  entry = (GLUTmenuItem *) malloc(sizeof(GLUTmenuItem));

-  if (!entry) {

-    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");

-  }

-  entry->menu = __glutCurrentMenu;

-  setMenuItem(entry, label, value, FALSE);

-  __glutCurrentMenu->num++;

-  entry->next = __glutCurrentMenu->list;

-  __glutCurrentMenu->list = entry;

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutAddSubMenu(const char *label, int menu)

-{

-  GLUTmenuItem *submenu;

-  GLUTmenu     *popupmenu;

-

-  if (__glutMappedMenu) {

-    menuModificationError();

-  }

-  submenu = (GLUTmenuItem *) malloc(sizeof(GLUTmenuItem));

-  if (!submenu) {

-    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");

-  }

-  __glutCurrentMenu->submenus++;

-  submenu->menu = __glutCurrentMenu;

-  popupmenu = __glutGetMenuByNum(menu);

-  if (popupmenu) {

-    submenu->win = popupmenu->win;

-  }

-  setMenuItem(submenu, label, /* base 0 */ menu - 1, TRUE);

-  __glutCurrentMenu->num++;

-  submenu->next = __glutCurrentMenu->list;

-  __glutCurrentMenu->list = submenu;

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutChangeToMenuEntry(int num, const char *label, int value)

-{

-  GLUTmenuItem *item;

-  int i;

-

-  if (__glutMappedMenu) {

-    menuModificationError();

-  }

-  i = __glutCurrentMenu->num;

-  item = __glutCurrentMenu->list;

-  while (item) {

-    if (i == num) {

-      if (item->isTrigger) {

-        /* If changing a submenu trigger to a menu entry, we

-           need to account for submenus.  */

-        item->menu->submenus--;

-       /* Nuke the Win32 menu. */

-//todo

-//       DestroyMenu((HMENU) item->win);

-      }

-      free(item->label);

-

-      item->label = strdup(label);

-      if (!item->label)

-       __glutFatalError("out of memory");

-      item->isTrigger = FALSE;

-      item->len = (int) strlen(label);

-      item->value = value;

-      item->unique = uniqueMenuHandler++;

-//todo

-//      ModifyMenu((HMENU) __glutCurrentMenu->win, (UINT) i - 1,

-//        MF_BYPOSITION | MFT_STRING, item->unique, label);

-

-      return;

-    }

-    i--;

-    item = item->next;

-  }

-  __glutWarning("Current menu has no %d item.", num);

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutChangeToSubMenu(int num, const char *label, int menu)

-{

-  GLUTmenu *popupmenu;

-  GLUTmenuItem *item;

-  int i;

-

-  if (__glutMappedMenu) {

-    menuModificationError();

-  }

-  i = __glutCurrentMenu->num;

-  item = __glutCurrentMenu->list;

-  while (item) {

-    if (i == num) {

-      if (!item->isTrigger) {

-        /* If changing a menu entry to as submenu trigger, we

-           need to account for submenus.  */

-        item->menu->submenus++;

-//todo

-//       item->win = (HWND) CreatePopupMenu();

-      }

-      free(item->label);

-

-      item->label = strdup(label);

-      if (!item->label)

-       __glutFatalError("out of memory");

-      item->isTrigger = TRUE;

-      item->len = (int) strlen(label);

-      item->value = menu - 1;

-      item->unique = uniqueMenuHandler++;

-      popupmenu = __glutGetMenuByNum(menu);

-      if (popupmenu)

-       item->win = popupmenu->win;

-//todo

-//      ModifyMenu((HMENU) __glutCurrentMenu->win, (UINT) i - 1,

-//        MF_BYPOSITION | MF_POPUP, (UINT) item->win, label);

-      return;

-    }

-    i--;

-    item = item->next;

-  }

-  __glutWarning("Current menu has no %d item.", num);

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutRemoveMenuItem(int num)

-{

-  GLUTmenuItem *item, **prev;

-  int i;

-

-  if (__glutMappedMenu) {

-    menuModificationError();

-  }

-  i = __glutCurrentMenu->num;

-  prev = &__glutCurrentMenu->list;

-  item = __glutCurrentMenu->list;

-  while (item) {

-    if (i == num) {

-      /* Found the menu item in list to remove. */

-      __glutCurrentMenu->num--;

-

-      /* Patch up menu's item list. */

-      *prev = item->next;

-//todo

-//      RemoveMenu((HMENU) __glutCurrentMenu->win, (UINT) i - 1, MF_BYPOSITION);

-

-      free(item->label);

-      free(item);

-      return;

-    }

-    i--;

-    prev = &item->next;

-    item = item->next;

-  }

-  __glutWarning("Current menu has no %d item.", num);

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutAttachMenu(int button)

-{

-  if (__glutCurrentWindow == __glutGameModeWindow) {

-    __glutWarning("cannot attach menus in game mode.");

-    return;

-  }

-  if (__glutMappedMenu) {

-    menuModificationError();

-  }

-  if (__glutCurrentWindow->menu[button] < 1) {

-    __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses++;

-  }

-  __glutCurrentWindow->menu[button] = __glutCurrentMenu->id + 1;

-}

-

-void GLUTAPIENTRY

-glutDetachMenu(int button)

-{

-  if (__glutMappedMenu) {

-    menuModificationError();

-  }

-  if (__glutCurrentWindow->menu[button] > 0) {

-    __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses--;

-    __glutCurrentWindow->menu[button] = 0;

-  }

-}

-

+
+/* Copyright (c) Mark J. Kilgard, 1994, 1997, 1998. */
+/* Copyright (c) Nate Robins, 1997. */
+
+/* This program is freely distributable without licensing fees
+   and is provided without guarantee or warrantee expressed or
+   implied. This program is -not- in the public domain. */
+
+/* This file completely re-implements glut_menu.c and glut_menu2.c
+   for Win32.  Note that neither glut_menu.c nor glut_menu2.c are
+   compiled into Win32 GLUT. */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include "glutint.h"
+
+void (GLUTCALLBACK *__glutMenuStatusFunc) (int, int, int);
+//GLUTmenu *__glutMappedMenu;
+//GLUTwindow *__glutMenuWindow;
+GLUTmenuItem *__glutItemSelected;
+unsigned __glutMenuButton;
+
+static GLUTmenu **menuList = NULL;
+static int menuListSize = 0;
+static UINT uniqueMenuHandler = 1;
+
+/* DEPRICATED, use glutMenuStatusFunc instead. */
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutMenuStateFunc(GLUTmenuStateCB menuStateFunc)
+{
+  __glutMenuStatusFunc = (GLUTmenuStatusCB) menuStateFunc;
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutMenuStatusFunc(GLUTmenuStatusCB menuStatusFunc)
+{
+  __glutMenuStatusFunc = menuStatusFunc;
+}
+
+void
+__glutSetMenu(GLUTmenu * menu)
+{
+  __glutCurrentMenu = menu;
+}
+
+static void
+unmapMenu(GLUTmenu * menu)
+{
+  if (menu->cascade) {
+    unmapMenu(menu->cascade);
+    menu->cascade = NULL;
+  }
+  menu->anchor = NULL;
+  menu->highlighted = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+__glutFinishMenu(Window win, int x, int y)
+{
+
+  unmapMenu(__glutMappedMenu);
+
+  /* XXX Put in a GdiFlush just in case.  Probably unnecessary. -mjk  */
+//  GdiFlush();
+
+  if (__glutMenuStatusFunc) {
+    __glutSetWindow(__glutMenuWindow);
+    __glutSetMenu(__glutMappedMenu);
+
+    /* Setting __glutMappedMenu to NULL permits operations that
+       change menus or destroy the menu window again. */
+    __glutMappedMenu = NULL;
+
+    __glutMenuStatusFunc(GLUT_MENU_NOT_IN_USE, x, y);
+  }
+  /* Setting __glutMappedMenu to NULL permits operations that
+     change menus or destroy the menu window again. */
+  __glutMappedMenu = NULL;
+
+  /* If an item is selected and it is not a submenu trigger,
+     generate menu callback. */
+  if (__glutItemSelected && !__glutItemSelected->isTrigger) {
+    __glutSetWindow(__glutMenuWindow);
+    /* When menu callback is triggered, current menu should be
+       set to the callback menu. */
+    __glutSetMenu(__glutItemSelected->menu);
+    __glutItemSelected->menu->select(__glutItemSelected->value);
+  }
+  __glutMenuWindow = NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+mapMenu(GLUTmenu * menu, int x, int y)
+{
+//todo
+//  TrackPopupMenu((HMENU) menu->win, TPM_LEFTALIGN |
+//    (__glutMenuButton == TPM_RIGHTBUTTON) ? TPM_RIGHTBUTTON : TPM_LEFTBUTTON,
+//    x, y, 0, __glutCurrentWindow->win, NULL);
+}
+
+void
+__glutStartMenu(GLUTmenu * menu, GLUTwindow * window,
+               int x, int y, int x_win, int y_win)
+{
+  assert(__glutMappedMenu == NULL);
+  __glutMappedMenu = menu;
+  __glutMenuWindow = window;
+  __glutItemSelected = NULL;
+  if (__glutMenuStatusFunc) {
+    __glutSetMenu(menu);
+    __glutSetWindow(window);
+    __glutMenuStatusFunc(GLUT_MENU_IN_USE, x_win, y_win);
+  }
+  mapMenu(menu, x, y);
+}
+
+GLUTmenuItem *
+__glutGetUniqueMenuItem(GLUTmenu * menu, UINT unique)
+{
+  GLUTmenuItem *item;
+  int i;
+
+  i = menu->num;
+  item = menu->list;
+  while (item) {
+    if (item->unique == unique) {
+      return item;
+    }
+    if (item->isTrigger) {
+      GLUTmenuItem *subitem;
+      subitem = __glutGetUniqueMenuItem(menuList[item->value], unique);
+      if (subitem) {
+        return subitem;
+      }
+    }
+    i--;
+    item = item->next;
+  }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+GLUTmenuItem *
+__glutGetMenuItem(GLUTmenu * menu, Window win, int *which)
+{
+  GLUTmenuItem *item;
+  int i;
+
+  i = menu->num;
+  item = menu->list;
+  while (item) {
+    if (item->win == win) {
+      *which = i;
+      return item;
+    }
+    if (item->isTrigger) {
+      GLUTmenuItem *subitem;
+
+      subitem = __glutGetMenuItem(menuList[item->value],
+        win, which);
+      if (subitem) {
+        return subitem;
+      }
+    }
+    i--;
+    item = item->next;
+  }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+GLUTmenu *
+__glutGetMenu(Window win)
+{
+  GLUTmenu *menu;
+
+  menu = __glutMappedMenu;
+  while (menu) {
+    if (win == menu->win) {
+      return menu;
+    }
+    menu = menu->cascade;
+  }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+GLUTmenu *
+__glutGetMenuByNum(int menunum)
+{
+  if (menunum < 1 || menunum > menuListSize) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  return menuList[menunum - 1];
+}
+
+static int
+getUnusedMenuSlot(void)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  /* Look for allocated, unused slot. */
+  for (i = 0; i < menuListSize; i++) {
+    if (!menuList[i]) {
+      return i;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Allocate a new slot. */
+  menuListSize++;
+  if (menuList) {
+    menuList = (GLUTmenu **)
+      realloc(menuList, menuListSize * sizeof(GLUTmenu *));
+  } else {
+    /* XXX Some realloc's do not correctly perform a malloc
+       when asked to perform a realloc on a NULL pointer,
+       though the ANSI C library spec requires this. */
+    menuList = (GLUTmenu **) malloc(sizeof(GLUTmenu *));
+  }
+  if (!menuList) {
+    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");
+  }
+  menuList[menuListSize - 1] = NULL;
+  return menuListSize - 1;
+}
+
+static void
+menuModificationError(void)
+{
+  /* XXX Remove the warning after GLUT 3.0. */
+  __glutWarning("The following is a new check for GLUT 3.0; update your code.");
+  __glutFatalError("menu manipulation not allowed while menus in use.");
+}
+
+int GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutCreateMenu(GLUTselectCB selectFunc)
+{
+  GLUTmenu *menu;
+  int menuid;
+
+  if (__glutMappedMenu) {
+    menuModificationError();
+  }
+  menuid = getUnusedMenuSlot();
+  menu = (GLUTmenu *) malloc(sizeof(GLUTmenu));
+  if (!menu) {
+    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");
+  }
+  menu->id = menuid;
+  menu->num = 0;
+  menu->submenus = 0;
+  menu->select = selectFunc;
+  menu->list = NULL;
+  menu->cascade = NULL;
+  menu->highlighted = NULL;
+  menu->anchor = NULL;
+//todo
+//  menu->win = (HWND) CreatePopupMenu();
+  menuList[menuid] = menu;
+  __glutSetMenu(menu);
+  return menuid + 1;
+}
+
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutDestroyMenu(int menunum)
+{
+  GLUTmenu *menu = __glutGetMenuByNum(menunum);
+  GLUTmenuItem *item, *next;
+
+  if (__glutMappedMenu) {
+    menuModificationError();
+  }
+  assert(menu->id == menunum - 1);
+//todo  DestroyMenu( (HMENU) menu->win);
+  menuList[menunum - 1] = NULL;
+  /* free all menu entries */
+  item = menu->list;
+  while (item) {
+    assert(item->menu == menu);
+    next = item->next;
+    free(item->label);
+    free(item);
+    item = next;
+  }
+  if (__glutCurrentMenu == menu) {
+    __glutCurrentMenu = NULL;
+  }
+  free(menu);
+}
+
+int GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutGetMenu(void)
+{
+  if (__glutCurrentMenu) {
+    return __glutCurrentMenu->id + 1;
+  } else {
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutSetMenu(int menuid)
+{
+  GLUTmenu *menu;
+
+  if (menuid < 1 || menuid > menuListSize) {
+    __glutWarning("glutSetMenu attempted on bogus menu.");
+    return;
+  }
+  menu = menuList[menuid - 1];
+  if (!menu) {
+    __glutWarning("glutSetMenu attempted on bogus menu.");
+    return;
+  }
+  __glutSetMenu(menu);
+}
+
+static void
+setMenuItem(GLUTmenuItem * item, const char *label,
+           int value, Bool isTrigger)
+{
+  GLUTmenu *menu;
+
+  menu = item->menu;
+  item->label = __glutStrdup(label);
+  if (!item->label) {
+    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");
+  }
+  item->isTrigger = isTrigger;
+  item->len = (int) strlen(label);
+  item->value = value;
+  item->unique = uniqueMenuHandler++;
+//todo
+//  if (isTrigger) {
+//    AppendMenu((HMENU) menu->win, MF_POPUP, (UINT)item->win, label);
+//  } else {
+//    AppendMenu((HMENU) menu->win, MF_STRING, item->unique, label);
+//  }
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutAddMenuEntry(const char *label, int value)
+{
+  GLUTmenuItem *entry;
+
+  if (__glutMappedMenu) {
+    menuModificationError();
+  }
+  entry = (GLUTmenuItem *) malloc(sizeof(GLUTmenuItem));
+  if (!entry) {
+    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");
+  }
+  entry->menu = __glutCurrentMenu;
+  setMenuItem(entry, label, value, FALSE);
+  __glutCurrentMenu->num++;
+  entry->next = __glutCurrentMenu->list;
+  __glutCurrentMenu->list = entry;
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutAddSubMenu(const char *label, int menu)
+{
+  GLUTmenuItem *submenu;
+  GLUTmenu     *popupmenu;
+
+  if (__glutMappedMenu) {
+    menuModificationError();
+  }
+  submenu = (GLUTmenuItem *) malloc(sizeof(GLUTmenuItem));
+  if (!submenu) {
+    __glutFatalError("out of memory.");
+  }
+  __glutCurrentMenu->submenus++;
+  submenu->menu = __glutCurrentMenu;
+  popupmenu = __glutGetMenuByNum(menu);
+  if (popupmenu) {
+    submenu->win = popupmenu->win;
+  }
+  setMenuItem(submenu, label, /* base 0 */ menu - 1, TRUE);
+  __glutCurrentMenu->num++;
+  submenu->next = __glutCurrentMenu->list;
+  __glutCurrentMenu->list = submenu;
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutChangeToMenuEntry(int num, const char *label, int value)
+{
+  GLUTmenuItem *item;
+  int i;
+
+  if (__glutMappedMenu) {
+    menuModificationError();
+  }
+  i = __glutCurrentMenu->num;
+  item = __glutCurrentMenu->list;
+  while (item) {
+    if (i == num) {
+      if (item->isTrigger) {
+        /* If changing a submenu trigger to a menu entry, we
+           need to account for submenus.  */
+        item->menu->submenus--;
+       /* Nuke the Win32 menu. */
+//todo
+//       DestroyMenu((HMENU) item->win);
+      }
+      free(item->label);
+
+      item->label = strdup(label);
+      if (!item->label)
+       __glutFatalError("out of memory");
+      item->isTrigger = FALSE;
+      item->len = (int) strlen(label);
+      item->value = value;
+      item->unique = uniqueMenuHandler++;
+//todo
+//      ModifyMenu((HMENU) __glutCurrentMenu->win, (UINT) i - 1,
+//        MF_BYPOSITION | MFT_STRING, item->unique, label);
+
+      return;
+    }
+    i--;
+    item = item->next;
+  }
+  __glutWarning("Current menu has no %d item.", num);
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutChangeToSubMenu(int num, const char *label, int menu)
+{
+  GLUTmenu *popupmenu;
+  GLUTmenuItem *item;
+  int i;
+
+  if (__glutMappedMenu) {
+    menuModificationError();
+  }
+  i = __glutCurrentMenu->num;
+  item = __glutCurrentMenu->list;
+  while (item) {
+    if (i == num) {
+      if (!item->isTrigger) {
+        /* If changing a menu entry to as submenu trigger, we
+           need to account for submenus.  */
+        item->menu->submenus++;
+//todo
+//       item->win = (HWND) CreatePopupMenu();
+      }
+      free(item->label);
+
+      item->label = strdup(label);
+      if (!item->label)
+       __glutFatalError("out of memory");
+      item->isTrigger = TRUE;
+      item->len = (int) strlen(label);
+      item->value = menu - 1;
+      item->unique = uniqueMenuHandler++;
+      popupmenu = __glutGetMenuByNum(menu);
+      if (popupmenu)
+       item->win = popupmenu->win;
+//todo
+//      ModifyMenu((HMENU) __glutCurrentMenu->win, (UINT) i - 1,
+//        MF_BYPOSITION | MF_POPUP, (UINT) item->win, label);
+      return;
+    }
+    i--;
+    item = item->next;
+  }
+  __glutWarning("Current menu has no %d item.", num);
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutRemoveMenuItem(int num)
+{
+  GLUTmenuItem *item, **prev;
+  int i;
+
+  if (__glutMappedMenu) {
+    menuModificationError();
+  }
+  i = __glutCurrentMenu->num;
+  prev = &__glutCurrentMenu->list;
+  item = __glutCurrentMenu->list;
+  while (item) {
+    if (i == num) {
+      /* Found the menu item in list to remove. */
+      __glutCurrentMenu->num--;
+
+      /* Patch up menu's item list. */
+      *prev = item->next;
+//todo
+//      RemoveMenu((HMENU) __glutCurrentMenu->win, (UINT) i - 1, MF_BYPOSITION);
+
+      free(item->label);
+      free(item);
+      return;
+    }
+    i--;
+    prev = &item->next;
+    item = item->next;
+  }
+  __glutWarning("Current menu has no %d item.", num);
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutAttachMenu(int button)
+{
+  if (__glutCurrentWindow == __glutGameModeWindow) {
+    __glutWarning("cannot attach menus in game mode.");
+    return;
+  }
+  if (__glutMappedMenu) {
+    menuModificationError();
+  }
+  if (__glutCurrentWindow->menu[button] < 1) {
+    __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses++;
+  }
+  __glutCurrentWindow->menu[button] = __glutCurrentMenu->id + 1;
+}
+
+void GLUTAPIENTRY
+glutDetachMenu(int button)
+{
+  if (__glutMappedMenu) {
+    menuModificationError();
+  }
+  if (__glutCurrentWindow->menu[button] > 0) {
+    __glutCurrentWindow->buttonUses--;
+    __glutCurrentWindow->menu[button] = 0;
+  }
+}
+
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/glut/os2/os2_winproc.cpp b/src/glut/os2/os2_winproc.cpp
index e2d4ba9d550..6ffe0d4624b 100644
--- a/src/glut/os2/os2_winproc.cpp
+++ b/src/glut/os2/os2_winproc.cpp
@@ -1,1297 +1,1297 @@
-/* os2_winproc.c */

-

-

-#define INCL_DEV

-#include "WarpGL.h"

-#include "GL/os2mesa.h"

-

-

-#define  _MEERROR_H_

-#include <mmioos2.h>                   /* It is from MMPM toolkit           */

-#include <dive.h>

-#include <fourcc.h>

-

-

-#include "os2mesadef.h"

-#include "glutint.h"

-

-

-#define POKA 0

-

-#if POKA

-

-extern unsigned __glutMenuButton;

-extern GLUTidleCB __glutIdleFunc;

-extern GLUTtimer *__glutTimerList;

-extern void handleTimeouts(void);

-extern GLUTmenuItem *__glutGetUniqueMenuItem(GLUTmenu * menu, int unique);

-static HMENU __glutHMenu;

-

-#endif

-

-extern void _mesa_ResizeBuffersMESA( void );

-

-

-MRESULT EXPENTRY GlutWindowProc( HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2 );

-MRESULT EXPENTRY GlutWindowChildProc( HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2 );

-void updateWindowState(GLUTwindow *window, int visState);

-

-volatile extern HAB   hab;      /* PM anchor block handle         */

-volatile extern HPS   hpsCurrent;

-

-RECTL     rCtls[52];

-ULONG     ulNumRcls;

-

-MRESULT EXPENTRY GlutWindowChildProc( HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2 )

-{   MRESULT rc;

-    rc = GlutWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2 );

-    return rc;

-}

-

-MRESULT EXPENTRY GlutWindowProc( HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2 )

-{

-  HPS   hps = NULLHANDLE; /* presentation space handle */

-  GLUTwindow*   window;   /* GLUT window associated with message. */

-  GLUTmenu*     menu;     /* GLUT menu associated with message. */

-  RECTL rclClient;

-  POINTL point;

-  int button = -1,rc,key;

-

-

-/* Process the message. */

-

-   switch( msg )

-   {

-      case WM_CREATE:

-     {

-      SIZEL sizl = { 0L, 0L };

-      LONG  *alCaps;

-      HDC hdc;

-

-      /*+-----------------------------------------------------------------+*/

-      /*| The client window is being created.  Create the semaphore to    |*/

-      /*| control access to the presentation space.  Then create the      |*/

-      /*| thread that will draw the lines.                                |*/

-      /*+-----------------------------------------------------------------+*/

- //    DosCreateMutexSem( (PSZ)NULL, &hmtxPS, 0UL, FALSE );

-

-      hdc = WinOpenWindowDC(hwnd);

-

-      /*+-----------------------------------------------------------------+*/

-      /*| Create a non-cached presentation space.  We will not release    |*/

-      /*| this PS, as we will be Selecting a Palette to this PS and then  |*/

-      /*| animating the palette.  Upon releasing a PS the palette is no   |*/

-      /*| longer selected for obvious reasons.                            |*/

-      /*+-----------------------------------------------------------------+*/

-      hpsCurrent = GpiCreatePS( hab,

-                  hdc,

-                  &sizl,

-                  PU_PELS | GPIF_DEFAULT |

-                  GPIT_MICRO | GPIA_ASSOC );

-//      DevQueryCaps( hdc, lStart, lCount, alCaps );

-//      fPaletteCaps = alCaps[CAPS_ADDITIONAL_GRAPHICS] & CAPS_PALETTE_MANAGER;

-//      PaletteInit(3);

-       /* ��p���� hpsBuffer � p���� RGB color table  */

-

-        GpiCreateLogColorTable(hpsCurrent,0 ,LCOLF_RGB,0,0,NULL);

-        GpiSetPattern(hpsCurrent,PATSYM_SOLID);

-        GpiSetPatternSet(hpsCurrent,LCID_DEFAULT);

-

-     }

-    break;

-

-         return 0;

-      case WM_CLOSE:

-        WinPostMsg( hwnd, WM_QUIT, NULL, NULL );

-

-        return 0;

-

-      case WM_PAINT:

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (window)

-    {

-       PWMC ctx;

-//   hps = WinBeginPaint(hwnd,NULLHANDLE,&rclClient);

-    hps = WinBeginPaint(hwnd,NULLHANDLE,&rclClient);

-       // blit Dive buffer to screen.

-

-     {

-         SWP    swp;            // Window position

-         POINTL pointl;         // Point to offset from Desktop

-

-             // Convert the point to offset from desktop lower left.

-             pointl.x = 0;

-             pointl.y = 0;

-             WinMapWindowPoints ( hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP, &pointl, 1 );

-

-

-//            ctx = window->ctx;

-//            ctx->xDiveScr = pointl.x;

-//            ctx->yDiveScr = pointl.y;

-      }

-//      rc = DiveBlitImage (ctx->hDive,

-//                          ctx->ulDiveBufferNumber,

-//                      DIVE_BUFFER_SCREEN );

-//

-

-        if (window->win == hwnd) {

-          __glutPostRedisplay(window, GLUT_REPAIR_WORK);

-        } else if (window->overlay && window->overlay->win == hwnd) {

-         __glutPostRedisplay(window, GLUT_OVERLAY_REPAIR_WORK);

-        }

-        WinEndPaint(hps);

-    } else {

-

-        hps = WinBeginPaint(hwnd,NULLHANDLE,&rclClient);

-        WinFillRect(hps, &rclClient, CLR_WHITE);

-        WinEndPaint(hps);

-    }

-        break;

-

-    case WM_VRNDISABLED:

-

-//           pwinData->fDataInProcess = TRUE;

-//           DiveSetupBlitter ( pwinData->hDive, 0 );

-//           pwinData->fVrnDisabled = TRUE;

-        break;

-

-    case WM_VRNENABLED:

-      {    HRGN      hrgn;      /* Region handle  */

-           RGNRECT   rgnCtl;    /* Processing control structure  */

-//           RECTL     rCtls[52];

-//           ULONG     ulNumRcls;

-

-//            pwinData->fDataInProcess = TRUE;

-            hps = WinGetPS ( hwnd );

-            if ( !hps )

-                  break;

-            hrgn = GpiCreateRegion ( hps, 0L, NULL );

-            if ( hrgn )

-            {  /* NOTE: If mp1 is zero, then this was just a move message.

-               ** Illustrate the visible region on a WM_VRNENABLE.

-               */

-               WinQueryVisibleRegion ( hwnd, hrgn );

-               rgnCtl.ircStart     = 0;

-               rgnCtl.crc          = 50;

-               rgnCtl.ulDirection  = 1;

-

-               /* Get the all ORed rectangles */

-               if ( GpiQueryRegionRects ( hps, hrgn, NULL,

-                                          &rgnCtl, rCtls) )

-               {

-                  ulNumRcls = rgnCtl.crcReturned;

-

-                  /* Now find the window position and size, relative to parent.

-                  */

-//                  WinQueryWindowPos ( pwinData->hwndClient, &pwinData->swp );

-

-//                  rcl.xLeft   = 0;

-//                  rcl.yBottom = 0;

-

-                  /* Convert the point to offset from desktop lower left.

-                  */

-//                  pointl.x = pwinData->swp.x;

-//                  pointl.y = pwinData->swp.y;

-

-//                  WinMapWindowPoints ( pwinData->hwndFrame,

-//                                       HWND_DESKTOP, &pointl, 1 );

-

-//                  pwinData->cxWindowPos = pointl.x;

-//                  pwinData->cyWindowPos = pointl.y;

-

-               }

-               GpiDestroyRegion( hps, hrgn );

-            }

-            WinReleasePS( hps );

-

-      }

-        break;

-

-  case WM_SIZE:

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (window)

-    {  int width,height;

-       width = SHORT1FROMMP(mp2);

-      height = SHORT2FROMMP(mp2);

-      if (width != window->width || height != window->height) {

-#if 0  /* Win32 GLUT does not support overlays for now. */

-       if (window->overlay) {

-         XResizeWindow(__glutDisplay, window->overlay->win, width, height);

-       }

-#endif

-       window->width = width;

-       window->height = height;

-       __glutSetWindow(window);

-       if(width <= 0 || height <= 0)

-                            break;

-       _mesa_ResizeBuffersMESA();

-

-       /* Do not execute OpenGL out of sequence with respect

-          to the SetWindowPos request! */

-       window->reshape(width, height);

-       window->forceReshape = FALSE;

-       /* A reshape should be considered like posting a

-          repair request. */

-       __glutPostRedisplay(window, GLUT_REPAIR_WORK);

-      }

-    }

-    return 0;

-  case WM_SHOW:

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (window) {

-       int visState;

-       visState = SHORT1FROMMP( mp1 );

-       updateWindowState(window, visState);

-    }

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_ACTIVATE:

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-//    /* Make sure we re-select the correct palette if needed. */

-//    if (LOWORD(wParam)) {

-//      PostMessage(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED, 0, 0);

-//    }

-    if (window) {

-       int visState;

-       visState = SHORT1FROMMP( mp1 );

-       updateWindowState(window, visState);

-    }

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_CHAR:

-  { USHORT fsflags;

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (!window) {

-      break;

-    }

-    fsflags = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1);

-/* ?? */

-    if((fsflags & KC_KEYUP) )  /* ����p�p㥬 �⦠⨥ ������, p����p㥬 ⮫쪮 �� ����⨥  */

-            break;

-///////////////////////////////////////////////////

-   if(!(fsflags & KC_CHAR) )

-   {

-        if (!(fsflags & KC_VIRTUALKEY))

-                             break;

-        key = 0;

-         /* Get the virtual key from mp2.       */

-         switch (SHORT2FROMMP(mp2))

-         {

-/* directional keys */

-          case VK_LEFT:  key = GLUT_KEY_LEFT;  break;

-          case VK_UP:    key = GLUT_KEY_UP;    break;

-          case VK_RIGHT: key = GLUT_KEY_RIGHT; break;

-          case VK_DOWN:  key = GLUT_KEY_DOWN;  break;

-

-          case VK_PAGEUP:  key = GLUT_KEY_PAGE_UP;    break;

-          case VK_PAGEDOWN:key = GLUT_KEY_PAGE_DOWN;  break;

-          case VK_HOME:    key = GLUT_KEY_HOME;break;

-          case VK_END:     key = GLUT_KEY_END; break;

-          case VK_INSERT:  key = GLUT_KEY_INSERT;     break;

-

-/* function keys */

-          case VK_F1 : key = GLUT_KEY_F1;  break;

-          case VK_F2 : key = GLUT_KEY_F2; break;

-          case VK_F3 : key = GLUT_KEY_F3; break;

-          case VK_F4 : key = GLUT_KEY_F4; break;

-          case VK_F5 : key = GLUT_KEY_F5; break;

-          case VK_F6 : key = GLUT_KEY_F6; break;

-          case VK_F7 : key = GLUT_KEY_F7; break;

-          case VK_F8 : key = GLUT_KEY_F8; break;

-          case VK_F9 : key = GLUT_KEY_F9; break;

-          case VK_F10: key = GLUT_KEY_F10;break;

-          case VK_F11: key = GLUT_KEY_F11; break;

-          case VK_F12: key = GLUT_KEY_F12; break;

-          case VK_ESC:   key = -1; break;  /* Character codes */

-          case VK_SPACE: key = -1; break;

-          case VK_TAB:   key = -1; break;

-         }

-         if(!key)

-         {     break; /* Key Not implemented  */

-         }

-         if(key > 0)

-         {   if (!window->special)  /* �� ��⠭������ ��ࠡ��稪� */

-                             break;

-

-               WinQueryPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP,&point);

-               ScreenToClient(window->win, &point);

-               __glutSetWindow(window);

-               __glutModifierMask = 0;

-               if(WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000)   /*  high order bit is on */

-                          __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;

-               if(WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_CTRL) & 0x8000)

-                          __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;

-               if(WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_MENU) & 0x8000)

-                          __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;

-               window->special(key, point.x, point.y);

-               __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int) ~0;

-               return 0;

-         }

-

-   }

-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////

-    /* If  we are ignoring auto repeated key strokes for the window, bail. */

-    if (window->ignoreKeyRepeat && (CHAR3FROMMP(mp1)) )

-                                                   break;

-     if(!((unsigned char)SHORT1FROMMP(mp2))  )  /* ����p�p㥬 ��ᨬ����� ���� */

-                                            break;

-    if (window->keyboard) {

-       WinQueryPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP,&point);

-

-      ScreenToClient(window->win, &point);

-      __glutSetWindow(window);

-      __glutModifierMask = 0;

-      if(WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000)   /*  high order bit is on */

-           __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;

-      if(WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_CTRL) & 0x8000)

-           __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;

-      if(WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_MENU) & 0x8000)

-           __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;

-      window->keyboard((unsigned char)SHORT1FROMMP(mp2), point.x, point.y);

-      __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int) ~0;

-    }

-    return 0;

-  } /* endof case WM_CHAR: */

-////////////////////////////////////////////////

-  case WM_BUTTON1DOWN:

-    button = GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON;

-  case WM_BUTTON3DOWN:

-    if (button < 0)

-      button = GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON;

-  case WM_BUTTON2DOWN:

-    if (button < 0)

-      button = GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON;

-    {  POINTS psh;

-       psh = *((POINTS *)&mp1);

-       point.x = psh.x;

-       point.y = psh.y;

-    }

-    /* finish the menu if we get a button down message (user must have

-       cancelled the menu). */

-    if (__glutMappedMenu) {

-      /* TODO: take this out once the menu on middle mouse stuff works

-        properly. */

-      if (button == GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON)

-       return 0;

- /* get current mouse pointer position */

-//      WinQueryPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP,&point);

- /* map from desktop to client window */

-//      WinMapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, hwnd, &point, 1);

-      __glutItemSelected = NULL;

-      __glutFinishMenu(hwnd, point.x, point.y);

-      return 0;

-    }

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (window) {

-      window->buttonDownState = button+1;

-      menu = __glutGetMenuByNum(window->menu[button]);

-      if (menu) {

-//todo

-//   __glutMenuButton = button == GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON ? TPM_RIGHTBUTTON :

-//                           button == GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON  ? TPM_LEFTBUTTON :

-//                           0x0001;

-//   __glutStartMenu(menu, window, point.x, point.y, x, y);

-      } else if (window->mouse) {

-

-       __glutSetWindow(window);

-       __glutModifierMask = 0;

-       if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000)  /* < 0 = high order bit is on. */

-            __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;

-       if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_CTRL) & 0x8000)

-            __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;

-       if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_MENU) & 0x8000)

-            __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;

-      window->mouse(button, GLUT_DOWN, point.x, point.y);

-      __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int)~0;

-      } else {

-   /* Stray mouse events.  Ignore. */

-      }

-    }

-    return 0;

-

-    break;

-/********************************************/

-  case WM_BUTTON1UP:

-    button = GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON;

-  case WM_BUTTON3UP:

-    if (button < 0)

-      button = GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON;

-  case WM_BUTTON2UP:

-    if (button < 0)

-      button = GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON;

-    {  POINTS psh;

-       psh = *((POINTS *)&mp1);

-       point.x = psh.x;

-       point.y = psh.y;

-    }

-    /* Bail out if we're processing a menu. */

-    /* Bail out = �������� � �����⮬   */

-    if (__glutMappedMenu) {

-      WinQueryPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP,&point);

-      WinMapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, hwnd, &point, 1);

-      /* if we're getting the middle button up signal, then something

-        on the menu was selected. */

-      if (button == GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON) {

-       return 0;

-       /* For some reason, the code below always returns -1 even

-          though the point IS IN THE ITEM!  Therefore, just bail out if

-          we get a middle mouse up.  The user must select using the

-          left mouse button.  Stupid Win32. */

-#if 0

-       int item = MenuItemFromPoint(hwnd, __glutHMenu, point);

-       if (item != -1)

-         __glutItemSelected = (GLUTmenuItem*)GetMenuItemID(__glutHMenu, item);

-       else

-         __glutItemSelected = NULL;

-       __glutFinishMenu(hwnd, point.x, point.y);

-#endif

-      } else {

-       __glutItemSelected = NULL;

-       __glutFinishMenu(hwnd, point.x, point.y);

-      }

-      return 0;

-    }

-

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if(window)

-           window->buttonDownState = 0;

-

-    if (window && window->mouse) {

-      __glutSetWindow(window);

-      __glutModifierMask = 0;

-      if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000)   /* < 0 = high order bit is on */

-                          __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;

-      if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_CTRL) & 0x8000)

-   __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;

-      if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_MENU) & 0x8000)

-   __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;

-      window->mouse(button, GLUT_UP, point.x, point.y);

-

-      __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int)~0;

-    } else {

-      /* Window might have been destroyed and all the

-    events for the window may not yet be received. */

-    }

-    return 0;

-

-

-    break;

-//////////////////////////////////////////////////

-  case WM_COMMAND:

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (window)

-    {   if (window->wm_command)

-            window->wm_command(hwnd,mp1,mp2);

-    }

-    break;

-

-  case WM_MOUSEMOVE:

-    if (!__glutMappedMenu) {

-      window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-      if (window) {

-          /* If motion function registered _and_ buttons held *

-             down, call motion function...  */

-          {  POINTS psh;

-             psh = *((POINTS *)&mp1);

-             point.x = psh.x;

-             point.y = psh.y;

-          }

-

-         if (window->motion && window->buttonDownState) {

-           __glutSetWindow(window);

-           window->motion(point.x, point.y);

-         }

-   /* If passive motion function registered _and_

-      buttons not held down, call passive motion

-      function...  */

-         else if (window->passive && !window->buttonDownState) {

-           __glutSetWindow(window);

-           window->passive(point.x, point.y);

-         }

-      }

-    } else {

-      /* Motion events are thrown away when a pop up menu is

-    active. */

-    }

-    return 0;

-

-

-      default:

- /* For all other messages, let the default window procedure process them. */

-       return ( WinDefWindowProc( hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2 ) );

-

-   } //endof switch( msg )

-   return ( WinDefWindowProc( hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2 ) );

-//   return NULL;

-}

-

-void APIENTRY glutCommandFunc(GLUTcommandCB Func)

-{

-extern GLUTwindow *__glutCurrentWindow;

-    __glutCurrentWindow->wm_command = Func;

-}

-

-

-

-

-void

-updateWindowState(GLUTwindow *window, int visState)

-{

-  GLUTwindow* child;

-

-  /* XXX shownState and visState are the same in Win32. */

-  window->shownState = visState;

-  if (visState != window->visState) {

-    if (window->windowStatus) {

-      window->visState = visState;

-      __glutSetWindow(window);

-      window->windowStatus(visState);

-    }

-  }

-  /* Since Win32 only sends an activate for the toplevel window,

-     update the visibility for all the child windows. */

-  child = window->children;

-  while (child) {

-    updateWindowState(child, visState);

-    child = child->siblings;

-  }

-}

-

-#if POKA

-

-LONG WINAPI

-__glutWindowProc(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)

-{

-  POINT         point;                 /* Point structure. */

-  PAINTSTRUCT   ps;                    /* Paint structure. */

-  LPMINMAXINFO  minmax;                        /* Minimum/maximum info structure. */

-  GLUTwindow*   window;                        /* GLUT window associated with message. */

-  GLUTmenu*     menu;                  /* GLUT menu associated with message. */

-  int x, y, width, height, key;

-  int button = -1;

-

-  switch(msg) {

-  case WM_CREATE:

-    return 0;

-  case WM_CLOSE:

-    PostQuitMessage(0);

-    return 0;

-#if 0

-  case WM_DESTROY:

-    /* XXX NVidia's NT OpenGL can have problems closing down

-       its OpenGL internal data structures if we just allow

-       the process to terminate without unbinding and deleting

-       the windows context.  Apparently, DirectDraw unloads

-       before OPENGL32.DLL in the close down sequence, but

-       NVidia's NT OpenGL needs DirectDraw to close down its

-       data structures. */

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (window) {

-      if (window->ctx) {

-        wglMakeCurrent(NULL, NULL);

-        wglDeleteContext(window->ctx);

-      }

-    }

-    return 0;

-#endif

-

-  case WM_SYSKEYUP:

-  case WM_KEYUP:

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (!window) {

-      break;

-    }

-    /* Win32 is dumb and sends these messages only to the parent

-       window.  Therefore, find out if we're in a child window and

-       call the child windows keyboard callback if we are. */

-    if (window->parent) {

-      GetCursorPos(&point);

-      ScreenToClient(hwnd, &point);

-      hwnd = ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, point);

-      window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    }

-    if (window->specialUp || window->keyboardUp) {

-      GetCursorPos(&point);

-      ScreenToClient(window->win, &point);

-      __glutSetWindow(window);

-      __glutModifierMask = 0;

-      if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0)  /* < 0 = high order bit is on */

-       __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;

-      if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0)  /* < 0 = high order bit is on */

-       __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;

-      if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0)

-       __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;

-      switch (wParam) {

-      /* *INDENT-OFF* */

-      case VK_F1:     key = GLUT_KEY_F1; break;

-      case VK_F2:     key = GLUT_KEY_F2; break;

-      case VK_F3:     key = GLUT_KEY_F3; break;

-      case VK_F4:     key = GLUT_KEY_F4; break;

-      case VK_F5:     key = GLUT_KEY_F5; break;

-      case VK_F6:     key = GLUT_KEY_F6; break;

-      case VK_F7:     key = GLUT_KEY_F7; break;

-      case VK_F8:     key = GLUT_KEY_F8; break;

-      case VK_F9:     key = GLUT_KEY_F9; break;

-      case VK_F10:    key = GLUT_KEY_F10; break;

-      case VK_F11:    key = GLUT_KEY_F11; break;

-      case VK_F12:    key = GLUT_KEY_F12; break;

-      case VK_LEFT:   key = GLUT_KEY_LEFT; break;

-      case VK_UP:     key = GLUT_KEY_UP; break;

-      case VK_RIGHT:  key = GLUT_KEY_RIGHT; break;

-      case VK_DOWN:   key = GLUT_KEY_DOWN; break;

-      case VK_PRIOR:  key = GLUT_KEY_PAGE_UP; break;

-      case VK_NEXT:   key = GLUT_KEY_PAGE_DOWN; break;

-      case VK_HOME:   key = GLUT_KEY_HOME; break;

-      case VK_END:    key = GLUT_KEY_END; break;

-      case VK_INSERT: key = GLUT_KEY_INSERT; break;

-      case VK_DELETE:

-        /* Delete is an ASCII character. */

-       if (window->keyboardUp) {

-         window->keyboardUp((unsigned char) 127, point.x, point.y);

-       }

-       return 0;

-      /* *INDENT-ON* */

-      default:

-       if (window->keyboardUp) {

-         key = MapVirtualKey(wParam, 2);  /* Map to ASCII. */

-         if (isascii(key) && (key != 0)) {

-

-           /* XXX Attempt to determine modified ASCII character

-              is quite incomplete.  Digits, symbols, CapsLock,

-              Ctrl, and numeric keypad are all ignored.  Fix this. */

-

-           if (!(__glutModifierMask & ShiftMask))

-             key = tolower(key);

-           window->keyboardUp((unsigned char) key, point.x, point.y);

-          }

-        }

-       __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int) ~0;

-       return 0;

-      }

-      if (window->specialUp) {

-        window->specialUp(key, point.x, point.y);

-      }

-      __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int) ~0;

-    }

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_SYSCHAR:

-  case WM_CHAR:

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (!window) {

-      break;

-    }

-

-    /* Bit 30 of lParam is set if key already held down.  If

-       we are ignoring auto repeated key strokes for the window, bail. */

-    if (window->ignoreKeyRepeat && (lParam & (1 << 30)) ) {

-      break;

-    }

-

-    /* Win32 is dumb and sends these messages only to the parent

-       window.  Therefore, find out if we're in a child window and

-       call the child windows keyboard callback if we are. */

-    if (window->parent) {

-       GetCursorPos(&point);

-       ScreenToClient(hwnd, &point);

-       hwnd = ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, point);

-       window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    }

-    if (window->keyboard) {

-      GetCursorPos(&point);

-      ScreenToClient(window->win, &point);

-      __glutSetWindow(window);

-      __glutModifierMask = 0;

-      if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0)   /* < 0 = high order bit is on */

-       __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;

-      if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) < 0)

-       __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;

-      if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0)

-       __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;

-      window->keyboard((unsigned char)wParam, point.x, point.y);

-      __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int) ~0;

-    }

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:

-  case WM_KEYDOWN:

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (!window) {

-      break;

-    }

-

-    /* Bit 30 of lParam is set if key already held down.  If

-       we are ignoring auto repeated key strokes for the window, bail. */

-    if (window->ignoreKeyRepeat && (lParam & (1 << 30)) ) {

-      break;

-    }

-

-    /* Win32 is dumb and sends these messages only to the parent

-       window.  Therefore, find out if we're in a child window and

-       call the child windows keyboard callback if we are. */

-    if (window->parent) {

-       GetCursorPos(&point);

-       ScreenToClient(hwnd, &point);

-       hwnd = ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, point);

-       window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    }

-    if (window->special) {

-      switch (wParam) {

-       /* *INDENT-OFF* */

-       /* function keys */

-       case VK_F1:     key = GLUT_KEY_F1; break;

-       case VK_F2:     key = GLUT_KEY_F2; break;

-       case VK_F3:     key = GLUT_KEY_F3; break;

-       case VK_F4:     key = GLUT_KEY_F4; break;

-       case VK_F5:     key = GLUT_KEY_F5; break;

-       case VK_F6:     key = GLUT_KEY_F6; break;

-       case VK_F7:     key = GLUT_KEY_F7; break;

-       case VK_F8:     key = GLUT_KEY_F8; break;

-       case VK_F9:     key = GLUT_KEY_F9; break;

-       case VK_F10:    key = GLUT_KEY_F10; break;

-       case VK_F11:    key = GLUT_KEY_F11; break;

-       case VK_F12:    key = GLUT_KEY_F12; break;

-       /* directional keys */

-       case VK_LEFT:   key = GLUT_KEY_LEFT; break;

-       case VK_UP:     key = GLUT_KEY_UP; break;

-       case VK_RIGHT:  key = GLUT_KEY_RIGHT; break;

-       case VK_DOWN:   key = GLUT_KEY_DOWN; break;

-       /* *INDENT-ON* */

-

-       case VK_PRIOR:

-         /* VK_PRIOR is Win32's Page Up */

-         key = GLUT_KEY_PAGE_UP;

-         break;

-       case VK_NEXT:

-         /* VK_NEXT is Win32's Page Down */

-         key = GLUT_KEY_PAGE_DOWN;

-         break;

-       case VK_HOME:

-         key = GLUT_KEY_HOME;

-         break;

-       case VK_END:

-         key = GLUT_KEY_END;

-         break;

-       case VK_INSERT:

-         key = GLUT_KEY_INSERT;

-         break;

-        case VK_DELETE:

-         goto handleDelete;

-       default:

-         goto defproc;

-      }

-      GetCursorPos(&point);

-      ScreenToClient(window->win, &point);

-      __glutSetWindow(window);

-      __glutModifierMask = 0;

-      if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0)   /* < 0 = high order bit is on */

-       __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;

-      if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) < 0)

-       __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;

-      if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0)

-       __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;

-      window->special(key, point.x, point.y);

-      __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int) ~0;

-    } else if (window->keyboard) {

-      /* Specially handle any keys that match ASCII values but

-         do not generate Windows WM_SYSCHAR or WM_CHAR messages. */

-      switch (wParam) {

-      case VK_DELETE:

-      handleDelete:

-        /* Delete is an ASCII character. */

-        GetCursorPos(&point);

-        ScreenToClient(window->win, &point);

-        __glutSetWindow(window);

-        __glutModifierMask = 0;

-        if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0) /* < 0 = high order bit is on */

-          __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;

-        if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) < 0)

-          __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;

-        if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0)

-          __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;

-       window->keyboard((unsigned char) 127, point.x, point.y);

-        __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int) ~0;

-       return 0;

-      default:

-        /* Let the following WM_SYSCHAR or WM_CHAR message generate

-          the keyboard callback. */

-        break;

-      }

-    }

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:

-    button = GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON;

-  case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:

-    if (button < 0)

-      button = GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON;

-  case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:

-    if (button < 0)

-      button = GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON;

-

-    /* finish the menu if we get a button down message (user must have

-       cancelled the menu). */

-    if (__glutMappedMenu) {

-      /* TODO: take this out once the menu on middle mouse stuff works

-        properly. */

-      if (button == GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON)

-       return 0;

-      GetCursorPos(&point);

-      ScreenToClient(hwnd, &point);

-      __glutItemSelected = NULL;

-      __glutFinishMenu(hwnd, point.x, point.y);

-      return 0;

-    }

-

-    /* set the capture so we can get mouse events outside the window */

-    SetCapture(hwnd);

-

-    /* Win32 doesn't return the same numbers as X does when the mouse

-       goes beyond the upper or left side of the window.  roll the

-       Win32's 0..2^16 pointer co-ord range to 0 +/- 2^15. */

-    x = LOWORD(lParam);

-    y = HIWORD(lParam);

-    if(x & 1 << 15) x -= (1 << 16);

-    if(y & 1 << 15) y -= (1 << 16);

-

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (window) {

-      menu = __glutGetMenuByNum(window->menu[button]);

-      if (menu) {

-       point.x = LOWORD(lParam); point.y = HIWORD(lParam);

-       ClientToScreen(window->win, &point);

-       __glutMenuButton = button == GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON ? TPM_RIGHTBUTTON :

-                           button == GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON  ? TPM_LEFTBUTTON :

-                           0x0001;

-       __glutStartMenu(menu, window, point.x, point.y, x, y);

-      } else if (window->mouse) {

-

-        __glutSetWindow(window);

-       __glutModifierMask = 0;

-       if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0)  /* < 0 = high order bit is on. */

-         __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;

-       if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) < 0)

-         __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;

-       if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0)

-         __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;

-       window->mouse(button, GLUT_DOWN, x, y);

-       __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int)~0;

-      } else {

-       /* Stray mouse events.  Ignore. */

-      }

-    }

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_LBUTTONUP:

-    button = GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON;

-  case WM_MBUTTONUP:

-    if (button < 0)

-      button = GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON;

-  case WM_RBUTTONUP:

-    if (button < 0)

-      button = GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON;

-

-    /* Bail out if we're processing a menu. */

-    if (__glutMappedMenu) {

-      GetCursorPos(&point);

-      ScreenToClient(hwnd, &point);

-      /* if we're getting the middle button up signal, then something

-        on the menu was selected. */

-      if (button == GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON) {

-       return 0;

-       /* For some reason, the code below always returns -1 even

-          though the point IS IN THE ITEM!  Therefore, just bail out if

-          we get a middle mouse up.  The user must select using the

-          left mouse button.  Stupid Win32. */

-#if 0

-       int item = MenuItemFromPoint(hwnd, __glutHMenu, point);

-       if (item != -1)

-         __glutItemSelected = (GLUTmenuItem*)GetMenuItemID(__glutHMenu, item);

-       else

-         __glutItemSelected = NULL;

-       __glutFinishMenu(hwnd, point.x, point.y);

-#endif

-      } else {

-       __glutItemSelected = NULL;

-       __glutFinishMenu(hwnd, point.x, point.y);

-      }

-      return 0;

-    }

-

-    /* Release the mouse capture. */

-    ReleaseCapture();

-

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (window && window->mouse) {

-      /* Win32 doesn't return the same numbers as X does when the

-        mouse goes beyond the upper or left side of the window.  roll

-        the Win32's 0..2^16 pointer co-ord range to 0 +/- 2^15. */

-      x = LOWORD(lParam);

-      y = HIWORD(lParam);

-      if(x & 1 << 15) x -= (1 << 16);

-      if(y & 1 << 15) y -= (1 << 16);

-

-      __glutSetWindow(window);

-      __glutModifierMask = 0;

-      if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0)   /* < 0 = high order bit is on */

-       __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;

-      if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) < 0)

-       __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;

-      if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0)

-       __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;

-      window->mouse(button, GLUT_UP, x, y);

-      __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int)~0;

-    } else {

-      /* Window might have been destroyed and all the

-        events for the window may not yet be received. */

-    }

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_ENTERMENULOOP:

-    /* KLUDGE: create a timer that fires every 100 ms when we start a

-       menu so that we can still process the idle & timer events (that

-       way, the timers will fire during a menu pick and so will the

-       idle func. */

-    SetTimer(hwnd, 1, 1, NULL);

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_TIMER:

-#if 0

-    /* If the timer id is 2, then this is the timer that is set up in

-       the main glut message processing loop, and we don't want to do

-       anything but acknowledge that we got it.  It is used to prevent

-       CPU spiking when an idle function is installed. */

-    if (wParam == 2)

-      return 0;

-#endif

-

-    /* only worry about the idle function and the timeouts, since

-       these are the only events we expect to process during

-       processing of a menu. */

-    /* we no longer process the idle functions (as outlined in the

-       README), since drawing can't be done until the menu has

-       finished...it's pretty lame when the animation goes on, but

-       doesn't update, so you get this weird jerkiness. */

-#if 0

-     if (__glutIdleFunc)

-       __glutIdleFunc();

-#endif

-    if (__glutTimerList)

-      handleTimeouts();

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_EXITMENULOOP:

-    /* nuke the above created timer...we don't need it anymore, since

-       the menu is gone now. */

-    KillTimer(hwnd, 1);

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_MENUSELECT:

-    if (lParam != 0)

-      __glutHMenu = (HMENU)lParam;

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_COMMAND:

-    if (__glutMappedMenu) {

-      if (GetSubMenu(__glutHMenu, LOWORD(wParam)))

-       __glutItemSelected = NULL;

-      else

-       __glutItemSelected =

-         __glutGetUniqueMenuItem(__glutMappedMenu, LOWORD(wParam));

-      GetCursorPos(&point);

-      ScreenToClient(hwnd, &point);

-      __glutFinishMenu(hwnd, point.x, point.y);

-    }

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_MOUSEMOVE:

-    if (!__glutMappedMenu) {

-      window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-      if (window) {

-          /* If motion function registered _and_ buttons held *

-             down, call motion function...  */

-       x = LOWORD(lParam);

-       y = HIWORD(lParam);

-

-       /* Win32 doesn't return the same numbers as X does when the

-          mouse goes beyond the upper or left side of the window.

-          roll the Win32's 0..2^16 pointer co-ord range to 0..+/-2^15. */

-       if(x & 1 << 15) x -= (1 << 16);

-       if(y & 1 << 15) y -= (1 << 16);

-

-       if (window->motion && wParam &

-            (MK_LBUTTON | MK_MBUTTON | MK_RBUTTON)) {

-         __glutSetWindow(window);

-         window->motion(x, y);

-       }

-       /* If passive motion function registered _and_

-          buttons not held down, call passive motion

-          function...  */

-       else if (window->passive &&

-                ((wParam &

-                  (MK_LBUTTON | MK_MBUTTON | MK_RBUTTON)) ==

-                 0)) {

-         __glutSetWindow(window);

-         window->passive(x, y);

-       }

-      }

-    } else {

-      /* Motion events are thrown away when a pop up menu is

-        active. */

-    }

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:

-    /* this voodoo is brought to you by Win32 (again).  It allows the

-       window to be bigger than the screen, and smaller than 100x100

-       (although it doesn't seem to help the y minimum). */

-    minmax = (LPMINMAXINFO)lParam;

-    minmax->ptMaxSize.x = __glutScreenWidth;

-    minmax->ptMaxSize.y = __glutScreenHeight;

-    minmax->ptMinTrackSize.x = 0;

-    minmax->ptMinTrackSize.y = 0;

-    minmax->ptMaxTrackSize.x = __glutScreenWidth +

-      GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSIZE) * 2;

-    minmax->ptMaxTrackSize.y = __glutScreenHeight +

-      GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSIZE) * 2 + GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYCAPTION);

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_SIZE:

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (window) {

-      width = LOWORD(lParam);

-      height = HIWORD(lParam);

-      if (width != window->width || height != window->height) {

-#if 0  /* Win32 GLUT does not support overlays for now. */

-       if (window->overlay) {

-         XResizeWindow(__glutDisplay, window->overlay->win, width, height);

-       }

-#endif

-       window->width = width;

-       window->height = height;

-       __glutSetWindow(window);

-       /* Do not execute OpenGL out of sequence with respect

-          to the SetWindowPos request! */

-       GdiFlush();

-       window->reshape(width, height);

-       window->forceReshape = FALSE;

-       /* A reshape should be considered like posting a

-          repair request. */

-       __glutPostRedisplay(window, GLUT_REPAIR_WORK);

-      }

-    }

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_SETCURSOR:

-    /* If the cursor is not in the client area, then we want to send

-       this message to the default window procedure ('cause its

-       probably in the border or title, and we don't handle that

-       cursor.  otherwise, set our cursor.  Win32 makes us set the

-       cursor every time the mouse moves (DUMB!). */

-    if(LOWORD(lParam) != HTCLIENT) {

-      goto defproc;

-    }

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (window) {

-      __glutSetCursor(window);

-    }

-    /* TODO: check out the info in DevStudio on WM_SETCURSOR in the

-       DefaultAction section. */

-    return 1;

-

-  case WM_SETFOCUS:

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (window) {

-      window->entryState = WM_SETFOCUS;

-      if (window->entry) {

-       __glutSetWindow(window);

-       window->entry(GLUT_ENTERED);

-       /* XXX Generation of fake passive notify?  See how much

-          work the X11 code does to support fake passive notify

-          callbacks. */

-      }

-      if (window->joystick && __glutCurrentWindow) {

-        if (__glutCurrentWindow->joyPollInterval > 0) {

-         MMRESULT result;

-

-         /* Because Win32 will only let one window capture the

-            joystick at a time, we must capture it when we get the

-            focus and release it when we lose the focus. */

-         result = joySetCapture(__glutCurrentWindow->win,

-           JOYSTICKID1, 0, TRUE);

-         if (result != JOYERR_NOERROR) {

-           return 0;

-          }

-         (void) joySetThreshold(JOYSTICKID1,

-            __glutCurrentWindow->joyPollInterval);

-        }

-      }

-    }

-    return 0;

-

-  case WM_KILLFOCUS:

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (window) {

-      window->entryState = WM_KILLFOCUS;

-      if (window->entry) {

-       __glutSetWindow(window);

-       window->entry(GLUT_LEFT);

-      }

-      if (window->joystick && __glutCurrentWindow) {

-       if (__glutCurrentWindow->joyPollInterval > 0) {

-         /* Because Win32 will only let one window capture the

-            joystick at a time, we must capture it when we get the

-            focus and release it when we lose the focus. */

-           (void) joyReleaseCapture(JOYSTICKID1);

-        }

-      }

-    }

-    return 0;

-  case WM_ACTIVATE:

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    /* Make sure we re-select the correct palette if needed. */

-    if (LOWORD(wParam)) {

-      PostMessage(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED, 0, 0);

-    }

-    if (window) {

-      int visState;

-

-      /* HIWORD(wParam) is the minimized flag. */

-      visState = !HIWORD(wParam);

-      updateWindowState(window, visState);

-    }

-    return 0;

-

-  /* Colour Palette Management */

-  case WM_PALETTECHANGED:

-    if (hwnd == (HWND)wParam) {

-      /* Don't respond to the message that we sent! */

-      break;

-    }

-    /* fall through to WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE */

-

-  case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (window && window->colormap) {

-      UnrealizeObject(window->colormap->cmap);

-      SelectPalette(window->hdc, window->colormap->cmap, FALSE);

-      RealizePalette(window->hdc);

-      return TRUE;

-    }

-    return FALSE;

-

-  case MM_JOY1MOVE:

-  case MM_JOY1ZMOVE:

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (window->joystick) {

-      JOYINFOEX jix;

-      int x, y, z;

-

-      /* Because WIN32 only supports messages for X, Y, and Z

-         translations, we must poll for the rest */

-      jix.dwSize = sizeof(jix);

-      jix.dwFlags = JOY_RETURNALL;

-      joyGetPosEx(JOYSTICKID1,&jix);

-

-#define SCALE(v)  ((int) ((v - 32767)/32.768))

-

-      /* Convert to integer for scaling. */

-      x = jix.dwXpos;

-      y = jix.dwYpos;

-      z = jix.dwZpos;

-      window->joystick(jix.dwButtons, SCALE(x), SCALE(y), SCALE(z));

-

-      return TRUE;

-    }

-    return FALSE;

-  case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN:

-  case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP:

-    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);

-    if (window->joystick) {

-      JOYINFOEX jix;

-

-      /* Because WIN32 only supports messages for X, Y, and Z

-         translations, we must poll for the rest */

-      jix.dwSize = sizeof(jix);

-      jix.dwFlags = JOY_RETURNALL;

-      joyGetPosEx(JOYSTICKID1,&jix);

-

-      return TRUE;

-    }

-    return FALSE;

-

-#if 0

-  /* Miscellaneous messages (don't really need to enumerate them,

-     but it's good to know what you're not getting sometimes). */

-  case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:

-    break;

-  case WM_NCHITTEST:

-    /* This event is generated by every mouse move event. */

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_NCACTIVATE:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_NCPAINT:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_NCCALCSIZE:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_NCCREATE:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_NCDESTROY:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_SETTEXT:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_GETTEXT:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_GETICON:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_ERASEBKGND:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_SHOWWINDOW:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_MOVING:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_MOVE:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_KEYUP:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_CAPTURECHANGED:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_SYSCOMMAND:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE:

-    goto defproc;

-  case WM_ENTERIDLE:

-    goto defproc;

-#endif

-

-  default:

-    goto defproc;

-  }

-

-defproc:

-  return DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);

-}

-

-#endif

-

-#if defined(__OS2PM__)

-Bool __glutSetWindowText(Window window, char *text)

-{

-  return WinSetWindowText(window, (PCSZ)text);

-

-}

-

-#endif

+/* os2_winproc.c */
+
+
+#define INCL_DEV
+#include "WarpGL.h"
+#include "GL/os2mesa.h"
+
+
+#define  _MEERROR_H_
+#include <mmioos2.h>                   /* It is from MMPM toolkit           */
+#include <dive.h>
+#include <fourcc.h>
+
+
+#include "os2mesadef.h"
+#include "glutint.h"
+
+
+#define POKA 0
+
+#if POKA
+
+extern unsigned __glutMenuButton;
+extern GLUTidleCB __glutIdleFunc;
+extern GLUTtimer *__glutTimerList;
+extern void handleTimeouts(void);
+extern GLUTmenuItem *__glutGetUniqueMenuItem(GLUTmenu * menu, int unique);
+static HMENU __glutHMenu;
+
+#endif
+
+extern void _mesa_ResizeBuffersMESA( void );
+
+
+MRESULT EXPENTRY GlutWindowProc( HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2 );
+MRESULT EXPENTRY GlutWindowChildProc( HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2 );
+void updateWindowState(GLUTwindow *window, int visState);
+
+volatile extern HAB   hab;      /* PM anchor block handle         */
+volatile extern HPS   hpsCurrent;
+
+RECTL     rCtls[52];
+ULONG     ulNumRcls;
+
+MRESULT EXPENTRY GlutWindowChildProc( HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2 )
+{   MRESULT rc;
+    rc = GlutWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2 );
+    return rc;
+}
+
+MRESULT EXPENTRY GlutWindowProc( HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2 )
+{
+  HPS   hps = NULLHANDLE; /* presentation space handle */
+  GLUTwindow*   window;   /* GLUT window associated with message. */
+  GLUTmenu*     menu;     /* GLUT menu associated with message. */
+  RECTL rclClient;
+  POINTL point;
+  int button = -1,rc,key;
+
+
+/* Process the message. */
+
+   switch( msg )
+   {
+      case WM_CREATE:
+     {
+      SIZEL sizl = { 0L, 0L };
+      LONG  *alCaps;
+      HDC hdc;
+
+      /*+-----------------------------------------------------------------+*/
+      /*| The client window is being created.  Create the semaphore to    |*/
+      /*| control access to the presentation space.  Then create the      |*/
+      /*| thread that will draw the lines.                                |*/
+      /*+-----------------------------------------------------------------+*/
+ //    DosCreateMutexSem( (PSZ)NULL, &hmtxPS, 0UL, FALSE );
+
+      hdc = WinOpenWindowDC(hwnd);
+
+      /*+-----------------------------------------------------------------+*/
+      /*| Create a non-cached presentation space.  We will not release    |*/
+      /*| this PS, as we will be Selecting a Palette to this PS and then  |*/
+      /*| animating the palette.  Upon releasing a PS the palette is no   |*/
+      /*| longer selected for obvious reasons.                            |*/
+      /*+-----------------------------------------------------------------+*/
+      hpsCurrent = GpiCreatePS( hab,
+                  hdc,
+                  &sizl,
+                  PU_PELS | GPIF_DEFAULT |
+                  GPIT_MICRO | GPIA_ASSOC );
+//      DevQueryCaps( hdc, lStart, lCount, alCaps );
+//      fPaletteCaps = alCaps[CAPS_ADDITIONAL_GRAPHICS] & CAPS_PALETTE_MANAGER;
+//      PaletteInit(3);
+       /* ��p���� hpsBuffer � p���� RGB color table  */
+
+        GpiCreateLogColorTable(hpsCurrent,0 ,LCOLF_RGB,0,0,NULL);
+        GpiSetPattern(hpsCurrent,PATSYM_SOLID);
+        GpiSetPatternSet(hpsCurrent,LCID_DEFAULT);
+
+     }
+    break;
+
+         return 0;
+      case WM_CLOSE:
+        WinPostMsg( hwnd, WM_QUIT, NULL, NULL );
+
+        return 0;
+
+      case WM_PAINT:
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (window)
+    {
+       PWMC ctx;
+//   hps = WinBeginPaint(hwnd,NULLHANDLE,&rclClient);
+    hps = WinBeginPaint(hwnd,NULLHANDLE,&rclClient);
+       // blit Dive buffer to screen.
+
+     {
+         SWP    swp;            // Window position
+         POINTL pointl;         // Point to offset from Desktop
+
+             // Convert the point to offset from desktop lower left.
+             pointl.x = 0;
+             pointl.y = 0;
+             WinMapWindowPoints ( hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP, &pointl, 1 );
+
+
+//            ctx = window->ctx;
+//            ctx->xDiveScr = pointl.x;
+//            ctx->yDiveScr = pointl.y;
+      }
+//      rc = DiveBlitImage (ctx->hDive,
+//                          ctx->ulDiveBufferNumber,
+//                      DIVE_BUFFER_SCREEN );
+//
+
+        if (window->win == hwnd) {
+          __glutPostRedisplay(window, GLUT_REPAIR_WORK);
+        } else if (window->overlay && window->overlay->win == hwnd) {
+         __glutPostRedisplay(window, GLUT_OVERLAY_REPAIR_WORK);
+        }
+        WinEndPaint(hps);
+    } else {
+
+        hps = WinBeginPaint(hwnd,NULLHANDLE,&rclClient);
+        WinFillRect(hps, &rclClient, CLR_WHITE);
+        WinEndPaint(hps);
+    }
+        break;
+
+    case WM_VRNDISABLED:
+
+//           pwinData->fDataInProcess = TRUE;
+//           DiveSetupBlitter ( pwinData->hDive, 0 );
+//           pwinData->fVrnDisabled = TRUE;
+        break;
+
+    case WM_VRNENABLED:
+      {    HRGN      hrgn;      /* Region handle  */
+           RGNRECT   rgnCtl;    /* Processing control structure  */
+//           RECTL     rCtls[52];
+//           ULONG     ulNumRcls;
+
+//            pwinData->fDataInProcess = TRUE;
+            hps = WinGetPS ( hwnd );
+            if ( !hps )
+                  break;
+            hrgn = GpiCreateRegion ( hps, 0L, NULL );
+            if ( hrgn )
+            {  /* NOTE: If mp1 is zero, then this was just a move message.
+               ** Illustrate the visible region on a WM_VRNENABLE.
+               */
+               WinQueryVisibleRegion ( hwnd, hrgn );
+               rgnCtl.ircStart     = 0;
+               rgnCtl.crc          = 50;
+               rgnCtl.ulDirection  = 1;
+
+               /* Get the all ORed rectangles */
+               if ( GpiQueryRegionRects ( hps, hrgn, NULL,
+                                          &rgnCtl, rCtls) )
+               {
+                  ulNumRcls = rgnCtl.crcReturned;
+
+                  /* Now find the window position and size, relative to parent.
+                  */
+//                  WinQueryWindowPos ( pwinData->hwndClient, &pwinData->swp );
+
+//                  rcl.xLeft   = 0;
+//                  rcl.yBottom = 0;
+
+                  /* Convert the point to offset from desktop lower left.
+                  */
+//                  pointl.x = pwinData->swp.x;
+//                  pointl.y = pwinData->swp.y;
+
+//                  WinMapWindowPoints ( pwinData->hwndFrame,
+//                                       HWND_DESKTOP, &pointl, 1 );
+
+//                  pwinData->cxWindowPos = pointl.x;
+//                  pwinData->cyWindowPos = pointl.y;
+
+               }
+               GpiDestroyRegion( hps, hrgn );
+            }
+            WinReleasePS( hps );
+
+      }
+        break;
+
+  case WM_SIZE:
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (window)
+    {  int width,height;
+       width = SHORT1FROMMP(mp2);
+      height = SHORT2FROMMP(mp2);
+      if (width != window->width || height != window->height) {
+#if 0  /* Win32 GLUT does not support overlays for now. */
+       if (window->overlay) {
+         XResizeWindow(__glutDisplay, window->overlay->win, width, height);
+       }
+#endif
+       window->width = width;
+       window->height = height;
+       __glutSetWindow(window);
+       if(width <= 0 || height <= 0)
+                            break;
+       _mesa_ResizeBuffersMESA();
+
+       /* Do not execute OpenGL out of sequence with respect
+          to the SetWindowPos request! */
+       window->reshape(width, height);
+       window->forceReshape = FALSE;
+       /* A reshape should be considered like posting a
+          repair request. */
+       __glutPostRedisplay(window, GLUT_REPAIR_WORK);
+      }
+    }
+    return 0;
+  case WM_SHOW:
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (window) {
+       int visState;
+       visState = SHORT1FROMMP( mp1 );
+       updateWindowState(window, visState);
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_ACTIVATE:
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+//    /* Make sure we re-select the correct palette if needed. */
+//    if (LOWORD(wParam)) {
+//      PostMessage(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED, 0, 0);
+//    }
+    if (window) {
+       int visState;
+       visState = SHORT1FROMMP( mp1 );
+       updateWindowState(window, visState);
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_CHAR:
+  { USHORT fsflags;
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (!window) {
+      break;
+    }
+    fsflags = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1);
+/* ?? */
+    if((fsflags & KC_KEYUP) )  /* ����p�p㥬 �⦠⨥ ������, p����p㥬 ⮫쪮 �� ����⨥  */
+            break;
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////
+   if(!(fsflags & KC_CHAR) )
+   {
+        if (!(fsflags & KC_VIRTUALKEY))
+                             break;
+        key = 0;
+         /* Get the virtual key from mp2.       */
+         switch (SHORT2FROMMP(mp2))
+         {
+/* directional keys */
+          case VK_LEFT:  key = GLUT_KEY_LEFT;  break;
+          case VK_UP:    key = GLUT_KEY_UP;    break;
+          case VK_RIGHT: key = GLUT_KEY_RIGHT; break;
+          case VK_DOWN:  key = GLUT_KEY_DOWN;  break;
+
+          case VK_PAGEUP:  key = GLUT_KEY_PAGE_UP;    break;
+          case VK_PAGEDOWN:key = GLUT_KEY_PAGE_DOWN;  break;
+          case VK_HOME:    key = GLUT_KEY_HOME;break;
+          case VK_END:     key = GLUT_KEY_END; break;
+          case VK_INSERT:  key = GLUT_KEY_INSERT;     break;
+
+/* function keys */
+          case VK_F1 : key = GLUT_KEY_F1;  break;
+          case VK_F2 : key = GLUT_KEY_F2; break;
+          case VK_F3 : key = GLUT_KEY_F3; break;
+          case VK_F4 : key = GLUT_KEY_F4; break;
+          case VK_F5 : key = GLUT_KEY_F5; break;
+          case VK_F6 : key = GLUT_KEY_F6; break;
+          case VK_F7 : key = GLUT_KEY_F7; break;
+          case VK_F8 : key = GLUT_KEY_F8; break;
+          case VK_F9 : key = GLUT_KEY_F9; break;
+          case VK_F10: key = GLUT_KEY_F10;break;
+          case VK_F11: key = GLUT_KEY_F11; break;
+          case VK_F12: key = GLUT_KEY_F12; break;
+          case VK_ESC:   key = -1; break;  /* Character codes */
+          case VK_SPACE: key = -1; break;
+          case VK_TAB:   key = -1; break;
+         }
+         if(!key)
+         {     break; /* Key Not implemented  */
+         }
+         if(key > 0)
+         {   if (!window->special)  /* �� ��⠭������ ��ࠡ��稪� */
+                             break;
+
+               WinQueryPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP,&point);
+               ScreenToClient(window->win, &point);
+               __glutSetWindow(window);
+               __glutModifierMask = 0;
+               if(WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000)   /*  high order bit is on */
+                          __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;
+               if(WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_CTRL) & 0x8000)
+                          __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;
+               if(WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_MENU) & 0x8000)
+                          __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;
+               window->special(key, point.x, point.y);
+               __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int) ~0;
+               return 0;
+         }
+
+   }
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    /* If  we are ignoring auto repeated key strokes for the window, bail. */
+    if (window->ignoreKeyRepeat && (CHAR3FROMMP(mp1)) )
+                                                   break;
+     if(!((unsigned char)SHORT1FROMMP(mp2))  )  /* ����p�p㥬 ��ᨬ����� ���� */
+                                            break;
+    if (window->keyboard) {
+       WinQueryPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP,&point);
+
+      ScreenToClient(window->win, &point);
+      __glutSetWindow(window);
+      __glutModifierMask = 0;
+      if(WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000)   /*  high order bit is on */
+           __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;
+      if(WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_CTRL) & 0x8000)
+           __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;
+      if(WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_MENU) & 0x8000)
+           __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;
+      window->keyboard((unsigned char)SHORT1FROMMP(mp2), point.x, point.y);
+      __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int) ~0;
+    }
+    return 0;
+  } /* endof case WM_CHAR: */
+////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  case WM_BUTTON1DOWN:
+    button = GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON;
+  case WM_BUTTON3DOWN:
+    if (button < 0)
+      button = GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON;
+  case WM_BUTTON2DOWN:
+    if (button < 0)
+      button = GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON;
+    {  POINTS psh;
+       psh = *((POINTS *)&mp1);
+       point.x = psh.x;
+       point.y = psh.y;
+    }
+    /* finish the menu if we get a button down message (user must have
+       cancelled the menu). */
+    if (__glutMappedMenu) {
+      /* TODO: take this out once the menu on middle mouse stuff works
+        properly. */
+      if (button == GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON)
+       return 0;
+ /* get current mouse pointer position */
+//      WinQueryPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP,&point);
+ /* map from desktop to client window */
+//      WinMapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, hwnd, &point, 1);
+      __glutItemSelected = NULL;
+      __glutFinishMenu(hwnd, point.x, point.y);
+      return 0;
+    }
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (window) {
+      window->buttonDownState = button+1;
+      menu = __glutGetMenuByNum(window->menu[button]);
+      if (menu) {
+//todo
+//   __glutMenuButton = button == GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON ? TPM_RIGHTBUTTON :
+//                           button == GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON  ? TPM_LEFTBUTTON :
+//                           0x0001;
+//   __glutStartMenu(menu, window, point.x, point.y, x, y);
+      } else if (window->mouse) {
+
+       __glutSetWindow(window);
+       __glutModifierMask = 0;
+       if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000)  /* < 0 = high order bit is on. */
+            __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;
+       if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_CTRL) & 0x8000)
+            __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;
+       if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_MENU) & 0x8000)
+            __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;
+      window->mouse(button, GLUT_DOWN, point.x, point.y);
+      __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int)~0;
+      } else {
+   /* Stray mouse events.  Ignore. */
+      }
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+    break;
+/********************************************/
+  case WM_BUTTON1UP:
+    button = GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON;
+  case WM_BUTTON3UP:
+    if (button < 0)
+      button = GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON;
+  case WM_BUTTON2UP:
+    if (button < 0)
+      button = GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON;
+    {  POINTS psh;
+       psh = *((POINTS *)&mp1);
+       point.x = psh.x;
+       point.y = psh.y;
+    }
+    /* Bail out if we're processing a menu. */
+    /* Bail out = �������� � �����⮬   */
+    if (__glutMappedMenu) {
+      WinQueryPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP,&point);
+      WinMapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, hwnd, &point, 1);
+      /* if we're getting the middle button up signal, then something
+        on the menu was selected. */
+      if (button == GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON) {
+       return 0;
+       /* For some reason, the code below always returns -1 even
+          though the point IS IN THE ITEM!  Therefore, just bail out if
+          we get a middle mouse up.  The user must select using the
+          left mouse button.  Stupid Win32. */
+#if 0
+       int item = MenuItemFromPoint(hwnd, __glutHMenu, point);
+       if (item != -1)
+         __glutItemSelected = (GLUTmenuItem*)GetMenuItemID(__glutHMenu, item);
+       else
+         __glutItemSelected = NULL;
+       __glutFinishMenu(hwnd, point.x, point.y);
+#endif
+      } else {
+       __glutItemSelected = NULL;
+       __glutFinishMenu(hwnd, point.x, point.y);
+      }
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if(window)
+           window->buttonDownState = 0;
+
+    if (window && window->mouse) {
+      __glutSetWindow(window);
+      __glutModifierMask = 0;
+      if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000)   /* < 0 = high order bit is on */
+                          __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;
+      if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_CTRL) & 0x8000)
+   __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;
+      if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP,VK_MENU) & 0x8000)
+   __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;
+      window->mouse(button, GLUT_UP, point.x, point.y);
+
+      __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int)~0;
+    } else {
+      /* Window might have been destroyed and all the
+    events for the window may not yet be received. */
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+
+    break;
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////
+  case WM_COMMAND:
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (window)
+    {   if (window->wm_command)
+            window->wm_command(hwnd,mp1,mp2);
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+    if (!__glutMappedMenu) {
+      window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+      if (window) {
+          /* If motion function registered _and_ buttons held *
+             down, call motion function...  */
+          {  POINTS psh;
+             psh = *((POINTS *)&mp1);
+             point.x = psh.x;
+             point.y = psh.y;
+          }
+
+         if (window->motion && window->buttonDownState) {
+           __glutSetWindow(window);
+           window->motion(point.x, point.y);
+         }
+   /* If passive motion function registered _and_
+      buttons not held down, call passive motion
+      function...  */
+         else if (window->passive && !window->buttonDownState) {
+           __glutSetWindow(window);
+           window->passive(point.x, point.y);
+         }
+      }
+    } else {
+      /* Motion events are thrown away when a pop up menu is
+    active. */
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+
+      default:
+ /* For all other messages, let the default window procedure process them. */
+       return ( WinDefWindowProc( hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2 ) );
+
+   } //endof switch( msg )
+   return ( WinDefWindowProc( hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2 ) );
+//   return NULL;
+}
+
+void APIENTRY glutCommandFunc(GLUTcommandCB Func)
+{
+extern GLUTwindow *__glutCurrentWindow;
+    __glutCurrentWindow->wm_command = Func;
+}
+
+
+
+
+void
+updateWindowState(GLUTwindow *window, int visState)
+{
+  GLUTwindow* child;
+
+  /* XXX shownState and visState are the same in Win32. */
+  window->shownState = visState;
+  if (visState != window->visState) {
+    if (window->windowStatus) {
+      window->visState = visState;
+      __glutSetWindow(window);
+      window->windowStatus(visState);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Since Win32 only sends an activate for the toplevel window,
+     update the visibility for all the child windows. */
+  child = window->children;
+  while (child) {
+    updateWindowState(child, visState);
+    child = child->siblings;
+  }
+}
+
+#if POKA
+
+LONG WINAPI
+__glutWindowProc(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+  POINT         point;                 /* Point structure. */
+  PAINTSTRUCT   ps;                    /* Paint structure. */
+  LPMINMAXINFO  minmax;                        /* Minimum/maximum info structure. */
+  GLUTwindow*   window;                        /* GLUT window associated with message. */
+  GLUTmenu*     menu;                  /* GLUT menu associated with message. */
+  int x, y, width, height, key;
+  int button = -1;
+
+  switch(msg) {
+  case WM_CREATE:
+    return 0;
+  case WM_CLOSE:
+    PostQuitMessage(0);
+    return 0;
+#if 0
+  case WM_DESTROY:
+    /* XXX NVidia's NT OpenGL can have problems closing down
+       its OpenGL internal data structures if we just allow
+       the process to terminate without unbinding and deleting
+       the windows context.  Apparently, DirectDraw unloads
+       before OPENGL32.DLL in the close down sequence, but
+       NVidia's NT OpenGL needs DirectDraw to close down its
+       data structures. */
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (window) {
+      if (window->ctx) {
+        wglMakeCurrent(NULL, NULL);
+        wglDeleteContext(window->ctx);
+      }
+    }
+    return 0;
+#endif
+
+  case WM_SYSKEYUP:
+  case WM_KEYUP:
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (!window) {
+      break;
+    }
+    /* Win32 is dumb and sends these messages only to the parent
+       window.  Therefore, find out if we're in a child window and
+       call the child windows keyboard callback if we are. */
+    if (window->parent) {
+      GetCursorPos(&point);
+      ScreenToClient(hwnd, &point);
+      hwnd = ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, point);
+      window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    }
+    if (window->specialUp || window->keyboardUp) {
+      GetCursorPos(&point);
+      ScreenToClient(window->win, &point);
+      __glutSetWindow(window);
+      __glutModifierMask = 0;
+      if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0)  /* < 0 = high order bit is on */
+       __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;
+      if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0)  /* < 0 = high order bit is on */
+       __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;
+      if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0)
+       __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;
+      switch (wParam) {
+      /* *INDENT-OFF* */
+      case VK_F1:     key = GLUT_KEY_F1; break;
+      case VK_F2:     key = GLUT_KEY_F2; break;
+      case VK_F3:     key = GLUT_KEY_F3; break;
+      case VK_F4:     key = GLUT_KEY_F4; break;
+      case VK_F5:     key = GLUT_KEY_F5; break;
+      case VK_F6:     key = GLUT_KEY_F6; break;
+      case VK_F7:     key = GLUT_KEY_F7; break;
+      case VK_F8:     key = GLUT_KEY_F8; break;
+      case VK_F9:     key = GLUT_KEY_F9; break;
+      case VK_F10:    key = GLUT_KEY_F10; break;
+      case VK_F11:    key = GLUT_KEY_F11; break;
+      case VK_F12:    key = GLUT_KEY_F12; break;
+      case VK_LEFT:   key = GLUT_KEY_LEFT; break;
+      case VK_UP:     key = GLUT_KEY_UP; break;
+      case VK_RIGHT:  key = GLUT_KEY_RIGHT; break;
+      case VK_DOWN:   key = GLUT_KEY_DOWN; break;
+      case VK_PRIOR:  key = GLUT_KEY_PAGE_UP; break;
+      case VK_NEXT:   key = GLUT_KEY_PAGE_DOWN; break;
+      case VK_HOME:   key = GLUT_KEY_HOME; break;
+      case VK_END:    key = GLUT_KEY_END; break;
+      case VK_INSERT: key = GLUT_KEY_INSERT; break;
+      case VK_DELETE:
+        /* Delete is an ASCII character. */
+       if (window->keyboardUp) {
+         window->keyboardUp((unsigned char) 127, point.x, point.y);
+       }
+       return 0;
+      /* *INDENT-ON* */
+      default:
+       if (window->keyboardUp) {
+         key = MapVirtualKey(wParam, 2);  /* Map to ASCII. */
+         if (isascii(key) && (key != 0)) {
+
+           /* XXX Attempt to determine modified ASCII character
+              is quite incomplete.  Digits, symbols, CapsLock,
+              Ctrl, and numeric keypad are all ignored.  Fix this. */
+
+           if (!(__glutModifierMask & ShiftMask))
+             key = tolower(key);
+           window->keyboardUp((unsigned char) key, point.x, point.y);
+          }
+        }
+       __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int) ~0;
+       return 0;
+      }
+      if (window->specialUp) {
+        window->specialUp(key, point.x, point.y);
+      }
+      __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int) ~0;
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_SYSCHAR:
+  case WM_CHAR:
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (!window) {
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Bit 30 of lParam is set if key already held down.  If
+       we are ignoring auto repeated key strokes for the window, bail. */
+    if (window->ignoreKeyRepeat && (lParam & (1 << 30)) ) {
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Win32 is dumb and sends these messages only to the parent
+       window.  Therefore, find out if we're in a child window and
+       call the child windows keyboard callback if we are. */
+    if (window->parent) {
+       GetCursorPos(&point);
+       ScreenToClient(hwnd, &point);
+       hwnd = ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, point);
+       window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    }
+    if (window->keyboard) {
+      GetCursorPos(&point);
+      ScreenToClient(window->win, &point);
+      __glutSetWindow(window);
+      __glutModifierMask = 0;
+      if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0)   /* < 0 = high order bit is on */
+       __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;
+      if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) < 0)
+       __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;
+      if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0)
+       __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;
+      window->keyboard((unsigned char)wParam, point.x, point.y);
+      __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int) ~0;
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
+  case WM_KEYDOWN:
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (!window) {
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Bit 30 of lParam is set if key already held down.  If
+       we are ignoring auto repeated key strokes for the window, bail. */
+    if (window->ignoreKeyRepeat && (lParam & (1 << 30)) ) {
+      break;
+    }
+
+    /* Win32 is dumb and sends these messages only to the parent
+       window.  Therefore, find out if we're in a child window and
+       call the child windows keyboard callback if we are. */
+    if (window->parent) {
+       GetCursorPos(&point);
+       ScreenToClient(hwnd, &point);
+       hwnd = ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, point);
+       window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    }
+    if (window->special) {
+      switch (wParam) {
+       /* *INDENT-OFF* */
+       /* function keys */
+       case VK_F1:     key = GLUT_KEY_F1; break;
+       case VK_F2:     key = GLUT_KEY_F2; break;
+       case VK_F3:     key = GLUT_KEY_F3; break;
+       case VK_F4:     key = GLUT_KEY_F4; break;
+       case VK_F5:     key = GLUT_KEY_F5; break;
+       case VK_F6:     key = GLUT_KEY_F6; break;
+       case VK_F7:     key = GLUT_KEY_F7; break;
+       case VK_F8:     key = GLUT_KEY_F8; break;
+       case VK_F9:     key = GLUT_KEY_F9; break;
+       case VK_F10:    key = GLUT_KEY_F10; break;
+       case VK_F11:    key = GLUT_KEY_F11; break;
+       case VK_F12:    key = GLUT_KEY_F12; break;
+       /* directional keys */
+       case VK_LEFT:   key = GLUT_KEY_LEFT; break;
+       case VK_UP:     key = GLUT_KEY_UP; break;
+       case VK_RIGHT:  key = GLUT_KEY_RIGHT; break;
+       case VK_DOWN:   key = GLUT_KEY_DOWN; break;
+       /* *INDENT-ON* */
+
+       case VK_PRIOR:
+         /* VK_PRIOR is Win32's Page Up */
+         key = GLUT_KEY_PAGE_UP;
+         break;
+       case VK_NEXT:
+         /* VK_NEXT is Win32's Page Down */
+         key = GLUT_KEY_PAGE_DOWN;
+         break;
+       case VK_HOME:
+         key = GLUT_KEY_HOME;
+         break;
+       case VK_END:
+         key = GLUT_KEY_END;
+         break;
+       case VK_INSERT:
+         key = GLUT_KEY_INSERT;
+         break;
+        case VK_DELETE:
+         goto handleDelete;
+       default:
+         goto defproc;
+      }
+      GetCursorPos(&point);
+      ScreenToClient(window->win, &point);
+      __glutSetWindow(window);
+      __glutModifierMask = 0;
+      if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0)   /* < 0 = high order bit is on */
+       __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;
+      if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) < 0)
+       __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;
+      if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0)
+       __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;
+      window->special(key, point.x, point.y);
+      __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int) ~0;
+    } else if (window->keyboard) {
+      /* Specially handle any keys that match ASCII values but
+         do not generate Windows WM_SYSCHAR or WM_CHAR messages. */
+      switch (wParam) {
+      case VK_DELETE:
+      handleDelete:
+        /* Delete is an ASCII character. */
+        GetCursorPos(&point);
+        ScreenToClient(window->win, &point);
+        __glutSetWindow(window);
+        __glutModifierMask = 0;
+        if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0) /* < 0 = high order bit is on */
+          __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;
+        if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) < 0)
+          __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;
+        if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0)
+          __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;
+       window->keyboard((unsigned char) 127, point.x, point.y);
+        __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int) ~0;
+       return 0;
+      default:
+        /* Let the following WM_SYSCHAR or WM_CHAR message generate
+          the keyboard callback. */
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+    button = GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON;
+  case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
+    if (button < 0)
+      button = GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON;
+  case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
+    if (button < 0)
+      button = GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON;
+
+    /* finish the menu if we get a button down message (user must have
+       cancelled the menu). */
+    if (__glutMappedMenu) {
+      /* TODO: take this out once the menu on middle mouse stuff works
+        properly. */
+      if (button == GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON)
+       return 0;
+      GetCursorPos(&point);
+      ScreenToClient(hwnd, &point);
+      __glutItemSelected = NULL;
+      __glutFinishMenu(hwnd, point.x, point.y);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+    /* set the capture so we can get mouse events outside the window */
+    SetCapture(hwnd);
+
+    /* Win32 doesn't return the same numbers as X does when the mouse
+       goes beyond the upper or left side of the window.  roll the
+       Win32's 0..2^16 pointer co-ord range to 0 +/- 2^15. */
+    x = LOWORD(lParam);
+    y = HIWORD(lParam);
+    if(x & 1 << 15) x -= (1 << 16);
+    if(y & 1 << 15) y -= (1 << 16);
+
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (window) {
+      menu = __glutGetMenuByNum(window->menu[button]);
+      if (menu) {
+       point.x = LOWORD(lParam); point.y = HIWORD(lParam);
+       ClientToScreen(window->win, &point);
+       __glutMenuButton = button == GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON ? TPM_RIGHTBUTTON :
+                           button == GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON  ? TPM_LEFTBUTTON :
+                           0x0001;
+       __glutStartMenu(menu, window, point.x, point.y, x, y);
+      } else if (window->mouse) {
+
+        __glutSetWindow(window);
+       __glutModifierMask = 0;
+       if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0)  /* < 0 = high order bit is on. */
+         __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;
+       if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) < 0)
+         __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;
+       if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0)
+         __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;
+       window->mouse(button, GLUT_DOWN, x, y);
+       __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int)~0;
+      } else {
+       /* Stray mouse events.  Ignore. */
+      }
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+    button = GLUT_LEFT_BUTTON;
+  case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+    if (button < 0)
+      button = GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON;
+  case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+    if (button < 0)
+      button = GLUT_RIGHT_BUTTON;
+
+    /* Bail out if we're processing a menu. */
+    if (__glutMappedMenu) {
+      GetCursorPos(&point);
+      ScreenToClient(hwnd, &point);
+      /* if we're getting the middle button up signal, then something
+        on the menu was selected. */
+      if (button == GLUT_MIDDLE_BUTTON) {
+       return 0;
+       /* For some reason, the code below always returns -1 even
+          though the point IS IN THE ITEM!  Therefore, just bail out if
+          we get a middle mouse up.  The user must select using the
+          left mouse button.  Stupid Win32. */
+#if 0
+       int item = MenuItemFromPoint(hwnd, __glutHMenu, point);
+       if (item != -1)
+         __glutItemSelected = (GLUTmenuItem*)GetMenuItemID(__glutHMenu, item);
+       else
+         __glutItemSelected = NULL;
+       __glutFinishMenu(hwnd, point.x, point.y);
+#endif
+      } else {
+       __glutItemSelected = NULL;
+       __glutFinishMenu(hwnd, point.x, point.y);
+      }
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Release the mouse capture. */
+    ReleaseCapture();
+
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (window && window->mouse) {
+      /* Win32 doesn't return the same numbers as X does when the
+        mouse goes beyond the upper or left side of the window.  roll
+        the Win32's 0..2^16 pointer co-ord range to 0 +/- 2^15. */
+      x = LOWORD(lParam);
+      y = HIWORD(lParam);
+      if(x & 1 << 15) x -= (1 << 16);
+      if(y & 1 << 15) y -= (1 << 16);
+
+      __glutSetWindow(window);
+      __glutModifierMask = 0;
+      if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0)   /* < 0 = high order bit is on */
+       __glutModifierMask |= ShiftMask;
+      if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) < 0)
+       __glutModifierMask |= ControlMask;
+      if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0)
+       __glutModifierMask |= Mod1Mask;
+      window->mouse(button, GLUT_UP, x, y);
+      __glutModifierMask = (unsigned int)~0;
+    } else {
+      /* Window might have been destroyed and all the
+        events for the window may not yet be received. */
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_ENTERMENULOOP:
+    /* KLUDGE: create a timer that fires every 100 ms when we start a
+       menu so that we can still process the idle & timer events (that
+       way, the timers will fire during a menu pick and so will the
+       idle func. */
+    SetTimer(hwnd, 1, 1, NULL);
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_TIMER:
+#if 0
+    /* If the timer id is 2, then this is the timer that is set up in
+       the main glut message processing loop, and we don't want to do
+       anything but acknowledge that we got it.  It is used to prevent
+       CPU spiking when an idle function is installed. */
+    if (wParam == 2)
+      return 0;
+#endif
+
+    /* only worry about the idle function and the timeouts, since
+       these are the only events we expect to process during
+       processing of a menu. */
+    /* we no longer process the idle functions (as outlined in the
+       README), since drawing can't be done until the menu has
+       finished...it's pretty lame when the animation goes on, but
+       doesn't update, so you get this weird jerkiness. */
+#if 0
+     if (__glutIdleFunc)
+       __glutIdleFunc();
+#endif
+    if (__glutTimerList)
+      handleTimeouts();
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_EXITMENULOOP:
+    /* nuke the above created timer...we don't need it anymore, since
+       the menu is gone now. */
+    KillTimer(hwnd, 1);
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_MENUSELECT:
+    if (lParam != 0)
+      __glutHMenu = (HMENU)lParam;
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_COMMAND:
+    if (__glutMappedMenu) {
+      if (GetSubMenu(__glutHMenu, LOWORD(wParam)))
+       __glutItemSelected = NULL;
+      else
+       __glutItemSelected =
+         __glutGetUniqueMenuItem(__glutMappedMenu, LOWORD(wParam));
+      GetCursorPos(&point);
+      ScreenToClient(hwnd, &point);
+      __glutFinishMenu(hwnd, point.x, point.y);
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+    if (!__glutMappedMenu) {
+      window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+      if (window) {
+          /* If motion function registered _and_ buttons held *
+             down, call motion function...  */
+       x = LOWORD(lParam);
+       y = HIWORD(lParam);
+
+       /* Win32 doesn't return the same numbers as X does when the
+          mouse goes beyond the upper or left side of the window.
+          roll the Win32's 0..2^16 pointer co-ord range to 0..+/-2^15. */
+       if(x & 1 << 15) x -= (1 << 16);
+       if(y & 1 << 15) y -= (1 << 16);
+
+       if (window->motion && wParam &
+            (MK_LBUTTON | MK_MBUTTON | MK_RBUTTON)) {
+         __glutSetWindow(window);
+         window->motion(x, y);
+       }
+       /* If passive motion function registered _and_
+          buttons not held down, call passive motion
+          function...  */
+       else if (window->passive &&
+                ((wParam &
+                  (MK_LBUTTON | MK_MBUTTON | MK_RBUTTON)) ==
+                 0)) {
+         __glutSetWindow(window);
+         window->passive(x, y);
+       }
+      }
+    } else {
+      /* Motion events are thrown away when a pop up menu is
+        active. */
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
+    /* this voodoo is brought to you by Win32 (again).  It allows the
+       window to be bigger than the screen, and smaller than 100x100
+       (although it doesn't seem to help the y minimum). */
+    minmax = (LPMINMAXINFO)lParam;
+    minmax->ptMaxSize.x = __glutScreenWidth;
+    minmax->ptMaxSize.y = __glutScreenHeight;
+    minmax->ptMinTrackSize.x = 0;
+    minmax->ptMinTrackSize.y = 0;
+    minmax->ptMaxTrackSize.x = __glutScreenWidth +
+      GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSIZE) * 2;
+    minmax->ptMaxTrackSize.y = __glutScreenHeight +
+      GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSIZE) * 2 + GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYCAPTION);
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_SIZE:
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (window) {
+      width = LOWORD(lParam);
+      height = HIWORD(lParam);
+      if (width != window->width || height != window->height) {
+#if 0  /* Win32 GLUT does not support overlays for now. */
+       if (window->overlay) {
+         XResizeWindow(__glutDisplay, window->overlay->win, width, height);
+       }
+#endif
+       window->width = width;
+       window->height = height;
+       __glutSetWindow(window);
+       /* Do not execute OpenGL out of sequence with respect
+          to the SetWindowPos request! */
+       GdiFlush();
+       window->reshape(width, height);
+       window->forceReshape = FALSE;
+       /* A reshape should be considered like posting a
+          repair request. */
+       __glutPostRedisplay(window, GLUT_REPAIR_WORK);
+      }
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_SETCURSOR:
+    /* If the cursor is not in the client area, then we want to send
+       this message to the default window procedure ('cause its
+       probably in the border or title, and we don't handle that
+       cursor.  otherwise, set our cursor.  Win32 makes us set the
+       cursor every time the mouse moves (DUMB!). */
+    if(LOWORD(lParam) != HTCLIENT) {
+      goto defproc;
+    }
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (window) {
+      __glutSetCursor(window);
+    }
+    /* TODO: check out the info in DevStudio on WM_SETCURSOR in the
+       DefaultAction section. */
+    return 1;
+
+  case WM_SETFOCUS:
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (window) {
+      window->entryState = WM_SETFOCUS;
+      if (window->entry) {
+       __glutSetWindow(window);
+       window->entry(GLUT_ENTERED);
+       /* XXX Generation of fake passive notify?  See how much
+          work the X11 code does to support fake passive notify
+          callbacks. */
+      }
+      if (window->joystick && __glutCurrentWindow) {
+        if (__glutCurrentWindow->joyPollInterval > 0) {
+         MMRESULT result;
+
+         /* Because Win32 will only let one window capture the
+            joystick at a time, we must capture it when we get the
+            focus and release it when we lose the focus. */
+         result = joySetCapture(__glutCurrentWindow->win,
+           JOYSTICKID1, 0, TRUE);
+         if (result != JOYERR_NOERROR) {
+           return 0;
+          }
+         (void) joySetThreshold(JOYSTICKID1,
+            __glutCurrentWindow->joyPollInterval);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+  case WM_KILLFOCUS:
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (window) {
+      window->entryState = WM_KILLFOCUS;
+      if (window->entry) {
+       __glutSetWindow(window);
+       window->entry(GLUT_LEFT);
+      }
+      if (window->joystick && __glutCurrentWindow) {
+       if (__glutCurrentWindow->joyPollInterval > 0) {
+         /* Because Win32 will only let one window capture the
+            joystick at a time, we must capture it when we get the
+            focus and release it when we lose the focus. */
+           (void) joyReleaseCapture(JOYSTICKID1);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    return 0;
+  case WM_ACTIVATE:
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    /* Make sure we re-select the correct palette if needed. */
+    if (LOWORD(wParam)) {
+      PostMessage(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED, 0, 0);
+    }
+    if (window) {
+      int visState;
+
+      /* HIWORD(wParam) is the minimized flag. */
+      visState = !HIWORD(wParam);
+      updateWindowState(window, visState);
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Colour Palette Management */
+  case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
+    if (hwnd == (HWND)wParam) {
+      /* Don't respond to the message that we sent! */
+      break;
+    }
+    /* fall through to WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE */
+
+  case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (window && window->colormap) {
+      UnrealizeObject(window->colormap->cmap);
+      SelectPalette(window->hdc, window->colormap->cmap, FALSE);
+      RealizePalette(window->hdc);
+      return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+
+  case MM_JOY1MOVE:
+  case MM_JOY1ZMOVE:
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (window->joystick) {
+      JOYINFOEX jix;
+      int x, y, z;
+
+      /* Because WIN32 only supports messages for X, Y, and Z
+         translations, we must poll for the rest */
+      jix.dwSize = sizeof(jix);
+      jix.dwFlags = JOY_RETURNALL;
+      joyGetPosEx(JOYSTICKID1,&jix);
+
+#define SCALE(v)  ((int) ((v - 32767)/32.768))
+
+      /* Convert to integer for scaling. */
+      x = jix.dwXpos;
+      y = jix.dwYpos;
+      z = jix.dwZpos;
+      window->joystick(jix.dwButtons, SCALE(x), SCALE(y), SCALE(z));
+
+      return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+  case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN:
+  case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP:
+    window = __glutGetWindow(hwnd);
+    if (window->joystick) {
+      JOYINFOEX jix;
+
+      /* Because WIN32 only supports messages for X, Y, and Z
+         translations, we must poll for the rest */
+      jix.dwSize = sizeof(jix);
+      jix.dwFlags = JOY_RETURNALL;
+      joyGetPosEx(JOYSTICKID1,&jix);
+
+      return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+
+#if 0
+  /* Miscellaneous messages (don't really need to enumerate them,
+     but it's good to know what you're not getting sometimes). */
+  case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
+    break;
+  case WM_NCHITTEST:
+    /* This event is generated by every mouse move event. */
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_NCACTIVATE:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_NCPAINT:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_NCCALCSIZE:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_NCCREATE:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_NCDESTROY:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_SETTEXT:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_GETTEXT:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_GETICON:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_ERASEBKGND:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_MOVING:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_MOVE:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_KEYUP:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_CAPTURECHANGED:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE:
+    goto defproc;
+  case WM_ENTERIDLE:
+    goto defproc;
+#endif
+
+  default:
+    goto defproc;
+  }
+
+defproc:
+  return DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__OS2PM__)
+Bool __glutSetWindowText(Window window, char *text)
+{
+  return WinSetWindowText(window, (PCSZ)text);
+
+}
+
+#endif
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/glx/x11/Makefile b/src/glx/x11/Makefile
index 894c3cf159e..c45c7de6d6d 100644
--- a/src/glx/x11/Makefile
+++ b/src/glx/x11/Makefile
@@ -31,6 +31,8 @@ SOURCES = \
 	  xfont.c \
 	  glx_pbuffer.c \
 	  glx_query.c \
+	  drisw_glx.c \
+	  dri_common.c \
 	  dri_glx.c \
 	  XF86dri.c \
 	  glxhash.c \
diff --git a/src/glx/x11/dri2_glx.c b/src/glx/x11/dri2_glx.c
index f24492672b0..b679c72c103 100644
--- a/src/glx/x11/dri2_glx.c
+++ b/src/glx/x11/dri2_glx.c
@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@
 
 #ifdef GLX_DIRECT_RENDERING
 
-#include <unistd.h>
 #include <X11/Xlib.h>
 #include <X11/extensions/Xfixes.h>
 #include <X11/extensions/Xdamage.h>
@@ -46,18 +45,10 @@
 #include <sys/mman.h>
 #include "xf86drm.h"
 #include "dri2.h"
-
-
-#ifndef RTLD_NOW
-#define RTLD_NOW 0
-#endif
-#ifndef RTLD_GLOBAL
-#define RTLD_GLOBAL 0
-#endif
+#include "dri_common.h"
 
 typedef struct __GLXDRIdisplayPrivateRec __GLXDRIdisplayPrivate;
 typedef struct __GLXDRIcontextPrivateRec __GLXDRIcontextPrivate;
-typedef struct __GLXDRIconfigPrivateRec  __GLXDRIconfigPrivate;
 
 struct __GLXDRIdisplayPrivateRec {
     __GLXDRIdisplay base;
@@ -76,11 +67,6 @@ struct __GLXDRIcontextPrivateRec {
     __GLXscreenConfigs *psc;
 };
 
-struct __GLXDRIconfigPrivateRec {
-    __GLcontextModes modes;
-    const __DRIconfig *driConfig;
-};
-
 static void dri2DestroyContext(__GLXDRIcontext *context,
 			      __GLXscreenConfigs *psc, Display *dpy)
 {
@@ -253,94 +239,12 @@ static const __DRIloaderExtension dri2LoaderExtension = {
     dri2PostDamage
 };
 
-_X_HIDDEN const __DRIsystemTimeExtension systemTimeExtension;
-
 static const __DRIextension *loader_extensions[] = {
     &dri2LoaderExtension.base,
     &systemTimeExtension.base,
     NULL
 };
 
-/* We need a dri_common.h type-of-thing. */
-
-extern void ErrorMessageF(const char *f, ...);
-
-extern void *driOpenDriver(const char *driverName);
-
-extern __GLcontextModes *
-driConvertConfigs(const __DRIcoreExtension *core,
-		  __GLcontextModes *modes, const __DRIconfig **configs);
-
-extern void driBindExtensions(__GLXscreenConfigs *psc);
-
-void
-driBindExtensions(__GLXscreenConfigs *psc)
-{
-    const __DRIextension **extensions;
-    int i;
-
-    extensions = psc->core->getExtensions(psc->__driScreen);
-
-    for (i = 0; extensions[i]; i++) {
-#ifdef __DRI_COPY_SUB_BUFFER
-	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_COPY_SUB_BUFFER) == 0) {
-	    psc->copySubBuffer = (__DRIcopySubBufferExtension *) extensions[i];
-	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_MESA_copy_sub_buffer_bit");
-	}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __DRI_SWAP_CONTROL
-	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_SWAP_CONTROL) == 0) {
-	    psc->swapControl = (__DRIswapControlExtension *) extensions[i];
-	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_SGI_swap_control");
-	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_MESA_swap_control");
-	}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __DRI_ALLOCATE
-	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_ALLOCATE) == 0) {
-	    psc->allocate = (__DRIallocateExtension *) extensions[i];
-	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_MESA_allocate_memory");
-	}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __DRI_FRAME_TRACKING
-	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_FRAME_TRACKING) == 0) {
-	    psc->frameTracking = (__DRIframeTrackingExtension *) extensions[i];
-	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_MESA_swap_frame_usage");
-	}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __DRI_MEDIA_STREAM_COUNTER
-	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_MEDIA_STREAM_COUNTER) == 0) {
-	    psc->msc = (__DRImediaStreamCounterExtension *) extensions[i];
-	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_SGI_video_sync");
-	}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __DRI_SWAP_BUFFER_COUNTER
-	/* No driver supports this at this time and the extension is
-	 * not defined in dri_interface.h.  Will enable
-	 * GLX_OML_sync_control if implemented. */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __DRI_READ_DRAWABLE
-	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_READ_DRAWABLE) == 0) {
-	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_SGI_make_current_read");
-	}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __DRI_TEX_BUFFER
-	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_TEX_BUFFER) == 0) {
-	    psc->texBuffer = (__DRItexBufferExtension *) extensions[i];
-	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_EXT_texture_from_pixmap");
-	}
-#endif
-
-	/* Ignore unknown extensions */
-    }
-}
-
 static __GLXDRIscreen *dri2CreateScreen(__GLXscreenConfigs *psc, int screen,
 					__GLXdisplayPrivate *priv)
 {
diff --git a/src/glx/x11/dri_common.c b/src/glx/x11/dri_common.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b159d193a51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/glx/x11/dri_common.c
@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 1998-1999 Precision Insight, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
+ * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Soft-
+ * ware"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without
+ * limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, provided that the above copyright
+ * notice(s) and this permission notice appear in all copies of the Soft-
+ * ware and that both the above copyright notice(s) and this permission
+ * notice appear in supporting documentation.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABIL-
+ * ITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY
+ * RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR HOLDERS INCLUDED IN
+ * THIS NOTICE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSE-
+ * QUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFOR-
+ * MANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of a copyright holder shall
+ * not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization of
+ * the copyright holder.
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ *   Kevin E. Martin <[email protected]>
+ *   Brian Paul <[email protected]>
+ *   Kristian Høgsberg ([email protected])
+ */
+
+#ifdef GLX_DIRECT_RENDERING
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#include "glheader.h"
+#include "glxclient.h"
+#include "glcontextmodes.h"
+#include "dri_common.h"
+
+#ifndef RTLD_NOW
+#define RTLD_NOW 0
+#endif
+#ifndef RTLD_GLOBAL
+#define RTLD_GLOBAL 0
+#endif
+
+_X_HIDDEN void InfoMessageF(const char *f, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    const char *env;
+
+    if ((env = getenv("LIBGL_DEBUG")) && strstr(env, "verbose")) {
+	fprintf(stderr, "libGL: ");
+	va_start(args, f);
+	vfprintf(stderr, f, args);
+	va_end(args);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Print error to stderr, unless LIBGL_DEBUG=="quiet".
+ */
+_X_HIDDEN void ErrorMessageF(const char *f, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    const char *env;
+
+    if ((env = getenv("LIBGL_DEBUG")) && !strstr(env, "quiet")) {
+	fprintf(stderr, "libGL error: ");
+	va_start(args, f);
+	vfprintf(stderr, f, args);
+	va_end(args);
+    }
+}
+
+#ifndef DEFAULT_DRIVER_DIR
+/* this is normally defined in Mesa/configs/default with DRI_DRIVER_SEARCH_PATH */
+#define DEFAULT_DRIVER_DIR "/usr/local/lib/dri"
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Try to \c dlopen the named driver.
+ *
+ * This function adds the "_dri.so" suffix to the driver name and searches the
+ * directories specified by the \c LIBGL_DRIVERS_PATH environment variable in
+ * order to find the driver.
+ *
+ * \param driverName - a name like "tdfx", "i810", "mga", etc.
+ *
+ * \returns
+ * A handle from \c dlopen, or \c NULL if driver file not found.
+ */
+_X_HIDDEN void *driOpenDriver(const char *driverName)
+{
+   void *glhandle, *handle;
+   const char *libPaths, *p, *next;
+   char realDriverName[200];
+   int len;
+
+   /* Attempt to make sure libGL symbols will be visible to the driver */
+   glhandle = dlopen("libGL.so.1", RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+
+   libPaths = NULL;
+   if (geteuid() == getuid()) {
+      /* don't allow setuid apps to use LIBGL_DRIVERS_PATH */
+      libPaths = getenv("LIBGL_DRIVERS_PATH");
+      if (!libPaths)
+         libPaths = getenv("LIBGL_DRIVERS_DIR"); /* deprecated */
+   }
+   if (libPaths == NULL)
+       libPaths = DEFAULT_DRIVER_DIR;
+
+   handle = NULL;
+   for (p = libPaths; *p; p = next) {
+       next = strchr(p, ':');
+       if (next == NULL) {
+	   len = strlen(p);
+	   next = p + len;
+       } else {
+	   len = next - p;
+	   next++;
+       }
+
+#ifdef GLX_USE_TLS
+      snprintf(realDriverName, sizeof realDriverName,
+	       "%.*s/tls/%s_dri.so", len, p, driverName);
+      InfoMessageF("OpenDriver: trying %s\n", realDriverName);
+      handle = dlopen(realDriverName, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+#endif
+
+      if ( handle == NULL ) {
+	 snprintf(realDriverName, sizeof realDriverName,
+		  "%.*s/%s_dri.so", len, p, driverName);
+	 InfoMessageF("OpenDriver: trying %s\n", realDriverName);
+	 handle = dlopen(realDriverName, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
+      }
+
+      if ( handle != NULL )
+	  break;
+      else
+	 ErrorMessageF("dlopen %s failed (%s)\n", realDriverName, dlerror());
+   }
+
+   if (!handle)
+      ErrorMessageF("unable to load driver: %s_dri.so\n", driverName);
+
+   if (glhandle)
+      dlclose(glhandle);
+
+   return handle;
+}
+
+_X_HIDDEN const __DRIsystemTimeExtension systemTimeExtension = {
+    { __DRI_SYSTEM_TIME, __DRI_SYSTEM_TIME_VERSION },
+    __glXGetUST,
+    __driGetMscRateOML
+};
+
+#define __ATTRIB(attrib, field) \
+    { attrib, offsetof(__GLcontextModes, field) }
+
+static const struct { unsigned int attrib, offset; } attribMap[] = {
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_BUFFER_SIZE,			rgbBits),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_LEVEL,			level),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_RED_SIZE,			redBits),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_GREEN_SIZE,			greenBits),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_BLUE_SIZE,			blueBits),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_ALPHA_SIZE,			alphaBits),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_DEPTH_SIZE,			depthBits),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_STENCIL_SIZE,			stencilBits),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_ACCUM_RED_SIZE,		accumRedBits),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE,		accumGreenBits),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE,		accumBlueBits),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE,		accumAlphaBits),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_SAMPLE_BUFFERS,		sampleBuffers),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_SAMPLES,			samples),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_DOUBLE_BUFFER,		doubleBufferMode),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_STEREO,			stereoMode),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_AUX_BUFFERS,			numAuxBuffers),
+#if 0
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_TRANSPARENT_TYPE,		transparentPixel),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE,	transparentIndex),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE,	transparentRed),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE,	transparentGreen),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE,	transparentBlue),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE,	transparentAlpha),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_RED_MASK,			redMask),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_GREEN_MASK,			greenMask),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_BLUE_MASK,			blueMask),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_ALPHA_MASK,			alphaMask),
+#endif
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH,		maxPbufferWidth),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT,		maxPbufferHeight),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS,		maxPbufferPixels),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_WIDTH,	optimalPbufferWidth),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT,	optimalPbufferHeight),
+#if 0
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_SWAP_METHOD,			swapMethod),
+#endif
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGB,		bindToTextureRgb),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGBA,		bindToTextureRgba),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_BIND_TO_MIPMAP_TEXTURE,	bindToMipmapTexture),
+    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_YINVERTED,			yInverted),
+};
+
+#define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
+
+static int
+scalarEqual(__GLcontextModes *mode, unsigned int attrib, unsigned int value)
+{
+    unsigned int glxValue;
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(attribMap); i++)
+	if (attribMap[i].attrib == attrib) {
+	    glxValue = *(unsigned int *) ((char *) mode + attribMap[i].offset);
+	    return glxValue == GLX_DONT_CARE || glxValue == value;
+	}
+
+    return GL_TRUE; /* Is a non-existing attribute equal to value? */
+}
+
+static int
+driConfigEqual(const __DRIcoreExtension *core,
+	       __GLcontextModes *modes, const __DRIconfig *driConfig)
+{
+    unsigned int attrib, value, glxValue;
+    int i;
+
+    i = 0;
+    while (core->indexConfigAttrib(driConfig, i++, &attrib, &value)) {
+	switch (attrib) {
+	case __DRI_ATTRIB_RENDER_TYPE:
+	    glxValue = 0;
+	    if (value & __DRI_ATTRIB_RGBA_BIT) {
+		glxValue |= GLX_RGBA_BIT;
+	    } else if (value & __DRI_ATTRIB_COLOR_INDEX_BIT) {
+		glxValue |= GLX_COLOR_INDEX_BIT;
+	    }
+	    if (glxValue != modes->renderType)
+		return GL_FALSE;
+	    break;
+
+	case __DRI_ATTRIB_CONFIG_CAVEAT:
+	    if (value & __DRI_ATTRIB_NON_CONFORMANT_CONFIG)
+		glxValue = GLX_NON_CONFORMANT_CONFIG;
+	    else if (value & __DRI_ATTRIB_SLOW_BIT)
+		glxValue = GLX_SLOW_CONFIG;
+	    else
+		glxValue = GLX_NONE;
+	    if (glxValue != modes->visualRating)
+		return GL_FALSE;
+	    break;
+
+	case __DRI_ATTRIB_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_TARGETS:
+	    glxValue = 0;
+	    if (value & __DRI_ATTRIB_TEXTURE_1D_BIT)
+		glxValue |= GLX_TEXTURE_1D_BIT_EXT;
+	    if (value & __DRI_ATTRIB_TEXTURE_2D_BIT)
+		glxValue |= GLX_TEXTURE_2D_BIT_EXT;
+	    if (value & __DRI_ATTRIB_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_BIT)
+		glxValue |= GLX_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_BIT_EXT;
+	    if (modes->bindToTextureTargets != GLX_DONT_CARE &&
+		glxValue != modes->bindToTextureTargets)
+		return GL_FALSE;
+	    break;	
+
+	default:
+	    if (!scalarEqual(modes, attrib, value))
+		return GL_FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+static __GLcontextModes *
+createDriMode(const __DRIcoreExtension *core,
+	      __GLcontextModes *modes, const __DRIconfig **driConfigs)
+{
+    __GLXDRIconfigPrivate *config;
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; driConfigs[i]; i++) {
+	if (driConfigEqual(core, modes, driConfigs[i]))
+	    break;
+    }
+
+    if (driConfigs[i] == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+    config = Xmalloc(sizeof *config);
+    if (config == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+    config->modes = *modes;
+    config->driConfig = driConfigs[i];
+
+    return &config->modes;
+}
+
+_X_HIDDEN __GLcontextModes *
+driConvertConfigs(const __DRIcoreExtension *core,
+		  __GLcontextModes *modes, const __DRIconfig **configs)
+{
+    __GLcontextModes head, *tail, *m;
+
+    tail = &head;
+    head.next = NULL;
+    for (m = modes; m; m = m->next) {
+	tail->next = createDriMode(core, m, configs);
+	if (tail->next == NULL) {
+	    /* no matching dri config for m */
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+
+	tail = tail->next;
+    }
+
+    _gl_context_modes_destroy(modes);
+
+    return head.next;
+}
+
+_X_HIDDEN void
+driBindExtensions(__GLXscreenConfigs *psc)
+{
+    const __DRIextension **extensions;
+    int i;
+
+    extensions = psc->core->getExtensions(psc->__driScreen);
+
+    for (i = 0; extensions[i]; i++) {
+#ifdef __DRI_COPY_SUB_BUFFER
+	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_COPY_SUB_BUFFER) == 0) {
+	    psc->copySubBuffer = (__DRIcopySubBufferExtension *) extensions[i];
+	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_MESA_copy_sub_buffer_bit");
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __DRI_SWAP_CONTROL
+	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_SWAP_CONTROL) == 0) {
+	    psc->swapControl = (__DRIswapControlExtension *) extensions[i];
+	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_SGI_swap_control");
+	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_MESA_swap_control");
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __DRI_ALLOCATE
+	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_ALLOCATE) == 0) {
+	    psc->allocate = (__DRIallocateExtension *) extensions[i];
+	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_MESA_allocate_memory");
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __DRI_FRAME_TRACKING
+	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_FRAME_TRACKING) == 0) {
+	    psc->frameTracking = (__DRIframeTrackingExtension *) extensions[i];
+	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_MESA_swap_frame_usage");
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __DRI_MEDIA_STREAM_COUNTER
+	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_MEDIA_STREAM_COUNTER) == 0) {
+	    psc->msc = (__DRImediaStreamCounterExtension *) extensions[i];
+	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_SGI_video_sync");
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __DRI_SWAP_BUFFER_COUNTER
+	/* No driver supports this at this time and the extension is
+	 * not defined in dri_interface.h.  Will enable
+	 * GLX_OML_sync_control if implemented. */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __DRI_READ_DRAWABLE
+	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_READ_DRAWABLE) == 0) {
+	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_SGI_make_current_read");
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __DRI_TEX_BUFFER
+	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_TEX_BUFFER) == 0) {
+	    psc->texBuffer = (__DRItexBufferExtension *) extensions[i];
+	    __glXEnableDirectExtension(psc, "GLX_EXT_texture_from_pixmap");
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/* Ignore unknown extensions */
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* GLX_DIRECT_RENDERING */
diff --git a/src/glx/x11/dri_common.h b/src/glx/x11/dri_common.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3556510335a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/glx/x11/dri_common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 1998-1999 Precision Insight, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
+ * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Soft-
+ * ware"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without
+ * limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, provided that the above copyright
+ * notice(s) and this permission notice appear in all copies of the Soft-
+ * ware and that both the above copyright notice(s) and this permission
+ * notice appear in supporting documentation.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABIL-
+ * ITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY
+ * RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR HOLDERS INCLUDED IN
+ * THIS NOTICE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSE-
+ * QUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFOR-
+ * MANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of a copyright holder shall
+ * not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization of
+ * the copyright holder.
+ *
+ * Authors:
+ *   Kevin E. Martin <[email protected]>
+ *   Brian Paul <[email protected]>
+ *   Kristian Høgsberg ([email protected])
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DRI_COMMON_H
+#define _DRI_COMMON_H
+
+typedef struct __GLXDRIconfigPrivateRec  __GLXDRIconfigPrivate;
+
+struct __GLXDRIconfigPrivateRec {
+    __GLcontextModes modes;
+    const __DRIconfig *driConfig;
+};
+
+extern __GLcontextModes *
+driConvertConfigs(const __DRIcoreExtension *core,
+		  __GLcontextModes *modes, const __DRIconfig **configs);
+
+extern const __DRIsystemTimeExtension systemTimeExtension;
+
+extern void InfoMessageF(const char *f, ...);
+
+extern void ErrorMessageF(const char *f, ...);
+
+extern void *driOpenDriver(const char *driverName);
+
+extern void driBindExtensions(__GLXscreenConfigs *psc);
+
+#endif /* _DRI_COMMON_H */
diff --git a/src/glx/x11/dri_glx.c b/src/glx/x11/dri_glx.c
index da4824f1725..d53f2d98541 100644
--- a/src/glx/x11/dri_glx.c
+++ b/src/glx/x11/dri_glx.c
@@ -34,7 +34,6 @@ SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 
 #ifdef GLX_DIRECT_RENDERING
 
-#include <unistd.h>
 #include <X11/Xlib.h>
 #include <X11/extensions/Xfixes.h>
 #include <X11/extensions/Xdamage.h>
@@ -47,17 +46,10 @@ SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/mman.h>
 #include "xf86drm.h"
-
-#ifndef RTLD_NOW
-#define RTLD_NOW 0
-#endif
-#ifndef RTLD_GLOBAL
-#define RTLD_GLOBAL 0
-#endif
+#include "dri_common.h"
 
 typedef struct __GLXDRIdisplayPrivateRec __GLXDRIdisplayPrivate;
 typedef struct __GLXDRIcontextPrivateRec __GLXDRIcontextPrivate;
-typedef struct __GLXDRIconfigPrivateRec  __GLXDRIconfigPrivate;
 
 struct __GLXDRIdisplayPrivateRec {
     __GLXDRIdisplay base;
@@ -77,128 +69,12 @@ struct __GLXDRIcontextPrivateRec {
     __GLXscreenConfigs *psc;
 };
 
-struct __GLXDRIconfigPrivateRec {
-    __GLcontextModes modes;
-    const __DRIconfig *driConfig;
-};
-
-#ifndef DEFAULT_DRIVER_DIR
-/* this is normally defined in Mesa/configs/default with DRI_DRIVER_SEARCH_PATH */
-#define DEFAULT_DRIVER_DIR "/usr/local/lib/dri"
-#endif
-
-static void InfoMessageF(const char *f, ...)
-{
-    va_list args;
-    const char *env;
-
-    if ((env = getenv("LIBGL_DEBUG")) && strstr(env, "verbose")) {
-	fprintf(stderr, "libGL: ");
-	va_start(args, f);
-	vfprintf(stderr, f, args);
-	va_end(args);
-    }
-}
-
-extern void ErrorMessageF(const char *f, ...);
-
-/**
- * Print error to stderr, unless LIBGL_DEBUG=="quiet".
- */
-_X_HIDDEN void ErrorMessageF(const char *f, ...)
-{
-    va_list args;
-    const char *env;
-
-    if ((env = getenv("LIBGL_DEBUG")) && !strstr(env, "quiet")) {
-	fprintf(stderr, "libGL error: ");
-	va_start(args, f);
-	vfprintf(stderr, f, args);
-	va_end(args);
-    }
-}
-
-extern void *driOpenDriver(const char *driverName);
-
-/**
- * Try to \c dlopen the named driver.
- *
- * This function adds the "_dri.so" suffix to the driver name and searches the
- * directories specified by the \c LIBGL_DRIVERS_PATH environment variable in
- * order to find the driver.
- *
- * \param driverName - a name like "tdfx", "i810", "mga", etc.
- *
- * \returns
- * A handle from \c dlopen, or \c NULL if driver file not found.
- */
-_X_HIDDEN void *driOpenDriver(const char *driverName)
-{
-   void *glhandle, *handle;
-   const char *libPaths, *p, *next;
-   char realDriverName[200];
-   int len;
-
-   /* Attempt to make sure libGL symbols will be visible to the driver */
-   glhandle = dlopen("libGL.so.1", RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
-
-   libPaths = NULL;
-   if (geteuid() == getuid()) {
-      /* don't allow setuid apps to use LIBGL_DRIVERS_PATH */
-      libPaths = getenv("LIBGL_DRIVERS_PATH");
-      if (!libPaths)
-         libPaths = getenv("LIBGL_DRIVERS_DIR"); /* deprecated */
-   }
-   if (libPaths == NULL)
-       libPaths = DEFAULT_DRIVER_DIR;
-
-   handle = NULL;
-   for (p = libPaths; *p; p = next) {
-       next = strchr(p, ':');
-       if (next == NULL) {
-	   len = strlen(p);
-	   next = p + len;
-       } else {
-	   len = next - p;
-	   next++;
-       }
-
-#ifdef GLX_USE_TLS
-      snprintf(realDriverName, sizeof realDriverName,
-	       "%.*s/tls/%s_dri.so", len, p, driverName);
-      InfoMessageF("OpenDriver: trying %s\n", realDriverName);
-      handle = dlopen(realDriverName, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
-#endif
-
-      if ( handle == NULL ) {
-	 snprintf(realDriverName, sizeof realDriverName,
-		  "%.*s/%s_dri.so", len, p, driverName);
-	 InfoMessageF("OpenDriver: trying %s\n", realDriverName);
-	 handle = dlopen(realDriverName, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
-      }
-
-      if ( handle != NULL )
-	  break;
-      else
-	 ErrorMessageF("dlopen %s failed (%s)\n", realDriverName, dlerror());
-   }
-
-   if (!handle)
-      ErrorMessageF("unable to load driver: %s_dri.so\n", driverName);
-
-   if (glhandle)
-      dlclose(glhandle);
-
-   return handle;
-}
-
-
 /*
  * Given a display pointer and screen number, determine the name of
  * the DRI driver for the screen. (I.e. "r128", "tdfx", etc).
  * Return True for success, False for failure.
  */
-static Bool GetDriverName(Display *dpy, int scrNum, char **driverName)
+static Bool driGetDriverName(Display *dpy, int scrNum, char **driverName)
 {
    int directCapable;
    Bool b;
@@ -228,25 +104,6 @@ static Bool GetDriverName(Display *dpy, int scrNum, char **driverName)
    return True;
 }
 
-
-/*
- * Given a display pointer and screen number, return a __DRIdriver handle.
- * Return NULL if anything goes wrong.
- */
-static void *driGetDriver(Display *dpy, int scrNum)
-{
-   char *driverName;
-   void *ret;
-
-   if (GetDriverName(dpy, scrNum, &driverName)) {
-      ret = driOpenDriver(driverName);
-      if (driverName)
-     	 Xfree(driverName);
-      return ret;
-   }
-   return NULL;
-}
-
 /*
  * Exported function for querying the DRI driver for a given screen.
  *
@@ -256,7 +113,7 @@ static void *driGetDriver(Display *dpy, int scrNum)
 PUBLIC const char *glXGetScreenDriver (Display *dpy, int scrNum) {
    static char ret[32];
    char *driverName;
-   if (GetDriverName(dpy, scrNum, &driverName)) {
+   if (driGetDriverName(dpy, scrNum, &driverName)) {
       int len;
       if (!driverName)
 	 return NULL;
@@ -270,7 +127,6 @@ PUBLIC const char *glXGetScreenDriver (Display *dpy, int scrNum) {
    return NULL;
 }
 
-
 /*
  * Exported function for obtaining a driver's option list (UTF-8 encoded XML).
  *
@@ -291,63 +147,6 @@ PUBLIC const char *glXGetDriverConfig (const char *driverName)
       return NULL;
 }
 
-extern void
-driFilterModes(__GLcontextModes ** server_modes,
-	       const __GLcontextModes * driver_modes);
-
-_X_HIDDEN void
-driFilterModes(__GLcontextModes ** server_modes,
-	       const __GLcontextModes * driver_modes)
-{
-    __GLcontextModes * m;
-    __GLcontextModes ** prev_next;
-    const __GLcontextModes * check;
-
-    if (driver_modes == NULL) {
-	fprintf(stderr, "libGL warning: 3D driver returned no fbconfigs.\n");
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /* For each mode in server_modes, check to see if a matching mode exists
-     * in driver_modes.  If not, then the mode is not available.
-     */
-
-    prev_next = server_modes;
-    for ( m = *prev_next ; m != NULL ; m = *prev_next ) {
-	GLboolean do_delete = GL_TRUE;
-
-	for ( check = driver_modes ; check != NULL ; check = check->next ) {
-	    if ( _gl_context_modes_are_same( m, check ) ) {
-		do_delete = GL_FALSE;
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	/* The 3D has to support all the modes that match the GLX visuals
-	 * sent from the X server.
-	 */
-	if ( do_delete && (m->visualID != 0) ) {
-	    do_delete = GL_FALSE;
-
-	    /* don't warn for this visual (Novell #247471 / X.Org #6689) */
-	    if (m->visualRating != GLX_NON_CONFORMANT_CONFIG) {
-		fprintf(stderr, "libGL warning: 3D driver claims to not "
-			"support visual 0x%02x\n", m->visualID);
-	    }
-	}
-
-	if ( do_delete ) {
-	    *prev_next = m->next;
-
-	    m->next = NULL;
-	    _gl_context_modes_destroy( m );
-	}
-	else {
-	    prev_next = & m->next;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
 #ifdef XDAMAGE_1_1_INTERFACE
 
 static GLboolean has_damage_post(Display *dpy)
@@ -442,12 +241,6 @@ __glXDRIGetDrawableInfo(__DRIdrawable *drawable,
 				  numBackClipRects, pBackClipRects);
 }
 
-_X_HIDDEN const __DRIsystemTimeExtension systemTimeExtension = {
-    { __DRI_SYSTEM_TIME, __DRI_SYSTEM_TIME_VERSION },
-    __glXGetUST,
-    __driGetMscRateOML,
-};
-
 static const __DRIgetDrawableInfoExtension getDrawableInfoExtension = {
     { __DRI_GET_DRAWABLE_INFO, __DRI_GET_DRAWABLE_INFO_VERSION },
     __glXDRIGetDrawableInfo
@@ -456,184 +249,13 @@ static const __DRIgetDrawableInfoExtension getDrawableInfoExtension = {
 static const __DRIextension *loader_extensions[] = {
     &systemTimeExtension.base,
     &getDrawableInfoExtension.base,
-
 #ifdef XDAMAGE_1_1_INTERFACE
     &damageExtension.base,
 #endif
-
     NULL
 };
 
-#define __ATTRIB(attrib, field) \
-    { attrib, offsetof(__GLcontextModes, field) }
-
-static const struct { unsigned int attrib, offset; } attribMap[] = {
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_BUFFER_SIZE,			rgbBits),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_LEVEL,			level),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_RED_SIZE,			redBits),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_GREEN_SIZE,			greenBits),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_BLUE_SIZE,			blueBits),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_ALPHA_SIZE,			alphaBits),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_DEPTH_SIZE,			depthBits),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_STENCIL_SIZE,			stencilBits),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_ACCUM_RED_SIZE,		accumRedBits),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE,		accumGreenBits),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE,		accumBlueBits),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE,		accumAlphaBits),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_SAMPLE_BUFFERS,		sampleBuffers),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_SAMPLES,			samples),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_DOUBLE_BUFFER,		doubleBufferMode),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_STEREO,			stereoMode),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_AUX_BUFFERS,			numAuxBuffers),
-#if 0
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_TRANSPARENT_TYPE,		transparentPixel),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE,	transparentIndex),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE,	transparentRed),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE,	transparentGreen),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE,	transparentBlue),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE,	transparentAlpha),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_RED_MASK,			redMask),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_GREEN_MASK,			greenMask),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_BLUE_MASK,			blueMask),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_ALPHA_MASK,			alphaMask),
-#endif
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH,		maxPbufferWidth),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT,		maxPbufferHeight),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS,		maxPbufferPixels),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_WIDTH,	optimalPbufferWidth),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT,	optimalPbufferHeight),
-#if 0
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_SWAP_METHOD,			swapMethod),
-#endif
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGB,		bindToTextureRgb),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_RGBA,		bindToTextureRgba),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_BIND_TO_MIPMAP_TEXTURE,	bindToMipmapTexture),
-    __ATTRIB(__DRI_ATTRIB_YINVERTED,			yInverted),
-};
-
-#define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
-
-static int
-scalarEqual(__GLcontextModes *mode, unsigned int attrib, unsigned int value)
-{
-    unsigned int glxValue;
-    int i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(attribMap); i++)
-	if (attribMap[i].attrib == attrib) {
-	    glxValue = *(unsigned int *) ((char *) mode + attribMap[i].offset);
-	    return glxValue == GLX_DONT_CARE || glxValue == value;
-	}
-
-    return GL_TRUE; /* Is a non-existing attribute equal to value? */
-}
-
-static int
-driConfigEqual(const __DRIcoreExtension *core,
-	       __GLcontextModes *modes, const __DRIconfig *driConfig)
-{
-    unsigned int attrib, value, glxValue;
-    int i;
-
-    i = 0;
-    while (core->indexConfigAttrib(driConfig, i++, &attrib, &value)) {
-	switch (attrib) {
-	case __DRI_ATTRIB_RENDER_TYPE:
-	    glxValue = 0;
-	    if (value & __DRI_ATTRIB_RGBA_BIT) {
-		glxValue |= GLX_RGBA_BIT;
-	    } else if (value & __DRI_ATTRIB_COLOR_INDEX_BIT) {
-		glxValue |= GLX_COLOR_INDEX_BIT;
-	    }
-	    if (glxValue != modes->renderType)
-		return GL_FALSE;
-	    break;
-
-	case __DRI_ATTRIB_CONFIG_CAVEAT:
-	    if (value & __DRI_ATTRIB_NON_CONFORMANT_CONFIG)
-		glxValue = GLX_NON_CONFORMANT_CONFIG;
-	    else if (value & __DRI_ATTRIB_SLOW_BIT)
-		glxValue = GLX_SLOW_CONFIG;
-	    else
-		glxValue = GLX_NONE;
-	    if (glxValue != modes->visualRating)
-		return GL_FALSE;
-	    break;
-
-	case __DRI_ATTRIB_BIND_TO_TEXTURE_TARGETS:
-	    glxValue = 0;
-	    if (value & __DRI_ATTRIB_TEXTURE_1D_BIT)
-		glxValue |= GLX_TEXTURE_1D_BIT_EXT;
-	    if (value & __DRI_ATTRIB_TEXTURE_2D_BIT)
-		glxValue |= GLX_TEXTURE_2D_BIT_EXT;
-	    if (value & __DRI_ATTRIB_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_BIT)
-		glxValue |= GLX_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_BIT_EXT;
-	    if (modes->bindToTextureTargets != GLX_DONT_CARE &&
-		glxValue != modes->bindToTextureTargets)
-		return GL_FALSE;
-	    break;	
-
-	default:
-	    if (!scalarEqual(modes, attrib, value))
-		return GL_FALSE;
-	}
-    }
-
-    return GL_TRUE;
-}
-
-static __GLcontextModes *
-createDriMode(const __DRIcoreExtension *core,
-	      __GLcontextModes *modes, const __DRIconfig **driConfigs)
-{
-    __GLXDRIconfigPrivate *config;
-    int i;
-
-    for (i = 0; driConfigs[i]; i++) {
-	if (driConfigEqual(core, modes, driConfigs[i]))
-	    break;
-    }
-
-    if (driConfigs[i] == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    config = Xmalloc(sizeof *config);
-    if (config == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    config->modes = *modes;
-    config->driConfig = driConfigs[i];
-
-    return &config->modes;
-}
-
-extern __GLcontextModes *
-driConvertConfigs(const __DRIcoreExtension *core,
-		  __GLcontextModes *modes, const __DRIconfig **configs);
-
-_X_HIDDEN __GLcontextModes *
-driConvertConfigs(const __DRIcoreExtension *core,
-		  __GLcontextModes *modes, const __DRIconfig **configs)
-{
-    __GLcontextModes head, *tail, *m;
-
-    tail = &head;
-    head.next = NULL;
-    for (m = modes; m; m = m->next) {
-	tail->next = createDriMode(core, m, configs);
-	if (tail->next == NULL) {
-	    /* no matching dri config for m */
-	    continue;
-	}
-
-
-	tail = tail->next;
-    }
-
-    _gl_context_modes_destroy(modes);
-
-    return head.next;
-}
+#ifndef GLX_USE_APPLEGL
 
 /**
  * Perform the required libGL-side initialization and call the client-side
@@ -647,17 +269,12 @@ driConvertConfigs(const __DRIcoreExtension *core,
  *               \c __driCreateNewScreen function.
  * \returns A pointer to the \c __DRIscreenPrivate structure returned by
  *          the client-side driver on success, or \c NULL on failure.
- * 
- * \todo This function needs to be modified to remove context-modes from the
- *       list stored in the \c __GLXscreenConfigsRec to match the list
- *       returned by the client-side driver.
  */
 static void *
 CallCreateNewScreen(Display *dpy, int scrn, __GLXscreenConfigs *psc,
 		    __GLXDRIdisplayPrivate * driDpy)
 {
     void *psp = NULL;
-#ifndef GLX_USE_APPLEGL
     drm_handle_t hSAREA;
     drmAddress pSAREA = MAP_FAILED;
     char *BusID;
@@ -667,175 +284,159 @@ CallCreateNewScreen(Display *dpy, int scrn, __GLXscreenConfigs *psc,
     __DRIframebuffer  framebuffer;
     int   fd = -1;
     int   status;
-    const char * err_msg;
-    const char * err_extra;
+
+    drm_magic_t magic;
+    drmVersionPtr version;
+    int newlyopened;
+    char *driverName;
+    drm_handle_t  hFB;
+    int        junk;
     const __DRIconfig **driver_configs;
 
+    /* DRI protocol version. */
     dri_version.major = driDpy->driMajor;
     dri_version.minor = driDpy->driMinor;
     dri_version.patch = driDpy->driPatch;
 
-    err_msg = "XF86DRIOpenConnection";
-    err_extra = NULL;
-
     framebuffer.base = MAP_FAILED;
     framebuffer.dev_priv = NULL;
 
-    if (XF86DRIOpenConnection(dpy, scrn, &hSAREA, &BusID)) {
-        int newlyopened;
-	fd = drmOpenOnce(NULL,BusID, &newlyopened);
-	Xfree(BusID); /* No longer needed */
-
-	err_msg = "open DRM";
-	err_extra = strerror( -fd );
-
-	if (fd >= 0) {
-	    drm_magic_t magic;
-
-	    err_msg = "drmGetMagic";
-	    err_extra = NULL;
-
-	    if (!drmGetMagic(fd, &magic)) {
-		drmVersionPtr version = drmGetVersion(fd);
-		if (version) {
-		    drm_version.major = version->version_major;
-		    drm_version.minor = version->version_minor;
-		    drm_version.patch = version->version_patchlevel;
-		    drmFreeVersion(version);
-		}
-		else {
-		    drm_version.major = -1;
-		    drm_version.minor = -1;
-		    drm_version.patch = -1;
-		}
-
-		err_msg = "XF86DRIAuthConnection";
-		if (!newlyopened || XF86DRIAuthConnection(dpy, scrn, magic)) {
-		    char *driverName;
-
-		    /*
-		     * Get device name (like "tdfx") and the ddx version
-		     * numbers.  We'll check the version in each DRI driver's
-		     * "createNewScreen" function.
-		     */
-		    err_msg = "XF86DRIGetClientDriverName";
-		    if (XF86DRIGetClientDriverName(dpy, scrn,
-						   &ddx_version.major,
-						   &ddx_version.minor,
-						   &ddx_version.patch,
-						   &driverName)) {
-			drm_handle_t  hFB;
-			int        junk;
-
-			/* No longer needed. */
-			Xfree( driverName );
-
-
-			/*
-			 * Get device-specific info.  pDevPriv will point to a struct
-			 * (such as DRIRADEONRec in xfree86/driver/ati/radeon_dri.h)
-			 * that has information about the screen size, depth, pitch,
-			 * ancilliary buffers, DRM mmap handles, etc.
-			 */
-			err_msg = "XF86DRIGetDeviceInfo";
-			if (XF86DRIGetDeviceInfo(dpy, scrn,
-						 &hFB,
-						 &junk,
-						 &framebuffer.size,
-						 &framebuffer.stride,
-						 &framebuffer.dev_priv_size,
-						 &framebuffer.dev_priv)) {
-			    framebuffer.width = DisplayWidth(dpy, scrn);
-			    framebuffer.height = DisplayHeight(dpy, scrn);
-
-			    /*
-			     * Map the framebuffer region.
-			     */
-			    status = drmMap(fd, hFB, framebuffer.size, 
-					    (drmAddressPtr)&framebuffer.base);
-
-			    err_msg = "drmMap of framebuffer";
-			    err_extra = strerror( -status );
-
-			    if ( status == 0 ) {
-				/*
-				 * Map the SAREA region.  Further mmap regions
-				 * may be setup in each DRI driver's
-				 * "createNewScreen" function.
-				 */
-				status = drmMap(fd, hSAREA, SAREA_MAX, 
-						&pSAREA);
-
-				err_msg = "drmMap of sarea";
-				err_extra = strerror( -status );
-
-				if ( status == 0 ) {
-				    err_msg = "InitDriver";
-				    err_extra = NULL;
-				    psp = (*psc->legacy->createNewScreen)(scrn,
-							     & ddx_version,
-							     & dri_version,
-							     & drm_version,
-							     & framebuffer,
-							     pSAREA,
-							     fd,
-							     loader_extensions,
-							     & driver_configs,
-							     psc);
-
-				    if (psp) {
-					psc->configs =
-					    driConvertConfigs(psc->core,
-							      psc->configs,
-							      driver_configs);
-					psc->visuals =
-					    driConvertConfigs(psc->core,
-							      psc->visuals,
-							      driver_configs);
-				    }
-				}
-			    }
-			}
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	}
+    if (!XF86DRIOpenConnection(dpy, scrn, &hSAREA, &BusID)) {
+	ErrorMessageF("XF86DRIOpenConnection failed\n");
+	goto handle_error;
     }
 
-    if ( psp == NULL ) {
-	if ( pSAREA != MAP_FAILED ) {
-	    (void)drmUnmap(pSAREA, SAREA_MAX);
-	}
+    fd = drmOpenOnce(NULL, BusID, &newlyopened);
 
-	if ( framebuffer.base != MAP_FAILED ) {
-	    (void)drmUnmap((drmAddress)framebuffer.base, framebuffer.size);
-	}
+    Xfree(BusID); /* No longer needed */
 
-	if ( framebuffer.dev_priv != NULL ) {
-	    Xfree(framebuffer.dev_priv);
-	}
+    if (fd < 0) {
+	ErrorMessageF("drmOpenOnce failed (%s)\n", strerror(-fd));
+	goto handle_error;
+    }
 
-	if ( fd >= 0 ) {
-	    (void)drmCloseOnce(fd);
-	}
+    if (drmGetMagic(fd, &magic)) {
+	ErrorMessageF("drmGetMagic failed\n");
+	goto handle_error;
+    }
 
-	(void)XF86DRICloseConnection(dpy, scrn);
+    version = drmGetVersion(fd);
+    if (version) {
+	drm_version.major = version->version_major;
+	drm_version.minor = version->version_minor;
+	drm_version.patch = version->version_patchlevel;
+	drmFreeVersion(version);
+    }
+    else {
+	drm_version.major = -1;
+	drm_version.minor = -1;
+	drm_version.patch = -1;
+    }
 
-	if ( err_extra != NULL ) {
-	    fprintf(stderr, "libGL error: %s failed (%s)\n", err_msg,
-		    err_extra);
-	}
-	else {
-	    fprintf(stderr, "libGL error: %s failed\n", err_msg );
-	}
+    if (newlyopened && !XF86DRIAuthConnection(dpy, scrn, magic)) {
+	ErrorMessageF("XF86DRIAuthConnection failed\n");
+	goto handle_error;
+    }
 
-        fprintf(stderr, "libGL error: reverting to (slow) indirect rendering\n");
+    /* Get device name (like "tdfx") and the ddx version numbers.
+     * We'll check the version in each DRI driver's "createNewScreen"
+     * function. */
+    if (!XF86DRIGetClientDriverName(dpy, scrn,
+				    &ddx_version.major,
+				    &ddx_version.minor,
+				    &ddx_version.patch,
+				    &driverName)) {
+	ErrorMessageF("XF86DRIGetClientDriverName failed\n");
+	goto handle_error;
+    }
+
+    Xfree(driverName); /* No longer needed. */
+
+    /*
+     * Get device-specific info.  pDevPriv will point to a struct
+     * (such as DRIRADEONRec in xfree86/driver/ati/radeon_dri.h) that
+     * has information about the screen size, depth, pitch, ancilliary
+     * buffers, DRM mmap handles, etc.
+     */
+    if (!XF86DRIGetDeviceInfo(dpy, scrn, &hFB, &junk,
+			      &framebuffer.size, &framebuffer.stride,
+			      &framebuffer.dev_priv_size, &framebuffer.dev_priv)) {
+	ErrorMessageF("XF86DRIGetDeviceInfo failed");
+	goto handle_error;
     }
-#endif /* !GLX_USE_APPLEGL */
+
+    framebuffer.width = DisplayWidth(dpy, scrn);
+    framebuffer.height = DisplayHeight(dpy, scrn);
+
+    /* Map the framebuffer region. */
+    status = drmMap(fd, hFB, framebuffer.size, 
+		    (drmAddressPtr)&framebuffer.base);
+    if (status != 0) {
+	ErrorMessageF("drmMap of framebuffer failed (%s)", strerror(-status));
+	goto handle_error;
+    }
+
+    /* Map the SAREA region.  Further mmap regions may be setup in
+     * each DRI driver's "createNewScreen" function.
+     */
+    status = drmMap(fd, hSAREA, SAREA_MAX, &pSAREA);
+    if (status != 0) {
+	ErrorMessageF("drmMap of SAREA failed (%s)", strerror(-status));
+	goto handle_error;
+    }
+
+    psp = (*psc->legacy->createNewScreen)(scrn,
+					  &ddx_version,
+					  &dri_version,
+					  &drm_version,
+					  &framebuffer,
+					  pSAREA,
+					  fd,
+					  loader_extensions,
+					  &driver_configs,
+					  psc);
+
+    if (psp == NULL) {
+	ErrorMessageF("Calling driver entry point failed");
+	goto handle_error;
+    }
+
+    psc->configs = driConvertConfigs(psc->core, psc->configs, driver_configs);
+    psc->visuals = driConvertConfigs(psc->core, psc->visuals, driver_configs);
 
     return psp;
+
+ handle_error:
+    if (pSAREA != MAP_FAILED)
+	drmUnmap(pSAREA, SAREA_MAX);
+
+    if (framebuffer.base != MAP_FAILED)
+	drmUnmap((drmAddress)framebuffer.base, framebuffer.size);
+
+    if (framebuffer.dev_priv != NULL)
+	Xfree(framebuffer.dev_priv);
+
+    if (fd >= 0)
+	drmCloseOnce(fd);
+
+    XF86DRICloseConnection(dpy, scrn);
+
+    ErrorMessageF("reverting to software direct rendering\n");
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+#else /* !GLX_USE_APPLEGL */
+
+static void *
+CallCreateNewScreen(Display *dpy, int scrn, __GLXscreenConfigs *psc,
+		    __GLXDRIdisplayPrivate * driDpy)
+{
+    return NULL;
 }
 
+#endif /* !GLX_USE_APPLEGL */
+
 static void driDestroyContext(__GLXDRIcontext *context,
 			      __GLXscreenConfigs *psc, Display *dpy)
 {
@@ -875,45 +476,44 @@ static __GLXDRIcontext *driCreateContext(__GLXscreenConfigs *psc,
     __DRIcontext *shared = NULL;
     __GLXDRIconfigPrivate *config = (__GLXDRIconfigPrivate *) mode;
 
-    if (psc && psc->driScreen) {
-	if (shareList) {
-	    pcp_shared = (__GLXDRIcontextPrivate *) shareList->driContext;
-	    shared = pcp_shared->driContext;
-	}
-
-	pcp = Xmalloc(sizeof *pcp);
-	if (pcp == NULL)
-	    return NULL;
+    if (!psc || !psc->driScreen)
+	return NULL;
 
-	pcp->psc = psc;
-	if (!XF86DRICreateContextWithConfig(psc->dpy, psc->scr,
-					    mode->visualID,
-					    &pcp->hwContextID, &hwContext)) {
-	    Xfree(pcp);
-	    return NULL;
-	}
+    if (shareList) {
+	pcp_shared = (__GLXDRIcontextPrivate *) shareList->driContext;
+	shared = pcp_shared->driContext;
+    }
 
-	pcp->driContext = 
-	    (*psc->legacy->createNewContext)(psc->__driScreen,
-					     config->driConfig,
-					     renderType,
-					     shared,
-					     hwContext,
-					     pcp);
-	if (pcp->driContext == NULL) {
-	    XF86DRIDestroyContext(psc->dpy, psc->scr, pcp->hwContextID);
-	    Xfree(pcp);
-	    return NULL;
-	}
+    pcp = Xmalloc(sizeof *pcp);
+    if (pcp == NULL)
+	return NULL;
 
-	pcp->base.destroyContext = driDestroyContext;
-	pcp->base.bindContext = driBindContext;
-	pcp->base.unbindContext = driUnbindContext;
+    pcp->psc = psc;
+    if (!XF86DRICreateContextWithConfig(psc->dpy, psc->scr,
+					mode->visualID,
+					&pcp->hwContextID, &hwContext)) {
+	Xfree(pcp);
+	return NULL;
+    }
 
-	return &pcp->base;
+    pcp->driContext =
+        (*psc->legacy->createNewContext)(psc->__driScreen,
+					 config->driConfig,
+					 renderType,
+					 shared,
+					 hwContext,
+					 pcp);
+    if (pcp->driContext == NULL) {
+	XF86DRIDestroyContext(psc->dpy, psc->scr, pcp->hwContextID);
+	Xfree(pcp);
+	return NULL;
     }
 
-    return NULL;
+    pcp->base.destroyContext = driDestroyContext;
+    pcp->base.bindContext = driBindContext;
+    pcp->base.unbindContext = driUnbindContext;
+
+    return &pcp->base;
 }
 
 static void driDestroyDrawable(__GLXDRIdrawable *pdraw)
@@ -979,15 +579,13 @@ static void driDestroyScreen(__GLXscreenConfigs *psc)
 	dlclose(psc->driver);
 }
 
-void
-driBindExtensions(__GLXscreenConfigs *psc);
-
 static __GLXDRIscreen *driCreateScreen(__GLXscreenConfigs *psc, int screen,
 				       __GLXdisplayPrivate *priv)
 {
     __GLXDRIdisplayPrivate *pdp;
     __GLXDRIscreen *psp;
     const __DRIextension **extensions;
+    char *driverName;
     int i;
 
     psp = Xmalloc(sizeof *psp);
@@ -997,7 +595,13 @@ static __GLXDRIscreen *driCreateScreen(__GLXscreenConfigs *psc, int screen,
     /* Initialize per screen dynamic client GLX extensions */
     psc->ext_list_first_time = GL_TRUE;
 
-    psc->driver = driGetDriver(priv->dpy, screen);
+    if (!driGetDriverName(priv->dpy, screen, &driverName)) {
+	Xfree(psp);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    psc->driver = driOpenDriver(driverName);
+    Xfree(driverName);
     if (psc->driver == NULL) {
 	Xfree(psp);
 	return NULL;
diff --git a/src/glx/x11/drisw_glx.c b/src/glx/x11/drisw_glx.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f7ff0011216
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/glx/x11/drisw_glx.c
@@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 2008 George Sapountzis
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+ * OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef GLX_DIRECT_RENDERING
+
+#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+#include "glheader.h"
+#include "glxclient.h"
+#include "glcontextmodes.h"
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#include "dri_common.h"
+
+typedef struct __GLXDRIdisplayPrivateRec __GLXDRIdisplayPrivate;
+typedef struct __GLXDRIcontextPrivateRec __GLXDRIcontextPrivate;
+typedef struct __GLXDRIdrawablePrivateRec __GLXDRIdrawablePrivate;
+
+struct __GLXDRIdisplayPrivateRec {
+    __GLXDRIdisplay base;
+};
+
+struct __GLXDRIcontextPrivateRec {
+    __GLXDRIcontext base;
+    __DRIcontext *driContext;
+    __GLXscreenConfigs *psc;
+};
+
+struct __GLXDRIdrawablePrivateRec {
+    __GLXDRIdrawable base;
+
+    GC gc;
+    GC swapgc;
+
+    XVisualInfo *visinfo;
+    XImage *ximage;
+    int bpp;
+};
+
+/**
+ * swrast loader functions
+ */
+
+static Bool XCreateDrawable(__GLXDRIdrawablePrivate *pdp,
+			    Display *dpy, XID drawable, int visualid)
+{
+    XGCValues gcvalues;
+    long visMask;
+    XVisualInfo visTemp;
+    int num_visuals;
+
+    /* create GC's */
+    pdp->gc = XCreateGC(dpy, drawable, 0, NULL);
+    pdp->swapgc = XCreateGC(dpy, drawable, 0, NULL);
+
+    gcvalues.function = GXcopy;
+    gcvalues.graphics_exposures = False;
+    XChangeGC(dpy, pdp->gc, GCFunction, &gcvalues);
+    XChangeGC(dpy, pdp->swapgc, GCFunction, &gcvalues);
+    XChangeGC(dpy, pdp->swapgc, GCGraphicsExposures, &gcvalues);
+
+    /* create XImage  */
+    visTemp.screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
+    visTemp.visualid = visualid;
+    visMask = (VisualScreenMask | VisualIDMask);
+    pdp->visinfo = XGetVisualInfo(dpy, visMask, &visTemp, &num_visuals);
+
+    pdp->ximage = XCreateImage(dpy,
+			       pdp->visinfo->visual,
+			       pdp->visinfo->depth,
+			       ZPixmap, 0,   /* format, offset */
+			       NULL,         /* data */
+			       0, 0,         /* size */
+			       32,           /* bitmap_pad */
+			       0);           /* bytes_per_line */
+
+    /* get the true number of bits per pixel */
+    pdp->bpp = pdp->ximage->bits_per_pixel;
+
+    return True;
+}
+
+static void XDestroyDrawable(__GLXDRIdrawablePrivate *pdp,
+			     Display *dpy, XID drawable)
+{
+    XDestroyImage(pdp->ximage);
+    XFree(pdp->visinfo);
+
+    XFreeGC(dpy, pdp->gc);
+    XFreeGC(dpy, pdp->swapgc);
+}
+
+static void
+swrastGetDrawableInfo(__DRIdrawable *draw,
+		      int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h,
+		      void *loaderPrivate)
+{
+    __GLXDRIdrawablePrivate *pdp = loaderPrivate;
+    __GLXDRIdrawable *pdraw = &(pdp->base);;
+    Display *dpy = pdraw->psc->dpy;
+    Drawable drawable;
+
+    Window root;
+    Status stat;
+    unsigned int bw, depth;
+
+    drawable = pdraw->xDrawable;
+
+    stat = XGetGeometry(dpy, drawable, &root,
+			x, y, (unsigned int *)w, (unsigned int *)h,
+			&bw, &depth);
+}
+
+static inline int
+bytes_per_line(int w, int bpp, unsigned mul)
+{
+    unsigned mask = mul - 1;
+
+    return ((w * bpp + mask) & ~mask) / 8;
+}
+
+static void
+swrastPutImage(__DRIdrawable *draw, int op,
+	       int x, int y, int w, int h, char *data,
+	       void *loaderPrivate)
+{
+    __GLXDRIdrawablePrivate *pdp = loaderPrivate;
+    __GLXDRIdrawable *pdraw = &(pdp->base);;
+    Display *dpy = pdraw->psc->dpy;
+    Drawable drawable;
+    XImage *ximage;
+    GC gc;
+
+    switch (op) {
+    case __DRI_SWRAST_IMAGE_OP_DRAW:
+	gc = pdp->gc;
+	break;
+    case __DRI_SWRAST_IMAGE_OP_SWAP:
+	gc = pdp->swapgc;
+	break;
+    default:
+	return;
+    }
+
+    drawable = pdraw->xDrawable;
+
+    ximage = pdp->ximage;
+    ximage->data = data;
+    ximage->width = w;
+    ximage->height = h;
+    ximage->bytes_per_line = bytes_per_line(w, pdp->bpp, 32);
+
+    XPutImage(dpy, drawable, gc, ximage, 0, 0, x, y, w, h);
+
+    ximage->data = NULL;
+}
+
+static void
+swrastGetImage(__DRIdrawable *draw,
+	       int x, int y, int w, int h, char *data,
+	       void *loaderPrivate)
+{
+    __GLXDRIdrawablePrivate *pdp = loaderPrivate;
+    __GLXDRIdrawable *pdraw = &(pdp->base);;
+    Display *dpy = pdraw->psc->dpy;
+    Drawable drawable;
+    XImage *ximage;
+
+    drawable = pdraw->xDrawable;
+
+    ximage = pdp->ximage;
+    ximage->data = data;
+    ximage->width = w;
+    ximage->height = h;
+    ximage->bytes_per_line = bytes_per_line(w, pdp->bpp, 32);
+
+    XGetSubImage(dpy, drawable, x, y, w, h, ~0L, ZPixmap, ximage, 0, 0);
+
+    ximage->data = NULL;
+}
+
+static const __DRIswrastLoaderExtension swrastLoaderExtension = {
+    { __DRI_SWRAST_LOADER, __DRI_SWRAST_LOADER_VERSION },
+    swrastGetDrawableInfo,
+    swrastPutImage,
+    swrastGetImage
+};
+
+static const __DRIextension *loader_extensions[] = {
+    &systemTimeExtension.base,
+    &swrastLoaderExtension.base,
+    NULL
+};
+
+/**
+ * GLXDRI functions
+ */
+
+static void driDestroyContext(__GLXDRIcontext *context,
+			      __GLXscreenConfigs *psc, Display *dpy)
+{
+    __GLXDRIcontextPrivate *pcp = (__GLXDRIcontextPrivate *) context;
+    const __DRIcoreExtension *core = pcp->psc->core;
+
+    (*core->destroyContext)(pcp->driContext);
+
+    Xfree(pcp);
+}
+
+static Bool driBindContext(__GLXDRIcontext *context,
+			   __GLXDRIdrawable *draw, __GLXDRIdrawable *read)
+{
+    __GLXDRIcontextPrivate *pcp = (__GLXDRIcontextPrivate *) context;
+    const __DRIcoreExtension *core = pcp->psc->core;
+
+    return (*core->bindContext)(pcp->driContext,
+				draw->driDrawable,
+				read->driDrawable);
+}
+
+static void driUnbindContext(__GLXDRIcontext *context)
+{
+    __GLXDRIcontextPrivate *pcp = (__GLXDRIcontextPrivate *) context;
+    const __DRIcoreExtension *core = pcp->psc->core;
+
+    (*core->unbindContext)(pcp->driContext);
+}
+
+static __GLXDRIcontext *driCreateContext(__GLXscreenConfigs *psc,
+					 const __GLcontextModes *mode,
+					 GLXContext gc,
+					 GLXContext shareList, int renderType)
+{
+    __GLXDRIcontextPrivate *pcp, *pcp_shared;
+    __GLXDRIconfigPrivate *config = (__GLXDRIconfigPrivate *) mode;
+    const __DRIcoreExtension *core = psc->core;
+    __DRIcontext *shared = NULL;
+
+    if (!psc || !psc->driScreen)
+	return NULL;
+
+    if (shareList) {
+	pcp_shared = (__GLXDRIcontextPrivate *) shareList->driContext;
+	shared = pcp_shared->driContext;
+    }
+
+    pcp = Xmalloc(sizeof *pcp);
+    if (pcp == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+    pcp->psc = psc;
+    pcp->driContext =
+	(*core->createNewContext)(psc->__driScreen,
+				  config->driConfig, shared, pcp);
+    if (pcp->driContext == NULL) {
+	Xfree(pcp);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    pcp->base.destroyContext = driDestroyContext;
+    pcp->base.bindContext = driBindContext;
+    pcp->base.unbindContext = driUnbindContext;
+
+    return &pcp->base;
+}
+
+static void driDestroyDrawable(__GLXDRIdrawable *pdraw)
+{
+    __GLXDRIdrawablePrivate *pdp = (__GLXDRIdrawablePrivate *) pdraw;
+    const __DRIcoreExtension *core = pdraw->psc->core;
+
+    (*core->destroyDrawable)(pdraw->driDrawable);
+
+    XDestroyDrawable(pdp, pdraw->psc->dpy, pdraw->drawable);
+    Xfree(pdp);
+}
+
+static __GLXDRIdrawable *driCreateDrawable(__GLXscreenConfigs *psc,
+					   XID xDrawable,
+					   GLXDrawable drawable,
+					   const __GLcontextModes *modes)
+{
+    __GLXDRIdrawable *pdraw;
+    __GLXDRIdrawablePrivate *pdp;
+    __GLXDRIconfigPrivate *config = (__GLXDRIconfigPrivate *) modes;
+    const __DRIswrastExtension *swrast = psc->swrast;
+
+    /* Old dri can't handle GLX 1.3+ drawable constructors. */
+    if (xDrawable != drawable)
+	return NULL;
+
+    pdp = Xmalloc(sizeof(*pdp));
+    if (!pdp)
+	return NULL;
+
+    pdraw = &(pdp->base);
+    pdraw->xDrawable = xDrawable;
+    pdraw->drawable = drawable;
+    pdraw->psc = psc;
+
+    XCreateDrawable(pdp, psc->dpy, xDrawable, modes->visualID);
+
+    /* Create a new drawable */
+    pdraw->driDrawable =
+	(*swrast->createNewDrawable)(psc->__driScreen,
+				     config->driConfig,
+				     pdp);
+
+    if (!pdraw->driDrawable) {
+	XDestroyDrawable(pdp, psc->dpy, xDrawable);
+	Xfree(pdp);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    pdraw->destroyDrawable = driDestroyDrawable;
+
+    return pdraw;
+}
+
+static void driDestroyScreen(__GLXscreenConfigs *psc)
+{
+    /* Free the direct rendering per screen data */
+    (*psc->core->destroyScreen)(psc->__driScreen);
+    psc->__driScreen = NULL;
+    if (psc->driver)
+	dlclose(psc->driver);
+}
+
+static __GLXDRIscreen *driCreateScreen(__GLXscreenConfigs *psc, int screen,
+				       __GLXdisplayPrivate *priv)
+{
+    __GLXDRIscreen *psp;
+    const __DRIconfig **driver_configs;
+    const __DRIextension **extensions;
+    const char *driverName = "swrast";
+    int i;
+
+    psp = Xmalloc(sizeof *psp);
+    if (psp == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+    /* Initialize per screen dynamic client GLX extensions */
+    psc->ext_list_first_time = GL_TRUE;
+
+    psc->driver = driOpenDriver(driverName);
+    if (psc->driver == NULL)
+	goto handle_error;
+
+    extensions = dlsym(psc->driver, __DRI_DRIVER_EXTENSIONS);
+    if (extensions == NULL) {
+	ErrorMessageF("driver exports no extensions (%s)\n", dlerror());
+	goto handle_error;
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; extensions[i]; i++) {
+	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_CORE) == 0)
+	    psc->core = (__DRIcoreExtension *) extensions[i];
+	if (strcmp(extensions[i]->name, __DRI_SWRAST) == 0)
+	    psc->swrast = (__DRIswrastExtension *) extensions[i];
+    }
+
+    if (psc->core == NULL || psc->swrast == NULL) {
+	ErrorMessageF("core dri extension not found\n");
+	goto handle_error;
+    }
+
+    psc->__driScreen =
+	psc->swrast->createNewScreen(screen,
+				     loader_extensions, &driver_configs, psc);
+    if (psc->__driScreen == NULL) {
+	ErrorMessageF("failed to create dri screen\n");
+	goto handle_error;
+    }
+
+    driBindExtensions(psc);
+
+    psc->configs = driConvertConfigs(psc->core, psc->configs, driver_configs);
+    psc->visuals = driConvertConfigs(psc->core, psc->visuals, driver_configs);
+
+    psp->destroyScreen = driDestroyScreen;
+    psp->createContext = driCreateContext;
+    psp->createDrawable = driCreateDrawable;
+
+    return psp;
+
+ handle_error:
+    Xfree(psp);
+
+    if (psc->driver)
+	dlclose(psc->driver);
+
+    ErrorMessageF("reverting to indirect rendering\n");
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Called from __glXFreeDisplayPrivate.
+ */
+static void driDestroyDisplay(__GLXDRIdisplay *dpy)
+{
+    Xfree(dpy);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allocate, initialize and return a __DRIdisplayPrivate object.
+ * This is called from __glXInitialize() when we are given a new
+ * display pointer.
+ */
+_X_HIDDEN __GLXDRIdisplay *driswCreateDisplay(Display *dpy)
+{
+    __GLXDRIdisplayPrivate *pdpyp;
+
+    pdpyp = Xmalloc(sizeof *pdpyp);
+    if (pdpyp == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+    pdpyp->base.destroyDisplay = driDestroyDisplay;
+    pdpyp->base.createScreen = driCreateScreen;
+
+    return &pdpyp->base;
+}
+
+#endif /* GLX_DIRECT_RENDERING */
diff --git a/src/glx/x11/glcontextmodes.c b/src/glx/x11/glcontextmodes.c
index 2a8e48d00d4..326c8b2357c 100644
--- a/src/glx/x11/glcontextmodes.c
+++ b/src/glx/x11/glcontextmodes.c
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ _gl_convert_to_x_visual_type( int visualType )
  * of the fields in \c config are copied to \c mode.  Additional fields in
  * \c mode that can be derrived from the fields of \c config (i.e.,
  * \c haveDepthBuffer) are also filled in.  The remaining fields in \c mode
- * that cannot be derrived are set to default values.
+ * that cannot be derived are set to default values.
  * 
  * \param mode   Destination GL context mode.
  * \param config Source GLX visual config.
@@ -184,6 +184,9 @@ _gl_copy_visual_to_context_mode( __GLcontextModes * mode,
     mode->transparentBlue  = config->transparentBlue;
     mode->transparentAlpha = config->transparentAlpha;
     mode->transparentIndex = config->transparentIndex;
+    mode->samples = config->multiSampleSize;
+    mode->sampleBuffers = config->nMultiSampleBuffers;
+    /* mode->visualSelectGroup = config->visualSelectGroup; ? */
 
     mode->swapMethod = GLX_SWAP_UNDEFINED_OML;
 
diff --git a/src/glx/x11/glx_pbuffer.c b/src/glx/x11/glx_pbuffer.c
index 08743e560fa..0f878f223f8 100644
--- a/src/glx/x11/glx_pbuffer.c
+++ b/src/glx/x11/glx_pbuffer.c
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ GetDrawableAttribute( Display *dpy, GLXDrawable drawable,
 		__GLXDRIdrawable *pdraw = GetGLXDRIDrawable(dpy, drawable, NULL);
 
 		if (pdraw != NULL && !pdraw->textureTarget)
-		    pdraw->textureTarget = determineTextureTarget(data,
+		    pdraw->textureTarget = determineTextureTarget((const int *)data,
 								  num_attributes);
 	   }
 #endif
diff --git a/src/glx/x11/glxclient.h b/src/glx/x11/glxclient.h
index d19cc04d077..b0a5d1315ac 100644
--- a/src/glx/x11/glxclient.h
+++ b/src/glx/x11/glxclient.h
@@ -147,6 +147,7 @@ struct __GLXDRIdrawableRec {
 ** Function to create and DRI display data and initialize the display
 ** dependent methods.
 */
+extern __GLXDRIdisplay *driswCreateDisplay(Display *dpy);
 extern __GLXDRIdisplay *driCreateDisplay(Display *dpy);
 extern __GLXDRIdisplay *dri2CreateDisplay(Display *dpy);
 
@@ -465,6 +466,7 @@ struct __GLXscreenConfigsRec {
     __DRIscreen *__driScreen;
     const __DRIcoreExtension *core;
     const __DRIlegacyExtension *legacy;
+    const __DRIswrastExtension *swrast;
     __glxHashTable *drawHash;
     Display *dpy;
     int scr, fd;
@@ -564,6 +566,7 @@ struct __GLXdisplayPrivateRec {
     /**
      * Per display direct rendering interface functions and data.
      */
+    __GLXDRIdisplay *driswDisplay;
     __GLXDRIdisplay *driDisplay;
     __GLXDRIdisplay *dri2Display;
 #endif
diff --git a/src/glx/x11/glxext.c b/src/glx/x11/glxext.c
index 75b7374a3fb..777828569f4 100644
--- a/src/glx/x11/glxext.c
+++ b/src/glx/x11/glxext.c
@@ -194,9 +194,14 @@ static int __glXFreeDisplayPrivate(XExtData *extension)
 
 #ifdef GLX_DIRECT_RENDERING
     /* Free the direct rendering per display data */
+    if (priv->driswDisplay)
+	(*priv->driswDisplay->destroyDisplay)(priv->driswDisplay);
+    priv->driswDisplay = NULL;
+
     if (priv->driDisplay)
 	(*priv->driDisplay->destroyDisplay)(priv->driDisplay);
     priv->driDisplay = NULL;
+
     if (priv->dri2Display)
 	(*priv->dri2Display->destroyDisplay)(priv->dri2Display);
     priv->dri2Display = NULL;
@@ -596,10 +601,16 @@ static Bool AllocAndFetchScreenConfigs(Display *dpy, __GLXdisplayPrivate *priv)
 	psc->drawHash = __glxHashCreate();
 	if (psc->drawHash == NULL)
 	    continue;
+
 	if (priv->dri2Display)
 	    psc->driScreen = (*priv->dri2Display->createScreen)(psc, i, priv);
+
 	if (psc->driScreen == NULL && priv->driDisplay)
 	    psc->driScreen = (*priv->driDisplay->createScreen)(psc, i, priv);
+
+	if (psc->driScreen == NULL && priv->driswDisplay)
+	    psc->driScreen = (*priv->driswDisplay->createScreen)(psc, i, priv);
+
 	if (psc->driScreen == NULL) {
 	    __glxHashDestroy(psc->drawHash);
 	    psc->drawHash = NULL;
@@ -693,8 +704,9 @@ _X_HIDDEN __GLXdisplayPrivate *__glXInitialize(Display* dpy)
     ** (e.g., those called in AllocAndFetchScreenConfigs).
     */
     if (getenv("LIBGL_ALWAYS_INDIRECT") == NULL) {
-        dpyPriv->dri2Display = dri2CreateDisplay(dpy);
+	dpyPriv->dri2Display = dri2CreateDisplay(dpy);
 	dpyPriv->driDisplay = driCreateDisplay(dpy);
+	dpyPriv->driswDisplay = driswCreateDisplay(dpy);
     }
 #endif
 
diff --git a/src/mesa/Makefile b/src/mesa/Makefile
index 08d723553e8..27eb186abed 100644
--- a/src/mesa/Makefile
+++ b/src/mesa/Makefile
@@ -6,11 +6,6 @@ include $(TOP)/configs/current
 include sources
 
 
-GL_MAJOR = 1
-GL_MINOR = 5
-GL_TINY = 0$(MESA_MAJOR)0$(MESA_MINOR)0$(MESA_TINY)
-
-
 .SUFFIXES : .cpp
 
 .c.o:
@@ -23,131 +18,45 @@ GL_TINY = 0$(MESA_MAJOR)0$(MESA_MINOR)0$(MESA_TINY)
 	$(CC) -c $(INCLUDE_DIRS) $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
 
 
-# Figure out what to make here
-default: depend
-	@for driver in $(DRIVER_DIRS) ; do \
-	  case "$$driver" in \
-	    x11)      $(MAKE) stand-alone || exit 1 ;; \
-	    dri)      $(MAKE) linux-solo || exit 1 ;; \
-	    osmesa)   $(MAKE) osmesa-only || exit 1 ;; \
-	    beos)     $(MAKE) beos || exit 1 ;; \
-	    directfb) $(MAKE) directfb || exit 1 ;; \
-	    fbdev)    $(MAKE) fbdev || exit 1 ;; \
-	    *) echo "$$driver is invalid in DRIVER_DIRS" >&2; exit 1;; \
-	  esac ; \
-	done
-
-install: default
-	@for driver in $(DRIVER_DIRS) ; do \
-	  case "$$driver" in \
-	    osmesa) if [ "$(DRIVER_DIRS)" = osmesa ]; then \
-	              $(MAKE) install-headers install-osmesa || exit 1 ; \
-	            else \
-	              $(MAKE) install-osmesa || exit 1 ; \
-	            fi ;; \
-	    dri)    $(MAKE) install-libgl install-dri || exit 1 ;; \
-	    *)      $(MAKE) install-libgl || exit 1 ;; \
-	  esac ; \
-	done
-
 
-######################################################################
-# BeOS driver target
+# Default: build dependencies, then asm_subdirs, then convenience
+# libs (.a) and finally the device drivers:
+default: depend asm_subdirs libmesa.a libglapi.a driver_subdirs
 
-beos: depend subdirs libmesa.a
-	cd drivers/beos && $(MAKE)
 
 
 ######################################################################
-# Linux DRI drivers
-
-# Make archive of core object files
-libmesa.a: $(SOLO_OBJECTS)
-	@ $(TOP)/bin/mklib -o mesa -static $(SOLO_OBJECTS);
-	@if [ "${CONFIG_NAME}" = "beos" ] ; then \
-		mimeset -f "$@" ; \
-	fi
+# Helper libraries used by many drivers:
 
-linux-solo: depend subdirs libmesa.a
-	cd drivers/dri && $(MAKE)
+# Make archive of core mesa object files
+libmesa.a: $(MESA_OBJECTS) asm_subdirs
+	@ $(TOP)/bin/mklib -o mesa -static $(MESA_OBJECTS)
 
+# Make archive of gl* API dispatcher functions only
+libglapi.a: $(GLAPI_OBJECTS) asm_subdirs
+	@ $(TOP)/bin/mklib -o glapi -static $(GLAPI_OBJECTS)
 
-#####################################################################
-# Stand-alone Mesa libGL, no built-in drivers (DirectFB)
 
-libgl-core: $(CORE_OBJECTS)
-	@ $(TOP)/bin/mklib -o $(GL_LIB) -linker '$(CC)' -ldflags '$(LDFLAGS)' \
-		-major $(MESA_MAJOR) -minor $(MESA_MINOR) -patch $(MESA_TINY) \
-		-install $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR) $(MKLIB_OPTIONS) $(CORE_OBJECTS) \
-		$(GL_LIB_DEPS)
-
-directfb: depend subdirs libgl-core
-	cd drivers/directfb && $(MAKE)
-
-
-#####################################################################
-# fbdev Mesa driver (libGL.so)
-
-fbdev: $(CORE_OBJECTS) $(FBDEV_DRIVER_OBJECTS) $(COMMON_DRIVER_OBJECTS)
-	@ $(TOP)/bin/mklib -o $(GL_LIB) -linker '$(CC)' -ldflags '$(LDFLAGS)' \
-		-major $(MESA_MAJOR) -minor $(MESA_MINOR) -patch $(MESA_TINY) \
-		-install $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR) $(MKLIB_OPTIONS) \
-		$(CORE_OBJECTS) $(FBDEV_DRIVER_OBJECTS) \
-		$(COMMON_DRIVER_OBJECTS) $(GL_LIB_DEPS)
+######################################################################
+# Device drivers
+driver_subdirs: libmesa.a libglapi.a
+	(cd drivers && $(MAKE))
 
 
 ######################################################################
-# Stand-alone Mesa libGL and libOSMesa
-STAND_ALONE_DRIVER_SOURCES = \
-	$(COMMON_DRIVER_SOURCES) \
-	$(X11_DRIVER_SOURCES)
-
-STAND_ALONE_DRIVER_OBJECTS = $(STAND_ALONE_DRIVER_SOURCES:.c=.o)
-
-STAND_ALONE_OBJECTS = \
-	$(CORE_OBJECTS) \
-	$(STAND_ALONE_DRIVER_OBJECTS)
-
-# For libOSMesa16 or libOSMesa32 we link _all_ the objects into the library,
-# not just the osmesa.o object (i.e. we don't have a libGL).
-OSMESA16_OBJECTS = \
-	$(CORE_OBJECTS) \
-	$(COMMON_DRIVER_OBJECTS) \
-	$(OSMESA_DRIVER_OBJECTS)
-
-
-stand-alone: depend subdirs libmesa.a \
-	$(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR)/$(GL_LIB_NAME)
-
-osmesa-only: depend subdirs \
-	$(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR)/$(OSMESA_LIB_NAME)
-
-# Make the GL library
-$(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR)/$(GL_LIB_NAME): $(STAND_ALONE_OBJECTS)
-	@ $(TOP)/bin/mklib -o $(GL_LIB) -linker '$(CC)' -ldflags '$(LDFLAGS)' \
-		-major $(GL_MAJOR) -minor $(GL_MINOR) -patch $(GL_TINY) \
-		-install $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR) \
-		$(MKLIB_OPTIONS) $(GL_LIB_DEPS) $(STAND_ALONE_OBJECTS)
-
-# Make the OSMesa library
-$(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR)/$(OSMESA_LIB_NAME): $(OSMESA_DRIVER_OBJECTS) $(OSMESA16_OBJECTS)
-	@ if [ "${DRIVER_DIRS}" = "osmesa" ] ; then \
-		$(TOP)/bin/mklib -o $(OSMESA_LIB) -linker '$(CC)' \
-			-ldflags '$(LDFLAGS)' -major $(MESA_MAJOR) \
-			-minor $(MESA_MINOR) -patch $(MESA_TINY) \
-			-install $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR) $(MKLIB_OPTIONS) \
-			$(OSMESA_LIB_DEPS) $(OSMESA16_OBJECTS) ; \
-	else \
-		$(TOP)/bin/mklib -o $(OSMESA_LIB) -linker '$(CC)' \
-			-ldflags '$(LDFLAGS)' -major $(MESA_MAJOR) \
-			-minor $(MESA_MINOR) -patch $(GL_TINY) \
-			-install $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR) $(MKLIB_OPTIONS) \
-			$(OSMESA_LIB_DEPS) $(OSMESA_DRIVER_OBJECTS) ; \
+# Assembly subdirs
+asm_subdirs:
+	@ if echo "$(ASM_FLAGS)" | grep -q USE_X86_ASM ; then \
+		(cd x86 && $(MAKE)) || exit 1 ; \
+	fi
+	@ if echo "$(ASM_FLAGS)" | grep -q USE_X86_64_ASM ; then \
+		(cd x86 && $(MAKE)) || exit 1 ; \
+		(cd x86-64 && $(MAKE)) || exit 1 ; \
 	fi
 
 
 ######################################################################
-# Generic stuff
+# Dependency generation
 
 depend: $(ALL_SOURCES)
 	@ echo "running $(MKDEP)"
@@ -156,14 +65,28 @@ depend: $(ALL_SOURCES)
 		> /dev/null 2>/dev/null
 
 
-subdirs:
-	@ if echo "$(ASM_FLAGS)" | grep -q USE_X86_ASM ; then \
-		(cd x86 && $(MAKE)) || exit 1 ; \
-	fi
-	@ if echo "$(ASM_FLAGS)" | grep -q USE_X86_64_ASM ; then \
-		(cd x86 && $(MAKE)) || exit 1 ; \
-		(cd x86-64 && $(MAKE)) || exit 1 ; \
-	fi
+######################################################################
+# Installation rules
+
+# this isn't fleshed out yet but is probably the way to go in the future
+new_install:
+	(cd drivers && $(MAKE) install)
+
+
+# XXX replace this with new_install above someday
+install: default
+	@for driver in $(DRIVER_DIRS) ; do \
+	  case "$$driver" in \
+	    osmesa) if [ "$(DRIVER_DIRS)" = osmesa ]; then \
+	              $(MAKE) install-headers install-osmesa || exit 1 ; \
+	            else \
+	              $(MAKE) install-osmesa || exit 1 ; \
+	            fi ;; \
+	    dri)    $(MAKE) install-libgl install-dri || exit 1 ;; \
+	    *)      $(MAKE) install-libgl || exit 1 ;; \
+	  esac ; \
+	done
+
 
 pcedit = sed \
 	-e 's,@INSTALL_DIR@,$(INSTALL_DIR),' \
@@ -193,22 +116,21 @@ install-osmesa: default
 install-dri:
 	cd drivers/dri && $(MAKE) install
 
-## NOT INSTALLED YET:
-## $(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_DIR)/include/GLES
-## $(INSTALL) -m 644 include/GLES/*.h $(DESTDIR)$(INSTALL_DIR)/include/GLES
 
 
 # Emacs tags
 tags:
 	etags `find . -name \*.[ch]` $(TOP)/include/GL/*.h
 
+
 clean:
 	-rm -f */*.o
 	-rm -f */*/*.o
-	-rm -f depend depend.bak libmesa.a
+	-rm -f depend depend.bak libmesa.a libglapi.a
 	-rm -f drivers/*/*.o
 	-@cd drivers/dri && $(MAKE) clean
-	-@cd drivers/xorg && $(MAKE) clean
+	-@cd drivers/x11 && $(MAKE) clean
+	-@cd drivers/osmesa && $(MAKE) clean
 	-@cd x86 && $(MAKE) clean
 	-@cd x86-64 && $(MAKE) clean
 
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/Makefile b/src/mesa/drivers/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c5998413e86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# src/mesa/drivers/Makefile
+
+TOP = ../../..
+include $(TOP)/configs/current
+
+
+default:
+	@for dir in $(DRIVER_DIRS) ; do \
+		if [ -d $$dir ] ; then \
+			(cd $$dir && $(MAKE)) || exit 1; \
+		fi \
+	done
+
+
+clean:
+	@for dir in $(DRIVER_DIRS) ; do \
+		if [ -d $$dir ] ; then \
+			(cd $$dir && $(MAKE) clean) || exit 1; \
+		fi \
+	done
+
+
+install:
+	@for dir in $(DRIVER_DIRS) ; do \
+		if [ -d $$dir ] ; then \
+			(cd $$dir && $(MAKE) install) || exit 1; \
+		fi \
+	done
+
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/beos/Makefile b/src/mesa/drivers/beos/Makefile
index 0448650a8c6..342d7ce0243 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/beos/Makefile
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/beos/Makefile
@@ -169,8 +169,10 @@ OBJECTS := $(DRIVER_OBJECTS:.cpp=.o)
 
 default: depend $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR) $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR)/$(GL_LIB_NAME)
 
+# XXX FIXME: mesa.a might be libmesa.a now
 $(MESA_MODULES):
 	cd $(TOP)/src/mesa && $(MAKE) mesa.a ;
+	mimeset -f "$@"
 
 $(GLU_MODULES):
 	cd $(GLU_DIR) && $(MAKE) $(subst $(GLU_DIR)/,,$(GLU_MODULES)) ;
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/directfb/Makefile b/src/mesa/drivers/directfb/Makefile
index dc71b385cac..ece0457cffa 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/directfb/Makefile
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/directfb/Makefile
@@ -25,11 +25,24 @@ DIRECTFBGL_MESA_OBJECTS = $(DIRECTFBGL_MESA_SOURCES:.c=.o)
 
 DIRECTFBGL_MESA = libidirectfbgl_mesa.so
 
+LIBS = $(TOP)/src/mesa/libmesa.a $(TOP)/src/mesa/libglapi.a
+
+
 .c.o:
 	$(CC) -c $(INCLUDE_DIRS) $(CFLAGS) $(DFB_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
 
 
-default: directfbgl_mesa
+default: directfb-libgl directfbgl_mesa
+
+
+# XXX this used to be in src/mesa/Makefile and is probably broken now
+directfb-libgl: $(LIBS)
+	@ $(TOP)/bin/mklib -o $(GL_LIB) -linker '$(CC)' -ldflags '$(LDFLAGS)' \
+		-major $(MESA_MAJOR) -minor $(MESA_MINOR) -patch $(MESA_TINY) \
+		-install $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR) $(MKLIB_OPTIONS) $(LIBS) \
+		$(GL_LIB_DEPS)
+
+
 
 # Mesa DirectFBGL module
 directfbgl_mesa: $(DIRECTFBGL_MESA_OBJECTS)
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/Makefile.template b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/Makefile.template
index 864c6234c85..7dcb077dca7 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/Makefile.template
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/Makefile.template
@@ -3,7 +3,6 @@
 MESA_MODULES = $(TOP)/src/mesa/libmesa.a
 
 COMMON_SOURCES = \
-        ../../common/driverfuncs.c \
         ../common/utils.c \
         ../common/texmem.c \
         ../common/vblank.c \
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/common/dri_util.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/common/dri_util.c
index 6efdf4312a5..10d2e801dcc 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/common/dri_util.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/common/dri_util.c
@@ -277,9 +277,9 @@ __driUtilUpdateDrawableInfo(__DRIdrawablePrivate *pdp)
        pdp->pStamp = &(psp->pSAREA->drawableTable[pdp->index].stamp);
 
     DRM_SPINLOCK(&psp->pSAREA->drawable_lock, psp->drawLockID);
-
 }
 
+
 int
 __driParseEvents(__DRIcontextPrivate *pcp, __DRIdrawablePrivate *pdp)
 {
@@ -471,6 +471,7 @@ static int driDrawableGetMSC( __DRIscreen *sPriv, __DRIdrawable *dPriv,
     return sPriv->DriverAPI.GetDrawableMSC(sPriv, dPriv, msc);
 }
 
+
 static int driWaitForMSC(__DRIdrawable *dPriv, int64_t target_msc,
 			 int64_t divisor, int64_t remainder,
 			 int64_t * msc, int64_t * sbc)
@@ -478,7 +479,6 @@ static int driWaitForMSC(__DRIdrawable *dPriv, int64_t target_msc,
     __DRIswapInfo  sInfo;
     int  status;
 
-
     status = dPriv->driScreenPriv->DriverAPI.WaitForMSC( dPriv, target_msc,
                                                          divisor, remainder,
                                                          msc );
@@ -496,12 +496,14 @@ static int driWaitForMSC(__DRIdrawable *dPriv, int64_t target_msc,
     return status;
 }
 
+
 const __DRImediaStreamCounterExtension driMediaStreamCounterExtension = {
     { __DRI_MEDIA_STREAM_COUNTER, __DRI_MEDIA_STREAM_COUNTER_VERSION },
     driWaitForMSC,
     driDrawableGetMSC,
 };
 
+
 static void driCopySubBuffer(__DRIdrawable *dPriv,
 			      int x, int y, int w, int h)
 {
@@ -595,6 +597,7 @@ driCreateNewDrawable(__DRIscreen *psp, const __DRIconfig *config,
     return pdp;
 }
 
+
 static __DRIdrawable *
 dri2CreateNewDrawable(__DRIscreen *screen, const __DRIconfig *config,
 		      unsigned int drawable_id, unsigned int head, void *data)
@@ -602,6 +605,8 @@ dri2CreateNewDrawable(__DRIscreen *screen, const __DRIconfig *config,
     __DRIdrawable *pdraw;
 
     pdraw = driCreateNewDrawable(screen, config, 0, 0, NULL, data);
+    if (!pdraw)
+    	return NULL;
 
     pdraw->dri2.drawable_id = drawable_id;
     pdraw->dri2.tail = head;
@@ -642,8 +647,6 @@ driDestroyDrawable(__DRIdrawable *pdp)
 /**
  * Destroy the per-context private information.
  * 
- * \param contextPrivate opaque pointer to the per-drawable private info.
- *
  * \internal
  * This function calls __DriverAPIRec::DestroyContext on \p contextPrivate, calls
  * drmDestroyContext(), and finally frees \p contextPrivate.
@@ -661,13 +664,9 @@ driDestroyContext(__DRIcontext *pcp)
 /**
  * Create the per-drawable private driver information.
  * 
- * \param dpy           The display handle.
- * \param modes         Mode used to create the new context.
  * \param render_type   Type of rendering target.  \c GLX_RGBA is the only
  *                      type likely to ever be supported for direct-rendering.
- * \param shared        The shared context dependent methods or \c NULL if
- *                      non-existent.
- * \param pctx          DRI context to receive the context dependent methods.
+ * \param shared        Context with which to share textures, etc. or NULL
  *
  * \returns An opaque pointer to the per-context private information on
  *          success, or \c NULL on failure.
@@ -716,6 +715,7 @@ driCreateNewContext(__DRIscreen *psp, const __DRIconfig *config,
     return pcp;
 }
 
+
 static __DRIcontext *
 dri2CreateNewContext(__DRIscreen *screen, const __DRIconfig *config,
 		      __DRIcontext *shared, void *data)
@@ -734,6 +734,7 @@ dri2CreateNewContext(__DRIscreen *screen, const __DRIconfig *config,
     return driCreateNewContext(screen, config, 0, shared, hwContext, data);
 }
 
+
 static int
 driCopyContext(__DRIcontext *dest, __DRIcontext *src, unsigned long mask)
 {
@@ -751,10 +752,6 @@ driCopyContext(__DRIcontext *dest, __DRIcontext *src, unsigned long mask)
 /**
  * Destroy the per-screen private information.
  * 
- * \param dpy the display handle.
- * \param scrn the screen number.
- * \param screenPrivate opaque pointer to the per-screen private information.
- *
  * \internal
  * This function calls __DriverAPIRec::DestroyScreen on \p screenPrivate, calls
  * drmClose(), and finally frees \p screenPrivate.
@@ -809,15 +806,10 @@ setupLoaderExtensions(__DRIscreen *psp,
  * This routine also fills in the linked list pointed to by \c driver_modes
  * with the \c __GLcontextModes that the driver can support for windows or
  * pbuffers.
+ *
+ * For legacy DRI.
  * 
  * \param scrn  Index of the screen
- * \param psc   DRI screen data (not driver private)
- * \param modes Linked list of known display modes.  This list is, at a
- *              minimum, a list of modes based on the current display mode.
- *              These roughly match the set of available X11 visuals, but it
- *              need not be limited to X11!  The calling libGL should create
- *              a list that will inform the driver of the current display
- *              mode (i.e., color buffer depth, depth buffer depth, etc.).
  * \param ddx_version Version of the 2D DDX.  This may not be meaningful for
  *                    all drivers.
  * \param dri_version Version of the "server-side" DRI.
@@ -826,9 +818,9 @@ setupLoaderExtensions(__DRIscreen *psp,
  *                     framebuffer.
  * \param pSAREA       Pointer the the SAREA.
  * \param fd           Device handle for the DRM.
- * \param internal_api_version  Version of the internal interface between the
- *                              driver and libGL.
- * \param driverAPI Driver API functions used by other routines in dri_util.c.
+ * \param extensions   ??
+ * \param driver_modes  Returns modes suppoted by the driver
+ * \param loaderPrivate  ??
  * 
  * \note There is no need to check the minimum API version in this
  * function.  Since the name of this function is versioned, it is
@@ -901,6 +893,9 @@ driCreateNewScreen(int scrn,
 }
 
 
+/**
+ * DRI2
+ */
 static __DRIscreen *
 dri2CreateNewScreen(int scrn, int fd, unsigned int sarea_handle,
 		    const __DRIextension **extensions,
@@ -984,6 +979,7 @@ static const __DRIextension **driGetExtensions(__DRIscreen *psp)
     return psp->extensions;
 }
 
+/** Legacy DRI interface */
 const __DRIlegacyExtension driLegacyExtension = {
     { __DRI_LEGACY, __DRI_LEGACY_VERSION },
     driCreateNewScreen,
@@ -991,6 +987,7 @@ const __DRIlegacyExtension driLegacyExtension = {
     driCreateNewContext
 };
 
+/** DRI2 interface */
 const __DRIcoreExtension driCoreExtension = {
     { __DRI_CORE, __DRI_CORE_VERSION },
     dri2CreateNewScreen,
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/i915/i915_texstate.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/i915/i915_texstate.c
index 987c6c0454c..af7166e681d 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/i915/i915_texstate.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/i915/i915_texstate.c
@@ -65,7 +65,12 @@ translate_texture_format(GLuint mesa_format, GLenum DepthMode)
    case MESA_FORMAT_RGBA_FXT1:
       return (MAPSURF_COMPRESSED | MT_COMPRESS_FXT1);
    case MESA_FORMAT_Z16:
-      return (MAPSURF_16BIT | (DepthMode==GL_ALPHA?MT_16BIT_A16:MT_16BIT_L16));
+      if (DepthMode == GL_ALPHA)
+          return (MAPSURF_16BIT | MT_16BIT_A16);
+      else if (DepthMode == GL_INTENSITY)
+          return (MAPSURF_16BIT | MT_16BIT_I16);
+      else
+          return (MAPSURF_16BIT | MT_16BIT_L16);
    case MESA_FORMAT_RGBA_DXT1:
    case MESA_FORMAT_RGB_DXT1:
       return (MAPSURF_COMPRESSED | MT_COMPRESS_DXT1);
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/i965/brw_wm_fp.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/i965/brw_wm_fp.c
index 7e80724130c..ef90260e2a0 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/i965/brw_wm_fp.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/i965/brw_wm_fp.c
@@ -737,7 +737,8 @@ static void precalc_tex( struct brw_wm_compile *c,
       release_temp(c, tmp);
    }
 
-   if (inst->TexSrcTarget == GL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV) 
+   if ((inst->TexSrcTarget == TEXTURE_RECT_INDEX) ||
+       (inst->TexSrcTarget == TEXTURE_CUBE_INDEX))
       release_temp(c, tmpcoord);
 }
 
@@ -1019,7 +1020,11 @@ void brw_wm_pass_fp( struct brw_wm_compile *c )
       case OPCODE_LIT:
 	 precalc_lit(c, inst);
 	 break;
-     
+
+      case OPCODE_TEX:
+	 precalc_tex(c, inst);
+	 break;
+
       case OPCODE_TXP:
 	 precalc_txp(c, inst);
 	 break;
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/i965/brw_wm_glsl.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/i965/brw_wm_glsl.c
index b2ffc82ed2d..faa2837fa01 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/i965/brw_wm_glsl.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/i965/brw_wm_glsl.c
@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ static void emit_wpos_xy(struct brw_wm_compile *c,
 	brw_ADD(p,
 		dst[0],
 		retype(src0[0], BRW_REGISTER_TYPE_W),
-		brw_imm_d(- c->key.origin_x));
+		brw_imm_d(0 - c->key.origin_x));
     }
 
     if (mask & WRITEMASK_Y) {
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_blit.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_blit.c
index 174f5ecab02..f1f21e7dfea 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_blit.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_blit.c
@@ -327,9 +327,6 @@ intelEmitCopyBlit(struct intel_context *intel,
       return;
    }
 
-   dst_pitch &= 0xffff;
-   src_pitch &= 0xffff;
-
    /* Initial y values don't seem to work with negative pitches.  If
     * we adjust the offsets manually (below), it seems to work fine.
     *
@@ -362,7 +359,7 @@ intelEmitCopyBlit(struct intel_context *intel,
 
       BEGIN_BATCH(8, NO_LOOP_CLIPRECTS);
       OUT_BATCH(CMD);
-      OUT_BATCH(BR13 | dst_pitch);
+      OUT_BATCH(BR13 | ((uint16_t)dst_pitch));
       OUT_BATCH((0 << 16) | dst_x);
       OUT_BATCH((h << 16) | dst_x2);
       OUT_RELOC(dst_buffer,
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_chipset.h b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_chipset.h
index 3c8fd2384e3..4a5166263ac 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_chipset.h
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_chipset.h
@@ -53,7 +53,11 @@
 #define PCI_CHIP_I965_GM                0x2A02
 #define PCI_CHIP_I965_GME               0x2A12
 
-#define PCI_CHIP_IGD_GM       0x2A42
+#define PCI_CHIP_IGD_GM                 0x2A42
+
+#define PCI_CHIP_IGD_E_G                0x2E02
+#define PCI_CHIP_Q45_G                  0x2E12
+#define PCI_CHIP_G45_G                  0x2E22
 
 #define IS_MOBILE(devid)	(devid == PCI_CHIP_I855_GM || \
 				 devid == PCI_CHIP_I915_GM || \
@@ -63,7 +67,11 @@
 				 devid == PCI_CHIP_I965_GME || \
 				 devid == PCI_CHIP_IGD_GM)
 
-#define IS_IGD(devid)  (devid == PCI_CHIP_IGD_GM)
+#define IS_IGD_GM(devid)        (devid == PCI_CHIP_IGD_GM)
+#define IS_G4X(devid)           (devid == PCI_CHIP_IGD_E_G || \
+                                 devid == PCI_CHIP_Q45_G || \
+                                 devid == PCI_CHIP_G45_G)
+#define IS_IGD(devid)           (IS_IGD_GM(devid) || IS_G4X(devid))
 
 #define IS_915(devid)		(devid == PCI_CHIP_I915_G || \
 				 devid == PCI_CHIP_E7221_G || \
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_context.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_context.c
index e668b7326a2..b9e1eae9828 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_context.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_context.c
@@ -167,8 +167,15 @@ intelGetString(GLcontext * ctx, GLenum name)
 	 chipset = "Intel(R) 965GME/GLE";
 	 break;
       case PCI_CHIP_IGD_GM:
+      case PCI_CHIP_IGD_E_G:
 	 chipset = "Intel(R) Integrated Graphics Device";
 	 break;
+      case PCI_CHIP_G45_G:
+         chipset = "Intel(R) G45/G43";
+         break;
+      case PCI_CHIP_Q45_G:
+         chipset = "Intel(R) Q45/Q43";
+         break;
       default:
          chipset = "Unknown Intel Chipset";
          break;
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_screen.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_screen.c
index 09a30e80a57..8fd503ee8b7 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_screen.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/intel/intel_screen.c
@@ -291,6 +291,10 @@ intelUpdateScreenFromSAREA(intelScreenPrivate * intelScreen,
       intelPrintSAREA(sarea);
 }
 
+
+/**
+ * DRI2 entrypoint
+ */
 static void
 intelHandleDrawableConfig(__DRIdrawablePrivate *dPriv,
 			  __DRIcontextPrivate *pcp,
@@ -332,6 +336,9 @@ intelHandleDrawableConfig(__DRIdrawablePrivate *dPriv,
 
 #define BUFFER_FLAG_TILED 0x0100
 
+/**
+ * DRI2 entrypoint
+ */
 static void
 intelHandleBufferAttach(__DRIdrawablePrivate *dPriv,
 			__DRIcontextPrivate *pcp,
@@ -734,6 +741,7 @@ intelFillInModes(__DRIscreenPrivate *psp,
 
 /**
  * This is the driver specific part of the createNewScreen entry point.
+ * Called when using legacy DRI.
  * 
  * \todo maybe fold this into intelInitDriver
  *
@@ -797,7 +805,8 @@ struct intel_context *intelScreenContext(intelScreenPrivate *intelScreen)
 
 /**
  * This is the driver specific part of the createNewScreen entry point.
- * 
+ * Called when using DRI2.
+ *
  * \return the __GLcontextModes supported by this driver
  */
 static const
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/Makefile b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/Makefile
index 5b2bd0bc2b0..d52b2b4c36d 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/Makefile
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/Makefile
@@ -28,7 +28,6 @@ DRIVER_SOURCES = \
 		 radeon_span.c \
 		 radeon_state.c \
 		 r300_mem.c \
-		 \
 		 r300_context.c \
 		 r300_ioctl.c \
 		 r300_cmdbuf.c \
@@ -37,9 +36,13 @@ DRIVER_SOURCES = \
 		 r300_texmem.c \
 		 r300_tex.c \
 		 r300_texstate.c \
+		 radeon_program.c \
+		 radeon_program_alu.c \
 		 r300_vertprog.c \
 		 r300_fragprog.c \
+		 r300_fragprog_emit.c \
 		 r500_fragprog.c \
+		 r500_fragprog_emit.c \
 		 r300_shader.c \
 		 r300_emit.c \
 		 r300_swtcl.c \
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_context.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_context.c
index 31cc00a081b..063d4e575ef 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_context.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_context.c
@@ -98,6 +98,7 @@ const struct dri_extension card_extensions[] = {
   {"GL_ARB_fragment_program",		NULL},
   {"GL_ARB_multisample",		GL_ARB_multisample_functions},
   {"GL_ARB_multitexture",		NULL},
+  {"GL_ARB_shadow",			NULL},
   {"GL_ARB_texture_border_clamp",	NULL},
   {"GL_ARB_texture_compression",	GL_ARB_texture_compression_functions},
   {"GL_ARB_texture_cube_map",		NULL},
@@ -116,6 +117,7 @@ const struct dri_extension card_extensions[] = {
   {"GL_EXT_multi_draw_arrays",		GL_EXT_multi_draw_arrays_functions},
   {"GL_EXT_gpu_program_parameters",     GL_EXT_gpu_program_parameters_functions},
   {"GL_EXT_secondary_color", 		GL_EXT_secondary_color_functions},
+  {"GL_EXT_shadow_funcs",		NULL},
   {"GL_EXT_stencil_two_side",		GL_EXT_stencil_two_side_functions},
   {"GL_EXT_stencil_wrap",		NULL},
   {"GL_EXT_texture_edge_clamp",		NULL},
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_context.h b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_context.h
index a5ec5ee46e2..6279a67ab16 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_context.h
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_context.h
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@ typedef struct r300_context *r300ContextPtr;
 	}
 
 #include "r300_vertprog.h"
-#include "r300_fragprog.h"
 #include "r500_fragprog.h"
 
 /**
@@ -179,13 +178,6 @@ struct r300_tex_obj {
 	GLuint bufAddr;		/* Offset to start of locally
 				   shared texture block */
 
-	GLuint dirty_state;	/* Flags (1 per texunit) for
-				   whether or not this texobj
-				   has dirty hardware state
-				   (pp_*) that needs to be
-				   brought into the
-				   texunit. */
-
 	drm_radeon_tex_image_t image[6][RADEON_MAX_TEXTURE_LEVELS];
 	/* Six, for the cube faces */
 
@@ -581,9 +573,7 @@ struct r300_depthbuffer_state {
 };
 
 struct r300_stencilbuffer_state {
-	GLuint clear;
 	GLboolean hw_stencil;
-
 };
 
 /* Vertex shader state */
@@ -663,96 +653,40 @@ struct r300_vertex_program_cont {
 #define PFS_NUM_TEMP_REGS	32
 #define PFS_NUM_CONST_REGS	16
 
-/* Mapping Mesa registers to R300 temporaries */
-struct reg_acc {
-	int reg;		/* Assigned hw temp */
-	unsigned int refcount;	/* Number of uses by mesa program */
-};
+struct r300_pfs_compile_state;
 
-/**
- * Describe the current lifetime information for an R300 temporary
- */
-struct reg_lifetime {
-	/* Index of the first slot where this register is free in the sense
-	   that it can be used as a new destination register.
-	   This is -1 if the register has been assigned to a Mesa register
-	   and the last access to the register has not yet been emitted */
-	int free;
-
-	/* Index of the first slot where this register is currently reserved.
-	   This is used to stop e.g. a scalar operation from being moved
-	   before the allocation time of a register that was first allocated
-	   for a vector operation. */
-	int reserved;
-
-	/* Index of the first slot in which the register can be used as a
-	   source without losing the value that is written by the last
-	   emitted instruction that writes to the register */
-	int vector_valid;
-	int scalar_valid;
-
-	/* Index to the slot where the register was last read.
-	   This is also the first slot in which the register may be written again */
-	int vector_lastread;
-	int scalar_lastread;
-};
 
 /**
- * Store usage information about an ALU instruction slot during the
- * compilation of a fragment program.
+ * Stores state that influences the compilation of a fragment program.
  */
-#define SLOT_SRC_VECTOR  (1<<0)
-#define SLOT_SRC_SCALAR  (1<<3)
-#define SLOT_SRC_BOTH    (SLOT_SRC_VECTOR | SLOT_SRC_SCALAR)
-#define SLOT_OP_VECTOR   (1<<16)
-#define SLOT_OP_SCALAR   (1<<17)
-#define SLOT_OP_BOTH     (SLOT_OP_VECTOR | SLOT_OP_SCALAR)
-
-struct r300_pfs_compile_slot {
-	/* Bitmask indicating which parts of the slot are used, using SLOT_ constants
-	   defined above */
-	unsigned int used;
-
-	/* Selected sources */
-	int vsrc[3];
-	int ssrc[3];
+struct r300_fragment_program_external_state {
+	struct {
+		/**
+		 * If the sampler is used as a shadow sampler,
+		 * this field is:
+		 *  0 - GL_LUMINANCE
+		 *  1 - GL_INTENSITY
+		 *  2 - GL_ALPHA
+		 * depending on the depth texture mode.
+		 */
+		GLuint depth_texture_mode : 2;
+
+		/**
+		 * If the sampler is used as a shadow sampler,
+		 * this field is (texture_compare_func - GL_NEVER).
+		 * [e.g. if compare function is GL_LEQUAL, this field is 3]
+		 *
+		 * Otherwise, this field is 0.
+		 */
+		GLuint texture_compare_func : 3;
+	} unit[16];
 };
 
-/**
- * Store information during compilation of fragment programs.
- */
-struct r300_pfs_compile_state {
-	int nrslots;		/* number of ALU slots used so far */
-
-	/* Track which (parts of) slots are already filled with instructions */
-	struct r300_pfs_compile_slot slot[PFS_MAX_ALU_INST];
-
-	/* Track the validity of R300 temporaries */
-	struct reg_lifetime hwtemps[PFS_NUM_TEMP_REGS];
-
-	/* Used to map Mesa's inputs/temps onto hardware temps */
-	int temp_in_use;
-	struct reg_acc temps[PFS_NUM_TEMP_REGS];
-	struct reg_acc inputs[32];	/* don't actually need 32... */
-
-	/* Track usage of hardware temps, for register allocation,
-	 * indirection detection, etc. */
-	GLuint used_in_node;
-	GLuint dest_in_node;
-};
 
 /**
- * Store everything about a fragment program that is needed
- * to render with that program.
+ * Stores an R300 fragment program in its compiled-to-hardware form.
  */
-struct r300_fragment_program {
-	struct gl_fragment_program mesa_program;
-
-	GLcontext *ctx;
-	GLboolean translated;
-	GLboolean error;
-	struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs;
-
+struct r300_fragment_program_code {
 	struct {
 		int length;
 		GLuint inst[PFS_MAX_TEX_INST];
@@ -793,19 +727,51 @@ struct r300_fragment_program {
 	int const_nr;
 
 	int max_temp_idx;
-
-	GLboolean WritesDepth;
-	GLuint optimization;
 };
 
-struct r500_fragment_program {
+/**
+ * Store everything about a fragment program that is needed
+ * to render with that program.
+ */
+struct r300_fragment_program {
 	struct gl_fragment_program mesa_program;
 
-	GLcontext *ctx;
 	GLboolean translated;
 	GLboolean error;
-	struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs;
 
+	struct r300_fragment_program_external_state state;
+	struct r300_fragment_program_code code;
+
+	GLboolean WritesDepth;
+	GLuint optimization;
+};
+
+struct r500_pfs_compile_state;
+
+struct r500_fragment_program_external_state {
+	struct {
+		/**
+		 * If the sampler is used as a shadow sampler,
+		 * this field is:
+		 *  0 - GL_LUMINANCE
+		 *  1 - GL_INTENSITY
+		 *  2 - GL_ALPHA
+		 * depending on the depth texture mode.
+		 */
+		GLuint depth_texture_mode : 2;
+
+		/**
+		 * If the sampler is used as a shadow sampler,
+		 * this field is (texture_compare_func - GL_NEVER).
+		 * [e.g. if compare function is GL_LEQUAL, this field is 3]
+		 *
+		 * Otherwise, this field is 0.
+		 */
+		GLuint texture_compare_func : 3;
+	} unit[16];
+};
+
+struct r500_fragment_program_code {
 	struct {
 		GLuint inst0;
 		GLuint inst1;
@@ -822,17 +788,28 @@ struct r500_fragment_program {
 	int inst_end;
 
 	/* Hardware constants.
-	 * Contains a pointer to the value. The destination of the pointer
-	 * is supposed to be updated when GL state changes.
-	 * Typically, this is either a pointer into
-	 * gl_program_parameter_list::ParameterValues, or a pointer to a
-	 * global constant (e.g. for sin/cos-approximation)
-	 */
+	* Contains a pointer to the value. The destination of the pointer
+	* is supposed to be updated when GL state changes.
+	* Typically, this is either a pointer into
+	* gl_program_parameter_list::ParameterValues, or a pointer to a
+	* global constant (e.g. for sin/cos-approximation)
+	*/
 	const GLfloat *constant[PFS_NUM_CONST_REGS];
 	int const_nr;
 
 	int max_temp_idx;
+};
 
+struct r500_fragment_program {
+	struct gl_fragment_program mesa_program;
+
+	GLcontext *ctx;
+	GLboolean translated;
+	GLboolean error;
+	
+	struct r500_fragment_program_external_state state;
+	struct r500_fragment_program_code code;
+	
 	GLboolean writes_depth;
 
 	GLuint optimization;
@@ -849,7 +826,6 @@ struct r300_state {
 	struct r300_texture_state texture;
 	int sw_tcl_inputs[VERT_ATTRIB_MAX];
 	struct r300_vertex_shader_state vertex_shader;
-	struct r300_pfs_compile_state pfs_compile;
 	struct r300_dma_region aos[R300_MAX_AOS_ARRAYS];
 	int aos_count;
 
@@ -949,6 +925,7 @@ struct r300_context {
 	driTextureObject swapped;
 	int texture_depth;
 	float initialMaxAnisotropy;
+	float LODBias;
 
 	/* Clientdata textures;
 	 */
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_fragprog.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_fragprog.c
index 54b80d20a16..6d24d266fec 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_fragprog.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_fragprog.c
@@ -28,16 +28,14 @@
 /**
  * \file
  *
- * \author Ben Skeggs <[email protected]>
+ * Fragment program compiler. Perform transformations on the intermediate
+ * \ref radeon_program representation (which is essentially the Mesa
+ * program representation plus the notion of clauses) until the program
+ * is in a form where we can translate it more or less directly into
+ * machine-readable form.
  *
+ * \author Ben Skeggs <[email protected]>
  * \author Jerome Glisse <[email protected]>
- *
- * \todo Depth write, WPOS/FOGC inputs
- *
- * \todo FogOption
- *
- * \todo Verify results of opcodes for accuracy, I've only checked them in
- * specific cases.
  */
 
 #include "glheader.h"
@@ -49,1967 +47,225 @@
 
 #include "r300_context.h"
 #include "r300_fragprog.h"
-#include "r300_reg.h"
 #include "r300_state.h"
 
-/*
- * Usefull macros and values
- */
-#define ERROR(fmt, args...) do {			\
-		fprintf(stderr, "%s::%s(): " fmt "\n",	\
-			__FILE__, __FUNCTION__, ##args);	\
-		fp->error = GL_TRUE;			\
-	} while(0)
-
-#define PFS_INVAL 0xFFFFFFFF
-#define COMPILE_STATE struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs = fp->cs
-
-#define SWIZZLE_XYZ		0
-#define SWIZZLE_XXX		1
-#define SWIZZLE_YYY		2
-#define SWIZZLE_ZZZ		3
-#define SWIZZLE_WWW		4
-#define SWIZZLE_YZX		5
-#define SWIZZLE_ZXY		6
-#define SWIZZLE_WZY		7
-#define SWIZZLE_111		8
-#define SWIZZLE_000		9
-#define SWIZZLE_HHH		10
-
-#define swizzle(r, x, y, z, w) do_swizzle(fp, r,		\
-					  ((SWIZZLE_##x<<0)|	\
-					   (SWIZZLE_##y<<3)|	\
-					   (SWIZZLE_##z<<6)|	\
-					   (SWIZZLE_##w<<9)),	\
-					  0)
-
-#define REG_TYPE_INPUT		0
-#define REG_TYPE_OUTPUT		1
-#define REG_TYPE_TEMP		2
-#define REG_TYPE_CONST		3
-
-#define REG_TYPE_SHIFT		0
-#define REG_INDEX_SHIFT		2
-#define REG_VSWZ_SHIFT		8
-#define REG_SSWZ_SHIFT		13
-#define REG_NEGV_SHIFT		18
-#define REG_NEGS_SHIFT		19
-#define REG_ABS_SHIFT		20
-#define REG_NO_USE_SHIFT	21	// Hack for refcounting
-#define REG_VALID_SHIFT		22	// Does the register contain a defined value?
-#define REG_BUILTIN_SHIFT   23	// Is it a builtin (like all zero/all one)?
-
-#define REG_TYPE_MASK		(0x03 << REG_TYPE_SHIFT)
-#define REG_INDEX_MASK		(0x3F << REG_INDEX_SHIFT)
-#define REG_VSWZ_MASK		(0x1F << REG_VSWZ_SHIFT)
-#define REG_SSWZ_MASK		(0x1F << REG_SSWZ_SHIFT)
-#define REG_NEGV_MASK		(0x01 << REG_NEGV_SHIFT)
-#define REG_NEGS_MASK		(0x01 << REG_NEGS_SHIFT)
-#define REG_ABS_MASK		(0x01 << REG_ABS_SHIFT)
-#define REG_NO_USE_MASK		(0x01 << REG_NO_USE_SHIFT)
-#define REG_VALID_MASK		(0x01 << REG_VALID_SHIFT)
-#define REG_BUILTIN_MASK	(0x01 << REG_BUILTIN_SHIFT)
-
-#define REG(type, index, vswz, sswz, nouse, valid, builtin)	\
-	(((type << REG_TYPE_SHIFT) & REG_TYPE_MASK) |			\
-	 ((index << REG_INDEX_SHIFT) & REG_INDEX_MASK) |		\
-	 ((nouse << REG_NO_USE_SHIFT) & REG_NO_USE_MASK) |		\
-	 ((valid << REG_VALID_SHIFT) & REG_VALID_MASK) |		\
-	 ((builtin << REG_BUILTIN_SHIFT) & REG_BUILTIN_MASK) |	\
-	 ((vswz << REG_VSWZ_SHIFT) & REG_VSWZ_MASK) |			\
-	 ((sswz << REG_SSWZ_SHIFT) & REG_SSWZ_MASK))
-#define REG_GET_TYPE(reg)						\
-	((reg & REG_TYPE_MASK) >> REG_TYPE_SHIFT)
-#define REG_GET_INDEX(reg)						\
-	((reg & REG_INDEX_MASK) >> REG_INDEX_SHIFT)
-#define REG_GET_VSWZ(reg)						\
-	((reg & REG_VSWZ_MASK) >> REG_VSWZ_SHIFT)
-#define REG_GET_SSWZ(reg)						\
-	((reg & REG_SSWZ_MASK) >> REG_SSWZ_SHIFT)
-#define REG_GET_NO_USE(reg)						\
-	((reg & REG_NO_USE_MASK) >> REG_NO_USE_SHIFT)
-#define REG_GET_VALID(reg)						\
-	((reg & REG_VALID_MASK) >> REG_VALID_SHIFT)
-#define REG_GET_BUILTIN(reg)						\
-	((reg & REG_BUILTIN_MASK) >> REG_BUILTIN_SHIFT)
-#define REG_SET_TYPE(reg, type)						\
-	reg = ((reg & ~REG_TYPE_MASK) |					\
-	       ((type << REG_TYPE_SHIFT) & REG_TYPE_MASK))
-#define REG_SET_INDEX(reg, index)					\
-	reg = ((reg & ~REG_INDEX_MASK) |				\
-	       ((index << REG_INDEX_SHIFT) & REG_INDEX_MASK))
-#define REG_SET_VSWZ(reg, vswz)						\
-	reg = ((reg & ~REG_VSWZ_MASK) |					\
-	       ((vswz << REG_VSWZ_SHIFT) & REG_VSWZ_MASK))
-#define REG_SET_SSWZ(reg, sswz)						\
-	reg = ((reg & ~REG_SSWZ_MASK) |					\
-	       ((sswz << REG_SSWZ_SHIFT) & REG_SSWZ_MASK))
-#define REG_SET_NO_USE(reg, nouse)					\
-	reg = ((reg & ~REG_NO_USE_MASK) |				\
-	       ((nouse << REG_NO_USE_SHIFT) & REG_NO_USE_MASK))
-#define REG_SET_VALID(reg, valid)					\
-	reg = ((reg & ~REG_VALID_MASK) |				\
-	       ((valid << REG_VALID_SHIFT) & REG_VALID_MASK))
-#define REG_SET_BUILTIN(reg, builtin)					\
-	reg = ((reg & ~REG_BUILTIN_MASK) |				\
-	       ((builtin << REG_BUILTIN_SHIFT) & REG_BUILTIN_MASK))
-#define REG_ABS(reg)							\
-	reg = (reg | REG_ABS_MASK)
-#define REG_NEGV(reg)							\
-	reg = (reg | REG_NEGV_MASK)
-#define REG_NEGS(reg)							\
-	reg = (reg | REG_NEGS_MASK)
-
-/*
- * Datas structures for fragment program generation
- */
-
-/* description of r300 native hw instructions */
-static const struct {
-	const char *name;
-	int argc;
-	int v_op;
-	int s_op;
-} r300_fpop[] = {
-	/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-	{"MAD", 3, R300_ALU_OUTC_MAD, R300_ALU_OUTA_MAD},
-	{"DP3", 2, R300_ALU_OUTC_DP3, R300_ALU_OUTA_DP4},
-	{"DP4", 2, R300_ALU_OUTC_DP4, R300_ALU_OUTA_DP4},
-	{"MIN", 2, R300_ALU_OUTC_MIN, R300_ALU_OUTA_MIN},
-	{"MAX", 2, R300_ALU_OUTC_MAX, R300_ALU_OUTA_MAX},
-	{"CMP", 3, R300_ALU_OUTC_CMP, R300_ALU_OUTA_CMP},
-	{"FRC", 1, R300_ALU_OUTC_FRC, R300_ALU_OUTA_FRC},
-	{"EX2", 1, R300_ALU_OUTC_REPL_ALPHA, R300_ALU_OUTA_EX2},
-	{"LG2", 1, R300_ALU_OUTC_REPL_ALPHA, R300_ALU_OUTA_LG2},
-	{"RCP", 1, R300_ALU_OUTC_REPL_ALPHA, R300_ALU_OUTA_RCP},
-	{"RSQ", 1, R300_ALU_OUTC_REPL_ALPHA, R300_ALU_OUTA_RSQ},
-	{"REPL_ALPHA", 1, R300_ALU_OUTC_REPL_ALPHA, PFS_INVAL},
-	{"CMPH", 3, R300_ALU_OUTC_CMPH, PFS_INVAL},
-	/* *INDENT-ON* */
-};
-
-/* vector swizzles r300 can support natively, with a couple of
- * cases we handle specially
- *
- * REG_VSWZ/REG_SSWZ is an index into this table
- */
-
-/* mapping from SWIZZLE_* to r300 native values for scalar insns */
-#define SWIZZLE_HALF 6
-
-#define MAKE_SWZ3(x, y, z) (MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_##x, \
-					  SWIZZLE_##y, \
-					  SWIZZLE_##z, \
-					  SWIZZLE_ZERO))
-/* native swizzles */
-static const struct r300_pfs_swizzle {
-	GLuint hash;		/* swizzle value this matches */
-	GLuint base;		/* base value for hw swizzle */
-	GLuint stride;		/* difference in base between arg0/1/2 */
-	GLuint flags;
-} v_swiz[] = {
-	/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-	{MAKE_SWZ3(X, Y, Z), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0C_XYZ, 4, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
-	{MAKE_SWZ3(X, X, X), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0C_XXX, 4, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
-	{MAKE_SWZ3(Y, Y, Y), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0C_YYY, 4, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
-	{MAKE_SWZ3(Z, Z, Z), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0C_ZZZ, 4, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
-	{MAKE_SWZ3(W, W, W), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0A, 1, SLOT_SRC_SCALAR},
-	{MAKE_SWZ3(Y, Z, X), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0C_YZX, 1, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
-	{MAKE_SWZ3(Z, X, Y), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0C_ZXY, 1, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
-	{MAKE_SWZ3(W, Z, Y), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0CA_WZY, 1, SLOT_SRC_BOTH},
-	{MAKE_SWZ3(ONE, ONE, ONE), R300_ALU_ARGC_ONE, 0, 0},
-	{MAKE_SWZ3(ZERO, ZERO, ZERO), R300_ALU_ARGC_ZERO, 0, 0},
-	{MAKE_SWZ3(HALF, HALF, HALF), R300_ALU_ARGC_HALF, 0, 0},
-	{PFS_INVAL, 0, 0, 0},
-	/* *INDENT-ON* */
-};
-
-/* used during matching of non-native swizzles */
-#define SWZ_X_MASK (7 << 0)
-#define SWZ_Y_MASK (7 << 3)
-#define SWZ_Z_MASK (7 << 6)
-#define SWZ_W_MASK (7 << 9)
-static const struct {
-	GLuint hash;		/* used to mask matching swizzle components */
-	int mask;		/* actual outmask */
-	int count;		/* count of components matched */
-} s_mask[] = {
-	/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-	{SWZ_X_MASK | SWZ_Y_MASK | SWZ_Z_MASK, 1 | 2 | 4, 3},
-	{SWZ_X_MASK | SWZ_Y_MASK, 1 | 2, 2},
-	{SWZ_X_MASK | SWZ_Z_MASK, 1 | 4, 2},
-	{SWZ_Y_MASK | SWZ_Z_MASK, 2 | 4, 2},
-	{SWZ_X_MASK, 1, 1},
-	{SWZ_Y_MASK, 2, 1},
-	{SWZ_Z_MASK, 4, 1},
-	{PFS_INVAL, PFS_INVAL, PFS_INVAL}
-	/* *INDENT-ON* */
-};
-
-static const struct {
-	int base;		/* hw value of swizzle */
-	int stride;		/* difference between SRC0/1/2 */
-	GLuint flags;
-} s_swiz[] = {
-	/* *INDENT-OFF* */
-	{R300_ALU_ARGA_SRC0C_X, 3, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
-	{R300_ALU_ARGA_SRC0C_Y, 3, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
-	{R300_ALU_ARGA_SRC0C_Z, 3, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
-	{R300_ALU_ARGA_SRC0A, 1, SLOT_SRC_SCALAR},
-	{R300_ALU_ARGA_ZERO, 0, 0},
-	{R300_ALU_ARGA_ONE, 0, 0},
-	{R300_ALU_ARGA_HALF, 0, 0}
-	/* *INDENT-ON* */
-};
-
-/* boiler-plate reg, for convenience */
-static const GLuint undef = REG(REG_TYPE_TEMP,
-				0,
-				SWIZZLE_XYZ,
-				SWIZZLE_W,
-				GL_FALSE,
-				GL_FALSE,
-				GL_FALSE);
-
-/* constant one source */
-static const GLuint pfs_one = REG(REG_TYPE_CONST,
-				  0,
-				  SWIZZLE_111,
-				  SWIZZLE_ONE,
-				  GL_FALSE,
-				  GL_TRUE,
-				  GL_TRUE);
-
-/* constant half source */
-static const GLuint pfs_half = REG(REG_TYPE_CONST,
-				   0,
-				   SWIZZLE_HHH,
-				   SWIZZLE_HALF,
-				   GL_FALSE,
-				   GL_TRUE,
-				   GL_TRUE);
-
-/* constant zero source */
-static const GLuint pfs_zero = REG(REG_TYPE_CONST,
-				   0,
-				   SWIZZLE_000,
-				   SWIZZLE_ZERO,
-				   GL_FALSE,
-				   GL_TRUE,
-				   GL_TRUE);
+#include "radeon_program_alu.h"
 
-/*
- * Common functions prototypes
- */
-static void dump_program(struct r300_fragment_program *fp);
-static void emit_arith(struct r300_fragment_program *fp, int op,
-		       GLuint dest, int mask,
-		       GLuint src0, GLuint src1, GLuint src2, int flags);
 
-/**
- * Get an R300 temporary that can be written to in the given slot.
- */
-static int get_hw_temp(struct r300_fragment_program *fp, int slot)
+static void reset_srcreg(struct prog_src_register* reg)
 {
-	COMPILE_STATE;
-	int r;
-
-	for (r = 0; r < PFS_NUM_TEMP_REGS; ++r) {
-		if (cs->hwtemps[r].free >= 0 && cs->hwtemps[r].free <= slot)
-			break;
-	}
-
-	if (r >= PFS_NUM_TEMP_REGS) {
-		ERROR("Out of hardware temps\n");
-		return 0;
-	}
-	// Reserved is used to avoid the following scenario:
-	//  R300 temporary X is first assigned to Mesa temporary Y during vector ops
-	//  R300 temporary X is then assigned to Mesa temporary Z for further vector ops
-	//  Then scalar ops on Mesa temporary Z are emitted and move back in time
-	//  to overwrite the value of temporary Y.
-	// End scenario.
-	cs->hwtemps[r].reserved = cs->hwtemps[r].free;
-	cs->hwtemps[r].free = -1;
-
-	// Reset to some value that won't mess things up when the user
-	// tries to read from a temporary that hasn't been assigned a value yet.
-	// In the normal case, vector_valid and scalar_valid should be set to
-	// a sane value by the first emit that writes to this temporary.
-	cs->hwtemps[r].vector_valid = 0;
-	cs->hwtemps[r].scalar_valid = 0;
-
-	if (r > fp->max_temp_idx)
-		fp->max_temp_idx = r;
-
-	return r;
+	_mesa_bzero(reg, sizeof(*reg));
+	reg->Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
 }
 
 /**
- * Get an R300 temporary that will act as a TEX destination register.
- */
-static int get_hw_temp_tex(struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
-{
-	COMPILE_STATE;
-	int r;
-
-	for (r = 0; r < PFS_NUM_TEMP_REGS; ++r) {
-		if (cs->used_in_node & (1 << r))
-			continue;
-
-		// Note: Be very careful here
-		if (cs->hwtemps[r].free >= 0 && cs->hwtemps[r].free <= 0)
-			break;
-	}
-
-	if (r >= PFS_NUM_TEMP_REGS)
-		return get_hw_temp(fp, 0);	/* Will cause an indirection */
-
-	cs->hwtemps[r].reserved = cs->hwtemps[r].free;
-	cs->hwtemps[r].free = -1;
-
-	// Reset to some value that won't mess things up when the user
-	// tries to read from a temporary that hasn't been assigned a value yet.
-	// In the normal case, vector_valid and scalar_valid should be set to
-	// a sane value by the first emit that writes to this temporary.
-	cs->hwtemps[r].vector_valid = cs->nrslots;
-	cs->hwtemps[r].scalar_valid = cs->nrslots;
-
-	if (r > fp->max_temp_idx)
-		fp->max_temp_idx = r;
-
-	return r;
-}
-
-/**
- * Mark the given hardware register as free.
- */
-static void free_hw_temp(struct r300_fragment_program *fp, int idx)
-{
-	COMPILE_STATE;
-
-	// Be very careful here. Consider sequences like
-	//  MAD r0, r1,r2,r3
-	//  TEX r4, ...
-	// The TEX instruction may be moved in front of the MAD instruction
-	// due to the way nodes work. We don't want to alias r1 and r4 in
-	// this case.
-	// I'm certain the register allocation could be further sanitized,
-	// but it's tricky because of stuff that can happen inside emit_tex
-	// and emit_arith.
-	cs->hwtemps[idx].free = cs->nrslots + 1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Create a new Mesa temporary register.
- */
-static GLuint get_temp_reg(struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
-{
-	COMPILE_STATE;
-	GLuint r = undef;
-	GLuint index;
-
-	index = ffs(~cs->temp_in_use);
-	if (!index) {
-		ERROR("Out of program temps\n");
-		return r;
-	}
-
-	cs->temp_in_use |= (1 << --index);
-	cs->temps[index].refcount = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-	cs->temps[index].reg = -1;
-
-	REG_SET_TYPE(r, REG_TYPE_TEMP);
-	REG_SET_INDEX(r, index);
-	REG_SET_VALID(r, GL_TRUE);
-	return r;
-}
-
-/**
- * Create a new Mesa temporary register that will act as the destination
- * register for a texture read.
- */
-static GLuint get_temp_reg_tex(struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
-{
-	COMPILE_STATE;
-	GLuint r = undef;
-	GLuint index;
-
-	index = ffs(~cs->temp_in_use);
-	if (!index) {
-		ERROR("Out of program temps\n");
-		return r;
-	}
-
-	cs->temp_in_use |= (1 << --index);
-	cs->temps[index].refcount = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-	cs->temps[index].reg = get_hw_temp_tex(fp);
-
-	REG_SET_TYPE(r, REG_TYPE_TEMP);
-	REG_SET_INDEX(r, index);
-	REG_SET_VALID(r, GL_TRUE);
-	return r;
-}
-
-/**
- * Free a Mesa temporary and the associated R300 temporary.
- */
-static void free_temp(struct r300_fragment_program *fp, GLuint r)
-{
-	COMPILE_STATE;
-	GLuint index = REG_GET_INDEX(r);
-
-	if (!(cs->temp_in_use & (1 << index)))
-		return;
-
-	if (REG_GET_TYPE(r) == REG_TYPE_TEMP) {
-		free_hw_temp(fp, cs->temps[index].reg);
-		cs->temps[index].reg = -1;
-		cs->temp_in_use &= ~(1 << index);
-	} else if (REG_GET_TYPE(r) == REG_TYPE_INPUT) {
-		free_hw_temp(fp, cs->inputs[index].reg);
-		cs->inputs[index].reg = -1;
-	}
-}
-
-/**
- * Emit a hardware constant/parameter.
+ * Transform TEX, TXP, TXB, and KIL instructions in the following way:
+ *  - premultiply texture coordinates for RECT
+ *  - extract operand swizzles
+ *  - introduce a temporary register when write masks are needed
  *
- * \p cp Stable pointer to an array of 4 floats.
- *  The pointer must be stable in the sense that it remains to be valid
- *  and hold the contents of the constant/parameter throughout the lifetime
- *  of the fragment program (actually, up until the next time the fragment
- *  program is translated).
+ * \todo If/when r5xx uses the radeon_program architecture, this can probably
+ * be reused.
  */
-static GLuint emit_const4fv(struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
-			    const GLfloat * cp)
-{
-	GLuint reg = undef;
-	int index;
-
-	for (index = 0; index < fp->const_nr; ++index) {
-		if (fp->constant[index] == cp)
-			break;
-	}
-
-	if (index >= fp->const_nr) {
-		if (index >= PFS_NUM_CONST_REGS) {
-			ERROR("Out of hw constants!\n");
-			return reg;
-		}
-
-		fp->const_nr++;
-		fp->constant[index] = cp;
-	}
-
-	REG_SET_TYPE(reg, REG_TYPE_CONST);
-	REG_SET_INDEX(reg, index);
-	REG_SET_VALID(reg, GL_TRUE);
-	return reg;
-}
-
-static inline GLuint negate(GLuint r)
-{
-	REG_NEGS(r);
-	REG_NEGV(r);
-	return r;
-}
-
-/* Hack, to prevent clobbering sources used multiple times when
- * emulating non-native instructions
- */
-static inline GLuint keep(GLuint r)
-{
-	REG_SET_NO_USE(r, GL_TRUE);
-	return r;
-}
-
-static inline GLuint absolute(GLuint r)
-{
-	REG_ABS(r);
-	return r;
-}
-
-static int swz_native(struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
-		      GLuint src, GLuint * r, GLuint arbneg)
+static GLboolean transform_TEX(
+	struct radeon_program_transform_context* context,
+	struct prog_instruction* orig_inst, void* data)
 {
-	/* Native swizzle, handle negation */
-	src = (src & ~REG_NEGS_MASK) | (((arbneg >> 3) & 1) << REG_NEGS_SHIFT);
-
-	if ((arbneg & 0x7) == 0x0) {
-		src = src & ~REG_NEGV_MASK;
-		*r = src;
-	} else if ((arbneg & 0x7) == 0x7) {
-		src |= REG_NEGV_MASK;
-		*r = src;
-	} else {
-		if (!REG_GET_VALID(*r))
-			*r = get_temp_reg(fp);
-		src |= REG_NEGV_MASK;
-		emit_arith(fp,
-			   PFS_OP_MAD,
-			   *r, arbneg & 0x7, keep(src), pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
-		src = src & ~REG_NEGV_MASK;
-		emit_arith(fp,
-			   PFS_OP_MAD,
-			   *r,
-			   (arbneg ^ 0x7) | WRITEMASK_W,
-			   src, pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
-	}
-
-	return 3;
-}
-
-static int swz_emit_partial(struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
-			    GLuint src,
-			    GLuint * r, int mask, int mc, GLuint arbneg)
-{
-	GLuint tmp;
-	GLuint wmask = 0;
-
-	if (!REG_GET_VALID(*r))
-		*r = get_temp_reg(fp);
-
-	/* A partial match, VSWZ/mask define what parts of the
-	 * desired swizzle we match
-	 */
-	if (mc + s_mask[mask].count == 3) {
-		wmask = WRITEMASK_W;
-		src |= ((arbneg >> 3) & 1) << REG_NEGS_SHIFT;
-	}
-
-	tmp = arbneg & s_mask[mask].mask;
-	if (tmp) {
-		tmp = tmp ^ s_mask[mask].mask;
-		if (tmp) {
-			emit_arith(fp,
-				   PFS_OP_MAD,
-				   *r,
-				   arbneg & s_mask[mask].mask,
-				   keep(src) | REG_NEGV_MASK,
-				   pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
-			if (!wmask) {
-				REG_SET_NO_USE(src, GL_TRUE);
-			} else {
-				REG_SET_NO_USE(src, GL_FALSE);
-			}
-			emit_arith(fp,
-				   PFS_OP_MAD,
-				   *r, tmp | wmask, src, pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
-		} else {
-			if (!wmask) {
-				REG_SET_NO_USE(src, GL_TRUE);
-			} else {
-				REG_SET_NO_USE(src, GL_FALSE);
-			}
-			emit_arith(fp,
-				   PFS_OP_MAD,
-				   *r,
-				   (arbneg & s_mask[mask].mask) | wmask,
-				   src | REG_NEGV_MASK, pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
-		}
-	} else {
-		if (!wmask) {
-			REG_SET_NO_USE(src, GL_TRUE);
-		} else {
-			REG_SET_NO_USE(src, GL_FALSE);
-		}
-		emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD,
-			   *r,
-			   s_mask[mask].mask | wmask,
-			   src, pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
-	}
-
-	return s_mask[mask].count;
-}
-
-static GLuint do_swizzle(struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
-			 GLuint src, GLuint arbswz, GLuint arbneg)
-{
-	GLuint r = undef;
-	GLuint vswz;
-	int c_mask = 0;
-	int v_match = 0;
-
-	/* If swizzling from something without an XYZW native swizzle,
-	 * emit result to a temp, and do new swizzle from the temp.
-	 */
-#if 0
-	if (REG_GET_VSWZ(src) != SWIZZLE_XYZ || REG_GET_SSWZ(src) != SWIZZLE_W) {
-		GLuint temp = get_temp_reg(fp);
-		emit_arith(fp,
-			   PFS_OP_MAD,
-			   temp, WRITEMASK_XYZW, src, pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
-		src = temp;
-	}
-#endif
-
-	if (REG_GET_VSWZ(src) != SWIZZLE_XYZ || REG_GET_SSWZ(src) != SWIZZLE_W) {
-		GLuint vsrcswz =
-		    (v_swiz[REG_GET_VSWZ(src)].
-		     hash & (SWZ_X_MASK | SWZ_Y_MASK | SWZ_Z_MASK)) |
-		    REG_GET_SSWZ(src) << 9;
-		GLint i;
-
-		GLuint newswz = 0;
-		GLuint offset;
-		for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
-			offset = GET_SWZ(arbswz, i);
-
-			newswz |=
-			    (offset <= 3) ? GET_SWZ(vsrcswz,
-						    offset) << i *
-			    3 : offset << i * 3;
-		}
-
-		arbswz = newswz & (SWZ_X_MASK | SWZ_Y_MASK | SWZ_Z_MASK);
-		REG_SET_SSWZ(src, GET_SWZ(newswz, 3));
-	} else {
-		/* set scalar swizzling */
-		REG_SET_SSWZ(src, GET_SWZ(arbswz, 3));
-
-	}
-	do {
-		vswz = REG_GET_VSWZ(src);
-		do {
-			int chash;
-
-			REG_SET_VSWZ(src, vswz);
-			chash = v_swiz[REG_GET_VSWZ(src)].hash &
-			    s_mask[c_mask].hash;
-
-			if (chash == (arbswz & s_mask[c_mask].hash)) {
-				if (s_mask[c_mask].count == 3) {
-					v_match += swz_native(fp,
-							      src, &r, arbneg);
-				} else {
-					v_match += swz_emit_partial(fp,
-								    src,
-								    &r,
-								    c_mask,
-								    v_match,
-								    arbneg);
-				}
-
-				if (v_match == 3)
-					return r;
-
-				/* Fill with something invalid.. all 0's was
-				 * wrong before, matched SWIZZLE_X.  So all
-				 * 1's will be okay for now
-				 */
-				arbswz |= (PFS_INVAL & s_mask[c_mask].hash);
-			}
-		} while (v_swiz[++vswz].hash != PFS_INVAL);
-		REG_SET_VSWZ(src, SWIZZLE_XYZ);
-	} while (s_mask[++c_mask].hash != PFS_INVAL);
-
-	ERROR("should NEVER get here\n");
-	return r;
-}
-
-static GLuint t_src(struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
-		    struct prog_src_register fpsrc)
-{
-	GLuint r = undef;
-
-	switch (fpsrc.File) {
-	case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
-		REG_SET_INDEX(r, fpsrc.Index);
-		REG_SET_VALID(r, GL_TRUE);
-		REG_SET_TYPE(r, REG_TYPE_TEMP);
-		break;
-	case PROGRAM_INPUT:
-		REG_SET_INDEX(r, fpsrc.Index);
-		REG_SET_VALID(r, GL_TRUE);
-		REG_SET_TYPE(r, REG_TYPE_INPUT);
-		break;
-	case PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAM:
-		r = emit_const4fv(fp,
-				  fp->mesa_program.Base.LocalParams[fpsrc.
-								    Index]);
-		break;
-	case PROGRAM_ENV_PARAM:
-		r = emit_const4fv(fp,
-				  fp->ctx->FragmentProgram.Parameters[fpsrc.
-								      Index]);
-		break;
-	case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR:
-	case PROGRAM_NAMED_PARAM:
-	case PROGRAM_CONSTANT:
-		r = emit_const4fv(fp,
-				  fp->mesa_program.Base.Parameters->
-				  ParameterValues[fpsrc.Index]);
-		break;
-	default:
-		ERROR("unknown SrcReg->File %x\n", fpsrc.File);
-		return r;
-	}
-
-	/* no point swizzling ONE/ZERO/HALF constants... */
-	if (REG_GET_VSWZ(r) < SWIZZLE_111 || REG_GET_SSWZ(r) < SWIZZLE_ZERO)
-		r = do_swizzle(fp, r, fpsrc.Swizzle, fpsrc.NegateBase);
-	return r;
-}
-
-static GLuint t_scalar_src(struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
-			   struct prog_src_register fpsrc)
-{
-	struct prog_src_register src = fpsrc;
-	int sc = GET_SWZ(fpsrc.Swizzle, 0);	/* X */
-
-	src.Swizzle = ((sc << 0) | (sc << 3) | (sc << 6) | (sc << 9));
-
-	return t_src(fp, src);
-}
-
-static GLuint t_dst(struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
-		    struct prog_dst_register dest)
-{
-	GLuint r = undef;
-
-	switch (dest.File) {
-	case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
-		REG_SET_INDEX(r, dest.Index);
-		REG_SET_VALID(r, GL_TRUE);
-		REG_SET_TYPE(r, REG_TYPE_TEMP);
-		return r;
-	case PROGRAM_OUTPUT:
-		REG_SET_TYPE(r, REG_TYPE_OUTPUT);
-		switch (dest.Index) {
-		case FRAG_RESULT_COLR:
-		case FRAG_RESULT_DEPR:
-			REG_SET_INDEX(r, dest.Index);
-			REG_SET_VALID(r, GL_TRUE);
-			return r;
-		default:
-			ERROR("Bad DstReg->Index 0x%x\n", dest.Index);
-			return r;
-		}
-	default:
-		ERROR("Bad DstReg->File 0x%x\n", dest.File);
-		return r;
-	}
-}
-
-static int t_hw_src(struct r300_fragment_program *fp, GLuint src, GLboolean tex)
-{
-	COMPILE_STATE;
-	int idx;
-	int index = REG_GET_INDEX(src);
-
-	switch (REG_GET_TYPE(src)) {
-	case REG_TYPE_TEMP:
-		/* NOTE: if reg==-1 here, a source is being read that
-		 *       hasn't been written to. Undefined results.
-		 */
-		if (cs->temps[index].reg == -1)
-			cs->temps[index].reg = get_hw_temp(fp, cs->nrslots);
-
-		idx = cs->temps[index].reg;
-
-		if (!REG_GET_NO_USE(src) && (--cs->temps[index].refcount == 0))
-			free_temp(fp, src);
-		break;
-	case REG_TYPE_INPUT:
-		idx = cs->inputs[index].reg;
-
-		if (!REG_GET_NO_USE(src) && (--cs->inputs[index].refcount == 0))
-			free_hw_temp(fp, cs->inputs[index].reg);
-		break;
-	case REG_TYPE_CONST:
-		return (index | SRC_CONST);
-	default:
-		ERROR("Invalid type for source reg\n");
-		return (0 | SRC_CONST);
-	}
+	struct r300_fragment_program_compiler *compiler =
+		(struct r300_fragment_program_compiler*)data;
+	struct prog_instruction inst = *orig_inst;
+	struct prog_instruction* tgt;
+	GLboolean destredirect = GL_FALSE;
+
+	if (inst.Opcode != OPCODE_TEX &&
+	    inst.Opcode != OPCODE_TXB &&
+	    inst.Opcode != OPCODE_TXP &&
+	    inst.Opcode != OPCODE_KIL)
+		return GL_FALSE;
 
-	if (!tex)
-		cs->used_in_node |= (1 << idx);
+	if (inst.Opcode != OPCODE_KIL &&
+	    compiler->fp->mesa_program.Base.ShadowSamplers & (1 << inst.TexSrcUnit)) {
+		GLuint comparefunc = GL_NEVER + compiler->fp->state.unit[inst.TexSrcUnit].texture_compare_func;
 
-	return idx;
-}
+		if (comparefunc == GL_NEVER || comparefunc == GL_ALWAYS) {
+			tgt = radeonClauseInsertInstructions(context->compiler, context->dest,
+				context->dest->NumInstructions, 1);
 
-static int t_hw_dst(struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
-		    GLuint dest, GLboolean tex, int slot)
-{
-	COMPILE_STATE;
-	int idx;
-	GLuint index = REG_GET_INDEX(dest);
-	assert(REG_GET_VALID(dest));
-
-	switch (REG_GET_TYPE(dest)) {
-	case REG_TYPE_TEMP:
-		if (cs->temps[REG_GET_INDEX(dest)].reg == -1) {
-			if (!tex) {
-				cs->temps[index].reg = get_hw_temp(fp, slot);
-			} else {
-				cs->temps[index].reg = get_hw_temp_tex(fp);
-			}
-		}
-		idx = cs->temps[index].reg;
-
-		if (!REG_GET_NO_USE(dest) && (--cs->temps[index].refcount == 0))
-			free_temp(fp, dest);
-
-		cs->dest_in_node |= (1 << idx);
-		cs->used_in_node |= (1 << idx);
-		break;
-	case REG_TYPE_OUTPUT:
-		switch (index) {
-		case FRAG_RESULT_COLR:
-			fp->node[fp->cur_node].flags |=
-			    R300_RGBA_OUT;
-			break;
-		case FRAG_RESULT_DEPR:
-			fp->WritesDepth = GL_TRUE;
-			fp->node[fp->cur_node].flags |=
-			    R300_W_OUT;
-			break;
+			tgt->Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;
+			tgt->DstReg = inst.DstReg;
+			tgt->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_BUILTIN;
+			tgt->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = comparefunc == GL_ALWAYS ? SWIZZLE_1111 : SWIZZLE_0000;
+			return GL_TRUE;
 		}
-		return index;
-		break;
-	default:
-		ERROR("invalid dest reg type %d\n", REG_GET_TYPE(dest));
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	return idx;
-}
-
-static void emit_nop(struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
-{
-	COMPILE_STATE;
 
-	if (cs->nrslots >= PFS_MAX_ALU_INST) {
-		ERROR("Out of ALU instruction slots\n");
-		return;
+		inst.DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+		inst.DstReg.Index = radeonCompilerAllocateTemporary(context->compiler);
+		inst.DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
 	}
 
-	fp->alu.inst[cs->nrslots].inst0 = NOP_INST0;
-	fp->alu.inst[cs->nrslots].inst1 = NOP_INST1;
-	fp->alu.inst[cs->nrslots].inst2 = NOP_INST2;
-	fp->alu.inst[cs->nrslots].inst3 = NOP_INST3;
-	cs->nrslots++;
-}
 
-static void emit_tex(struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
-		     struct prog_instruction *fpi, int opcode)
-{
-	COMPILE_STATE;
-	GLuint coord = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-	GLuint dest = undef, rdest = undef;
-	GLuint din, uin;
-	int unit = fpi->TexSrcUnit;
-	int hwsrc, hwdest;
-	GLuint tempreg = 0;
-
-	/**
-	 * Hardware uses [0..1]x[0..1] range for rectangle textures
+	/* Hardware uses [0..1]x[0..1] range for rectangle textures
 	 * instead of [0..Width]x[0..Height].
 	 * Add a scaling instruction.
-	 *
-	 * \todo Refactor this once we have proper rewriting/optimization
-	 * support for programs.
 	 */
-	if (opcode != R300_TEX_OP_KIL && fpi->TexSrcTarget == TEXTURE_RECT_INDEX) {
+	if (inst.Opcode != OPCODE_KIL && inst.TexSrcTarget == TEXTURE_RECT_INDEX) {
 		gl_state_index tokens[STATE_LENGTH] = {
 			STATE_INTERNAL, STATE_R300_TEXRECT_FACTOR, 0, 0,
 			0
 		};
+
+		int tempreg = radeonCompilerAllocateTemporary(context->compiler);
 		int factor_index;
-		GLuint factorreg;
 
-		tokens[2] = unit;
+		tokens[2] = inst.TexSrcUnit;
 		factor_index =
-			_mesa_add_state_reference(fp->mesa_program.Base.
-						Parameters, tokens);
-		factorreg =
-			emit_const4fv(fp,
-				fp->mesa_program.Base.Parameters->
-				ParameterValues[factor_index]);
-		tempreg = keep(get_temp_reg(fp));
-
-		emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, tempreg, WRITEMASK_XYZW,
-			coord, factorreg, pfs_zero, 0);
-
-		coord = tempreg;
-	}
+			_mesa_add_state_reference(
+				compiler->fp->mesa_program.Base.Parameters, tokens);
 
-	/* Texture operations do not support swizzles etc. in hardware,
-	 * so emit an additional arithmetic operation if necessary.
-	 */
-	if (REG_GET_VSWZ(coord) != SWIZZLE_XYZ ||
-	    REG_GET_SSWZ(coord) != SWIZZLE_W ||
-	    coord & (REG_NEGV_MASK | REG_NEGS_MASK | REG_ABS_MASK)) {
-		assert(tempreg == 0);
-		tempreg = keep(get_temp_reg(fp));
-		emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, tempreg, WRITEMASK_XYZW,
-			coord, pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
-		coord = tempreg;
-	}
-
-	/* Ensure correct node indirection */
-	uin = cs->used_in_node;
-	din = cs->dest_in_node;
-
-	/* Resolve source/dest to hardware registers */
-	hwsrc = t_hw_src(fp, coord, GL_TRUE);
+		tgt = radeonClauseInsertInstructions(context->compiler, context->dest,
+			context->dest->NumInstructions, 1);
 
-	if (opcode != R300_TEX_OP_KIL) {
-		dest = t_dst(fp, fpi->DstReg);
+		tgt->Opcode = OPCODE_MUL;
+		tgt->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+		tgt->DstReg.Index = tempreg;
+		tgt->SrcReg[0] = inst.SrcReg[0];
+		tgt->SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;
+		tgt->SrcReg[1].Index = factor_index;
 
-		/* r300 doesn't seem to be able to do TEX->output reg */
-		if (REG_GET_TYPE(dest) == REG_TYPE_OUTPUT) {
-			rdest = dest;
-			dest = get_temp_reg_tex(fp);
-		} else if (fpi->DstReg.WriteMask != WRITEMASK_XYZW) {
-			/* in case write mask isn't XYZW */
-			rdest = dest;
-			dest = get_temp_reg_tex(fp);
-		}
-		hwdest =
-		    t_hw_dst(fp, dest, GL_TRUE,
-			     fp->node[fp->cur_node].alu_offset);
-
-		/* Use a temp that hasn't been used in this node, rather
-		 * than causing an indirection
-		 */
-		if (uin & (1 << hwdest)) {
-			free_hw_temp(fp, hwdest);
-			hwdest = get_hw_temp_tex(fp);
-			cs->temps[REG_GET_INDEX(dest)].reg = hwdest;
-		}
-	} else {
-		hwdest = 0;
-		unit = 0;
+		reset_srcreg(&inst.SrcReg[0]);
+		inst.SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+		inst.SrcReg[0].Index = tempreg;
 	}
 
-	/* Indirection if source has been written in this node, or if the
-	 * dest has been read/written in this node
+	/* Texture operations do not support swizzles etc. in hardware,
+	 * so emit an additional arithmetic operation if necessary.
 	 */
-	if ((REG_GET_TYPE(coord) != REG_TYPE_CONST &&
-	     (din & (1 << hwsrc))) || (uin & (1 << hwdest))) {
-
-		/* Finish off current node */
-		if (fp->node[fp->cur_node].alu_offset == cs->nrslots)
-			emit_nop(fp);
-
-		fp->node[fp->cur_node].alu_end =
-		    cs->nrslots - fp->node[fp->cur_node].alu_offset - 1;
-		assert(fp->node[fp->cur_node].alu_end >= 0);
-
-		if (++fp->cur_node >= PFS_MAX_TEX_INDIRECT) {
-			ERROR("too many levels of texture indirection\n");
-			return;
-		}
-
-		/* Start new node */
-		fp->node[fp->cur_node].tex_offset = fp->tex.length;
-		fp->node[fp->cur_node].alu_offset = cs->nrslots;
-		fp->node[fp->cur_node].tex_end = -1;
-		fp->node[fp->cur_node].alu_end = -1;
-		fp->node[fp->cur_node].flags = 0;
-		cs->used_in_node = 0;
-		cs->dest_in_node = 0;
-	}
-
-	if (fp->cur_node == 0)
-		fp->first_node_has_tex = 1;
-
-	fp->tex.inst[fp->tex.length++] = 0 | (hwsrc << R300_SRC_ADDR_SHIFT)
-	    | (hwdest << R300_DST_ADDR_SHIFT)
-	    | (unit << R300_TEX_ID_SHIFT)
-	    | (opcode << R300_TEX_INST_SHIFT);
-
-	cs->dest_in_node |= (1 << hwdest);
-	if (REG_GET_TYPE(coord) != REG_TYPE_CONST)
-		cs->used_in_node |= (1 << hwsrc);
+	if (inst.SrcReg[0].Swizzle != SWIZZLE_NOOP ||
+	    inst.SrcReg[0].Abs || inst.SrcReg[0].NegateBase || inst.SrcReg[0].NegateAbs) {
+		int tempreg = radeonCompilerAllocateTemporary(context->compiler);
 
-	fp->node[fp->cur_node].tex_end++;
+		tgt = radeonClauseInsertInstructions(context->compiler, context->dest,
+			context->dest->NumInstructions, 1);
 
-	/* Copy from temp to output if needed */
-	if (REG_GET_VALID(rdest)) {
-		emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, rdest, fpi->DstReg.WriteMask, dest,
-			   pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
-		free_temp(fp, dest);
-	}
-
-	/* Free temp register */
-	if (tempreg != 0)
-		free_temp(fp, tempreg);
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns the first slot where we could possibly allow writing to dest,
- * according to register allocation.
- */
-static int get_earliest_allowed_write(struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
-				      GLuint dest, int mask)
-{
-	COMPILE_STATE;
-	int idx;
-	int pos;
-	GLuint index = REG_GET_INDEX(dest);
-	assert(REG_GET_VALID(dest));
-
-	switch (REG_GET_TYPE(dest)) {
-	case REG_TYPE_TEMP:
-		if (cs->temps[index].reg == -1)
-			return 0;
-
-		idx = cs->temps[index].reg;
-		break;
-	case REG_TYPE_OUTPUT:
-		return 0;
-	default:
-		ERROR("invalid dest reg type %d\n", REG_GET_TYPE(dest));
-		return 0;
-	}
+		tgt->Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;
+		tgt->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+		tgt->DstReg.Index = tempreg;
+		tgt->SrcReg[0] = inst.SrcReg[0];
 
-	pos = cs->hwtemps[idx].reserved;
-	if (mask & WRITEMASK_XYZ) {
-		if (pos < cs->hwtemps[idx].vector_lastread)
-			pos = cs->hwtemps[idx].vector_lastread;
-	}
-	if (mask & WRITEMASK_W) {
-		if (pos < cs->hwtemps[idx].scalar_lastread)
-			pos = cs->hwtemps[idx].scalar_lastread;
+		reset_srcreg(&inst.SrcReg[0]);
+		inst.SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+		inst.SrcReg[0].Index = tempreg;
 	}
 
-	return pos;
-}
+	if (inst.Opcode != OPCODE_KIL) {
+		if (inst.DstReg.File != PROGRAM_TEMPORARY ||
+		    inst.DstReg.WriteMask != WRITEMASK_XYZW) {
+			int tempreg = radeonCompilerAllocateTemporary(context->compiler);
 
-/**
- * Allocates a slot for an ALU instruction that can consist of
- * a vertex part or a scalar part or both.
- *
- * Sources from src (src[0] to src[argc-1]) are added to the slot in the
- * appropriate position (vector and/or scalar), and their positions are
- * recorded in the srcpos array.
- *
- * This function emits instruction code for the source fetch and the
- * argument selection. It does not emit instruction code for the
- * opcode or the destination selection.
- *
- * @return the index of the slot
- */
-static int find_and_prepare_slot(struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
-				 GLboolean emit_vop,
-				 GLboolean emit_sop,
-				 int argc, GLuint * src, GLuint dest, int mask)
-{
-	COMPILE_STATE;
-	int hwsrc[3];
-	int srcpos[3];
-	unsigned int used;
-	int tempused;
-	int tempvsrc[3];
-	int tempssrc[3];
-	int pos;
-	int regnr;
-	int i, j;
-
-	// Determine instruction slots, whether sources are required on
-	// vector or scalar side, and the smallest slot number where
-	// all source registers are available
-	used = 0;
-	if (emit_vop)
-		used |= SLOT_OP_VECTOR;
-	if (emit_sop)
-		used |= SLOT_OP_SCALAR;
-
-	pos = get_earliest_allowed_write(fp, dest, mask);
-
-	if (fp->node[fp->cur_node].alu_offset > pos)
-		pos = fp->node[fp->cur_node].alu_offset;
-	for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i) {
-		if (!REG_GET_BUILTIN(src[i])) {
-			if (emit_vop)
-				used |= v_swiz[REG_GET_VSWZ(src[i])].flags << i;
-			if (emit_sop)
-				used |= s_swiz[REG_GET_SSWZ(src[i])].flags << i;
-		}
-
-		hwsrc[i] = t_hw_src(fp, src[i], GL_FALSE);	/* Note: sideeffects wrt refcounting! */
-		regnr = hwsrc[i] & 31;
-
-		if (REG_GET_TYPE(src[i]) == REG_TYPE_TEMP) {
-			if (used & (SLOT_SRC_VECTOR << i)) {
-				if (cs->hwtemps[regnr].vector_valid > pos)
-					pos = cs->hwtemps[regnr].vector_valid;
-			}
-			if (used & (SLOT_SRC_SCALAR << i)) {
-				if (cs->hwtemps[regnr].scalar_valid > pos)
-					pos = cs->hwtemps[regnr].scalar_valid;
-			}
+			inst.DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+			inst.DstReg.Index = tempreg;
+			inst.DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+			destredirect = GL_TRUE;
 		}
 	}
 
-	// Find a slot that fits
-	for (;; ++pos) {
-		if (cs->slot[pos].used & used & SLOT_OP_BOTH)
-			continue;
-
-		if (pos >= cs->nrslots) {
-			if (cs->nrslots >= PFS_MAX_ALU_INST) {
-				ERROR("Out of ALU instruction slots\n");
-				return -1;
-			}
-
-			fp->alu.inst[pos].inst0 = NOP_INST0;
-			fp->alu.inst[pos].inst1 = NOP_INST1;
-			fp->alu.inst[pos].inst2 = NOP_INST2;
-			fp->alu.inst[pos].inst3 = NOP_INST3;
-
-			cs->nrslots++;
-		}
-		// Note: When we need both parts (vector and scalar) of a source,
-		// we always try to put them into the same position. This makes the
-		// code easier to read, and it is optimal (i.e. one doesn't gain
-		// anything by splitting the parts).
-		// It also avoids headaches with swizzles that access both parts (i.e WXY)
-		tempused = cs->slot[pos].used;
-		for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
-			tempvsrc[i] = cs->slot[pos].vsrc[i];
-			tempssrc[i] = cs->slot[pos].ssrc[i];
-		}
-
-		for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i) {
-			int flags = (used >> i) & SLOT_SRC_BOTH;
-
-			if (!flags) {
-				srcpos[i] = 0;
-				continue;
-			}
-
-			for (j = 0; j < 3; ++j) {
-				if ((tempused >> j) & flags & SLOT_SRC_VECTOR) {
-					if (tempvsrc[j] != hwsrc[i])
-						continue;
-				}
-
-				if ((tempused >> j) & flags & SLOT_SRC_SCALAR) {
-					if (tempssrc[j] != hwsrc[i])
-						continue;
-				}
-
-				break;
-			}
-
-			if (j == 3)
-				break;
-
-			srcpos[i] = j;
-			tempused |= flags << j;
-			if (flags & SLOT_SRC_VECTOR)
-				tempvsrc[j] = hwsrc[i];
-			if (flags & SLOT_SRC_SCALAR)
-				tempssrc[j] = hwsrc[i];
-		}
-
-		if (i == argc)
-			break;
-	}
-
-	// Found a slot, reserve it
-	cs->slot[pos].used = tempused | (used & SLOT_OP_BOTH);
-	for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
-		cs->slot[pos].vsrc[i] = tempvsrc[i];
-		cs->slot[pos].ssrc[i] = tempssrc[i];
-	}
-
-	for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i) {
-		if (REG_GET_TYPE(src[i]) == REG_TYPE_TEMP) {
-			int regnr = hwsrc[i] & 31;
-
-			if (used & (SLOT_SRC_VECTOR << i)) {
-				if (cs->hwtemps[regnr].vector_lastread < pos)
-					cs->hwtemps[regnr].vector_lastread =
-					    pos;
-			}
-			if (used & (SLOT_SRC_SCALAR << i)) {
-				if (cs->hwtemps[regnr].scalar_lastread < pos)
-					cs->hwtemps[regnr].scalar_lastread =
-					    pos;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	// Emit the source fetch code
-	fp->alu.inst[pos].inst1 &= ~R300_ALU_SRC_MASK;
-	fp->alu.inst[pos].inst1 |=
-	    ((cs->slot[pos].vsrc[0] << R300_ALU_SRC0C_SHIFT) |
-	     (cs->slot[pos].vsrc[1] << R300_ALU_SRC1C_SHIFT) |
-	     (cs->slot[pos].vsrc[2] << R300_ALU_SRC2C_SHIFT));
-
-	fp->alu.inst[pos].inst3 &= ~R300_ALU_SRC_MASK;
-	fp->alu.inst[pos].inst3 |=
-	    ((cs->slot[pos].ssrc[0] << R300_ALU_SRC0A_SHIFT) |
-	     (cs->slot[pos].ssrc[1] << R300_ALU_SRC1A_SHIFT) |
-	     (cs->slot[pos].ssrc[2] << R300_ALU_SRC2A_SHIFT));
-
-	// Emit the argument selection code
-	if (emit_vop) {
-		int swz[3];
-
-		for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
-			if (i < argc) {
-				swz[i] = (v_swiz[REG_GET_VSWZ(src[i])].base +
-					  (srcpos[i] *
-					   v_swiz[REG_GET_VSWZ(src[i])].
-					   stride)) | ((src[i] & REG_NEGV_MASK)
-						       ? ARG_NEG : 0) | ((src[i]
-									  &
-									  REG_ABS_MASK)
-									 ?
-									 ARG_ABS
-									 : 0);
-			} else {
-				swz[i] = R300_ALU_ARGC_ZERO;
-			}
-		}
-
-		fp->alu.inst[pos].inst0 &=
-		    ~(R300_ALU_ARG0C_MASK | R300_ALU_ARG1C_MASK |
-		      R300_ALU_ARG2C_MASK);
-		fp->alu.inst[pos].inst0 |=
-		    (swz[0] << R300_ALU_ARG0C_SHIFT) | (swz[1] <<
-							 R300_ALU_ARG1C_SHIFT)
-		    | (swz[2] << R300_ALU_ARG2C_SHIFT);
-	}
-
-	if (emit_sop) {
-		int swz[3];
-
-		for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
-			if (i < argc) {
-				swz[i] = (s_swiz[REG_GET_SSWZ(src[i])].base +
-					  (srcpos[i] *
-					   s_swiz[REG_GET_SSWZ(src[i])].
-					   stride)) | ((src[i] & REG_NEGV_MASK)
-						       ? ARG_NEG : 0) | ((src[i]
-									  &
-									  REG_ABS_MASK)
-									 ?
-									 ARG_ABS
-									 : 0);
-			} else {
-				swz[i] = R300_ALU_ARGA_ZERO;
-			}
-		}
-
-		fp->alu.inst[pos].inst2 &=
-		    ~(R300_ALU_ARG0A_MASK | R300_ALU_ARG1A_MASK |
-		      R300_ALU_ARG2A_MASK);
-		fp->alu.inst[pos].inst2 |=
-		    (swz[0] << R300_ALU_ARG0A_SHIFT) | (swz[1] <<
-							 R300_ALU_ARG1A_SHIFT)
-		    | (swz[2] << R300_ALU_ARG2A_SHIFT);
-	}
-
-	return pos;
-}
-
-/**
- * Append an ALU instruction to the instruction list.
- */
-static void emit_arith(struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
-		       int op,
-		       GLuint dest,
-		       int mask,
-		       GLuint src0, GLuint src1, GLuint src2, int flags)
-{
-	COMPILE_STATE;
-	GLuint src[3] = { src0, src1, src2 };
-	int hwdest;
-	GLboolean emit_vop, emit_sop;
-	int vop, sop, argc;
-	int pos;
-
-	vop = r300_fpop[op].v_op;
-	sop = r300_fpop[op].s_op;
-	argc = r300_fpop[op].argc;
-
-	if (REG_GET_TYPE(dest) == REG_TYPE_OUTPUT &&
-	    REG_GET_INDEX(dest) == FRAG_RESULT_DEPR) {
-		if (mask & WRITEMASK_Z) {
-			mask = WRITEMASK_W;
-		} else {
-			return;
-		}
-	}
-
-	emit_vop = GL_FALSE;
-	emit_sop = GL_FALSE;
-	if ((mask & WRITEMASK_XYZ) || vop == R300_ALU_OUTC_DP3)
-		emit_vop = GL_TRUE;
-	if ((mask & WRITEMASK_W) || vop == R300_ALU_OUTC_REPL_ALPHA)
-		emit_sop = GL_TRUE;
-
-	pos =
-	    find_and_prepare_slot(fp, emit_vop, emit_sop, argc, src, dest,
-				  mask);
-	if (pos < 0)
-		return;
-
-	hwdest = t_hw_dst(fp, dest, GL_FALSE, pos);	/* Note: Side effects wrt register allocation */
-
-	if (flags & PFS_FLAG_SAT) {
-		vop |= R300_ALU_OUTC_CLAMP;
-		sop |= R300_ALU_OUTA_CLAMP;
-	}
-
-	/* Throw the pieces together and get ALU/1 */
-	if (emit_vop) {
-		fp->alu.inst[pos].inst0 |= vop;
-
-		fp->alu.inst[pos].inst1 |= hwdest << R300_ALU_DSTC_SHIFT;
-
-		if (REG_GET_TYPE(dest) == REG_TYPE_OUTPUT) {
-			if (REG_GET_INDEX(dest) == FRAG_RESULT_COLR) {
-				fp->alu.inst[pos].inst1 |=
-				    (mask & WRITEMASK_XYZ) <<
-				    R300_ALU_DSTC_OUTPUT_MASK_SHIFT;
-			} else
-				assert(0);
+	tgt = radeonClauseInsertInstructions(context->compiler, context->dest,
+		context->dest->NumInstructions, 1);
+	_mesa_copy_instructions(tgt, &inst, 1);
+
+	if (inst.Opcode != OPCODE_KIL &&
+	    compiler->fp->mesa_program.Base.ShadowSamplers & (1 << inst.TexSrcUnit)) {
+		GLuint comparefunc = GL_NEVER + compiler->fp->state.unit[inst.TexSrcUnit].texture_compare_func;
+		GLuint depthmode = compiler->fp->state.unit[inst.TexSrcUnit].depth_texture_mode;
+
+		tgt = radeonClauseInsertInstructions(context->compiler, context->dest,
+			context->dest->NumInstructions, 2);
+
+		tgt[0].Opcode = OPCODE_ADD;
+		tgt[0].DstReg = inst.DstReg;
+		tgt[0].DstReg.WriteMask = orig_inst->DstReg.WriteMask;
+		tgt[0].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+		tgt[0].SrcReg[0].Index = inst.DstReg.Index;
+		if (depthmode == 0) /* GL_LUMINANCE */
+			tgt[0].SrcReg[0].Swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_Z);
+		else if (depthmode == 2) /* GL_ALPHA */
+			tgt[0].SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_WWWW;
+		tgt[0].SrcReg[1] = inst.SrcReg[0];
+		tgt[0].SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_ZZZZ;
+
+		/* Recall that SrcReg[0] is tex, SrcReg[2] is r and:
+		 *   r  < tex  <=>      -tex+r < 0
+		 *   r >= tex  <=> not (-tex+r < 0 */
+		if (comparefunc == GL_LESS || comparefunc == GL_GEQUAL)
+			tgt[0].SrcReg[0].NegateBase = tgt[0].SrcReg[0].NegateBase ^ NEGATE_XYZW;
+		else
+			tgt[0].SrcReg[1].NegateBase = tgt[0].SrcReg[1].NegateBase ^ NEGATE_XYZW;
+
+		tgt[1].Opcode = OPCODE_CMP;
+		tgt[1].DstReg = orig_inst->DstReg;
+		tgt[1].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+		tgt[1].SrcReg[0].Index = tgt[0].DstReg.Index;
+		tgt[1].SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_BUILTIN;
+		tgt[1].SrcReg[2].File = PROGRAM_BUILTIN;
+
+		if (comparefunc == GL_LESS || comparefunc == GL_GREATER) {
+			tgt[1].SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_1111;
+			tgt[1].SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_0000;
 		} else {
-			fp->alu.inst[pos].inst1 |=
-			    (mask & WRITEMASK_XYZ) <<
-			    R300_ALU_DSTC_REG_MASK_SHIFT;
-
-			cs->hwtemps[hwdest].vector_valid = pos + 1;
+			tgt[1].SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_0000;
+			tgt[1].SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_1111;
 		}
-	}
+	} else if (destredirect) {
+		tgt = radeonClauseInsertInstructions(context->compiler, context->dest,
+			context->dest->NumInstructions, 1);
 
-	/* And now ALU/3 */
-	if (emit_sop) {
-		fp->alu.inst[pos].inst2 |= sop;
-
-		if (mask & WRITEMASK_W) {
-			if (REG_GET_TYPE(dest) == REG_TYPE_OUTPUT) {
-				if (REG_GET_INDEX(dest) == FRAG_RESULT_COLR) {
-					fp->alu.inst[pos].inst3 |=
-					    (hwdest << R300_ALU_DSTA_SHIFT) |
-					    R300_ALU_DSTA_OUTPUT;
-				} else if (REG_GET_INDEX(dest) ==
-					   FRAG_RESULT_DEPR) {
-					fp->alu.inst[pos].inst3 |=
-					    R300_ALU_DSTA_DEPTH;
-				} else
-					assert(0);
-			} else {
-				fp->alu.inst[pos].inst3 |=
-				    (hwdest << R300_ALU_DSTA_SHIFT) |
-				    R300_ALU_DSTA_REG;
-
-				cs->hwtemps[hwdest].scalar_valid = pos + 1;
-			}
-		}
+		tgt->Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;
+		tgt->DstReg = orig_inst->DstReg;
+		tgt->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+		tgt->SrcReg[0].Index = inst.DstReg.Index;
 	}
 
-	return;
+	return GL_TRUE;
 }
 
-#if 0
-static GLuint get_attrib(struct r300_fragment_program *fp, GLuint attr)
+
+static void update_params(r300ContextPtr r300, struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
 {
 	struct gl_fragment_program *mp = &fp->mesa_program;
-	GLuint r = undef;
 
-	if (!(mp->Base.InputsRead & (1 << attr))) {
-		ERROR("Attribute %d was not provided!\n", attr);
-		return undef;
-	}
-
-	REG_SET_TYPE(r, REG_TYPE_INPUT);
-	REG_SET_INDEX(r, attr);
-	REG_SET_VALID(r, GL_TRUE);
-	return r;
+	/* Ask Mesa nicely to fill in ParameterValues for us */
+	if (mp->Base.Parameters)
+		_mesa_load_state_parameters(r300->radeon.glCtx, mp->Base.Parameters);
 }
-#endif
-
-static GLfloat SinCosConsts[2][4] = {
-	{
-	 1.273239545,		// 4/PI
-	 -0.405284735,		// -4/(PI*PI)
-	 3.141592654,		// PI
-	 0.2225			// weight
-	 },
-	{
-	 0.75,
-	 0.0,
-	 0.159154943,		// 1/(2*PI)
-	 6.283185307		// 2*PI
-	 }
-};
+
 
 /**
- * Emit a LIT instruction.
- * \p flags may be PFS_FLAG_SAT
+ * Transform the program to support fragment.position.
  *
- * Definition of LIT (from ARB_fragment_program):
- * tmp = VectorLoad(op0);
- * if (tmp.x < 0) tmp.x = 0;
- * if (tmp.y < 0) tmp.y = 0;
- * if (tmp.w < -(128.0-epsilon)) tmp.w = -(128.0-epsilon);
- * else if (tmp.w > 128-epsilon) tmp.w = 128-epsilon;
- * result.x = 1.0;
- * result.y = tmp.x;
- * result.z = (tmp.x > 0) ? RoughApproxPower(tmp.y, tmp.w) : 0.0;
- * result.w = 1.0;
+ * Introduce a small fragment at the start of the program that will be
+ * the only code that directly reads the FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS input.
+ * All other code pieces that reference that input will be rewritten
+ * to read from a newly allocated temporary.
  *
- * The longest path of computation is the one leading to result.z,
- * consisting of 5 operations. This implementation of LIT takes
- * 5 slots. So unless there's some special undocumented opcode,
- * this implementation is potentially optimal. Unfortunately,
- * emit_arith is a bit too conservative because it doesn't understand
- * partial writes to the vector component.
+ * \todo if/when r5xx supports the radeon_program architecture, this is a
+ * likely candidate for code sharing.
  */
-static const GLfloat LitConst[4] =
-    { 127.999999, 127.999999, 127.999999, -127.999999 };
-
-static void emit_lit(struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
-		     GLuint dest, int mask, GLuint src, int flags)
+static void insert_WPOS_trailer(struct r300_fragment_program_compiler *compiler)
 {
-	COMPILE_STATE;
-	GLuint cnst;
-	int needTemporary;
-	GLuint temp;
-
-	cnst = emit_const4fv(fp, LitConst);
-
-	needTemporary = 0;
-	if ((mask & WRITEMASK_XYZW) != WRITEMASK_XYZW) {
-		needTemporary = 1;
-	} else if (REG_GET_TYPE(dest) == REG_TYPE_OUTPUT) {
-		// LIT is typically followed by DP3/DP4, so there's no point
-		// in creating special code for this case
-		needTemporary = 1;
-	}
-
-	if (needTemporary) {
-		temp = keep(get_temp_reg(fp));
-	} else {
-		temp = keep(dest);
-	}
-
-	// Note: The order of emit_arith inside the slots is relevant,
-	// because emit_arith only looks at scalar vs. vector when resolving
-	// dependencies, and it does not consider individual vector components,
-	// so swizzling between the two parts can create fake dependencies.
-
-	// First slot
-	emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAX, temp, WRITEMASK_XY,
-		   keep(src), pfs_zero, undef, 0);
-	emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAX, temp, WRITEMASK_W, src, cnst, undef, 0);
-
-	// Second slot
-	emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MIN, temp, WRITEMASK_Z,
-		   swizzle(temp, W, W, W, W), cnst, undef, 0);
-	emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_LG2, temp, WRITEMASK_W,
-		   swizzle(temp, Y, Y, Y, Y), undef, undef, 0);
-
-	// Third slot
-	// If desired, we saturate the y result here.
-	// This does not affect the use as a condition variable in the CMP later
-	emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp, WRITEMASK_W,
-		   temp, swizzle(temp, Z, Z, Z, Z), pfs_zero, 0);
-	emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp, WRITEMASK_Y,
-		   swizzle(temp, X, X, X, X), pfs_one, pfs_zero, flags);
-
-	// Fourth slot
-	emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp, WRITEMASK_X,
-		   pfs_one, pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
-	emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_EX2, temp, WRITEMASK_W, temp, undef, undef, 0);
-
-	// Fifth slot
-	emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_CMP, temp, WRITEMASK_Z,
-		   pfs_zero, swizzle(temp, W, W, W, W),
-		   negate(swizzle(temp, Y, Y, Y, Y)), flags);
-	emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp, WRITEMASK_W, pfs_one, pfs_one,
-		   pfs_zero, 0);
-
-	if (needTemporary) {
-		emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
-			   temp, pfs_one, pfs_zero, flags);
-		free_temp(fp, temp);
-	} else {
-		// Decrease refcount of the destination
-		t_hw_dst(fp, dest, GL_FALSE, cs->nrslots);
-	}
-}
-
-static GLboolean parse_program(struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
-{
-	struct gl_fragment_program *mp = &fp->mesa_program;
-	const struct prog_instruction *inst = mp->Base.Instructions;
-	struct prog_instruction *fpi;
-	GLuint src[3], dest, temp[2];
-	int flags, mask = 0;
-	int const_sin[2];
+	GLuint InputsRead = compiler->fp->mesa_program.Base.InputsRead;
 
-	if (!inst || inst[0].Opcode == OPCODE_END) {
-		ERROR("empty program?\n");
-		return GL_FALSE;
-	}
-
-	for (fpi = mp->Base.Instructions; fpi->Opcode != OPCODE_END; fpi++) {
-		if (fpi->SaturateMode == SATURATE_ZERO_ONE)
-			flags = PFS_FLAG_SAT;
-		else
-			flags = 0;
-
-		if (fpi->Opcode != OPCODE_KIL) {
-			dest = t_dst(fp, fpi->DstReg);
-			mask = fpi->DstReg.WriteMask;
-		}
-
-		switch (fpi->Opcode) {
-		case OPCODE_ABS:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
-				   absolute(src[0]), pfs_one, pfs_zero, flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_ADD:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			src[1] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
-				   src[0], pfs_one, src[1], flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_CMP:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			src[1] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-			src[2] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[2]);
-			/* ARB_f_p - if src0.c < 0.0 ? src1.c : src2.c
-			 *    r300 - if src2.c < 0.0 ? src1.c : src0.c
-			 */
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_CMP, dest, mask,
-				   src[2], src[1], src[0], flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_COS:
-			/*
-			 * cos using a parabola (see SIN):
-			 * cos(x):
-			 *   x = (x/(2*PI))+0.75
-			 *   x = frac(x)
-			 *   x = (x*2*PI)-PI
-			 *   result = sin(x)
-			 */
-			temp[0] = get_temp_reg(fp);
-			const_sin[0] = emit_const4fv(fp, SinCosConsts[0]);
-			const_sin[1] = emit_const4fv(fp, SinCosConsts[1]);
-			src[0] = t_scalar_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-
-			/* add 0.5*PI and do range reduction */
-
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_X,
-				   swizzle(src[0], X, X, X, X),
-				   swizzle(const_sin[1], Z, Z, Z, Z),
-				   swizzle(const_sin[1], X, X, X, X), 0);
-
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_FRC, temp[0], WRITEMASK_X,
-				   swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X),
-				   undef, undef, 0);
-
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_Z, swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X), swizzle(const_sin[1], W, W, W, W),	//2*PI
-				   negate(swizzle(const_sin[0], Z, Z, Z, Z)),	//-PI
-				   0);
-
-			/* SIN */
-
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0],
-				   WRITEMASK_X | WRITEMASK_Y, swizzle(temp[0],
-								      Z, Z, Z,
-								      Z),
-				   const_sin[0], pfs_zero, 0);
-
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_X,
-				   swizzle(temp[0], Y, Y, Y, Y),
-				   absolute(swizzle(temp[0], Z, Z, Z, Z)),
-				   swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X), 0);
-
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_Y,
-				   swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X),
-				   absolute(swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X)),
-				   negate(swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X)), 0);
-
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
-				   swizzle(temp[0], Y, Y, Y, Y),
-				   swizzle(const_sin[0], W, W, W, W),
-				   swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X), flags);
-
-			free_temp(fp, temp[0]);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_DP3:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			src[1] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_DP3, dest, mask,
-				   src[0], src[1], undef, flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_DP4:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			src[1] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_DP4, dest, mask,
-				   src[0], src[1], undef, flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_DPH:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			src[1] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-			/* src0.xyz1 -> temp
-			 * DP4 dest, temp, src1
-			 */
-#if 0
-			temp[0] = get_temp_reg(fp);
-			src[0].s_swz = SWIZZLE_ONE;
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], mask,
-				   src[0], pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_DP4, dest, mask,
-				   temp[0], src[1], undef, flags);
-			free_temp(fp, temp[0]);
-#else
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_DP4, dest, mask,
-				   swizzle(src[0], X, Y, Z, ONE), src[1],
-				   undef, flags);
-#endif
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_DST:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			src[1] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-			/* dest.y = src0.y * src1.y */
-			if (mask & WRITEMASK_Y)
-				emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, WRITEMASK_Y,
-					   keep(src[0]), keep(src[1]),
-					   pfs_zero, flags);
-			/* dest.z = src0.z */
-			if (mask & WRITEMASK_Z)
-				emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, WRITEMASK_Z,
-					   src[0], pfs_one, pfs_zero, flags);
-			/* result.x = 1.0
-			 * result.w = src1.w */
-			if (mask & WRITEMASK_XW) {
-				REG_SET_VSWZ(src[1], SWIZZLE_111);	/*Cheat */
-				emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest,
-					   mask & WRITEMASK_XW,
-					   src[1], pfs_one, pfs_zero, flags);
-			}
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_EX2:
-			src[0] = t_scalar_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_EX2, dest, mask,
-				   src[0], undef, undef, flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_FLR:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			temp[0] = get_temp_reg(fp);
-			/* FRC temp, src0
-			 * MAD dest, src0, 1.0, -temp
-			 */
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_FRC, temp[0], mask,
-				   keep(src[0]), undef, undef, 0);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
-				   src[0], pfs_one, negate(temp[0]), flags);
-			free_temp(fp, temp[0]);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_FRC:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_FRC, dest, mask,
-				   src[0], undef, undef, flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_KIL:
-			emit_tex(fp, fpi, R300_TEX_OP_KIL);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_LG2:
-			src[0] = t_scalar_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_LG2, dest, mask,
-				   src[0], undef, undef, flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_LIT:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			emit_lit(fp, dest, mask, src[0], flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_LRP:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			src[1] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-			src[2] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[2]);
-			/* result = tmp0tmp1 + (1 - tmp0)tmp2
-			 *        = tmp0tmp1 + tmp2 + (-tmp0)tmp2
-			 *     MAD temp, -tmp0, tmp2, tmp2
-			 *     MAD result, tmp0, tmp1, temp
-			 */
-			temp[0] = get_temp_reg(fp);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], mask,
-				   negate(keep(src[0])), keep(src[2]), src[2],
-				   0);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
-				   src[0], src[1], temp[0], flags);
-			free_temp(fp, temp[0]);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_MAD:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			src[1] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-			src[2] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[2]);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
-				   src[0], src[1], src[2], flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_MAX:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			src[1] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAX, dest, mask,
-				   src[0], src[1], undef, flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_MIN:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			src[1] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MIN, dest, mask,
-				   src[0], src[1], undef, flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_MOV:
-		case OPCODE_SWZ:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
-				   src[0], pfs_one, pfs_zero, flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_MUL:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			src[1] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
-				   src[0], src[1], pfs_zero, flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_POW:
-			src[0] = t_scalar_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			src[1] = t_scalar_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-			temp[0] = get_temp_reg(fp);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_LG2, temp[0], WRITEMASK_W,
-				   src[0], undef, undef, 0);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_W,
-				   temp[0], src[1], pfs_zero, 0);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_EX2, dest, fpi->DstReg.WriteMask,
-				   temp[0], undef, undef, 0);
-			free_temp(fp, temp[0]);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_RCP:
-			src[0] = t_scalar_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_RCP, dest, mask,
-				   src[0], undef, undef, flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_RSQ:
-			src[0] = t_scalar_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_RSQ, dest, mask,
-				   absolute(src[0]), pfs_zero, pfs_zero, flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_SCS:
-			/*
-			 * scs using a parabola :
-			 * scs(x):
-			 *   result.x = sin(-abs(x)+0.5*PI)  (cos)
-			 *   result.y = sin(x)               (sin)
-			 *
-			 */
-			temp[0] = get_temp_reg(fp);
-			temp[1] = get_temp_reg(fp);
-			const_sin[0] = emit_const4fv(fp, SinCosConsts[0]);
-			const_sin[1] = emit_const4fv(fp, SinCosConsts[1]);
-			src[0] = t_scalar_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-
-			/* x = -abs(x)+0.5*PI */
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_Z, swizzle(const_sin[0], Z, Z, Z, Z),	//PI
-				   pfs_half,
-				   negate(abs
-					  (swizzle(keep(src[0]), X, X, X, X))),
-				   0);
-
-			/* C*x (sin) */
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_W,
-				   swizzle(const_sin[0], Y, Y, Y, Y),
-				   swizzle(keep(src[0]), X, X, X, X),
-				   pfs_zero, 0);
-
-			/* B*x, C*x (cos) */
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0],
-				   WRITEMASK_X | WRITEMASK_Y, swizzle(temp[0],
-								      Z, Z, Z,
-								      Z),
-				   const_sin[0], pfs_zero, 0);
-
-			/* B*x (sin) */
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[1], WRITEMASK_W,
-				   swizzle(const_sin[0], X, X, X, X),
-				   keep(src[0]), pfs_zero, 0);
-
-			/* y = B*x + C*x*abs(x) (sin) */
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[1], WRITEMASK_Z,
-				   absolute(src[0]),
-				   swizzle(temp[0], W, W, W, W),
-				   swizzle(temp[1], W, W, W, W), 0);
-
-			/* y = B*x + C*x*abs(x) (cos) */
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[1], WRITEMASK_W,
-				   swizzle(temp[0], Y, Y, Y, Y),
-				   absolute(swizzle(temp[0], Z, Z, Z, Z)),
-				   swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X), 0);
-
-			/* y*abs(y) - y (cos), y*abs(y) - y (sin) */
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0],
-				   WRITEMASK_X | WRITEMASK_Y, swizzle(temp[1],
-								      W, Z, Y,
-								      X),
-				   absolute(swizzle(temp[1], W, Z, Y, X)),
-				   negate(swizzle(temp[1], W, Z, Y, X)), 0);
-
-			/* dest.xy = mad(temp.xy, P, temp2.wz) */
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest,
-				   mask & (WRITEMASK_X | WRITEMASK_Y), temp[0],
-				   swizzle(const_sin[0], W, W, W, W),
-				   swizzle(temp[1], W, Z, Y, X), flags);
-
-			free_temp(fp, temp[0]);
-			free_temp(fp, temp[1]);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_SGE:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			src[1] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-			temp[0] = get_temp_reg(fp);
-			/* temp = src0 - src1
-			 * dest.c = (temp.c < 0.0) ? 0 : 1
-			 */
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], mask,
-				   src[0], pfs_one, negate(src[1]), 0);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_CMP, dest, mask,
-				   pfs_one, pfs_zero, temp[0], 0);
-			free_temp(fp, temp[0]);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_SIN:
-			/*
-			 *  using a parabola:
-			 * sin(x) = 4/pi * x + -4/(pi*pi) * x * abs(x)
-			 * extra precision is obtained by weighting against
-			 * itself squared.
-			 */
-
-			temp[0] = get_temp_reg(fp);
-			const_sin[0] = emit_const4fv(fp, SinCosConsts[0]);
-			const_sin[1] = emit_const4fv(fp, SinCosConsts[1]);
-			src[0] = t_scalar_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-
-			/* do range reduction */
-
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_X,
-				   swizzle(keep(src[0]), X, X, X, X),
-				   swizzle(const_sin[1], Z, Z, Z, Z),
-				   pfs_half, 0);
-
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_FRC, temp[0], WRITEMASK_X,
-				   swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X),
-				   undef, undef, 0);
-
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_Z, swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X), swizzle(const_sin[1], W, W, W, W),	//2*PI
-				   negate(swizzle(const_sin[0], Z, Z, Z, Z)),	//PI
-				   0);
-
-			/* SIN */
-
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0],
-				   WRITEMASK_X | WRITEMASK_Y, swizzle(temp[0],
-								      Z, Z, Z,
-								      Z),
-				   const_sin[0], pfs_zero, 0);
-
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_X,
-				   swizzle(temp[0], Y, Y, Y, Y),
-				   absolute(swizzle(temp[0], Z, Z, Z, Z)),
-				   swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X), 0);
-
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_Y,
-				   swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X),
-				   absolute(swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X)),
-				   negate(swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X)), 0);
-
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
-				   swizzle(temp[0], Y, Y, Y, Y),
-				   swizzle(const_sin[0], W, W, W, W),
-				   swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X), flags);
-
-			free_temp(fp, temp[0]);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_SLT:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			src[1] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-			temp[0] = get_temp_reg(fp);
-			/* temp = src0 - src1
-			 * dest.c = (temp.c < 0.0) ? 1 : 0
-			 */
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], mask,
-				   src[0], pfs_one, negate(src[1]), 0);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_CMP, dest, mask,
-				   pfs_zero, pfs_one, temp[0], 0);
-			free_temp(fp, temp[0]);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_SUB:
-			src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-			src[1] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-			emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
-				   src[0], pfs_one, negate(src[1]), flags);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_TEX:
-			emit_tex(fp, fpi, R300_TEX_OP_LD);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_TXB:
-			emit_tex(fp, fpi, R300_TEX_OP_TXB);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_TXP:
-			emit_tex(fp, fpi, R300_TEX_OP_TXP);
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_XPD:{
-				src[0] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = t_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-				temp[0] = get_temp_reg(fp);
-				/* temp = src0.zxy * src1.yzx */
-				emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0],
-					   WRITEMASK_XYZ, swizzle(keep(src[0]),
-								  Z, X, Y, W),
-					   swizzle(keep(src[1]), Y, Z, X, W),
-					   pfs_zero, 0);
-				/* dest.xyz = src0.yzx * src1.zxy - temp
-				 * dest.w       = undefined
-				 * */
-				emit_arith(fp, PFS_OP_MAD, dest,
-					   mask & WRITEMASK_XYZ, swizzle(src[0],
-									 Y, Z,
-									 X, W),
-					   swizzle(src[1], Z, X, Y, W),
-					   negate(temp[0]), flags);
-				/* cleanup */
-				free_temp(fp, temp[0]);
-				break;
-			}
-		default:
-			ERROR("unknown fpi->Opcode %d\n", fpi->Opcode);
-			break;
-		}
-
-		if (fp->error)
-			return GL_FALSE;
-
-	}
-
-	return GL_TRUE;
-}
+	if (!(InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_WPOS))
+		return;
 
-static void insert_wpos(struct gl_program *prog)
-{
 	static gl_state_index tokens[STATE_LENGTH] = {
 		STATE_INTERNAL, STATE_R300_WINDOW_DIMENSION, 0, 0, 0
 	};
 	struct prog_instruction *fpi;
 	GLuint window_index;
 	int i = 0;
-	GLuint tempregi = prog->NumTemporaries;
-	/* should do something else if no temps left... */
-	prog->NumTemporaries++;
+	GLuint tempregi = radeonCompilerAllocateTemporary(&compiler->compiler);
 
-	fpi = _mesa_alloc_instructions(prog->NumInstructions + 3);
-	_mesa_init_instructions(fpi, prog->NumInstructions + 3);
+	fpi = radeonClauseInsertInstructions(&compiler->compiler, &compiler->compiler.Clauses[0], 0, 3);
 
 	/* perspective divide */
 	fpi[i].Opcode = OPCODE_RCP;
@@ -2041,7 +297,7 @@ static void insert_wpos(struct gl_program *prog)
 	i++;
 
 	/* viewport transformation */
-	window_index = _mesa_add_state_reference(prog->Parameters, tokens);
+	window_index = _mesa_add_state_reference(compiler->fp->mesa_program.Base.Parameters, tokens);
 
 	fpi[i].Opcode = OPCODE_MAD;
 
@@ -2066,203 +322,114 @@ static void insert_wpos(struct gl_program *prog)
 	    MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_ZERO);
 	i++;
 
-	_mesa_copy_instructions(&fpi[i], prog->Instructions,
-				prog->NumInstructions);
-
-	free(prog->Instructions);
-
-	prog->Instructions = fpi;
-
-	prog->NumInstructions += i;
-	fpi = &prog->Instructions[prog->NumInstructions - 1];
-
-	assert(fpi->Opcode == OPCODE_END);
-
-	for (fpi = &prog->Instructions[3]; fpi->Opcode != OPCODE_END; fpi++) {
-		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
-			if (fpi->SrcReg[i].File == PROGRAM_INPUT &&
-			    fpi->SrcReg[i].Index == FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS) {
-				fpi->SrcReg[i].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
-				fpi->SrcReg[i].Index = tempregi;
+	for (; i < compiler->compiler.Clauses[0].NumInstructions; ++i) {
+		int reg;
+		for (reg = 0; reg < 3; reg++) {
+			if (fpi[i].SrcReg[reg].File == PROGRAM_INPUT &&
+			    fpi[i].SrcReg[reg].Index == FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS) {
+				fpi[i].SrcReg[reg].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+				fpi[i].SrcReg[reg].Index = tempregi;
 			}
-	}
-}
-
-/* - Init structures
- * - Determine what hwregs each input corresponds to
- */
-static void init_program(r300ContextPtr r300, struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
-{
-	struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs = NULL;
-	struct gl_fragment_program *mp = &fp->mesa_program;
-	struct prog_instruction *fpi;
-	GLuint InputsRead = mp->Base.InputsRead;
-	GLuint temps_used = 0;	/* for fp->temps[] */
-	int i, j;
-
-	/* New compile, reset tracking data */
-	fp->optimization =
-	    driQueryOptioni(&r300->radeon.optionCache, "fp_optimization");
-	fp->translated = GL_FALSE;
-	fp->error = GL_FALSE;
-	fp->cs = cs = &(R300_CONTEXT(fp->ctx)->state.pfs_compile);
-	fp->WritesDepth = GL_FALSE;
-	fp->tex.length = 0;
-	fp->cur_node = 0;
-	fp->first_node_has_tex = 0;
-	fp->const_nr = 0;
-	fp->max_temp_idx = 0;
-	fp->node[0].alu_end = -1;
-	fp->node[0].tex_end = -1;
-
-	_mesa_memset(cs, 0, sizeof(*fp->cs));
-	for (i = 0; i < PFS_MAX_ALU_INST; i++) {
-		for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
-			cs->slot[i].vsrc[j] = SRC_CONST;
-			cs->slot[i].ssrc[j] = SRC_CONST;
 		}
 	}
+}
 
-	/* Work out what temps the Mesa inputs correspond to, this must match
-	 * what setup_rs_unit does, which shouldn't be a problem as rs_unit
-	 * configures itself based on the fragprog's InputsRead
-	 *
-	 * NOTE: this depends on get_hw_temp() allocating registers in order,
-	 * starting from register 0.
-	 */
 
-	/* Texcoords come first */
-	for (i = 0; i < fp->ctx->Const.MaxTextureUnits; i++) {
-		if (InputsRead & (FRAG_BIT_TEX0 << i)) {
-			cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_TEX0 + i].refcount = 0;
-			cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_TEX0 + i].reg =
-			    get_hw_temp(fp, 0);
-		}
+static GLuint build_dtm(GLuint depthmode)
+{
+	switch(depthmode) {
+	default:
+	case GL_LUMINANCE: return 0;
+	case GL_INTENSITY: return 1;
+	case GL_ALPHA: return 2;
 	}
-	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BITS_TEX_ANY;
+}
 
-	/* fragment position treated as a texcoord */
-	if (InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_WPOS) {
-		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS].refcount = 0;
-		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS].reg = get_hw_temp(fp, 0);
-		insert_wpos(&mp->Base);
-	}
-	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BIT_WPOS;
+static GLuint build_func(GLuint comparefunc)
+{
+	return comparefunc - GL_NEVER;
+}
 
-	/* Then primary colour */
-	if (InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_COL0) {
-		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0].refcount = 0;
-		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0].reg = get_hw_temp(fp, 0);
-	}
-	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BIT_COL0;
 
-	/* Secondary color */
-	if (InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_COL1) {
-		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL1].refcount = 0;
-		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL1].reg = get_hw_temp(fp, 0);
-	}
-	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BIT_COL1;
-
-	/* Anything else */
-	if (InputsRead) {
-		WARN_ONCE("Don't know how to handle inputs 0x%x\n", InputsRead);
-		/* force read from hwreg 0 for now */
-		for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
-			if (InputsRead & (1 << i))
-				cs->inputs[i].reg = 0;
-	}
+/**
+ * Collect all external state that is relevant for compiling the given
+ * fragment program.
+ */
+static void build_state(
+	r300ContextPtr r300,
+	struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
+	struct r300_fragment_program_external_state *state)
+{
+	int unit;
 
-	/* Pre-parse the mesa program, grabbing refcounts on input/temp regs.
-	 * That way, we can free up the reg when it's no longer needed
-	 */
-	if (!mp->Base.Instructions) {
-		ERROR("No instructions found in program\n");
-		return;
-	}
+	_mesa_bzero(state, sizeof(*state));
 
-	for (fpi = mp->Base.Instructions; fpi->Opcode != OPCODE_END; fpi++) {
-		int idx;
-
-		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
-			idx = fpi->SrcReg[i].Index;
-			switch (fpi->SrcReg[i].File) {
-			case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
-				if (!(temps_used & (1 << idx))) {
-					cs->temps[idx].reg = -1;
-					cs->temps[idx].refcount = 1;
-					temps_used |= (1 << idx);
-				} else
-					cs->temps[idx].refcount++;
-				break;
-			case PROGRAM_INPUT:
-				cs->inputs[idx].refcount++;
-				break;
-			default:
-				break;
-			}
-		}
+	for(unit = 0; unit < 16; ++unit) {
+		if (fp->mesa_program.Base.ShadowSamplers & (1 << unit)) {
+			struct gl_texture_object* tex = r300->radeon.glCtx->Texture.Unit[unit]._Current;
 
-		idx = fpi->DstReg.Index;
-		if (fpi->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
-			if (!(temps_used & (1 << idx))) {
-				cs->temps[idx].reg = -1;
-				cs->temps[idx].refcount = 1;
-				temps_used |= (1 << idx);
-			} else
-				cs->temps[idx].refcount++;
+			state->unit[unit].depth_texture_mode = build_dtm(tex->DepthMode);
+			state->unit[unit].texture_compare_func = build_func(tex->CompareFunc);
 		}
 	}
-	cs->temp_in_use = temps_used;
 }
 
-static void update_params(struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
-{
-	struct gl_fragment_program *mp = &fp->mesa_program;
-
-	/* Ask Mesa nicely to fill in ParameterValues for us */
-	if (mp->Base.Parameters)
-		_mesa_load_state_parameters(fp->ctx, mp->Base.Parameters);
-}
 
 void r300TranslateFragmentShader(r300ContextPtr r300,
 				 struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
 {
+	struct r300_fragment_program_external_state state;
 
-	struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs = NULL;
+	build_state(r300, fp, &state);
+	if (_mesa_memcmp(&fp->state, &state, sizeof(state))) {
+		/* TODO: cache compiled programs */
+		fp->translated = GL_FALSE;
+		_mesa_memcpy(&fp->state, &state, sizeof(state));
+	}
 
 	if (!fp->translated) {
+		struct r300_fragment_program_compiler compiler;
+
+		compiler.r300 = r300;
+		compiler.fp = fp;
+		compiler.code = &fp->code;
 
-		init_program(r300, fp);
-		cs = fp->cs;
+		radeonCompilerInit(&compiler.compiler, r300->radeon.glCtx, &fp->mesa_program.Base);
 
-		if (parse_program(fp) == GL_FALSE) {
-			dump_program(fp);
-			return;
+		insert_WPOS_trailer(&compiler);
+
+		struct radeon_program_transformation transformations[] = {
+			{ &transform_TEX, &compiler },
+			{ &radeonTransformALU, 0 }
+		};
+		radeonClauseLocalTransform(&compiler.compiler,
+			&compiler.compiler.Clauses[0],
+			2, transformations);
+
+		if (RADEON_DEBUG & DEBUG_PIXEL) {
+			_mesa_printf("Compiler state after transformations:\n");
+			radeonCompilerDump(&compiler.compiler);
 		}
 
-		/* Finish off */
-		fp->node[fp->cur_node].alu_end =
-		    cs->nrslots - fp->node[fp->cur_node].alu_offset - 1;
-		if (fp->node[fp->cur_node].tex_end < 0)
-			fp->node[fp->cur_node].tex_end = 0;
-		fp->alu_offset = 0;
-		fp->alu_end = cs->nrslots - 1;
-		fp->tex_offset = 0;
-		fp->tex_end = fp->tex.length ? fp->tex.length - 1 : 0;
-		assert(fp->node[fp->cur_node].alu_end >= 0);
-		assert(fp->alu_end >= 0);
-
-		fp->translated = GL_TRUE;
-		if (RADEON_DEBUG & DEBUG_PIXEL)
-			dump_program(fp);
-		r300UpdateStateParameters(fp->ctx, _NEW_PROGRAM);
+		if (!r300FragmentProgramEmit(&compiler))
+			fp->error = GL_TRUE;
+
+		radeonCompilerCleanup(&compiler.compiler);
+
+		if (!fp->error)
+			fp->translated = GL_TRUE;
+		if (fp->error || (RADEON_DEBUG & DEBUG_PIXEL))
+			r300FragmentProgramDump(fp, &fp->code);
+		r300UpdateStateParameters(r300->radeon.glCtx, _NEW_PROGRAM);
 	}
 
-	update_params(fp);
+	update_params(r300, fp);
 }
 
 /* just some random things... */
-static void dump_program(struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
+void r300FragmentProgramDump(
+	struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
+	struct r300_fragment_program_code *code)
 {
 	int n, i, j;
 	static int pc = 0;
@@ -2277,21 +444,21 @@ static void dump_program(struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
 	fprintf(stderr, "Hardware program\n");
 	fprintf(stderr, "----------------\n");
 
-	for (n = 0; n < (fp->cur_node + 1); n++) {
+	for (n = 0; n < (code->cur_node + 1); n++) {
 		fprintf(stderr, "NODE %d: alu_offset: %d, tex_offset: %d, "
 			"alu_end: %d, tex_end: %d\n", n,
-			fp->node[n].alu_offset,
-			fp->node[n].tex_offset,
-			fp->node[n].alu_end, fp->node[n].tex_end);
+			code->node[n].alu_offset,
+			code->node[n].tex_offset,
+			code->node[n].alu_end, code->node[n].tex_end);
 
-		if (fp->tex.length) {
+		if (code->tex.length) {
 			fprintf(stderr, "  TEX:\n");
-			for (i = fp->node[n].tex_offset;
-			     i <= fp->node[n].tex_offset + fp->node[n].tex_end;
+			for (i = code->node[n].tex_offset;
+			     i <= code->node[n].tex_offset + code->node[n].tex_end;
 			     ++i) {
 				const char *instr;
 
-				switch ((fp->tex.
+				switch ((code->tex.
 					 inst[i] >> R300_TEX_INST_SHIFT) &
 					15) {
 				case R300_TEX_OP_LD:
@@ -2313,20 +480,20 @@ static void dump_program(struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
 				fprintf(stderr,
 					"    %s t%i, %c%i, texture[%i]   (%08x)\n",
 					instr,
-					(fp->tex.
+					(code->tex.
 					 inst[i] >> R300_DST_ADDR_SHIFT) & 31,
 					't',
-					(fp->tex.
+					(code->tex.
 					 inst[i] >> R300_SRC_ADDR_SHIFT) & 31,
-					(fp->tex.
+					(code->tex.
 					 inst[i] & R300_TEX_ID_MASK) >>
 					R300_TEX_ID_SHIFT,
-					fp->tex.inst[i]);
+					code->tex.inst[i]);
 			}
 		}
 
-		for (i = fp->node[n].alu_offset;
-		     i <= fp->node[n].alu_offset + fp->node[n].alu_end; ++i) {
+		for (i = code->node[n].alu_offset;
+		     i <= code->node[n].alu_offset + code->node[n].alu_end; ++i) {
 			char srcc[3][10], dstc[20];
 			char srca[3][10], dsta[20];
 			char argc[3][20];
@@ -2334,8 +501,8 @@ static void dump_program(struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
 			char flags[5], tmp[10];
 
 			for (j = 0; j < 3; ++j) {
-				int regc = fp->alu.inst[i].inst1 >> (j * 6);
-				int rega = fp->alu.inst[i].inst3 >> (j * 6);
+				int regc = code->alu.inst[i].inst1 >> (j * 6);
+				int rega = code->alu.inst[i].inst3 >> (j * 6);
 
 				sprintf(srcc[j], "%c%i",
 					(regc & 32) ? 'c' : 't', regc & 31);
@@ -2345,46 +512,46 @@ static void dump_program(struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
 
 			dstc[0] = 0;
 			sprintf(flags, "%s%s%s",
-				(fp->alu.inst[i].
+				(code->alu.inst[i].
 				 inst1 & R300_ALU_DSTC_REG_X) ? "x" : "",
-				(fp->alu.inst[i].
+				(code->alu.inst[i].
 				 inst1 & R300_ALU_DSTC_REG_Y) ? "y" : "",
-				(fp->alu.inst[i].
+				(code->alu.inst[i].
 				 inst1 & R300_ALU_DSTC_REG_Z) ? "z" : "");
 			if (flags[0] != 0) {
 				sprintf(dstc, "t%i.%s ",
-					(fp->alu.inst[i].
+					(code->alu.inst[i].
 					 inst1 >> R300_ALU_DSTC_SHIFT) & 31,
 					flags);
 			}
 			sprintf(flags, "%s%s%s",
-				(fp->alu.inst[i].
+				(code->alu.inst[i].
 				 inst1 & R300_ALU_DSTC_OUTPUT_X) ? "x" : "",
-				(fp->alu.inst[i].
+				(code->alu.inst[i].
 				 inst1 & R300_ALU_DSTC_OUTPUT_Y) ? "y" : "",
-				(fp->alu.inst[i].
+				(code->alu.inst[i].
 				 inst1 & R300_ALU_DSTC_OUTPUT_Z) ? "z" : "");
 			if (flags[0] != 0) {
 				sprintf(tmp, "o%i.%s",
-					(fp->alu.inst[i].
+					(code->alu.inst[i].
 					 inst1 >> R300_ALU_DSTC_SHIFT) & 31,
 					flags);
 				strcat(dstc, tmp);
 			}
 
 			dsta[0] = 0;
-			if (fp->alu.inst[i].inst3 & R300_ALU_DSTA_REG) {
+			if (code->alu.inst[i].inst3 & R300_ALU_DSTA_REG) {
 				sprintf(dsta, "t%i.w ",
-					(fp->alu.inst[i].
+					(code->alu.inst[i].
 					 inst3 >> R300_ALU_DSTA_SHIFT) & 31);
 			}
-			if (fp->alu.inst[i].inst3 & R300_ALU_DSTA_OUTPUT) {
+			if (code->alu.inst[i].inst3 & R300_ALU_DSTA_OUTPUT) {
 				sprintf(tmp, "o%i.w ",
-					(fp->alu.inst[i].
+					(code->alu.inst[i].
 					 inst3 >> R300_ALU_DSTA_SHIFT) & 31);
 				strcat(dsta, tmp);
 			}
-			if (fp->alu.inst[i].inst3 & R300_ALU_DSTA_DEPTH) {
+			if (code->alu.inst[i].inst3 & R300_ALU_DSTA_DEPTH) {
 				strcat(dsta, "Z");
 			}
 
@@ -2392,12 +559,12 @@ static void dump_program(struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
 				"%3i: xyz: %3s %3s %3s -> %-20s (%08x)\n"
 				"       w: %3s %3s %3s -> %-20s (%08x)\n", i,
 				srcc[0], srcc[1], srcc[2], dstc,
-				fp->alu.inst[i].inst1, srca[0], srca[1],
-				srca[2], dsta, fp->alu.inst[i].inst3);
+				code->alu.inst[i].inst1, srca[0], srca[1],
+				srca[2], dsta, code->alu.inst[i].inst3);
 
 			for (j = 0; j < 3; ++j) {
-				int regc = fp->alu.inst[i].inst0 >> (j * 7);
-				int rega = fp->alu.inst[i].inst2 >> (j * 7);
+				int regc = code->alu.inst[i].inst0 >> (j * 7);
+				int rega = code->alu.inst[i].inst2 >> (j * 7);
 				int d;
 				char buf[20];
 
@@ -2479,8 +646,8 @@ static void dump_program(struct r300_fragment_program *fp)
 			fprintf(stderr, "     xyz: %8s %8s %8s    op: %08x\n"
 				"       w: %8s %8s %8s    op: %08x\n",
 				argc[0], argc[1], argc[2],
-				fp->alu.inst[i].inst0, arga[0], arga[1],
-				arga[2], fp->alu.inst[i].inst2);
+				code->alu.inst[i].inst0, arga[0], arga[1],
+				arga[2], code->alu.inst[i].inst2);
 		}
 	}
 }
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_fragprog.h b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_fragprog.h
index 573aacf19a1..7c1e210b044 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_fragprog.h
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_fragprog.h
@@ -40,12 +40,7 @@
 #include "shader/prog_instruction.h"
 
 #include "r300_context.h"
-
-typedef struct r300_fragment_program_swizzle {
-	GLuint length;
-	GLuint src[4];
-	GLuint inst[8];
-} r300_fragment_program_swizzle_t;
+#include "radeon_program.h"
 
 /* supported hw opcodes */
 #define PFS_OP_MAD 0
@@ -74,25 +69,6 @@ typedef struct r300_fragment_program_swizzle {
 #define SRC_MASK		(63 << 0)
 #define SRC_STRIDE		6
 
-#define NOP_INST0 (						 \
-		(R300_ALU_OUTC_MAD) |				 \
-		(R300_ALU_ARGC_ZERO << R300_ALU_ARG0C_SHIFT) | \
-		(R300_ALU_ARGC_ZERO << R300_ALU_ARG1C_SHIFT) | \
-		(R300_ALU_ARGC_ZERO << R300_ALU_ARG2C_SHIFT))
-#define NOP_INST1 (					     \
-		((0 | SRC_CONST) << R300_ALU_SRC0C_SHIFT) | \
-		((0 | SRC_CONST) << R300_ALU_SRC1C_SHIFT) | \
-		((0 | SRC_CONST) << R300_ALU_SRC2C_SHIFT))
-#define NOP_INST2 ( \
-		(R300_ALU_OUTA_MAD) |				 \
-		(R300_ALU_ARGA_ZERO << R300_ALU_ARG0A_SHIFT) | \
-		(R300_ALU_ARGA_ZERO << R300_ALU_ARG1A_SHIFT) | \
-		(R300_ALU_ARGA_ZERO << R300_ALU_ARG2A_SHIFT))
-#define NOP_INST3 (					     \
-		((0 | SRC_CONST) << R300_ALU_SRC0A_SHIFT) | \
-		((0 | SRC_CONST) << R300_ALU_SRC1A_SHIFT) | \
-		((0 | SRC_CONST) << R300_ALU_SRC2A_SHIFT))
-
 #define DRI_CONF_FP_OPTIMIZATION_SPEED   0
 #define DRI_CONF_FP_OPTIMIZATION_QUALITY 1
 
@@ -161,4 +137,24 @@ struct r300_fragment_program;
 extern void r300TranslateFragmentShader(r300ContextPtr r300,
 					struct r300_fragment_program *fp);
 
+
+/**
+ * Used internally by the r300 fragment program code to store compile-time
+ * only data.
+ */
+struct r300_fragment_program_compiler {
+	r300ContextPtr r300;
+	struct r300_fragment_program *fp;
+	struct r300_fragment_program_code *code;
+	struct radeon_compiler compiler;
+};
+
+extern void r300FPTransformTextures(struct r300_fragment_program_compiler *compiler);
+extern GLboolean r300FragmentProgramEmit(struct r300_fragment_program_compiler *compiler);
+
+
+extern void r300FragmentProgramDump(
+	struct r300_fragment_program *fp,
+	struct r300_fragment_program_code *code);
+
 #endif
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_fragprog_emit.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_fragprog_emit.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9ba29feb40b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_fragprog_emit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2058 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2005 Ben Skeggs.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+ * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+ * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+ * the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER(S) AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE
+ * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+ * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+ * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ *
+ * Emit the r300_fragment_program_code that can be understood by the hardware.
+ * Input is a pre-transformed radeon_program.
+ *
+ * \author Ben Skeggs <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * \author Jerome Glisse <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * \todo FogOption
+ *
+ * \todo Verify results of opcodes for accuracy, I've only checked them in
+ * specific cases.
+ */
+
+#include "glheader.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+#include "enums.h"
+#include "shader/prog_instruction.h"
+#include "shader/prog_parameter.h"
+#include "shader/prog_print.h"
+
+#include "r300_context.h"
+#include "r300_fragprog.h"
+#include "r300_reg.h"
+#include "r300_state.h"
+
+/* Mapping Mesa registers to R300 temporaries */
+struct reg_acc {
+	int reg;		/* Assigned hw temp */
+	unsigned int refcount;	/* Number of uses by mesa program */
+};
+
+/**
+ * Describe the current lifetime information for an R300 temporary
+ */
+struct reg_lifetime {
+	/* Index of the first slot where this register is free in the sense
+	   that it can be used as a new destination register.
+	   This is -1 if the register has been assigned to a Mesa register
+	   and the last access to the register has not yet been emitted */
+	int free;
+
+	/* Index of the first slot where this register is currently reserved.
+	   This is used to stop e.g. a scalar operation from being moved
+	   before the allocation time of a register that was first allocated
+	   for a vector operation. */
+	int reserved;
+
+	/* Index of the first slot in which the register can be used as a
+	   source without losing the value that is written by the last
+	   emitted instruction that writes to the register */
+	int vector_valid;
+	int scalar_valid;
+
+	/* Index to the slot where the register was last read.
+	   This is also the first slot in which the register may be written again */
+	int vector_lastread;
+	int scalar_lastread;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Store usage information about an ALU instruction slot during the
+ * compilation of a fragment program.
+ */
+#define SLOT_SRC_VECTOR  (1<<0)
+#define SLOT_SRC_SCALAR  (1<<3)
+#define SLOT_SRC_BOTH    (SLOT_SRC_VECTOR | SLOT_SRC_SCALAR)
+#define SLOT_OP_VECTOR   (1<<16)
+#define SLOT_OP_SCALAR   (1<<17)
+#define SLOT_OP_BOTH     (SLOT_OP_VECTOR | SLOT_OP_SCALAR)
+
+struct r300_pfs_compile_slot {
+	/* Bitmask indicating which parts of the slot are used, using SLOT_ constants
+	   defined above */
+	unsigned int used;
+
+	/* Selected sources */
+	int vsrc[3];
+	int ssrc[3];
+};
+
+/**
+ * Store information during compilation of fragment programs.
+ */
+struct r300_pfs_compile_state {
+	struct r300_fragment_program_compiler *compiler;
+
+	int nrslots;		/* number of ALU slots used so far */
+
+	/* Track which (parts of) slots are already filled with instructions */
+	struct r300_pfs_compile_slot slot[PFS_MAX_ALU_INST];
+
+	/* Track the validity of R300 temporaries */
+	struct reg_lifetime hwtemps[PFS_NUM_TEMP_REGS];
+
+	/* Used to map Mesa's inputs/temps onto hardware temps */
+	int temp_in_use;
+	struct reg_acc temps[PFS_NUM_TEMP_REGS];
+	struct reg_acc inputs[32];	/* don't actually need 32... */
+
+	/* Track usage of hardware temps, for register allocation,
+	 * indirection detection, etc. */
+	GLuint used_in_node;
+	GLuint dest_in_node;
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Usefull macros and values
+ */
+#define ERROR(fmt, args...) do {			\
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s::%s(): " fmt "\n",	\
+			__FILE__, __FUNCTION__, ##args);	\
+		fp->error = GL_TRUE;			\
+	} while(0)
+
+#define PFS_INVAL 0xFFFFFFFF
+#define COMPILE_STATE \
+	struct r300_fragment_program *fp = cs->compiler->fp; \
+	struct r300_fragment_program_code *code = cs->compiler->code; \
+	(void)code; (void)fp
+
+#define SWIZZLE_XYZ		0
+#define SWIZZLE_XXX		1
+#define SWIZZLE_YYY		2
+#define SWIZZLE_ZZZ		3
+#define SWIZZLE_WWW		4
+#define SWIZZLE_YZX		5
+#define SWIZZLE_ZXY		6
+#define SWIZZLE_WZY		7
+#define SWIZZLE_111		8
+#define SWIZZLE_000		9
+#define SWIZZLE_HHH		10
+
+#define swizzle(r, x, y, z, w) do_swizzle(cs, r,		\
+					  ((SWIZZLE_##x<<0)|	\
+					   (SWIZZLE_##y<<3)|	\
+					   (SWIZZLE_##z<<6)|	\
+					   (SWIZZLE_##w<<9)),	\
+					  0)
+
+#define REG_TYPE_INPUT		0
+#define REG_TYPE_OUTPUT		1
+#define REG_TYPE_TEMP		2
+#define REG_TYPE_CONST		3
+
+#define REG_TYPE_SHIFT		0
+#define REG_INDEX_SHIFT		2
+#define REG_VSWZ_SHIFT		8
+#define REG_SSWZ_SHIFT		13
+#define REG_NEGV_SHIFT		18
+#define REG_NEGS_SHIFT		19
+#define REG_ABS_SHIFT		20
+#define REG_NO_USE_SHIFT	21	// Hack for refcounting
+#define REG_VALID_SHIFT		22	// Does the register contain a defined value?
+#define REG_BUILTIN_SHIFT   23	// Is it a builtin (like all zero/all one)?
+
+#define REG_TYPE_MASK		(0x03 << REG_TYPE_SHIFT)
+#define REG_INDEX_MASK		(0x3F << REG_INDEX_SHIFT)
+#define REG_VSWZ_MASK		(0x1F << REG_VSWZ_SHIFT)
+#define REG_SSWZ_MASK		(0x1F << REG_SSWZ_SHIFT)
+#define REG_NEGV_MASK		(0x01 << REG_NEGV_SHIFT)
+#define REG_NEGS_MASK		(0x01 << REG_NEGS_SHIFT)
+#define REG_ABS_MASK		(0x01 << REG_ABS_SHIFT)
+#define REG_NO_USE_MASK		(0x01 << REG_NO_USE_SHIFT)
+#define REG_VALID_MASK		(0x01 << REG_VALID_SHIFT)
+#define REG_BUILTIN_MASK	(0x01 << REG_BUILTIN_SHIFT)
+
+#define REG(type, index, vswz, sswz, nouse, valid, builtin)	\
+	(((type << REG_TYPE_SHIFT) & REG_TYPE_MASK) |			\
+	 ((index << REG_INDEX_SHIFT) & REG_INDEX_MASK) |		\
+	 ((nouse << REG_NO_USE_SHIFT) & REG_NO_USE_MASK) |		\
+	 ((valid << REG_VALID_SHIFT) & REG_VALID_MASK) |		\
+	 ((builtin << REG_BUILTIN_SHIFT) & REG_BUILTIN_MASK) |	\
+	 ((vswz << REG_VSWZ_SHIFT) & REG_VSWZ_MASK) |			\
+	 ((sswz << REG_SSWZ_SHIFT) & REG_SSWZ_MASK))
+#define REG_GET_TYPE(reg)						\
+	((reg & REG_TYPE_MASK) >> REG_TYPE_SHIFT)
+#define REG_GET_INDEX(reg)						\
+	((reg & REG_INDEX_MASK) >> REG_INDEX_SHIFT)
+#define REG_GET_VSWZ(reg)						\
+	((reg & REG_VSWZ_MASK) >> REG_VSWZ_SHIFT)
+#define REG_GET_SSWZ(reg)						\
+	((reg & REG_SSWZ_MASK) >> REG_SSWZ_SHIFT)
+#define REG_GET_NO_USE(reg)						\
+	((reg & REG_NO_USE_MASK) >> REG_NO_USE_SHIFT)
+#define REG_GET_VALID(reg)						\
+	((reg & REG_VALID_MASK) >> REG_VALID_SHIFT)
+#define REG_GET_BUILTIN(reg)						\
+	((reg & REG_BUILTIN_MASK) >> REG_BUILTIN_SHIFT)
+#define REG_SET_TYPE(reg, type)						\
+	reg = ((reg & ~REG_TYPE_MASK) |					\
+	       ((type << REG_TYPE_SHIFT) & REG_TYPE_MASK))
+#define REG_SET_INDEX(reg, index)					\
+	reg = ((reg & ~REG_INDEX_MASK) |				\
+	       ((index << REG_INDEX_SHIFT) & REG_INDEX_MASK))
+#define REG_SET_VSWZ(reg, vswz)						\
+	reg = ((reg & ~REG_VSWZ_MASK) |					\
+	       ((vswz << REG_VSWZ_SHIFT) & REG_VSWZ_MASK))
+#define REG_SET_SSWZ(reg, sswz)						\
+	reg = ((reg & ~REG_SSWZ_MASK) |					\
+	       ((sswz << REG_SSWZ_SHIFT) & REG_SSWZ_MASK))
+#define REG_SET_NO_USE(reg, nouse)					\
+	reg = ((reg & ~REG_NO_USE_MASK) |				\
+	       ((nouse << REG_NO_USE_SHIFT) & REG_NO_USE_MASK))
+#define REG_SET_VALID(reg, valid)					\
+	reg = ((reg & ~REG_VALID_MASK) |				\
+	       ((valid << REG_VALID_SHIFT) & REG_VALID_MASK))
+#define REG_SET_BUILTIN(reg, builtin)					\
+	reg = ((reg & ~REG_BUILTIN_MASK) |				\
+	       ((builtin << REG_BUILTIN_SHIFT) & REG_BUILTIN_MASK))
+#define REG_ABS(reg)							\
+	reg = (reg | REG_ABS_MASK)
+#define REG_NEGV(reg)							\
+	reg = (reg | REG_NEGV_MASK)
+#define REG_NEGS(reg)							\
+	reg = (reg | REG_NEGS_MASK)
+
+#define NOP_INST0 (						 \
+		(R300_ALU_OUTC_MAD) |				 \
+		(R300_ALU_ARGC_ZERO << R300_ALU_ARG0C_SHIFT) | \
+		(R300_ALU_ARGC_ZERO << R300_ALU_ARG1C_SHIFT) | \
+		(R300_ALU_ARGC_ZERO << R300_ALU_ARG2C_SHIFT))
+#define NOP_INST1 (					     \
+		((0 | SRC_CONST) << R300_ALU_SRC0C_SHIFT) | \
+		((0 | SRC_CONST) << R300_ALU_SRC1C_SHIFT) | \
+		((0 | SRC_CONST) << R300_ALU_SRC2C_SHIFT))
+#define NOP_INST2 ( \
+		(R300_ALU_OUTA_MAD) |				 \
+		(R300_ALU_ARGA_ZERO << R300_ALU_ARG0A_SHIFT) | \
+		(R300_ALU_ARGA_ZERO << R300_ALU_ARG1A_SHIFT) | \
+		(R300_ALU_ARGA_ZERO << R300_ALU_ARG2A_SHIFT))
+#define NOP_INST3 (					     \
+		((0 | SRC_CONST) << R300_ALU_SRC0A_SHIFT) | \
+		((0 | SRC_CONST) << R300_ALU_SRC1A_SHIFT) | \
+		((0 | SRC_CONST) << R300_ALU_SRC2A_SHIFT))
+
+
+/*
+ * Datas structures for fragment program generation
+ */
+
+/* description of r300 native hw instructions */
+static const struct {
+	const char *name;
+	int argc;
+	int v_op;
+	int s_op;
+} r300_fpop[] = {
+	/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+	{"MAD", 3, R300_ALU_OUTC_MAD, R300_ALU_OUTA_MAD},
+	{"DP3", 2, R300_ALU_OUTC_DP3, R300_ALU_OUTA_DP4},
+	{"DP4", 2, R300_ALU_OUTC_DP4, R300_ALU_OUTA_DP4},
+	{"MIN", 2, R300_ALU_OUTC_MIN, R300_ALU_OUTA_MIN},
+	{"MAX", 2, R300_ALU_OUTC_MAX, R300_ALU_OUTA_MAX},
+	{"CMP", 3, R300_ALU_OUTC_CMP, R300_ALU_OUTA_CMP},
+	{"FRC", 1, R300_ALU_OUTC_FRC, R300_ALU_OUTA_FRC},
+	{"EX2", 1, R300_ALU_OUTC_REPL_ALPHA, R300_ALU_OUTA_EX2},
+	{"LG2", 1, R300_ALU_OUTC_REPL_ALPHA, R300_ALU_OUTA_LG2},
+	{"RCP", 1, R300_ALU_OUTC_REPL_ALPHA, R300_ALU_OUTA_RCP},
+	{"RSQ", 1, R300_ALU_OUTC_REPL_ALPHA, R300_ALU_OUTA_RSQ},
+	{"REPL_ALPHA", 1, R300_ALU_OUTC_REPL_ALPHA, PFS_INVAL},
+	{"CMPH", 3, R300_ALU_OUTC_CMPH, PFS_INVAL},
+	/* *INDENT-ON* */
+};
+
+/* vector swizzles r300 can support natively, with a couple of
+ * cases we handle specially
+ *
+ * REG_VSWZ/REG_SSWZ is an index into this table
+ */
+
+/* mapping from SWIZZLE_* to r300 native values for scalar insns */
+#define SWIZZLE_HALF 6
+
+#define MAKE_SWZ3(x, y, z) (MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_##x, \
+					  SWIZZLE_##y, \
+					  SWIZZLE_##z, \
+					  SWIZZLE_ZERO))
+/* native swizzles */
+static const struct r300_pfs_swizzle {
+	GLuint hash;		/* swizzle value this matches */
+	GLuint base;		/* base value for hw swizzle */
+	GLuint stride;		/* difference in base between arg0/1/2 */
+	GLuint flags;
+} v_swiz[] = {
+	/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+	{MAKE_SWZ3(X, Y, Z), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0C_XYZ, 4, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
+	{MAKE_SWZ3(X, X, X), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0C_XXX, 4, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
+	{MAKE_SWZ3(Y, Y, Y), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0C_YYY, 4, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
+	{MAKE_SWZ3(Z, Z, Z), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0C_ZZZ, 4, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
+	{MAKE_SWZ3(W, W, W), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0A, 1, SLOT_SRC_SCALAR},
+	{MAKE_SWZ3(Y, Z, X), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0C_YZX, 1, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
+	{MAKE_SWZ3(Z, X, Y), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0C_ZXY, 1, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
+	{MAKE_SWZ3(W, Z, Y), R300_ALU_ARGC_SRC0CA_WZY, 1, SLOT_SRC_BOTH},
+	{MAKE_SWZ3(ONE, ONE, ONE), R300_ALU_ARGC_ONE, 0, 0},
+	{MAKE_SWZ3(ZERO, ZERO, ZERO), R300_ALU_ARGC_ZERO, 0, 0},
+	{MAKE_SWZ3(HALF, HALF, HALF), R300_ALU_ARGC_HALF, 0, 0},
+	{PFS_INVAL, 0, 0, 0},
+	/* *INDENT-ON* */
+};
+
+/* used during matching of non-native swizzles */
+#define SWZ_X_MASK (7 << 0)
+#define SWZ_Y_MASK (7 << 3)
+#define SWZ_Z_MASK (7 << 6)
+#define SWZ_W_MASK (7 << 9)
+static const struct {
+	GLuint hash;		/* used to mask matching swizzle components */
+	int mask;		/* actual outmask */
+	int count;		/* count of components matched */
+} s_mask[] = {
+	/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+	{SWZ_X_MASK | SWZ_Y_MASK | SWZ_Z_MASK, 1 | 2 | 4, 3},
+	{SWZ_X_MASK | SWZ_Y_MASK, 1 | 2, 2},
+	{SWZ_X_MASK | SWZ_Z_MASK, 1 | 4, 2},
+	{SWZ_Y_MASK | SWZ_Z_MASK, 2 | 4, 2},
+	{SWZ_X_MASK, 1, 1},
+	{SWZ_Y_MASK, 2, 1},
+	{SWZ_Z_MASK, 4, 1},
+	{PFS_INVAL, PFS_INVAL, PFS_INVAL}
+	/* *INDENT-ON* */
+};
+
+static const struct {
+	int base;		/* hw value of swizzle */
+	int stride;		/* difference between SRC0/1/2 */
+	GLuint flags;
+} s_swiz[] = {
+	/* *INDENT-OFF* */
+	{R300_ALU_ARGA_SRC0C_X, 3, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
+	{R300_ALU_ARGA_SRC0C_Y, 3, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
+	{R300_ALU_ARGA_SRC0C_Z, 3, SLOT_SRC_VECTOR},
+	{R300_ALU_ARGA_SRC0A, 1, SLOT_SRC_SCALAR},
+	{R300_ALU_ARGA_ZERO, 0, 0},
+	{R300_ALU_ARGA_ONE, 0, 0},
+	{R300_ALU_ARGA_HALF, 0, 0}
+	/* *INDENT-ON* */
+};
+
+/* boiler-plate reg, for convenience */
+static const GLuint undef = REG(REG_TYPE_TEMP,
+				0,
+				SWIZZLE_XYZ,
+				SWIZZLE_W,
+				GL_FALSE,
+				GL_FALSE,
+				GL_FALSE);
+
+/* constant one source */
+static const GLuint pfs_one = REG(REG_TYPE_CONST,
+				  0,
+				  SWIZZLE_111,
+				  SWIZZLE_ONE,
+				  GL_FALSE,
+				  GL_TRUE,
+				  GL_TRUE);
+
+/* constant half source */
+static const GLuint pfs_half = REG(REG_TYPE_CONST,
+				   0,
+				   SWIZZLE_HHH,
+				   SWIZZLE_HALF,
+				   GL_FALSE,
+				   GL_TRUE,
+				   GL_TRUE);
+
+/* constant zero source */
+static const GLuint pfs_zero = REG(REG_TYPE_CONST,
+				   0,
+				   SWIZZLE_000,
+				   SWIZZLE_ZERO,
+				   GL_FALSE,
+				   GL_TRUE,
+				   GL_TRUE);
+
+/*
+ * Common functions prototypes
+ */
+static void emit_arith(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs, int op,
+		       GLuint dest, int mask,
+		       GLuint src0, GLuint src1, GLuint src2, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Get an R300 temporary that can be written to in the given slot.
+ */
+static int get_hw_temp(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs, int slot)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	int r;
+
+	for (r = 0; r < PFS_NUM_TEMP_REGS; ++r) {
+		if (cs->hwtemps[r].free >= 0 && cs->hwtemps[r].free <= slot)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (r >= PFS_NUM_TEMP_REGS) {
+		ERROR("Out of hardware temps\n");
+		return 0;
+	}
+	// Reserved is used to avoid the following scenario:
+	//  R300 temporary X is first assigned to Mesa temporary Y during vector ops
+	//  R300 temporary X is then assigned to Mesa temporary Z for further vector ops
+	//  Then scalar ops on Mesa temporary Z are emitted and move back in time
+	//  to overwrite the value of temporary Y.
+	// End scenario.
+	cs->hwtemps[r].reserved = cs->hwtemps[r].free;
+	cs->hwtemps[r].free = -1;
+
+	// Reset to some value that won't mess things up when the user
+	// tries to read from a temporary that hasn't been assigned a value yet.
+	// In the normal case, vector_valid and scalar_valid should be set to
+	// a sane value by the first emit that writes to this temporary.
+	cs->hwtemps[r].vector_valid = 0;
+	cs->hwtemps[r].scalar_valid = 0;
+
+	if (r > code->max_temp_idx)
+		code->max_temp_idx = r;
+
+	return r;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get an R300 temporary that will act as a TEX destination register.
+ */
+static int get_hw_temp_tex(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	int r;
+
+	for (r = 0; r < PFS_NUM_TEMP_REGS; ++r) {
+		if (cs->used_in_node & (1 << r))
+			continue;
+
+		// Note: Be very careful here
+		if (cs->hwtemps[r].free >= 0 && cs->hwtemps[r].free <= 0)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (r >= PFS_NUM_TEMP_REGS)
+		return get_hw_temp(cs, 0);	/* Will cause an indirection */
+
+	cs->hwtemps[r].reserved = cs->hwtemps[r].free;
+	cs->hwtemps[r].free = -1;
+
+	// Reset to some value that won't mess things up when the user
+	// tries to read from a temporary that hasn't been assigned a value yet.
+	// In the normal case, vector_valid and scalar_valid should be set to
+	// a sane value by the first emit that writes to this temporary.
+	cs->hwtemps[r].vector_valid = cs->nrslots;
+	cs->hwtemps[r].scalar_valid = cs->nrslots;
+
+	if (r > code->max_temp_idx)
+		code->max_temp_idx = r;
+
+	return r;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Mark the given hardware register as free.
+ */
+static void free_hw_temp(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs, int idx)
+{
+	// Be very careful here. Consider sequences like
+	//  MAD r0, r1,r2,r3
+	//  TEX r4, ...
+	// The TEX instruction may be moved in front of the MAD instruction
+	// due to the way nodes work. We don't want to alias r1 and r4 in
+	// this case.
+	// I'm certain the register allocation could be further sanitized,
+	// but it's tricky because of stuff that can happen inside emit_tex
+	// and emit_arith.
+	cs->hwtemps[idx].free = cs->nrslots + 1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a new Mesa temporary register.
+ */
+static GLuint get_temp_reg(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	GLuint r = undef;
+	GLuint index;
+
+	index = ffs(~cs->temp_in_use);
+	if (!index) {
+		ERROR("Out of program temps\n");
+		return r;
+	}
+
+	cs->temp_in_use |= (1 << --index);
+	cs->temps[index].refcount = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+	cs->temps[index].reg = -1;
+
+	REG_SET_TYPE(r, REG_TYPE_TEMP);
+	REG_SET_INDEX(r, index);
+	REG_SET_VALID(r, GL_TRUE);
+	return r;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Free a Mesa temporary and the associated R300 temporary.
+ */
+static void free_temp(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs, GLuint r)
+{
+	GLuint index = REG_GET_INDEX(r);
+
+	if (!(cs->temp_in_use & (1 << index)))
+		return;
+
+	if (REG_GET_TYPE(r) == REG_TYPE_TEMP) {
+		free_hw_temp(cs, cs->temps[index].reg);
+		cs->temps[index].reg = -1;
+		cs->temp_in_use &= ~(1 << index);
+	} else if (REG_GET_TYPE(r) == REG_TYPE_INPUT) {
+		free_hw_temp(cs, cs->inputs[index].reg);
+		cs->inputs[index].reg = -1;
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+ * Emit a hardware constant/parameter.
+ *
+ * \p cp Stable pointer to an array of 4 floats.
+ *  The pointer must be stable in the sense that it remains to be valid
+ *  and hold the contents of the constant/parameter throughout the lifetime
+ *  of the fragment program (actually, up until the next time the fragment
+ *  program is translated).
+ */
+static GLuint emit_const4fv(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs,
+			    const GLfloat * cp)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	GLuint reg = undef;
+	int index;
+
+	for (index = 0; index < code->const_nr; ++index) {
+		if (code->constant[index] == cp)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (index >= code->const_nr) {
+		if (index >= PFS_NUM_CONST_REGS) {
+			ERROR("Out of hw constants!\n");
+			return reg;
+		}
+
+		code->const_nr++;
+		code->constant[index] = cp;
+	}
+
+	REG_SET_TYPE(reg, REG_TYPE_CONST);
+	REG_SET_INDEX(reg, index);
+	REG_SET_VALID(reg, GL_TRUE);
+	return reg;
+}
+
+static inline GLuint negate(GLuint r)
+{
+	REG_NEGS(r);
+	REG_NEGV(r);
+	return r;
+}
+
+/* Hack, to prevent clobbering sources used multiple times when
+ * emulating non-native instructions
+ */
+static inline GLuint keep(GLuint r)
+{
+	REG_SET_NO_USE(r, GL_TRUE);
+	return r;
+}
+
+static inline GLuint absolute(GLuint r)
+{
+	REG_ABS(r);
+	return r;
+}
+
+static int swz_native(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs,
+		      GLuint src, GLuint * r, GLuint arbneg)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+
+	/* Native swizzle, handle negation */
+	src = (src & ~REG_NEGS_MASK) | (((arbneg >> 3) & 1) << REG_NEGS_SHIFT);
+
+	if ((arbneg & 0x7) == 0x0) {
+		src = src & ~REG_NEGV_MASK;
+		*r = src;
+	} else if ((arbneg & 0x7) == 0x7) {
+		src |= REG_NEGV_MASK;
+		*r = src;
+	} else {
+		if (!REG_GET_VALID(*r))
+			*r = get_temp_reg(cs);
+		src |= REG_NEGV_MASK;
+		emit_arith(cs,
+			   PFS_OP_MAD,
+			   *r, arbneg & 0x7, keep(src), pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
+		src = src & ~REG_NEGV_MASK;
+		emit_arith(cs,
+			   PFS_OP_MAD,
+			   *r,
+			   (arbneg ^ 0x7) | WRITEMASK_W,
+			   src, pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
+	}
+
+	return 3;
+}
+
+static int swz_emit_partial(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs,
+			    GLuint src,
+			    GLuint * r, int mask, int mc, GLuint arbneg)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	GLuint tmp;
+	GLuint wmask = 0;
+
+	if (!REG_GET_VALID(*r))
+		*r = get_temp_reg(cs);
+
+	/* A partial match, VSWZ/mask define what parts of the
+	 * desired swizzle we match
+	 */
+	if (mc + s_mask[mask].count == 3) {
+		wmask = WRITEMASK_W;
+		src |= ((arbneg >> 3) & 1) << REG_NEGS_SHIFT;
+	}
+
+	tmp = arbneg & s_mask[mask].mask;
+	if (tmp) {
+		tmp = tmp ^ s_mask[mask].mask;
+		if (tmp) {
+			emit_arith(cs,
+				   PFS_OP_MAD,
+				   *r,
+				   arbneg & s_mask[mask].mask,
+				   keep(src) | REG_NEGV_MASK,
+				   pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
+			if (!wmask) {
+				REG_SET_NO_USE(src, GL_TRUE);
+			} else {
+				REG_SET_NO_USE(src, GL_FALSE);
+			}
+			emit_arith(cs,
+				   PFS_OP_MAD,
+				   *r, tmp | wmask, src, pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
+		} else {
+			if (!wmask) {
+				REG_SET_NO_USE(src, GL_TRUE);
+			} else {
+				REG_SET_NO_USE(src, GL_FALSE);
+			}
+			emit_arith(cs,
+				   PFS_OP_MAD,
+				   *r,
+				   (arbneg & s_mask[mask].mask) | wmask,
+				   src | REG_NEGV_MASK, pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (!wmask) {
+			REG_SET_NO_USE(src, GL_TRUE);
+		} else {
+			REG_SET_NO_USE(src, GL_FALSE);
+		}
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD,
+			   *r,
+			   s_mask[mask].mask | wmask,
+			   src, pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
+	}
+
+	return s_mask[mask].count;
+}
+
+static GLuint do_swizzle(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs,
+			 GLuint src, GLuint arbswz, GLuint arbneg)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	GLuint r = undef;
+	GLuint vswz;
+	int c_mask = 0;
+	int v_match = 0;
+
+	/* If swizzling from something without an XYZW native swizzle,
+	 * emit result to a temp, and do new swizzle from the temp.
+	 */
+#if 0
+	if (REG_GET_VSWZ(src) != SWIZZLE_XYZ || REG_GET_SSWZ(src) != SWIZZLE_W) {
+		GLuint temp = get_temp_reg(fp);
+		emit_arith(fp,
+			   PFS_OP_MAD,
+			   temp, WRITEMASK_XYZW, src, pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
+		src = temp;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (REG_GET_VSWZ(src) != SWIZZLE_XYZ || REG_GET_SSWZ(src) != SWIZZLE_W) {
+		GLuint vsrcswz =
+		    (v_swiz[REG_GET_VSWZ(src)].
+		     hash & (SWZ_X_MASK | SWZ_Y_MASK | SWZ_Z_MASK)) |
+		    REG_GET_SSWZ(src) << 9;
+		GLint i;
+
+		GLuint newswz = 0;
+		GLuint offset;
+		for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
+			offset = GET_SWZ(arbswz, i);
+
+			newswz |=
+			    (offset <= 3) ? GET_SWZ(vsrcswz,
+						    offset) << i *
+			    3 : offset << i * 3;
+		}
+
+		arbswz = newswz & (SWZ_X_MASK | SWZ_Y_MASK | SWZ_Z_MASK);
+		REG_SET_SSWZ(src, GET_SWZ(newswz, 3));
+	} else {
+		/* set scalar swizzling */
+		REG_SET_SSWZ(src, GET_SWZ(arbswz, 3));
+
+	}
+	do {
+		vswz = REG_GET_VSWZ(src);
+		do {
+			int chash;
+
+			REG_SET_VSWZ(src, vswz);
+			chash = v_swiz[REG_GET_VSWZ(src)].hash &
+			    s_mask[c_mask].hash;
+
+			if (chash == (arbswz & s_mask[c_mask].hash)) {
+				if (s_mask[c_mask].count == 3) {
+					v_match += swz_native(cs,
+							      src, &r, arbneg);
+				} else {
+					v_match += swz_emit_partial(cs,
+								    src,
+								    &r,
+								    c_mask,
+								    v_match,
+								    arbneg);
+				}
+
+				if (v_match == 3)
+					return r;
+
+				/* Fill with something invalid.. all 0's was
+				 * wrong before, matched SWIZZLE_X.  So all
+				 * 1's will be okay for now
+				 */
+				arbswz |= (PFS_INVAL & s_mask[c_mask].hash);
+			}
+		} while (v_swiz[++vswz].hash != PFS_INVAL);
+		REG_SET_VSWZ(src, SWIZZLE_XYZ);
+	} while (s_mask[++c_mask].hash != PFS_INVAL);
+
+	ERROR("should NEVER get here\n");
+	return r;
+}
+
+static GLuint t_src(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs,
+		    struct prog_src_register fpsrc)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	GLuint r = undef;
+
+	switch (fpsrc.File) {
+	case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
+		REG_SET_INDEX(r, fpsrc.Index);
+		REG_SET_VALID(r, GL_TRUE);
+		REG_SET_TYPE(r, REG_TYPE_TEMP);
+		break;
+	case PROGRAM_INPUT:
+		REG_SET_INDEX(r, fpsrc.Index);
+		REG_SET_VALID(r, GL_TRUE);
+		REG_SET_TYPE(r, REG_TYPE_INPUT);
+		break;
+	case PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAM:
+		r = emit_const4fv(cs,
+				  fp->mesa_program.Base.LocalParams[fpsrc.
+								    Index]);
+		break;
+	case PROGRAM_ENV_PARAM:
+		r = emit_const4fv(cs,
+			cs->compiler->r300->radeon.glCtx->FragmentProgram.Parameters[fpsrc.Index]);
+		break;
+	case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR:
+	case PROGRAM_NAMED_PARAM:
+	case PROGRAM_CONSTANT:
+		r = emit_const4fv(cs,
+				  fp->mesa_program.Base.Parameters->
+				  ParameterValues[fpsrc.Index]);
+		break;
+	case PROGRAM_BUILTIN:
+		switch(fpsrc.Swizzle) {
+		case SWIZZLE_1111: r = pfs_one; break;
+		case SWIZZLE_0000: r = pfs_zero; break;
+		default:
+			ERROR("bad PROGRAM_BUILTIN swizzle %u\n", fpsrc.Swizzle);
+			break;
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		ERROR("unknown SrcReg->File %x\n", fpsrc.File);
+		return r;
+	}
+
+	/* no point swizzling ONE/ZERO/HALF constants... */
+	if (REG_GET_VSWZ(r) < SWIZZLE_111 || REG_GET_SSWZ(r) < SWIZZLE_ZERO)
+		r = do_swizzle(cs, r, fpsrc.Swizzle, fpsrc.NegateBase);
+	if (fpsrc.Abs)
+		r = absolute(r);
+	if (fpsrc.NegateAbs)
+		r = negate(r);
+	return r;
+}
+
+static GLuint t_scalar_src(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs,
+			   struct prog_src_register fpsrc)
+{
+	struct prog_src_register src = fpsrc;
+	int sc = GET_SWZ(fpsrc.Swizzle, 0);	/* X */
+
+	src.Swizzle = ((sc << 0) | (sc << 3) | (sc << 6) | (sc << 9));
+
+	return t_src(cs, src);
+}
+
+static GLuint t_dst(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs,
+		    struct prog_dst_register dest)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	GLuint r = undef;
+
+	switch (dest.File) {
+	case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
+		REG_SET_INDEX(r, dest.Index);
+		REG_SET_VALID(r, GL_TRUE);
+		REG_SET_TYPE(r, REG_TYPE_TEMP);
+		return r;
+	case PROGRAM_OUTPUT:
+		REG_SET_TYPE(r, REG_TYPE_OUTPUT);
+		switch (dest.Index) {
+		case FRAG_RESULT_COLR:
+		case FRAG_RESULT_DEPR:
+			REG_SET_INDEX(r, dest.Index);
+			REG_SET_VALID(r, GL_TRUE);
+			return r;
+		default:
+			ERROR("Bad DstReg->Index 0x%x\n", dest.Index);
+			return r;
+		}
+	default:
+		ERROR("Bad DstReg->File 0x%x\n", dest.File);
+		return r;
+	}
+}
+
+static int t_hw_src(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs, GLuint src, GLboolean tex)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	int idx;
+	int index = REG_GET_INDEX(src);
+
+	switch (REG_GET_TYPE(src)) {
+	case REG_TYPE_TEMP:
+		/* NOTE: if reg==-1 here, a source is being read that
+		 *       hasn't been written to. Undefined results.
+		 */
+		if (cs->temps[index].reg == -1)
+			cs->temps[index].reg = get_hw_temp(cs, cs->nrslots);
+
+		idx = cs->temps[index].reg;
+
+		if (!REG_GET_NO_USE(src) && (--cs->temps[index].refcount == 0))
+			free_temp(cs, src);
+		break;
+	case REG_TYPE_INPUT:
+		idx = cs->inputs[index].reg;
+
+		if (!REG_GET_NO_USE(src) && (--cs->inputs[index].refcount == 0))
+			free_hw_temp(cs, cs->inputs[index].reg);
+		break;
+	case REG_TYPE_CONST:
+		return (index | SRC_CONST);
+	default:
+		ERROR("Invalid type for source reg\n");
+		return (0 | SRC_CONST);
+	}
+
+	if (!tex)
+		cs->used_in_node |= (1 << idx);
+
+	return idx;
+}
+
+static int t_hw_dst(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs,
+		    GLuint dest, GLboolean tex, int slot)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	int idx;
+	GLuint index = REG_GET_INDEX(dest);
+	assert(REG_GET_VALID(dest));
+
+	switch (REG_GET_TYPE(dest)) {
+	case REG_TYPE_TEMP:
+		if (cs->temps[REG_GET_INDEX(dest)].reg == -1) {
+			if (!tex) {
+				cs->temps[index].reg = get_hw_temp(cs, slot);
+			} else {
+				cs->temps[index].reg = get_hw_temp_tex(cs);
+			}
+		}
+		idx = cs->temps[index].reg;
+
+		if (!REG_GET_NO_USE(dest) && (--cs->temps[index].refcount == 0))
+			free_temp(cs, dest);
+
+		cs->dest_in_node |= (1 << idx);
+		cs->used_in_node |= (1 << idx);
+		break;
+	case REG_TYPE_OUTPUT:
+		switch (index) {
+		case FRAG_RESULT_COLR:
+			code->node[code->cur_node].flags |= R300_RGBA_OUT;
+			break;
+		case FRAG_RESULT_DEPR:
+			fp->WritesDepth = GL_TRUE;
+			code->node[code->cur_node].flags |= R300_W_OUT;
+			break;
+		}
+		return index;
+		break;
+	default:
+		ERROR("invalid dest reg type %d\n", REG_GET_TYPE(dest));
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	return idx;
+}
+
+static void emit_nop(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+
+	if (cs->nrslots >= PFS_MAX_ALU_INST) {
+		ERROR("Out of ALU instruction slots\n");
+		return;
+	}
+
+	code->alu.inst[cs->nrslots].inst0 = NOP_INST0;
+	code->alu.inst[cs->nrslots].inst1 = NOP_INST1;
+	code->alu.inst[cs->nrslots].inst2 = NOP_INST2;
+	code->alu.inst[cs->nrslots].inst3 = NOP_INST3;
+	cs->nrslots++;
+}
+
+static void emit_tex(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs,
+		     struct prog_instruction *fpi, int opcode)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	GLuint coord = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+	GLuint dest = undef;
+	GLuint din, uin;
+	int unit = fpi->TexSrcUnit;
+	int hwsrc, hwdest;
+
+	/* Ensure correct node indirection */
+	uin = cs->used_in_node;
+	din = cs->dest_in_node;
+
+	/* Resolve source/dest to hardware registers */
+	hwsrc = t_hw_src(cs, coord, GL_TRUE);
+
+	if (opcode != R300_TEX_OP_KIL) {
+		dest = t_dst(cs, fpi->DstReg);
+
+		hwdest =
+		    t_hw_dst(cs, dest, GL_TRUE,
+			     code->node[code->cur_node].alu_offset);
+
+		/* Use a temp that hasn't been used in this node, rather
+		 * than causing an indirection
+		 */
+		if (uin & (1 << hwdest)) {
+			free_hw_temp(cs, hwdest);
+			hwdest = get_hw_temp_tex(cs);
+			cs->temps[REG_GET_INDEX(dest)].reg = hwdest;
+		}
+	} else {
+		hwdest = 0;
+		unit = 0;
+	}
+
+	/* Indirection if source has been written in this node, or if the
+	 * dest has been read/written in this node
+	 */
+	if ((REG_GET_TYPE(coord) != REG_TYPE_CONST &&
+	     (din & (1 << hwsrc))) || (uin & (1 << hwdest))) {
+
+		/* Finish off current node */
+		if (code->node[code->cur_node].alu_offset == cs->nrslots)
+			emit_nop(cs);
+
+		code->node[code->cur_node].alu_end =
+		    cs->nrslots - code->node[code->cur_node].alu_offset - 1;
+		assert(code->node[code->cur_node].alu_end >= 0);
+
+		if (++code->cur_node >= PFS_MAX_TEX_INDIRECT) {
+			ERROR("too many levels of texture indirection\n");
+			return;
+		}
+
+		/* Start new node */
+		code->node[code->cur_node].tex_offset = code->tex.length;
+		code->node[code->cur_node].alu_offset = cs->nrslots;
+		code->node[code->cur_node].tex_end = -1;
+		code->node[code->cur_node].alu_end = -1;
+		code->node[code->cur_node].flags = 0;
+		cs->used_in_node = 0;
+		cs->dest_in_node = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (code->cur_node == 0)
+		code->first_node_has_tex = 1;
+
+	code->tex.inst[code->tex.length++] = 0 | (hwsrc << R300_SRC_ADDR_SHIFT)
+	    | (hwdest << R300_DST_ADDR_SHIFT)
+	    | (unit << R300_TEX_ID_SHIFT)
+	    | (opcode << R300_TEX_INST_SHIFT);
+
+	cs->dest_in_node |= (1 << hwdest);
+	if (REG_GET_TYPE(coord) != REG_TYPE_CONST)
+		cs->used_in_node |= (1 << hwsrc);
+
+	code->node[code->cur_node].tex_end++;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Returns the first slot where we could possibly allow writing to dest,
+ * according to register allocation.
+ */
+static int get_earliest_allowed_write(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs,
+				      GLuint dest, int mask)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	int idx;
+	int pos;
+	GLuint index = REG_GET_INDEX(dest);
+	assert(REG_GET_VALID(dest));
+
+	switch (REG_GET_TYPE(dest)) {
+	case REG_TYPE_TEMP:
+		if (cs->temps[index].reg == -1)
+			return 0;
+
+		idx = cs->temps[index].reg;
+		break;
+	case REG_TYPE_OUTPUT:
+		return 0;
+	default:
+		ERROR("invalid dest reg type %d\n", REG_GET_TYPE(dest));
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	pos = cs->hwtemps[idx].reserved;
+	if (mask & WRITEMASK_XYZ) {
+		if (pos < cs->hwtemps[idx].vector_lastread)
+			pos = cs->hwtemps[idx].vector_lastread;
+	}
+	if (mask & WRITEMASK_W) {
+		if (pos < cs->hwtemps[idx].scalar_lastread)
+			pos = cs->hwtemps[idx].scalar_lastread;
+	}
+
+	return pos;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocates a slot for an ALU instruction that can consist of
+ * a vertex part or a scalar part or both.
+ *
+ * Sources from src (src[0] to src[argc-1]) are added to the slot in the
+ * appropriate position (vector and/or scalar), and their positions are
+ * recorded in the srcpos array.
+ *
+ * This function emits instruction code for the source fetch and the
+ * argument selection. It does not emit instruction code for the
+ * opcode or the destination selection.
+ *
+ * @return the index of the slot
+ */
+static int find_and_prepare_slot(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs,
+				 GLboolean emit_vop,
+				 GLboolean emit_sop,
+				 int argc, GLuint * src, GLuint dest, int mask)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	int hwsrc[3];
+	int srcpos[3];
+	unsigned int used;
+	int tempused;
+	int tempvsrc[3];
+	int tempssrc[3];
+	int pos;
+	int regnr;
+	int i, j;
+
+	// Determine instruction slots, whether sources are required on
+	// vector or scalar side, and the smallest slot number where
+	// all source registers are available
+	used = 0;
+	if (emit_vop)
+		used |= SLOT_OP_VECTOR;
+	if (emit_sop)
+		used |= SLOT_OP_SCALAR;
+
+	pos = get_earliest_allowed_write(cs, dest, mask);
+
+	if (code->node[code->cur_node].alu_offset > pos)
+		pos = code->node[code->cur_node].alu_offset;
+	for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i) {
+		if (!REG_GET_BUILTIN(src[i])) {
+			if (emit_vop)
+				used |= v_swiz[REG_GET_VSWZ(src[i])].flags << i;
+			if (emit_sop)
+				used |= s_swiz[REG_GET_SSWZ(src[i])].flags << i;
+		}
+
+		hwsrc[i] = t_hw_src(cs, src[i], GL_FALSE);	/* Note: sideeffects wrt refcounting! */
+		regnr = hwsrc[i] & 31;
+
+		if (REG_GET_TYPE(src[i]) == REG_TYPE_TEMP) {
+			if (used & (SLOT_SRC_VECTOR << i)) {
+				if (cs->hwtemps[regnr].vector_valid > pos)
+					pos = cs->hwtemps[regnr].vector_valid;
+			}
+			if (used & (SLOT_SRC_SCALAR << i)) {
+				if (cs->hwtemps[regnr].scalar_valid > pos)
+					pos = cs->hwtemps[regnr].scalar_valid;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Find a slot that fits
+	for (;; ++pos) {
+		if (cs->slot[pos].used & used & SLOT_OP_BOTH)
+			continue;
+
+		if (pos >= cs->nrslots) {
+			if (cs->nrslots >= PFS_MAX_ALU_INST) {
+				ERROR("Out of ALU instruction slots\n");
+				return -1;
+			}
+
+			code->alu.inst[pos].inst0 = NOP_INST0;
+			code->alu.inst[pos].inst1 = NOP_INST1;
+			code->alu.inst[pos].inst2 = NOP_INST2;
+			code->alu.inst[pos].inst3 = NOP_INST3;
+
+			cs->nrslots++;
+		}
+		// Note: When we need both parts (vector and scalar) of a source,
+		// we always try to put them into the same position. This makes the
+		// code easier to read, and it is optimal (i.e. one doesn't gain
+		// anything by splitting the parts).
+		// It also avoids headaches with swizzles that access both parts (i.e WXY)
+		tempused = cs->slot[pos].used;
+		for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
+			tempvsrc[i] = cs->slot[pos].vsrc[i];
+			tempssrc[i] = cs->slot[pos].ssrc[i];
+		}
+
+		for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i) {
+			int flags = (used >> i) & SLOT_SRC_BOTH;
+
+			if (!flags) {
+				srcpos[i] = 0;
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			for (j = 0; j < 3; ++j) {
+				if ((tempused >> j) & flags & SLOT_SRC_VECTOR) {
+					if (tempvsrc[j] != hwsrc[i])
+						continue;
+				}
+
+				if ((tempused >> j) & flags & SLOT_SRC_SCALAR) {
+					if (tempssrc[j] != hwsrc[i])
+						continue;
+				}
+
+				break;
+			}
+
+			if (j == 3)
+				break;
+
+			srcpos[i] = j;
+			tempused |= flags << j;
+			if (flags & SLOT_SRC_VECTOR)
+				tempvsrc[j] = hwsrc[i];
+			if (flags & SLOT_SRC_SCALAR)
+				tempssrc[j] = hwsrc[i];
+		}
+
+		if (i == argc)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	// Found a slot, reserve it
+	cs->slot[pos].used = tempused | (used & SLOT_OP_BOTH);
+	for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
+		cs->slot[pos].vsrc[i] = tempvsrc[i];
+		cs->slot[pos].ssrc[i] = tempssrc[i];
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i) {
+		if (REG_GET_TYPE(src[i]) == REG_TYPE_TEMP) {
+			int regnr = hwsrc[i] & 31;
+
+			if (used & (SLOT_SRC_VECTOR << i)) {
+				if (cs->hwtemps[regnr].vector_lastread < pos)
+					cs->hwtemps[regnr].vector_lastread =
+					    pos;
+			}
+			if (used & (SLOT_SRC_SCALAR << i)) {
+				if (cs->hwtemps[regnr].scalar_lastread < pos)
+					cs->hwtemps[regnr].scalar_lastread =
+					    pos;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Emit the source fetch code
+	code->alu.inst[pos].inst1 &= ~R300_ALU_SRC_MASK;
+	code->alu.inst[pos].inst1 |=
+	    ((cs->slot[pos].vsrc[0] << R300_ALU_SRC0C_SHIFT) |
+	     (cs->slot[pos].vsrc[1] << R300_ALU_SRC1C_SHIFT) |
+	     (cs->slot[pos].vsrc[2] << R300_ALU_SRC2C_SHIFT));
+
+	code->alu.inst[pos].inst3 &= ~R300_ALU_SRC_MASK;
+	code->alu.inst[pos].inst3 |=
+	    ((cs->slot[pos].ssrc[0] << R300_ALU_SRC0A_SHIFT) |
+	     (cs->slot[pos].ssrc[1] << R300_ALU_SRC1A_SHIFT) |
+	     (cs->slot[pos].ssrc[2] << R300_ALU_SRC2A_SHIFT));
+
+	// Emit the argument selection code
+	if (emit_vop) {
+		int swz[3];
+
+		for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
+			if (i < argc) {
+				swz[i] = (v_swiz[REG_GET_VSWZ(src[i])].base +
+					  (srcpos[i] *
+					   v_swiz[REG_GET_VSWZ(src[i])].
+					   stride)) | ((src[i] & REG_NEGV_MASK)
+						       ? ARG_NEG : 0) | ((src[i]
+									  &
+									  REG_ABS_MASK)
+									 ?
+									 ARG_ABS
+									 : 0);
+			} else {
+				swz[i] = R300_ALU_ARGC_ZERO;
+			}
+		}
+
+		code->alu.inst[pos].inst0 &=
+		    ~(R300_ALU_ARG0C_MASK | R300_ALU_ARG1C_MASK |
+		      R300_ALU_ARG2C_MASK);
+		code->alu.inst[pos].inst0 |=
+		    (swz[0] << R300_ALU_ARG0C_SHIFT) | (swz[1] <<
+							 R300_ALU_ARG1C_SHIFT)
+		    | (swz[2] << R300_ALU_ARG2C_SHIFT);
+	}
+
+	if (emit_sop) {
+		int swz[3];
+
+		for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
+			if (i < argc) {
+				swz[i] = (s_swiz[REG_GET_SSWZ(src[i])].base +
+					  (srcpos[i] *
+					   s_swiz[REG_GET_SSWZ(src[i])].
+					   stride)) | ((src[i] & REG_NEGS_MASK)
+						       ? ARG_NEG : 0) | ((src[i]
+									  &
+									  REG_ABS_MASK)
+									 ?
+									 ARG_ABS
+									 : 0);
+			} else {
+				swz[i] = R300_ALU_ARGA_ZERO;
+			}
+		}
+
+		code->alu.inst[pos].inst2 &=
+		    ~(R300_ALU_ARG0A_MASK | R300_ALU_ARG1A_MASK |
+		      R300_ALU_ARG2A_MASK);
+		code->alu.inst[pos].inst2 |=
+		    (swz[0] << R300_ALU_ARG0A_SHIFT) | (swz[1] <<
+							 R300_ALU_ARG1A_SHIFT)
+		    | (swz[2] << R300_ALU_ARG2A_SHIFT);
+	}
+
+	return pos;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Append an ALU instruction to the instruction list.
+ */
+static void emit_arith(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs,
+		       int op,
+		       GLuint dest,
+		       int mask,
+		       GLuint src0, GLuint src1, GLuint src2, int flags)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	GLuint src[3] = { src0, src1, src2 };
+	int hwdest;
+	GLboolean emit_vop, emit_sop;
+	int vop, sop, argc;
+	int pos;
+
+	vop = r300_fpop[op].v_op;
+	sop = r300_fpop[op].s_op;
+	argc = r300_fpop[op].argc;
+
+	if (REG_GET_TYPE(dest) == REG_TYPE_OUTPUT &&
+	    REG_GET_INDEX(dest) == FRAG_RESULT_DEPR) {
+		if (mask & WRITEMASK_Z) {
+			mask = WRITEMASK_W;
+		} else {
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	emit_vop = GL_FALSE;
+	emit_sop = GL_FALSE;
+	if ((mask & WRITEMASK_XYZ) || vop == R300_ALU_OUTC_DP3)
+		emit_vop = GL_TRUE;
+	if ((mask & WRITEMASK_W) || vop == R300_ALU_OUTC_REPL_ALPHA)
+		emit_sop = GL_TRUE;
+
+	pos =
+	    find_and_prepare_slot(cs, emit_vop, emit_sop, argc, src, dest,
+				  mask);
+	if (pos < 0)
+		return;
+
+	hwdest = t_hw_dst(cs, dest, GL_FALSE, pos);	/* Note: Side effects wrt register allocation */
+
+	if (flags & PFS_FLAG_SAT) {
+		vop |= R300_ALU_OUTC_CLAMP;
+		sop |= R300_ALU_OUTA_CLAMP;
+	}
+
+	/* Throw the pieces together and get ALU/1 */
+	if (emit_vop) {
+		code->alu.inst[pos].inst0 |= vop;
+
+		code->alu.inst[pos].inst1 |= hwdest << R300_ALU_DSTC_SHIFT;
+
+		if (REG_GET_TYPE(dest) == REG_TYPE_OUTPUT) {
+			if (REG_GET_INDEX(dest) == FRAG_RESULT_COLR) {
+				code->alu.inst[pos].inst1 |=
+				    (mask & WRITEMASK_XYZ) <<
+				    R300_ALU_DSTC_OUTPUT_MASK_SHIFT;
+			} else
+				assert(0);
+		} else {
+			code->alu.inst[pos].inst1 |=
+			    (mask & WRITEMASK_XYZ) <<
+			    R300_ALU_DSTC_REG_MASK_SHIFT;
+
+			cs->hwtemps[hwdest].vector_valid = pos + 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* And now ALU/3 */
+	if (emit_sop) {
+		code->alu.inst[pos].inst2 |= sop;
+
+		if (mask & WRITEMASK_W) {
+			if (REG_GET_TYPE(dest) == REG_TYPE_OUTPUT) {
+				if (REG_GET_INDEX(dest) == FRAG_RESULT_COLR) {
+					code->alu.inst[pos].inst3 |=
+					    (hwdest << R300_ALU_DSTA_SHIFT) |
+					    R300_ALU_DSTA_OUTPUT;
+				} else if (REG_GET_INDEX(dest) ==
+					   FRAG_RESULT_DEPR) {
+					code->alu.inst[pos].inst3 |=
+					    R300_ALU_DSTA_DEPTH;
+				} else
+					assert(0);
+			} else {
+				code->alu.inst[pos].inst3 |=
+				    (hwdest << R300_ALU_DSTA_SHIFT) |
+				    R300_ALU_DSTA_REG;
+
+				cs->hwtemps[hwdest].scalar_valid = pos + 1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return;
+}
+
+static GLfloat SinCosConsts[2][4] = {
+	{
+	 1.273239545,		// 4/PI
+	 -0.405284735,		// -4/(PI*PI)
+	 3.141592654,		// PI
+	 0.2225			// weight
+	 },
+	{
+	 0.75,
+	 0.0,
+	 0.159154943,		// 1/(2*PI)
+	 6.283185307		// 2*PI
+	 }
+};
+
+/**
+ * Emit a LIT instruction.
+ * \p flags may be PFS_FLAG_SAT
+ *
+ * Definition of LIT (from ARB_fragment_program):
+ * tmp = VectorLoad(op0);
+ * if (tmp.x < 0) tmp.x = 0;
+ * if (tmp.y < 0) tmp.y = 0;
+ * if (tmp.w < -(128.0-epsilon)) tmp.w = -(128.0-epsilon);
+ * else if (tmp.w > 128-epsilon) tmp.w = 128-epsilon;
+ * result.x = 1.0;
+ * result.y = tmp.x;
+ * result.z = (tmp.x > 0) ? RoughApproxPower(tmp.y, tmp.w) : 0.0;
+ * result.w = 1.0;
+ *
+ * The longest path of computation is the one leading to result.z,
+ * consisting of 5 operations. This implementation of LIT takes
+ * 5 slots. So unless there's some special undocumented opcode,
+ * this implementation is potentially optimal. Unfortunately,
+ * emit_arith is a bit too conservative because it doesn't understand
+ * partial writes to the vector component.
+ */
+static const GLfloat LitConst[4] =
+    { 127.999999, 127.999999, 127.999999, -127.999999 };
+
+static void emit_lit(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs,
+		     GLuint dest, int mask, GLuint src, int flags)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	GLuint cnst;
+	int needTemporary;
+	GLuint temp;
+
+	cnst = emit_const4fv(cs, LitConst);
+
+	needTemporary = 0;
+	if ((mask & WRITEMASK_XYZW) != WRITEMASK_XYZW) {
+		needTemporary = 1;
+	} else if (REG_GET_TYPE(dest) == REG_TYPE_OUTPUT) {
+		// LIT is typically followed by DP3/DP4, so there's no point
+		// in creating special code for this case
+		needTemporary = 1;
+	}
+
+	if (needTemporary) {
+		temp = keep(get_temp_reg(cs));
+	} else {
+		temp = keep(dest);
+	}
+
+	// Note: The order of emit_arith inside the slots is relevant,
+	// because emit_arith only looks at scalar vs. vector when resolving
+	// dependencies, and it does not consider individual vector components,
+	// so swizzling between the two parts can create fake dependencies.
+
+	// First slot
+	emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAX, temp, WRITEMASK_XY,
+		   keep(src), pfs_zero, undef, 0);
+	emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAX, temp, WRITEMASK_W, src, cnst, undef, 0);
+
+	// Second slot
+	emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MIN, temp, WRITEMASK_Z,
+		   swizzle(temp, W, W, W, W), cnst, undef, 0);
+	emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_LG2, temp, WRITEMASK_W,
+		   swizzle(temp, Y, Y, Y, Y), undef, undef, 0);
+
+	// Third slot
+	// If desired, we saturate the y result here.
+	// This does not affect the use as a condition variable in the CMP later
+	emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp, WRITEMASK_W,
+		   temp, swizzle(temp, Z, Z, Z, Z), pfs_zero, 0);
+	emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp, WRITEMASK_Y,
+		   swizzle(temp, X, X, X, X), pfs_one, pfs_zero, flags);
+
+	// Fourth slot
+	emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp, WRITEMASK_X,
+		   pfs_one, pfs_one, pfs_zero, 0);
+	emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_EX2, temp, WRITEMASK_W, temp, undef, undef, 0);
+
+	// Fifth slot
+	emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_CMP, temp, WRITEMASK_Z,
+		   pfs_zero, swizzle(temp, W, W, W, W),
+		   negate(swizzle(temp, Y, Y, Y, Y)), flags);
+	emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp, WRITEMASK_W, pfs_one, pfs_one,
+		   pfs_zero, 0);
+
+	if (needTemporary) {
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
+			   temp, pfs_one, pfs_zero, flags);
+		free_temp(cs, temp);
+	} else {
+		// Decrease refcount of the destination
+		t_hw_dst(cs, dest, GL_FALSE, cs->nrslots);
+	}
+}
+
+static void emit_instruction(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs, struct prog_instruction *fpi)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	GLuint src[3], dest, temp[2];
+	int flags, mask = 0;
+	int const_sin[2];
+
+	if (fpi->SaturateMode == SATURATE_ZERO_ONE)
+		flags = PFS_FLAG_SAT;
+	else
+		flags = 0;
+
+	if (fpi->Opcode != OPCODE_KIL) {
+		dest = t_dst(cs, fpi->DstReg);
+		mask = fpi->DstReg.WriteMask;
+	}
+
+	switch (fpi->Opcode) {
+	case OPCODE_ADD:
+		src[0] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		src[1] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
+				src[0], pfs_one, src[1], flags);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_CMP:
+		src[0] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		src[1] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+		src[2] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[2]);
+		/* ARB_f_p - if src0.c < 0.0 ? src1.c : src2.c
+			*    r300 - if src2.c < 0.0 ? src1.c : src0.c
+			*/
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_CMP, dest, mask,
+				src[2], src[1], src[0], flags);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_COS:
+		/*
+			* cos using a parabola (see SIN):
+			* cos(x):
+			*   x = (x/(2*PI))+0.75
+			*   x = frac(x)
+			*   x = (x*2*PI)-PI
+			*   result = sin(x)
+			*/
+		temp[0] = get_temp_reg(cs);
+		const_sin[0] = emit_const4fv(cs, SinCosConsts[0]);
+		const_sin[1] = emit_const4fv(cs, SinCosConsts[1]);
+		src[0] = t_scalar_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+
+		/* add 0.5*PI and do range reduction */
+
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_X,
+				swizzle(src[0], X, X, X, X),
+				swizzle(const_sin[1], Z, Z, Z, Z),
+				swizzle(const_sin[1], X, X, X, X), 0);
+
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_FRC, temp[0], WRITEMASK_X,
+				swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X),
+				undef, undef, 0);
+
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_Z, swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X), swizzle(const_sin[1], W, W, W, W),	//2*PI
+				negate(swizzle(const_sin[0], Z, Z, Z, Z)),	//-PI
+				0);
+
+		/* SIN */
+
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0],
+				WRITEMASK_X | WRITEMASK_Y, swizzle(temp[0],
+								Z, Z, Z,
+								Z),
+				const_sin[0], pfs_zero, 0);
+
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_X,
+				swizzle(temp[0], Y, Y, Y, Y),
+				absolute(swizzle(temp[0], Z, Z, Z, Z)),
+				swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X), 0);
+
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_Y,
+				swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X),
+				absolute(swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X)),
+				negate(swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X)), 0);
+
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
+				swizzle(temp[0], Y, Y, Y, Y),
+				swizzle(const_sin[0], W, W, W, W),
+				swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X), flags);
+
+		free_temp(cs, temp[0]);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_DP3:
+		src[0] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		src[1] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_DP3, dest, mask,
+				src[0], src[1], undef, flags);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_DP4:
+		src[0] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		src[1] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_DP4, dest, mask,
+				src[0], src[1], undef, flags);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_DST:
+		src[0] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		src[1] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+		/* dest.y = src0.y * src1.y */
+		if (mask & WRITEMASK_Y)
+			emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, WRITEMASK_Y,
+					keep(src[0]), keep(src[1]),
+					pfs_zero, flags);
+		/* dest.z = src0.z */
+		if (mask & WRITEMASK_Z)
+			emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, WRITEMASK_Z,
+					src[0], pfs_one, pfs_zero, flags);
+		/* result.x = 1.0
+			* result.w = src1.w */
+		if (mask & WRITEMASK_XW) {
+			REG_SET_VSWZ(src[1], SWIZZLE_111);	/*Cheat */
+			emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, dest,
+					mask & WRITEMASK_XW,
+					src[1], pfs_one, pfs_zero, flags);
+		}
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_EX2:
+		src[0] = t_scalar_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_EX2, dest, mask,
+				src[0], undef, undef, flags);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_FRC:
+		src[0] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_FRC, dest, mask,
+				src[0], undef, undef, flags);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_KIL:
+		emit_tex(cs, fpi, R300_TEX_OP_KIL);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_LG2:
+		src[0] = t_scalar_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_LG2, dest, mask,
+				src[0], undef, undef, flags);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_LIT:
+		src[0] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		emit_lit(cs, dest, mask, src[0], flags);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_LRP:
+		src[0] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		src[1] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+		src[2] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[2]);
+		/* result = tmp0tmp1 + (1 - tmp0)tmp2
+			*        = tmp0tmp1 + tmp2 + (-tmp0)tmp2
+			*     MAD temp, -tmp0, tmp2, tmp2
+			*     MAD result, tmp0, tmp1, temp
+			*/
+		temp[0] = get_temp_reg(cs);
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], mask,
+				negate(keep(src[0])), keep(src[2]), src[2],
+				0);
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
+				src[0], src[1], temp[0], flags);
+		free_temp(cs, temp[0]);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_MAD:
+		src[0] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		src[1] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+		src[2] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[2]);
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
+				src[0], src[1], src[2], flags);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_MAX:
+		src[0] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		src[1] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAX, dest, mask,
+				src[0], src[1], undef, flags);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_MIN:
+		src[0] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		src[1] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MIN, dest, mask,
+				src[0], src[1], undef, flags);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_MOV:
+		src[0] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
+				src[0], pfs_one, pfs_zero, flags);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_MUL:
+		src[0] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		src[1] = t_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
+				src[0], src[1], pfs_zero, flags);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_RCP:
+		src[0] = t_scalar_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_RCP, dest, mask,
+				src[0], undef, undef, flags);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_RSQ:
+		src[0] = t_scalar_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_RSQ, dest, mask,
+				absolute(src[0]), pfs_zero, pfs_zero, flags);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_SCS:
+		/*
+			* scs using a parabola :
+			* scs(x):
+			*   result.x = sin(-abs(x)+0.5*PI)  (cos)
+			*   result.y = sin(x)               (sin)
+			*
+			*/
+		temp[0] = get_temp_reg(cs);
+		temp[1] = get_temp_reg(cs);
+		const_sin[0] = emit_const4fv(cs, SinCosConsts[0]);
+		const_sin[1] = emit_const4fv(cs, SinCosConsts[1]);
+		src[0] = t_scalar_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+
+		/* x = -abs(x)+0.5*PI */
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_Z, swizzle(const_sin[0], Z, Z, Z, Z),	//PI
+				pfs_half,
+				negate(abs
+					(swizzle(keep(src[0]), X, X, X, X))),
+				0);
+
+		/* C*x (sin) */
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_W,
+				swizzle(const_sin[0], Y, Y, Y, Y),
+				swizzle(keep(src[0]), X, X, X, X),
+				pfs_zero, 0);
+
+		/* B*x, C*x (cos) */
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0],
+				WRITEMASK_X | WRITEMASK_Y, swizzle(temp[0],
+								Z, Z, Z,
+								Z),
+				const_sin[0], pfs_zero, 0);
+
+		/* B*x (sin) */
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[1], WRITEMASK_W,
+				swizzle(const_sin[0], X, X, X, X),
+				keep(src[0]), pfs_zero, 0);
+
+		/* y = B*x + C*x*abs(x) (sin) */
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[1], WRITEMASK_Z,
+				absolute(src[0]),
+				swizzle(temp[0], W, W, W, W),
+				swizzle(temp[1], W, W, W, W), 0);
+
+		/* y = B*x + C*x*abs(x) (cos) */
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[1], WRITEMASK_W,
+				swizzle(temp[0], Y, Y, Y, Y),
+				absolute(swizzle(temp[0], Z, Z, Z, Z)),
+				swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X), 0);
+
+		/* y*abs(y) - y (cos), y*abs(y) - y (sin) */
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0],
+				WRITEMASK_X | WRITEMASK_Y, swizzle(temp[1],
+								W, Z, Y,
+								X),
+				absolute(swizzle(temp[1], W, Z, Y, X)),
+				negate(swizzle(temp[1], W, Z, Y, X)), 0);
+
+		/* dest.xy = mad(temp.xy, P, temp2.wz) */
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, dest,
+				mask & (WRITEMASK_X | WRITEMASK_Y), temp[0],
+				swizzle(const_sin[0], W, W, W, W),
+				swizzle(temp[1], W, Z, Y, X), flags);
+
+		free_temp(cs, temp[0]);
+		free_temp(cs, temp[1]);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_SIN:
+		/*
+			*  using a parabola:
+			* sin(x) = 4/pi * x + -4/(pi*pi) * x * abs(x)
+			* extra precision is obtained by weighting against
+			* itself squared.
+			*/
+
+		temp[0] = get_temp_reg(cs);
+		const_sin[0] = emit_const4fv(cs, SinCosConsts[0]);
+		const_sin[1] = emit_const4fv(cs, SinCosConsts[1]);
+		src[0] = t_scalar_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+
+		/* do range reduction */
+
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_X,
+				swizzle(keep(src[0]), X, X, X, X),
+				swizzle(const_sin[1], Z, Z, Z, Z),
+				pfs_half, 0);
+
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_FRC, temp[0], WRITEMASK_X,
+				swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X),
+				undef, undef, 0);
+
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_Z, swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X), swizzle(const_sin[1], W, W, W, W),	//2*PI
+				negate(swizzle(const_sin[0], Z, Z, Z, Z)),	//PI
+				0);
+
+		/* SIN */
+
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0],
+				WRITEMASK_X | WRITEMASK_Y, swizzle(temp[0],
+								Z, Z, Z,
+								Z),
+				const_sin[0], pfs_zero, 0);
+
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_X,
+				swizzle(temp[0], Y, Y, Y, Y),
+				absolute(swizzle(temp[0], Z, Z, Z, Z)),
+				swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X), 0);
+
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, temp[0], WRITEMASK_Y,
+				swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X),
+				absolute(swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X)),
+				negate(swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X)), 0);
+
+		emit_arith(cs, PFS_OP_MAD, dest, mask,
+				swizzle(temp[0], Y, Y, Y, Y),
+				swizzle(const_sin[0], W, W, W, W),
+				swizzle(temp[0], X, X, X, X), flags);
+
+		free_temp(cs, temp[0]);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_TEX:
+		emit_tex(cs, fpi, R300_TEX_OP_LD);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_TXB:
+		emit_tex(cs, fpi, R300_TEX_OP_TXB);
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_TXP:
+		emit_tex(cs, fpi, R300_TEX_OP_TXP);
+		break;
+	default:
+		ERROR("unknown fpi->Opcode %d\n", fpi->Opcode);
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+static GLboolean parse_program(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	int clauseidx;
+
+	for (clauseidx = 0; clauseidx < cs->compiler->compiler.NumClauses; ++clauseidx) {
+		struct radeon_clause* clause = &cs->compiler->compiler.Clauses[clauseidx];
+		int ip;
+
+		for(ip = 0; ip < clause->NumInstructions; ++ip) {
+			emit_instruction(cs, clause->Instructions + ip);
+
+			if (fp->error)
+				return GL_FALSE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/* - Init structures
+ * - Determine what hwregs each input corresponds to
+ */
+static void init_program(struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs)
+{
+	COMPILE_STATE;
+	struct gl_fragment_program *mp = &fp->mesa_program;
+	GLuint InputsRead = mp->Base.InputsRead;
+	GLuint temps_used = 0;	/* for fp->temps[] */
+	int i, j;
+
+	/* New compile, reset tracking data */
+	fp->optimization =
+	    driQueryOptioni(&cs->compiler->r300->radeon.optionCache, "fp_optimization");
+	fp->translated = GL_FALSE;
+	fp->error = GL_FALSE;
+	fp->WritesDepth = GL_FALSE;
+	code->tex.length = 0;
+	code->cur_node = 0;
+	code->first_node_has_tex = 0;
+	code->const_nr = 0;
+	code->max_temp_idx = 0;
+	code->node[0].alu_end = -1;
+	code->node[0].tex_end = -1;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < PFS_MAX_ALU_INST; i++) {
+		for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
+			cs->slot[i].vsrc[j] = SRC_CONST;
+			cs->slot[i].ssrc[j] = SRC_CONST;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Work out what temps the Mesa inputs correspond to, this must match
+	 * what setup_rs_unit does, which shouldn't be a problem as rs_unit
+	 * configures itself based on the fragprog's InputsRead
+	 *
+	 * NOTE: this depends on get_hw_temp() allocating registers in order,
+	 * starting from register 0.
+	 */
+
+	/* Texcoords come first */
+	for (i = 0; i < cs->compiler->r300->radeon.glCtx->Const.MaxTextureUnits; i++) {
+		if (InputsRead & (FRAG_BIT_TEX0 << i)) {
+			cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_TEX0 + i].refcount = 0;
+			cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_TEX0 + i].reg =
+			    get_hw_temp(cs, 0);
+		}
+	}
+	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BITS_TEX_ANY;
+
+	/* fragment position treated as a texcoord */
+	if (InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_WPOS) {
+		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS].refcount = 0;
+		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS].reg = get_hw_temp(cs, 0);
+	}
+	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BIT_WPOS;
+
+	/* Then primary colour */
+	if (InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_COL0) {
+		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0].refcount = 0;
+		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0].reg = get_hw_temp(cs, 0);
+	}
+	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BIT_COL0;
+
+	/* Secondary color */
+	if (InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_COL1) {
+		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL1].refcount = 0;
+		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL1].reg = get_hw_temp(cs, 0);
+	}
+	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BIT_COL1;
+
+	/* Anything else */
+	if (InputsRead) {
+		WARN_ONCE("Don't know how to handle inputs 0x%x\n", InputsRead);
+		/* force read from hwreg 0 for now */
+		for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
+			if (InputsRead & (1 << i))
+				cs->inputs[i].reg = 0;
+	}
+
+	/* Pre-parse the program, grabbing refcounts on input/temp regs.
+	 * That way, we can free up the reg when it's no longer needed
+	 */
+	for (i = 0; i < cs->compiler->compiler.Clauses[0].NumInstructions; ++i) {
+		struct prog_instruction *fpi = cs->compiler->compiler.Clauses[0].Instructions + i;
+		int idx;
+
+		for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
+			idx = fpi->SrcReg[j].Index;
+			switch (fpi->SrcReg[j].File) {
+			case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
+				if (!(temps_used & (1 << idx))) {
+					cs->temps[idx].reg = -1;
+					cs->temps[idx].refcount = 1;
+					temps_used |= (1 << idx);
+				} else
+					cs->temps[idx].refcount++;
+				break;
+			case PROGRAM_INPUT:
+				cs->inputs[idx].refcount++;
+				break;
+			default:
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		idx = fpi->DstReg.Index;
+		if (fpi->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
+			if (!(temps_used & (1 << idx))) {
+				cs->temps[idx].reg = -1;
+				cs->temps[idx].refcount = 1;
+				temps_used |= (1 << idx);
+			} else
+				cs->temps[idx].refcount++;
+		}
+	}
+	cs->temp_in_use = temps_used;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Final compilation step: Turn the intermediate radeon_program into
+ * machine-readable instructions.
+ */
+GLboolean r300FragmentProgramEmit(struct r300_fragment_program_compiler *compiler)
+{
+	struct r300_pfs_compile_state cs;
+	struct r300_fragment_program_code *code = compiler->code;
+
+	_mesa_memset(&cs, 0, sizeof(cs));
+	cs.compiler = compiler;
+	init_program(&cs);
+
+	if (!parse_program(&cs))
+		return GL_FALSE;
+
+	/* Finish off */
+	code->node[code->cur_node].alu_end =
+		cs.nrslots - code->node[code->cur_node].alu_offset - 1;
+	if (code->node[code->cur_node].tex_end < 0)
+		code->node[code->cur_node].tex_end = 0;
+	code->alu_offset = 0;
+	code->alu_end = cs.nrslots - 1;
+	code->tex_offset = 0;
+	code->tex_end = code->tex.length ? code->tex.length - 1 : 0;
+	assert(code->node[code->cur_node].alu_end >= 0);
+	assert(code->alu_end >= 0);
+
+	return GL_TRUE;
+}
+
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_ioctl.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_ioctl.c
index b0225453d3d..71821a01ea0 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_ioctl.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_ioctl.c
@@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 #include "r300_vertprog.h"
 #include "radeon_reg.h"
 #include "r300_emit.h"
+#include "r300_fragprog.h"
 
 #include "vblank.h"
 
@@ -130,8 +131,6 @@ static void r300ClearBuffer(r300ContextPtr r300, int flags, int buffer)
 			t1 |= R300_Z_ENABLE | R300_Z_WRITE_ENABLE;
 			t2 |=
 			    (R300_ZS_ALWAYS << R300_Z_FUNC_SHIFT);
-		} else { //XXX
-			t1 |= R300_STENCIL_FRONT_BACK;	// disable
 		}
 
 		if (flags & CLEARBUFFER_STENCIL) {
@@ -144,20 +143,13 @@ static void r300ClearBuffer(r300ContextPtr r300, int flags, int buffer)
 			    (R300_ZS_REPLACE <<
 			     R300_S_FRONT_ZPASS_OP_SHIFT) |
 			    (R300_ZS_REPLACE <<
-			     R300_S_FRONT_ZFAIL_OP_SHIFT) |
-			    (R300_ZS_ALWAYS <<
-			     R300_S_BACK_FUNC_SHIFT) |
-			    (R300_ZS_REPLACE <<
-			     R300_S_BACK_SFAIL_OP_SHIFT) |
-			    (R300_ZS_REPLACE <<
-			     R300_S_BACK_ZPASS_OP_SHIFT) |
-			    (R300_ZS_REPLACE <<
-			     R300_S_BACK_ZFAIL_OP_SHIFT);
+			     R300_S_FRONT_ZFAIL_OP_SHIFT);
 		}
 
 		e32(t1);
 		e32(t2);
-		e32(r300->state.stencil.clear);
+		e32(((ctx->Stencil.WriteMask[0] & R300_STENCILREF_MASK) << R300_STENCILWRITEMASK_SHIFT) |
+		    (ctx->Stencil.Clear & R300_STENCILREF_MASK));
 	}
 
 	cmd2 = (drm_r300_cmd_header_t *) r300AllocCmdBuf(r300, 9, __FUNCTION__);
@@ -307,7 +299,6 @@ static void r300EmitClearState(GLcontext * ctx)
 		reg_start(R300_RS_INST_0, 0);
 		e32(R300_RS_INST_COL_CN_WRITE);
 	} else {
-	  
 		R300_STATECHANGE(r300, ri);
 		reg_start(R500_RS_IP_0, 7);
 		for (i = 0; i < 8; ++i) {
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_reg.h b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_reg.h
index 21e1dc29de7..8b00f9958cc 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_reg.h
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_reg.h
@@ -1371,29 +1371,22 @@ USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 #	define R300_TX_MAG_FILTER_4              (0 << 9)
 #       define R300_TX_MAG_FILTER_NEAREST        (1 << 9)
 #       define R300_TX_MAG_FILTER_LINEAR         (2 << 9)
+#       define R300_TX_MAG_FILTER_ANISO          (3 << 9)
 #       define R300_TX_MAG_FILTER_MASK           (3 << 9)
 #       define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_NEAREST        (1 << 11)
 #       define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_LINEAR         (2 << 11)
-#	define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_NEAREST_MIP_NEAREST       (5  <<  11) /* TODO: use spec */
-#	define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_NEAREST_MIP_LINEAR        (9  <<  11) /* TODO: use spec */
-#	define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_LINEAR_MIP_NEAREST        (6  <<  11) /* TODO: use spec */
-#	define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_LINEAR_MIP_LINEAR         (10 <<  11) /* TODO: use spec */
-
-/* NOTE: NEAREST doesnt seem to exist.
- * Im not seting MAG_FILTER_MASK and (3 << 11) on for all
- * anisotropy modes because that would void selected mag filter
- */
-#	define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_ANISO_NEAREST             (0 << 13)
-#	define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_ANISO_LINEAR              (0 << 13)
-#	define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_ANISO_NEAREST_MIP_NEAREST (1 << 13)
-#	define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_ANISO_NEAREST_MIP_LINEAR  (2 << 13)
-#       define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MASK   ( (15 << 11) | (3 << 13) )
-#	define R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_1_TO_1  (0 << 21)
-#	define R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_2_TO_1  (2 << 21)
-#	define R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_4_TO_1  (4 << 21)
-#	define R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_8_TO_1  (6 << 21)
-#	define R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_16_TO_1 (8 << 21)
-#	define R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_MASK    (14 << 21)
+#	define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_ANISO          (3 << 11)
+#	define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MASK           (3 << 11)
+#	define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MIP_NONE       (0 << 13)
+#	define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MIP_NEAREST    (1 << 13)
+#	define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MIP_LINEAR     (2 << 13)
+#	define R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MIP_MASK       (3 << 13)
+#	define R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_1_TO_1          (0 << 21)
+#	define R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_2_TO_1          (1 << 21)
+#	define R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_4_TO_1          (2 << 21)
+#	define R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_8_TO_1          (3 << 21)
+#	define R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_16_TO_1         (4 << 21)
+#	define R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_MASK            (7 << 21)
 
 #define R300_TX_FILTER1_0                      0x4440
 #	define R300_CHROMA_KEY_MODE_DISABLE    0
@@ -1401,7 +1394,8 @@ USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 #	define R300_CHROMA_KEY_BLEND           2
 #	define R300_MC_ROUND_NORMAL            (0<<2)
 #	define R300_MC_ROUND_MPEG4             (1<<2)
-#	define R300_LOD_BIAS_MASK	    0x1fff
+#	define R300_LOD_BIAS_SHIFT             3
+#	define R300_LOD_BIAS_MASK	       0x1ff8
 #	define R300_EDGE_ANISO_EDGE_DIAG       (0<<13)
 #	define R300_EDGE_ANISO_EDGE_ONLY       (1<<13)
 #	define R300_MC_COORD_TRUNCATE_DISABLE  (0<<14)
@@ -1432,9 +1426,9 @@ USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 	   They are given meanings as R, G, B and Alpha by the swizzle
 	   specification */
 #	define R300_TX_FORMAT_X8		    0x0
-#	define R500_TX_FORMAT_X1		    0x0 // bit set in format 2 
+#	define R500_TX_FORMAT_X1		    0x0 // bit set in format 2
 #	define R300_TX_FORMAT_X16		    0x1
-#	define R500_TX_FORMAT_X1_REV		    0x0 // bit set in format 2 
+#	define R500_TX_FORMAT_X1_REV		    0x0 // bit set in format 2
 #	define R300_TX_FORMAT_Y4X4		    0x2
 #	define R300_TX_FORMAT_Y8X8		    0x3
 #	define R300_TX_FORMAT_Y16X16		    0x4
@@ -2238,7 +2232,7 @@ USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 #	define R300_RB3D_AARESOLVE_CTL_AARESOLVE_GAMMA_22      (1 << 1)
 #	define R300_RB3D_AARESOLVE_CTL_AARESOLVE_ALPHA_SAMPLE0 (0 << 2)
 #	define R300_RB3D_AARESOLVE_CTL_AARESOLVE_ALPHA_AVERAGE (1 << 2)
-  
+
 
 /* Discard src pixels less than or equal to threshold. */
 #define R500_RB3D_DISCARD_SRC_PIXEL_LTE_THRESHOLD 0x4ea0
@@ -3179,7 +3173,7 @@ enum {
  * 2 to end: Up to 16380 dwords of vertex data.
  */
 #define R300_PACKET3_3D_DRAW_INDX           0x00002A00
- 
+
 
 /* Specify the full set of vertex arrays as (address, stride).
  * The first parameter is the number of vertex arrays specified.
@@ -3209,7 +3203,7 @@ enum {
 /* Same as R300_PACKET3_3D_DRAW_INDX but without VAP_VTX_FMT */
 #define R300_PACKET3_3D_DRAW_INDX_2         0x00003600
 
-/* Clears a portion of hierachical Z RAM 
+/* Clears a portion of hierachical Z RAM
  * 3 dword parameters
  * 0. START
  * 1. COUNT: 13:0 (max is 0x3FFF)
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_render.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_render.c
index fc07105c560..8f74f9d785e 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_render.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_render.c
@@ -74,6 +74,7 @@ USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 #include "r300_reg.h"
 #include "r300_tex.h"
 #include "r300_emit.h"
+#include "r300_fragprog.h"
 extern int future_hw_tcl_on;
 
 /**
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_shader.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_shader.c
index 5c8fd8a5e58..f30fd986e0f 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_shader.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_shader.c
@@ -28,7 +28,6 @@ static struct gl_program *r300NewProgram(GLcontext * ctx, GLenum target,
 							   target, id);
 		} else {
 			r300_fp = CALLOC_STRUCT(r300_fragment_program);
-			r300_fp->ctx = ctx;
 			return _mesa_init_fragment_program(ctx, &r300_fp->mesa_program,
 							   target, id);
 		}
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_state.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_state.c
index 550f7108542..55d3d55e900 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_state.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_state.c
@@ -60,6 +60,7 @@ WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 #include "r300_state.h"
 #include "r300_reg.h"
 #include "r300_emit.h"
+#include "r300_fragprog.h"
 #include "r300_tex.h"
 
 #include "drirenderbuffer.h"
@@ -525,24 +526,15 @@ static void r300SetDepthState(GLcontext * ctx)
 	r300ContextPtr r300 = R300_CONTEXT(ctx);
 
 	R300_STATECHANGE(r300, zs);
-	r300->hw.zs.cmd[R300_ZS_CNTL_0] &= R300_STENCIL_ENABLE; // XXX
-	r300->hw.zs.cmd[R300_ZS_CNTL_1] &=
-	    ~(R300_ZS_MASK << R300_Z_FUNC_SHIFT);
+	r300->hw.zs.cmd[R300_ZS_CNTL_0] &= R300_STENCIL_ENABLE|R300_STENCIL_FRONT_BACK;
+	r300->hw.zs.cmd[R300_ZS_CNTL_1] &= ~(R300_ZS_MASK << R300_Z_FUNC_SHIFT);
 
-	if (ctx->Depth.Test && ctx->Depth.Func != GL_NEVER) {
+	if (ctx->Depth.Test) {
+		r300->hw.zs.cmd[R300_ZS_CNTL_0] |= R300_Z_ENABLE;
 		if (ctx->Depth.Mask)
-			r300->hw.zs.cmd[R300_ZS_CNTL_0] |=
-			    R300_Z_ENABLE | R300_Z_WRITE_ENABLE | R300_STENCIL_FRONT_BACK; // XXX
-		else
-		    r300->hw.zs.cmd[R300_ZS_CNTL_0] |= R300_Z_ENABLE | R300_STENCIL_FRONT_BACK; // XXX
-
-		r300->hw.zs.cmd[R300_ZS_CNTL_1] |=
-		    translate_func(ctx->Depth.
-				   Func) << R300_Z_FUNC_SHIFT;
-	} else {
-	    r300->hw.zs.cmd[R300_ZS_CNTL_0] |= R300_STENCIL_FRONT_BACK; // XXX
+			r300->hw.zs.cmd[R300_ZS_CNTL_0] |= R300_Z_WRITE_ENABLE;
 		r300->hw.zs.cmd[R300_ZS_CNTL_1] |=
-		    translate_func(GL_NEVER) << R300_Z_FUNC_SHIFT;
+		    translate_func(ctx->Depth.Func) << R300_Z_FUNC_SHIFT;
 	}
 
 	r300SetEarlyZState(ctx);
@@ -925,7 +917,7 @@ static void r300StencilFuncSeparate(GLcontext * ctx, GLenum face,
 	GLuint flag;
 
 	R300_STATECHANGE(rmesa, zs);
-
+	rmesa->hw.zs.cmd[R300_ZS_CNTL_0] |= R300_STENCIL_FRONT_BACK;
 	rmesa->hw.zs.cmd[R300_ZS_CNTL_1] &= ~((R300_ZS_MASK <<
 					       R300_S_FRONT_FUNC_SHIFT)
 					      | (R300_ZS_MASK <<
@@ -1000,17 +992,6 @@ static void r300StencilOpSeparate(GLcontext * ctx, GLenum face,
 	}
 }
 
-static void r300ClearStencil(GLcontext * ctx, GLint s)
-{
-	r300ContextPtr rmesa = R300_CONTEXT(ctx);
-
-	rmesa->state.stencil.clear =
-	    ((GLuint) (ctx->Stencil.Clear & R300_STENCILREF_MASK) |
-	     (R300_STENCILREF_MASK << R300_STENCILMASK_SHIFT) |
-	     ((ctx->Stencil.WriteMask[0] & R300_STENCILREF_MASK) <<
-		R300_STENCILMASK_SHIFT));
-}
-
 /* =============================================================
  * Window position and viewport transformation
  */
@@ -1284,7 +1265,7 @@ static unsigned long gen_fixed_filter(unsigned long f)
 		return f;
 
 	mag = f & R300_TX_MAG_FILTER_MASK;
-	min = f & R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MASK;
+	min = f & (R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MASK|R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MIP_MASK);
 
 	/* TODO: Check for anisto filters too */
 	if ((mag != R300_TX_MAG_FILTER_NEAREST)
@@ -1328,18 +1309,19 @@ static void r300SetupFragmentShaderTextures(GLcontext *ctx, int *tmu_mappings)
 	int i;
 	struct r300_fragment_program *fp = (struct r300_fragment_program *)
 	    (char *)ctx->FragmentProgram._Current;
+	struct r300_fragment_program_code *code = &fp->code;
 
 	R300_STATECHANGE(r300, fpt);
 
-	for (i = 0; i < fp->tex.length; i++) {
+	for (i = 0; i < code->tex.length; i++) {
 		int unit;
 		int opcode;
 		unsigned long val;
 
-		unit = fp->tex.inst[i] >> R300_TEX_ID_SHIFT;
+		unit = code->tex.inst[i] >> R300_TEX_ID_SHIFT;
 		unit &= 15;
 
-		val = fp->tex.inst[i];
+		val = code->tex.inst[i];
 		val &= ~R300_TEX_ID_MASK;
 
 		opcode =
@@ -1361,7 +1343,7 @@ static void r300SetupFragmentShaderTextures(GLcontext *ctx, int *tmu_mappings)
 	}
 
 	r300->hw.fpt.cmd[R300_FPT_CMD_0] =
-		cmdpacket0(R300_US_TEX_INST_0, fp->tex.length);
+		cmdpacket0(R300_US_TEX_INST_0, code->tex.length);
 }
 
 static void r500SetupFragmentShaderTextures(GLcontext *ctx, int *tmu_mappings)
@@ -1369,14 +1351,15 @@ static void r500SetupFragmentShaderTextures(GLcontext *ctx, int *tmu_mappings)
 	int i;
 	struct r500_fragment_program *fp = (struct r500_fragment_program *)
 	    (char *)ctx->FragmentProgram._Current;
+	struct r500_fragment_program_code *code = &fp->code;
 
 	/* find all the texture instructions and relocate the texture units */
-	for (i = 0; i < fp->inst_end + 1; i++) {
-		if ((fp->inst[i].inst0 & 0x3) == R500_INST_TYPE_TEX) {
+	for (i = 0; i < code->inst_end + 1; i++) {
+		if ((code->inst[i].inst0 & 0x3) == R500_INST_TYPE_TEX) {
 			uint32_t val;
 			int unit, opcode, new_unit;
 
-			val = fp->inst[i].inst1;
+			val = code->inst[i].inst1;
 
 			unit = (val >> 16) & 0xf;
 
@@ -1393,11 +1376,23 @@ static void r500SetupFragmentShaderTextures(GLcontext *ctx, int *tmu_mappings)
 				}
 			}
 			val |= R500_TEX_ID(new_unit);
-			fp->inst[i].inst1 = val;
+			code->inst[i].inst1 = val;
 		}
 	}
 }
 
+static GLuint r300CalculateTexLodBias(GLfloat bias)
+{
+	GLuint b;
+	b = (unsigned int)fabsf(ceilf(bias*31));
+	if (signbit(bias)) {
+		b ^= 0x3ff; /* 10 bits */
+	}
+	b <<= 3;
+	b &= R300_LOD_BIAS_MASK;
+	return b;
+}
+
 static void r300SetupTextures(GLcontext * ctx)
 {
 	int i, mtu;
@@ -1461,8 +1456,8 @@ static void r300SetupTextures(GLcontext * ctx)
 			r300->hw.tex.filter.cmd[R300_TEX_VALUE_0 +
 						hw_tmu] =
 			    gen_fixed_filter(t->filter) | (hw_tmu << 28);
-			/* Currently disabled! */
-			r300->hw.tex.filter_1.cmd[R300_TEX_VALUE_0 + hw_tmu] = 0x0;	//0x20501f80;
+			r300->hw.tex.filter_1.cmd[R300_TEX_VALUE_0 + hw_tmu] = t->filter_1
+				| r300CalculateTexLodBias(r300->LODBias);
 			r300->hw.tex.size.cmd[R300_TEX_VALUE_0 + hw_tmu] =
 			    t->size;
 			r300->hw.tex.format.cmd[R300_TEX_VALUE_0 +
@@ -2426,6 +2421,7 @@ static void r300SetupPixelShader(r300ContextPtr rmesa)
 	GLcontext *ctx = rmesa->radeon.glCtx;
 	struct r300_fragment_program *fp = (struct r300_fragment_program *)
 	    (char *)ctx->FragmentProgram._Current;
+	struct r300_fragment_program_code *code;
 	int i, k;
 
 	if (!fp)		/* should only happenen once, just after context is created */
@@ -2437,62 +2433,63 @@ static void r300SetupPixelShader(r300ContextPtr rmesa)
 			__FUNCTION__);
 		return;
 	}
+	code = &fp->code;
 
 	r300SetupTextures(ctx);
 
 	R300_STATECHANGE(rmesa, fpi[0]);
-	rmesa->hw.fpi[0].cmd[R300_FPI_CMD_0] = cmdpacket0(R300_US_ALU_RGB_INST_0, fp->alu_end + 1);
-	for (i = 0; i <= fp->alu_end; i++) {
-		rmesa->hw.fpi[0].cmd[R300_FPI_INSTR_0 + i] = fp->alu.inst[i].inst0;
+	rmesa->hw.fpi[0].cmd[R300_FPI_CMD_0] = cmdpacket0(R300_US_ALU_RGB_INST_0, code->alu_end + 1);
+	for (i = 0; i <= code->alu_end; i++) {
+		rmesa->hw.fpi[0].cmd[R300_FPI_INSTR_0 + i] = code->alu.inst[i].inst0;
 	}
 
 	R300_STATECHANGE(rmesa, fpi[1]);
-	rmesa->hw.fpi[1].cmd[R300_FPI_CMD_0] = cmdpacket0(R300_US_ALU_RGB_ADDR_0, fp->alu_end + 1);
-	for (i = 0; i <= fp->alu_end; i++) {
-		rmesa->hw.fpi[1].cmd[R300_FPI_INSTR_0 + i] = fp->alu.inst[i].inst1;
+	rmesa->hw.fpi[1].cmd[R300_FPI_CMD_0] = cmdpacket0(R300_US_ALU_RGB_ADDR_0, code->alu_end + 1);
+	for (i = 0; i <= code->alu_end; i++) {
+		rmesa->hw.fpi[1].cmd[R300_FPI_INSTR_0 + i] = code->alu.inst[i].inst1;
 	}
 
 	R300_STATECHANGE(rmesa, fpi[2]);
-	rmesa->hw.fpi[2].cmd[R300_FPI_CMD_0] = cmdpacket0(R300_US_ALU_ALPHA_INST_0, fp->alu_end + 1);
-	for (i = 0; i <= fp->alu_end; i++) {
-		rmesa->hw.fpi[2].cmd[R300_FPI_INSTR_0 + i] = fp->alu.inst[i].inst2;
+	rmesa->hw.fpi[2].cmd[R300_FPI_CMD_0] = cmdpacket0(R300_US_ALU_ALPHA_INST_0, code->alu_end + 1);
+	for (i = 0; i <= code->alu_end; i++) {
+		rmesa->hw.fpi[2].cmd[R300_FPI_INSTR_0 + i] = code->alu.inst[i].inst2;
 	}
 
 	R300_STATECHANGE(rmesa, fpi[3]);
-	rmesa->hw.fpi[3].cmd[R300_FPI_CMD_0] = cmdpacket0(R300_US_ALU_ALPHA_ADDR_0, fp->alu_end + 1);
-	for (i = 0; i <= fp->alu_end; i++) {
-		rmesa->hw.fpi[3].cmd[R300_FPI_INSTR_0 + i] = fp->alu.inst[i].inst3;
+	rmesa->hw.fpi[3].cmd[R300_FPI_CMD_0] = cmdpacket0(R300_US_ALU_ALPHA_ADDR_0, code->alu_end + 1);
+	for (i = 0; i <= code->alu_end; i++) {
+		rmesa->hw.fpi[3].cmd[R300_FPI_INSTR_0 + i] = code->alu.inst[i].inst3;
 	}
 
 	R300_STATECHANGE(rmesa, fp);
-	rmesa->hw.fp.cmd[R300_FP_CNTL0] = fp->cur_node | (fp->first_node_has_tex << 3);
-	rmesa->hw.fp.cmd[R300_FP_CNTL1] = fp->max_temp_idx;
+	rmesa->hw.fp.cmd[R300_FP_CNTL0] = code->cur_node | (code->first_node_has_tex << 3);
+	rmesa->hw.fp.cmd[R300_FP_CNTL1] = code->max_temp_idx;
 	rmesa->hw.fp.cmd[R300_FP_CNTL2] =
-	  (fp->alu_offset << R300_PFS_CNTL_ALU_OFFSET_SHIFT) |
-	  (fp->alu_end << R300_PFS_CNTL_ALU_END_SHIFT) |
-	  (fp->tex_offset << R300_PFS_CNTL_TEX_OFFSET_SHIFT) |
-	  (fp->tex_end << R300_PFS_CNTL_TEX_END_SHIFT);
+	  (code->alu_offset << R300_PFS_CNTL_ALU_OFFSET_SHIFT) |
+	  (code->alu_end << R300_PFS_CNTL_ALU_END_SHIFT) |
+	  (code->tex_offset << R300_PFS_CNTL_TEX_OFFSET_SHIFT) |
+	  (code->tex_end << R300_PFS_CNTL_TEX_END_SHIFT);
 	/* I just want to say, the way these nodes are stored.. weird.. */
-	for (i = 0, k = (4 - (fp->cur_node + 1)); i < 4; i++, k++) {
-		if (i < (fp->cur_node + 1)) {
+	for (i = 0, k = (4 - (code->cur_node + 1)); i < 4; i++, k++) {
+		if (i < (code->cur_node + 1)) {
 			rmesa->hw.fp.cmd[R300_FP_NODE0 + k] =
-			  (fp->node[i].alu_offset << R300_ALU_START_SHIFT) |
-			  (fp->node[i].alu_end << R300_ALU_SIZE_SHIFT) |
-			  (fp->node[i].tex_offset << R300_TEX_START_SHIFT) |
-			  (fp->node[i].tex_end << R300_TEX_SIZE_SHIFT) |
-			  fp->node[i].flags;
+			  (code->node[i].alu_offset << R300_ALU_START_SHIFT) |
+			  (code->node[i].alu_end << R300_ALU_SIZE_SHIFT) |
+			  (code->node[i].tex_offset << R300_TEX_START_SHIFT) |
+			  (code->node[i].tex_end << R300_TEX_SIZE_SHIFT) |
+			  code->node[i].flags;
 		} else {
 			rmesa->hw.fp.cmd[R300_FP_NODE0 + (3 - i)] = 0;
 		}
 	}
 
 	R300_STATECHANGE(rmesa, fpp);
-	rmesa->hw.fpp.cmd[R300_FPP_CMD_0] = cmdpacket0(R300_PFS_PARAM_0_X, fp->const_nr * 4);
-	for (i = 0; i < fp->const_nr; i++) {
-		rmesa->hw.fpp.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 0] = r300PackFloat24(fp->constant[i][0]);
-		rmesa->hw.fpp.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 1] = r300PackFloat24(fp->constant[i][1]);
-		rmesa->hw.fpp.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 2] = r300PackFloat24(fp->constant[i][2]);
-		rmesa->hw.fpp.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 3] = r300PackFloat24(fp->constant[i][3]);
+	rmesa->hw.fpp.cmd[R300_FPP_CMD_0] = cmdpacket0(R300_PFS_PARAM_0_X, code->const_nr * 4);
+	for (i = 0; i < code->const_nr; i++) {
+		rmesa->hw.fpp.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 0] = r300PackFloat24(code->constant[i][0]);
+		rmesa->hw.fpp.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 1] = r300PackFloat24(code->constant[i][1]);
+		rmesa->hw.fpp.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 2] = r300PackFloat24(code->constant[i][2]);
+		rmesa->hw.fpp.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 3] = r300PackFloat24(code->constant[i][3]);
 	}
 }
 
@@ -2516,6 +2513,7 @@ static void r500SetupPixelShader(r300ContextPtr rmesa)
 	struct r500_fragment_program *fp = (struct r500_fragment_program *)
 	    (char *)ctx->FragmentProgram._Current;
 	int i;
+	struct r500_fragment_program_code *code;
 
 	if (!fp)		/* should only happenen once, just after context is created */
 		return;
@@ -2529,42 +2527,43 @@ static void r500SetupPixelShader(r300ContextPtr rmesa)
 			__FUNCTION__);
 		return;
 	}
+	code = &fp->code;
 
 	r300SetupTextures(ctx);
 
 	R300_STATECHANGE(rmesa, fp);
-	rmesa->hw.fp.cmd[R500_FP_PIXSIZE] = fp->max_temp_idx;
+	rmesa->hw.fp.cmd[R500_FP_PIXSIZE] = code->max_temp_idx;
 
 	rmesa->hw.fp.cmd[R500_FP_CODE_ADDR] =
-	    R500_US_CODE_START_ADDR(fp->inst_offset) |
-	    R500_US_CODE_END_ADDR(fp->inst_end);
+	    R500_US_CODE_START_ADDR(code->inst_offset) |
+	    R500_US_CODE_END_ADDR(code->inst_end);
 	rmesa->hw.fp.cmd[R500_FP_CODE_RANGE] =
-	    R500_US_CODE_RANGE_ADDR(fp->inst_offset) |
-	    R500_US_CODE_RANGE_SIZE(fp->inst_end);
+	    R500_US_CODE_RANGE_ADDR(code->inst_offset) |
+	    R500_US_CODE_RANGE_SIZE(code->inst_end);
 	rmesa->hw.fp.cmd[R500_FP_CODE_OFFSET] =
 	    R500_US_CODE_OFFSET_ADDR(0); /* FIXME when we add flow control */
 
 	R300_STATECHANGE(rmesa, r500fp);
 	/* Emit our shader... */
-	for (i = 0; i < fp->inst_end+1; i++) {
-		rmesa->hw.r500fp.cmd[i*6+1] = fp->inst[i].inst0;
-		rmesa->hw.r500fp.cmd[i*6+2] = fp->inst[i].inst1;
-		rmesa->hw.r500fp.cmd[i*6+3] = fp->inst[i].inst2;
-		rmesa->hw.r500fp.cmd[i*6+4] = fp->inst[i].inst3;
-		rmesa->hw.r500fp.cmd[i*6+5] = fp->inst[i].inst4;
-		rmesa->hw.r500fp.cmd[i*6+6] = fp->inst[i].inst5;
+	for (i = 0; i < code->inst_end+1; i++) {
+		rmesa->hw.r500fp.cmd[i*6+1] = code->inst[i].inst0;
+		rmesa->hw.r500fp.cmd[i*6+2] = code->inst[i].inst1;
+		rmesa->hw.r500fp.cmd[i*6+3] = code->inst[i].inst2;
+		rmesa->hw.r500fp.cmd[i*6+4] = code->inst[i].inst3;
+		rmesa->hw.r500fp.cmd[i*6+5] = code->inst[i].inst4;
+		rmesa->hw.r500fp.cmd[i*6+6] = code->inst[i].inst5;
 	}
 
-	bump_r500fp_count(rmesa->hw.r500fp.cmd, (fp->inst_end + 1) * 6);
+	bump_r500fp_count(rmesa->hw.r500fp.cmd, (code->inst_end + 1) * 6);
 
 	R300_STATECHANGE(rmesa, r500fp_const);
-	for (i = 0; i < fp->const_nr; i++) {
-		rmesa->hw.r500fp_const.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 0] = r300PackFloat32(fp->constant[i][0]);
-		rmesa->hw.r500fp_const.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 1] = r300PackFloat32(fp->constant[i][1]);
-		rmesa->hw.r500fp_const.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 2] = r300PackFloat32(fp->constant[i][2]);
-		rmesa->hw.r500fp_const.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 3] = r300PackFloat32(fp->constant[i][3]);
+	for (i = 0; i < code->const_nr; i++) {
+		rmesa->hw.r500fp_const.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 0] = r300PackFloat32(code->constant[i][0]);
+		rmesa->hw.r500fp_const.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 1] = r300PackFloat32(code->constant[i][1]);
+		rmesa->hw.r500fp_const.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 2] = r300PackFloat32(code->constant[i][2]);
+		rmesa->hw.r500fp_const.cmd[R300_FPP_PARAM_0 + 4 * i + 3] = r300PackFloat32(code->constant[i][3]);
 	}
-	bump_r500fp_const_count(rmesa->hw.r500fp_const.cmd, fp->const_nr * 4);
+	bump_r500fp_const_count(rmesa->hw.r500fp_const.cmd, code->const_nr * 4);
 
 }
 
@@ -2637,12 +2636,10 @@ void r300InitState(r300ContextPtr r300)
 	case 16:
 		r300->state.depth.scale = 1.0 / (GLfloat) 0xffff;
 		depth_fmt = R300_DEPTHFORMAT_16BIT_INT_Z;
-		r300->state.stencil.clear = 0x00000000;
 		break;
 	case 24:
 		r300->state.depth.scale = 1.0 / (GLfloat) 0xffffff;
 		depth_fmt = R300_DEPTHFORMAT_24BIT_INT_Z_8BIT_STENCIL;
-		r300->state.stencil.clear = 0x00ff0000;
 		break;
 	default:
 		fprintf(stderr, "Error: Unsupported depth %d... exiting\n",
@@ -2706,7 +2703,6 @@ void r300InitStateFuncs(struct dd_function_table *functions)
 	functions->ShadeModel = r300ShadeModel;
 
 	/* Stencil related */
-	functions->ClearStencil = r300ClearStencil;
 	functions->StencilFuncSeparate = r300StencilFuncSeparate;
 	functions->StencilMaskSeparate = r300StencilMaskSeparate;
 	functions->StencilOpSeparate = r300StencilOpSeparate;
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_tex.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_tex.c
index 0b4acec0448..5f54bcad9a3 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_tex.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_tex.c
@@ -160,21 +160,18 @@ static void r300SetTexWrap(r300TexObjPtr t, GLenum swrap, GLenum twrap,
 	t->filter |= hw_qwrap << R300_TX_WRAP_Q_SHIFT;
 }
 
-static void r300SetTexMaxAnisotropy(r300TexObjPtr t, GLfloat max)
+static GLuint aniso_filter(GLfloat anisotropy)
 {
-
-	t->filter &= ~R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_MASK;
-
-	if (max <= 1.0) {
-		t->filter |= R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_1_TO_1;
-	} else if (max <= 2.0) {
-		t->filter |= R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_2_TO_1;
-	} else if (max <= 4.0) {
-		t->filter |= R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_4_TO_1;
-	} else if (max <= 8.0) {
-		t->filter |= R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_8_TO_1;
+	if (anisotropy >= 16.0) {
+		return R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_16_TO_1;
+	} else if (anisotropy >= 8.0) {
+		return R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_8_TO_1;
+	} else if (anisotropy >= 4.0) {
+		return R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_4_TO_1;
+	} else if (anisotropy >= 2.0) {
+		return R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_2_TO_1;
 	} else {
-		t->filter |= R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_16_TO_1;
+		return R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_1_TO_1;
 	}
 }
 
@@ -184,54 +181,47 @@ static void r300SetTexMaxAnisotropy(r300TexObjPtr t, GLfloat max)
  * \param t Texture whose filter modes are to be set
  * \param minf Texture minification mode
  * \param magf Texture magnification mode
+ * \param anisotropy Maximum anisotropy level
  */
-
-static void r300SetTexFilter(r300TexObjPtr t, GLenum minf, GLenum magf)
+static void r300SetTexFilter(r300TexObjPtr t, GLenum minf, GLenum magf, GLfloat anisotropy)
 {
-	GLuint anisotropy = (t->filter & R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_MASK);
+	t->filter &= ~(R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MASK | R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MIP_MASK | R300_TX_MAG_FILTER_MASK | R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_MASK);
+	t->filter_1 &= ~R300_EDGE_ANISO_EDGE_ONLY;
 
-	t->filter &= ~(R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MASK | R300_TX_MAG_FILTER_MASK);
+	/* Note that EXT_texture_filter_anisotropic is extremely vague about
+	 * how anisotropic filtering interacts with the "normal" filter modes.
+	 * When anisotropic filtering is enabled, we override min and mag
+	 * filter settings completely. This includes driconf's settings.
+	 */
+	if (anisotropy >= 2.0 && (minf != GL_NEAREST) && (magf != GL_NEAREST)) {
+		t->filter |= R300_TX_MAG_FILTER_ANISO
+			| R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_ANISO
+			| R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MIP_LINEAR
+			| aniso_filter(anisotropy);
+		if (RADEON_DEBUG & DEBUG_TEXTURE)
+			fprintf(stderr, "Using maximum anisotropy of %f\n", anisotropy);
+		return;
+	}
 
-	if (anisotropy == R300_TX_MAX_ANISO_1_TO_1) {
-		switch (minf) {
-		case GL_NEAREST:
-			t->filter |= R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_NEAREST;
-			break;
-		case GL_LINEAR:
-			t->filter |= R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_LINEAR;
-			break;
-		case GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_NEAREST:
-			t->filter |= R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_NEAREST_MIP_NEAREST;
-			break;
-		case GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_LINEAR:
-			t->filter |= R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_NEAREST_MIP_LINEAR;
-			break;
-		case GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_NEAREST:
-			t->filter |= R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_LINEAR_MIP_NEAREST;
-			break;
-		case GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_LINEAR:
-			t->filter |= R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_LINEAR_MIP_LINEAR;
-			break;
-		}
-	} else {
-		switch (minf) {
-		case GL_NEAREST:
-			t->filter |= R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_ANISO_NEAREST;
-			break;
-		case GL_LINEAR:
-			t->filter |= R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_ANISO_LINEAR;
-			break;
-		case GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_NEAREST:
-		case GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_NEAREST:
-			t->filter |=
-			    R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_ANISO_NEAREST_MIP_NEAREST;
-			break;
-		case GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_LINEAR:
-		case GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_LINEAR:
-			t->filter |=
-			    R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_ANISO_NEAREST_MIP_LINEAR;
-			break;
-		}
+	switch (minf) {
+	case GL_NEAREST:
+		t->filter |= R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_NEAREST;
+		break;
+	case GL_LINEAR:
+		t->filter |= R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_LINEAR;
+		break;
+	case GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_NEAREST:
+		t->filter |= R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_NEAREST|R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MIP_NEAREST;
+		break;
+	case GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_LINEAR:
+		t->filter |= R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_NEAREST|R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MIP_LINEAR;
+		break;
+	case GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_NEAREST:
+		t->filter |= R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_LINEAR|R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MIP_NEAREST;
+		break;
+	case GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_LINEAR:
+		t->filter |= R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_LINEAR|R300_TX_MIN_FILTER_MIP_LINEAR;
+		break;
 	}
 
 	/* Note we don't have 3D mipmaps so only use the mag filter setting
@@ -252,6 +242,20 @@ static void r300SetTexBorderColor(r300TexObjPtr t, GLubyte c[4])
 	t->pp_border_color = PACK_COLOR_8888(c[3], c[0], c[1], c[2]);
 }
 
+static void r300SetTexLodBias(r300TexObjPtr t, GLfloat bias)
+{
+	GLuint b;
+	b = (unsigned int)fabsf(ceilf(bias*31));
+	if (signbit(bias)) {
+		b ^= 0x3ff; /* 10 bits */
+	}
+	b <<= 3;
+	b &= R300_LOD_BIAS_MASK;
+
+	t->filter_1 &= ~R300_LOD_BIAS_MASK;
+	t->filter_1 |= b;
+}
+
 /**
  * Allocate space for and load the mesa images into the texture memory block.
  * This will happen before drawing with a new texture, or drawing with a
@@ -278,8 +282,7 @@ static r300TexObjPtr r300AllocTexObj(struct gl_texture_object *texObj)
 		make_empty_list(&t->base);
 
 		r300SetTexWrap(t, texObj->WrapS, texObj->WrapT, texObj->WrapR);
-		r300SetTexMaxAnisotropy(t, texObj->MaxAnisotropy);
-		r300SetTexFilter(t, texObj->MinFilter, texObj->MagFilter);
+		r300SetTexFilter(t, texObj->MinFilter, texObj->MagFilter, texObj->MaxAnisotropy);
 		r300SetTexBorderColor(t, texObj->_BorderChan);
 	}
 
@@ -976,9 +979,38 @@ r300TexSubImage3D(GLcontext * ctx, GLenum target, GLint level,
 	t->dirty_images[0] |= (1 << level);
 }
 
+/* This feels like a prime target for code reuse, so I'm putting it here
+ * instead of inlining it in TexEnv. */
+static GLenum r300TexUnitTarget(struct gl_texture_unit *unit) {
+	if (unit->_ReallyEnabled & (TEXTURE_RECT_BIT)) {
+		return GL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV;
+	} else if (unit->_ReallyEnabled & (TEXTURE_1D_BIT)) {
+		return GL_TEXTURE_1D;
+	} else if (unit->_ReallyEnabled & (TEXTURE_2D_BIT)) {
+		return GL_TEXTURE_2D;
+	} else if (unit->_ReallyEnabled & (TEXTURE_3D_BIT)) {
+		return GL_TEXTURE_3D;
+	} else if (unit->_ReallyEnabled & (TEXTURE_CUBE_BIT)) {
+		return GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP;
+	}
+	if (unit->Enabled & (TEXTURE_RECT_BIT)) {
+		return GL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV;
+	} else if (unit->Enabled & (TEXTURE_1D_BIT)) {
+		return GL_TEXTURE_1D;
+	} else if (unit->Enabled & (TEXTURE_2D_BIT)) {
+		return GL_TEXTURE_2D;
+	} else if (unit->Enabled & (TEXTURE_3D_BIT)) {
+		return GL_TEXTURE_3D;
+	} else if (unit->Enabled & (TEXTURE_CUBE_BIT)) {
+		return GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
 static void r300TexEnv(GLcontext * ctx, GLenum target,
 		       GLenum pname, const GLfloat * param)
 {
+	r300ContextPtr rmesa = R300_CONTEXT(ctx);
 	if (RADEON_DEBUG & DEBUG_STATE) {
 		fprintf(stderr, "%s( %s )\n",
 			__FUNCTION__, _mesa_lookup_enum_by_nr(pname));
@@ -989,41 +1021,24 @@ static void r300TexEnv(GLcontext * ctx, GLenum target,
 	 * between them according to _ReallyEnabled.
 	 */
 	switch (pname) {
-	case GL_TEXTURE_LOD_BIAS_EXT:{
-#if 0				/* Needs to be relocated in order to make sure we got the right tmu */
-			GLfloat bias, min;
-			GLuint b;
-
-			/* The R300's LOD bias is a signed 2's complement value with a
-			 * range of -16.0 <= bias < 16.0.
-			 *
-			 * NOTE: Add a small bias to the bias for conform mipsel.c test.
-			 */
-			bias = *param + .01;
-			min =
-			    driQueryOptionb(&rmesa->radeon.optionCache,
-					    "no_neg_lod_bias") ? 0.0 : -16.0;
-			bias = CLAMP(bias, min, 16.0);
-
-			/* 0.0 - 16.0 == 0x0 - 0x1000 */
-			/* 0.0 - -16.0 == 0x1001 - 0x1fff */
-			b = 0x1000 / 16.0 * bias;
-			b &= R300_LOD_BIAS_MASK;
-
-			if (b !=
-			    (rmesa->hw.tex.unknown1.
-			     cmd[R300_TEX_VALUE_0 +
-				 unit] & R300_LOD_BIAS_MASK)) {
-				R300_STATECHANGE(rmesa, tex.unknown1);
-				rmesa->hw.tex.unknown1.cmd[R300_TEX_VALUE_0 +
-							   unit] &=
-				    ~R300_LOD_BIAS_MASK;
-				rmesa->hw.tex.unknown1.cmd[R300_TEX_VALUE_0 +
-							   unit] |= b;
-			}
-#endif
-			break;
-		}
+	case GL_TEXTURE_LOD_BIAS_EXT: {
+		/* Needs to be relocated in order to make sure we got the right tmu */
+		GLfloat bias, min;
+
+		/* The R300's LOD bias is a signed 2's complement value with a
+		 * range of -16.0 <= bias < 16.0.
+		 *
+		 * NOTE: Add a small bias to the bias for conform mipsel.c test.
+		 */
+		bias = *param + .01;
+		min = driQueryOptionb(&rmesa->radeon.optionCache,
+			"no_neg_lod_bias") ? 0.0 : -16.0;
+		bias = CLAMP(bias, min, 16.0);
+
+		rmesa->LODBias = bias;
+
+		break;
+	}
 
 	default:
 		return;
@@ -1050,8 +1065,7 @@ static void r300TexParameter(GLcontext * ctx, GLenum target,
 	case GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER:
 	case GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER:
 	case GL_TEXTURE_MAX_ANISOTROPY_EXT:
-		r300SetTexMaxAnisotropy(t, texObj->MaxAnisotropy);
-		r300SetTexFilter(t, texObj->MinFilter, texObj->MagFilter);
+		r300SetTexFilter(t, texObj->MinFilter, texObj->MagFilter, texObj->MaxAnisotropy);
 		break;
 
 	case GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S:
@@ -1077,7 +1091,7 @@ static void r300TexParameter(GLcontext * ctx, GLenum target,
 		break;
 
 	case GL_DEPTH_TEXTURE_MODE:
-		if (texObj->Image[0][texObj->BaseLevel]->TexFormat->BaseFormat 
+		if (texObj->Image[0][texObj->BaseLevel]->TexFormat->BaseFormat
 		    == GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT) {
 			r300SetDepthTexMode(texObj);
 			break;
@@ -1092,10 +1106,6 @@ static void r300TexParameter(GLcontext * ctx, GLenum target,
 	default:
 		return;
 	}
-
-	/* Mark this texobj as dirty (one bit per tex unit)
-	 */
-	t->dirty_state = TEX_ALL;
 }
 
 static void r300BindTexture(GLcontext * ctx, GLenum target,
@@ -1157,6 +1167,10 @@ static struct gl_texture_object *r300NewTextureObject(GLcontext * ctx,
 		return NULL;
 	obj->MaxAnisotropy = rmesa->initialMaxAnisotropy;
 
+	/* Attempt to fill LOD bias, if previously set.
+	 * Should start at 0.0, which won't affect the HW. */
+	obj->LodBias = rmesa->LODBias;
+
 	r300AllocTexObj(obj);
 	return obj;
 }
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_texmem.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_texmem.c
index 723601ac4a6..69847a4022d 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_texmem.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_texmem.c
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ static void r300UploadSubImage(r300ContextPtr rmesa, r300TexObjPtr t,
 	imageWidth = texImage->Width;
 	imageHeight = texImage->Height;
 
-	offset = t->bufAddr + t->base.totalSize / 6 * face;
+	offset = t->bufAddr;
 
 	if (RADEON_DEBUG & (DEBUG_TEXTURE | DEBUG_IOCTL)) {
 		GLint imageX = 0;
@@ -534,10 +534,6 @@ int r300UploadTexImages(r300ContextPtr rmesa, r300TexObjPtr t, GLuint face)
 			/* hope it's safe to add that here... */
 			t->offset |= t->tile_bits;
 		}
-
-		/* Mark this texobj as dirty on all units:
-		 */
-		t->dirty_state = TEX_ALL;
 	}
 
 	/* Let the world know we've used this memory recently.
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_texstate.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_texstate.c
index 78fa75228e7..bdd20b18e44 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_texstate.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r300_texstate.c
@@ -127,18 +127,18 @@ void r300SetDepthTexMode(struct gl_texture_object *tObj)
 {
 	static const GLuint formats[3][3] = {
 		{
-			R300_EASY_TX_FORMAT(X, X, X, X, X16),
 			R300_EASY_TX_FORMAT(X, X, X, ONE, X16),
+			R300_EASY_TX_FORMAT(X, X, X, X, X16),
 			R300_EASY_TX_FORMAT(ZERO, ZERO, ZERO, X, X16),
 		},
 		{
-			R300_EASY_TX_FORMAT(X, X, X, X, X24_Y8),
 			R300_EASY_TX_FORMAT(X, X, X, ONE, X24_Y8),
+			R300_EASY_TX_FORMAT(X, X, X, X, X24_Y8),
 			R300_EASY_TX_FORMAT(ZERO, ZERO, ZERO, X, X24_Y8),
 		},
 		{
-			R300_EASY_TX_FORMAT(X, X, X, X, X32),
 			R300_EASY_TX_FORMAT(X, X, X, ONE, X32),
+			R300_EASY_TX_FORMAT(X, X, X, X, X32),
 			R300_EASY_TX_FORMAT(ZERO, ZERO, ZERO, X, X32),
 		},
 	};
@@ -190,6 +190,112 @@ void r300SetDepthTexMode(struct gl_texture_object *tObj)
 
 
 /**
+ * Compute sizes and fill in offset and blit information for the given
+ * image (determined by \p face and \p level).
+ *
+ * \param curOffset points to the offset at which the image is to be stored
+ * and is updated by this function according to the size of the image.
+ */
+static void compute_tex_image_offset(
+	struct gl_texture_object *tObj,
+	GLuint face,
+	GLint level,
+	GLint* curOffset)
+{
+	r300TexObjPtr t = (r300TexObjPtr) tObj->DriverData;
+	const struct gl_texture_image* texImage;
+	GLuint blitWidth = R300_BLIT_WIDTH_BYTES;
+	GLuint texelBytes;
+	GLuint size;
+
+	texImage = tObj->Image[0][level + t->base.firstLevel];
+	if (!texImage)
+		return;
+
+	texelBytes = texImage->TexFormat->TexelBytes;
+
+	/* find image size in bytes */
+	if (texImage->IsCompressed) {
+		if ((t->format & R300_TX_FORMAT_DXT1) ==
+			R300_TX_FORMAT_DXT1) {
+			// fprintf(stderr,"DXT 1 %d %08X\n", texImage->Width, t->format);
+			if ((texImage->Width + 3) < 8)	/* width one block */
+				size = texImage->CompressedSize * 4;
+			else if ((texImage->Width + 3) < 16)
+				size = texImage->CompressedSize * 2;
+			else
+				size = texImage->CompressedSize;
+		} else {
+			/* DXT3/5, 16 bytes per block */
+			WARN_ONCE
+				("DXT 3/5 suffers from multitexturing problems!\n");
+			// fprintf(stderr,"DXT 3/5 %d\n", texImage->Width);
+			if ((texImage->Width + 3) < 8)
+				size = texImage->CompressedSize * 2;
+			else
+				size = texImage->CompressedSize;
+		}
+	} else if (tObj->Target == GL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV) {
+		size =
+			((texImage->Width * texelBytes +
+			63) & ~63) * texImage->Height;
+		blitWidth = 64 / texelBytes;
+	} else if (t->tile_bits & R300_TXO_MICRO_TILE) {
+		/* tile pattern is 16 bytes x2. mipmaps stay 32 byte aligned,
+			though the actual offset may be different (if texture is less than
+			32 bytes width) to the untiled case */
+		int w = (texImage->Width * texelBytes * 2 + 31) & ~31;
+		size =
+			(w * ((texImage->Height + 1) / 2)) *
+			texImage->Depth;
+		blitWidth = MAX2(texImage->Width, 64 / texelBytes);
+	} else {
+		int w = (texImage->Width * texelBytes + 31) & ~31;
+		size = w * texImage->Height * texImage->Depth;
+		blitWidth = MAX2(texImage->Width, 64 / texelBytes);
+	}
+	assert(size > 0);
+
+	if (RADEON_DEBUG & DEBUG_TEXTURE)
+		fprintf(stderr, "w=%d h=%d d=%d tb=%d intFormat=%d\n",
+			texImage->Width, texImage->Height,
+			texImage->Depth,
+			texImage->TexFormat->TexelBytes,
+			texImage->InternalFormat);
+
+	/* All images are aligned to a 32-byte offset */
+	*curOffset = (*curOffset + 0x1f) & ~0x1f;
+
+	if (texelBytes) {
+		/* fix x and y coords up later together with offset */
+		t->image[face][level].x = *curOffset;
+		t->image[face][level].y = 0;
+		t->image[face][level].width =
+			MIN2(size / texelBytes, blitWidth);
+		t->image[face][level].height =
+			(size / texelBytes) / t->image[face][level].width;
+	} else {
+		t->image[face][level].x = *curOffset % R300_BLIT_WIDTH_BYTES;
+		t->image[face][level].y = *curOffset / R300_BLIT_WIDTH_BYTES;
+		t->image[face][level].width =
+			MIN2(size, R300_BLIT_WIDTH_BYTES);
+		t->image[face][level].height = size / t->image[face][level].width;
+	}
+
+	if (RADEON_DEBUG & DEBUG_TEXTURE)
+		fprintf(stderr,
+			"level %d, face %d: %dx%d x=%d y=%d w=%d h=%d size=%d at %d\n",
+			level, face, texImage->Width, texImage->Height,
+			t->image[face][level].x, t->image[face][level].y,
+			t->image[face][level].width, t->image[face][level].height,
+			size, *curOffset);
+
+	*curOffset += size;
+}
+
+
+
+/**
  * This function computes the number of bytes of storage needed for
  * the given texture object (all mipmap levels, all cube faces).
  * The \c image[face][level].x/y/width/height parameters for upload/blitting
@@ -206,7 +312,7 @@ static void r300SetTexImages(r300ContextPtr rmesa,
 	r300TexObjPtr t = (r300TexObjPtr) tObj->DriverData;
 	const struct gl_texture_image *baseImage =
 	    tObj->Image[0][tObj->BaseLevel];
-	GLint curOffset, blitWidth;
+	GLint curOffset;
 	GLint i, texelBytes;
 	GLint numLevels;
 	GLint log2Width, log2Height, log2Depth;
@@ -245,8 +351,6 @@ static void r300SetTexImages(r300ContextPtr rmesa,
 	 * The idea is that we lay out the mipmap levels within a block of
 	 * memory organized as a rectangle of width BLIT_WIDTH_BYTES.
 	 */
-	curOffset = 0;
-	blitWidth = R300_BLIT_WIDTH_BYTES;
 	t->tile_bits = 0;
 
 	/* figure out if this texture is suitable for tiling. */
@@ -276,94 +380,20 @@ static void r300SetTexImages(r300ContextPtr rmesa,
 	}
 #endif
 
-	for (i = 0; i < numLevels; i++) {
-		const struct gl_texture_image *texImage;
-		GLuint size;
-
-		texImage = tObj->Image[0][i + t->base.firstLevel];
-		if (!texImage)
-			break;
-
-		/* find image size in bytes */
-		if (texImage->IsCompressed) {
-			if ((t->format & R300_TX_FORMAT_DXT1) ==
-			    R300_TX_FORMAT_DXT1) {
-				// fprintf(stderr,"DXT 1 %d %08X\n", texImage->Width, t->format);
-				if ((texImage->Width + 3) < 8)	/* width one block */
-					size = texImage->CompressedSize * 4;
-				else if ((texImage->Width + 3) < 16)
-					size = texImage->CompressedSize * 2;
-				else
-					size = texImage->CompressedSize;
-			} else {
-				/* DXT3/5, 16 bytes per block */
-				WARN_ONCE
-				    ("DXT 3/5 suffers from multitexturing problems!\n");
-				// fprintf(stderr,"DXT 3/5 %d\n", texImage->Width);
-				if ((texImage->Width + 3) < 8)
-					size = texImage->CompressedSize * 2;
-				else
-					size = texImage->CompressedSize;
-			}
-		} else if (tObj->Target == GL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV) {
-			size =
-			    ((texImage->Width * texelBytes +
-			      63) & ~63) * texImage->Height;
-			blitWidth = 64 / texelBytes;
-		} else if (t->tile_bits & R300_TXO_MICRO_TILE) {
-			/* tile pattern is 16 bytes x2. mipmaps stay 32 byte aligned,
-			   though the actual offset may be different (if texture is less than
-			   32 bytes width) to the untiled case */
-			int w = (texImage->Width * texelBytes * 2 + 31) & ~31;
-			size =
-			    (w * ((texImage->Height + 1) / 2)) *
-			    texImage->Depth;
-			blitWidth = MAX2(texImage->Width, 64 / texelBytes);
-		} else {
-			int w = (texImage->Width * texelBytes + 31) & ~31;
-			size = w * texImage->Height * texImage->Depth;
-			blitWidth = MAX2(texImage->Width, 64 / texelBytes);
-		}
-		assert(size > 0);
-
-		if (RADEON_DEBUG & DEBUG_TEXTURE)
-			fprintf(stderr, "w=%d h=%d d=%d tb=%d intFormat=%d\n",
-				texImage->Width, texImage->Height,
-				texImage->Depth,
-				texImage->TexFormat->TexelBytes,
-				texImage->InternalFormat);
-
-		/* Align to 32-byte offset.  It is faster to do this unconditionally
-		 * (no branch penalty).
-		 */
+	curOffset = 0;
 
-		curOffset = (curOffset + 0x1f) & ~0x1f;
+	if (tObj->Target == GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP) {
+		ASSERT(log2Width == log2Height);
+		t->format |= R300_TX_FORMAT_CUBIC_MAP;
 
-		if (texelBytes) {
-			/* fix x and y coords up later together with offset */
-			t->image[0][i].x = curOffset;
-			t->image[0][i].y = 0;
-			t->image[0][i].width =
-			    MIN2(size / texelBytes, blitWidth);
-			t->image[0][i].height =
-			    (size / texelBytes) / t->image[0][i].width;
-		} else {
-			t->image[0][i].x = curOffset % R300_BLIT_WIDTH_BYTES;
-			t->image[0][i].y = curOffset / R300_BLIT_WIDTH_BYTES;
-			t->image[0][i].width =
-			    MIN2(size, R300_BLIT_WIDTH_BYTES);
-			t->image[0][i].height = size / t->image[0][i].width;
+		for(i = 0; i < numLevels; i++) {
+			GLuint face;
+			for(face = 0; face < 6; face++)
+				compute_tex_image_offset(tObj, face, i, &curOffset);
 		}
-
-		if (RADEON_DEBUG & DEBUG_TEXTURE)
-			fprintf(stderr,
-				"level %d: %dx%d x=%d y=%d w=%d h=%d size=%d at %d\n",
-				i, texImage->Width, texImage->Height,
-				t->image[0][i].x, t->image[0][i].y,
-				t->image[0][i].width, t->image[0][i].height,
-				size, curOffset);
-
-		curOffset += size;
+	} else {
+		for (i = 0; i < numLevels; i++)
+			compute_tex_image_offset(tObj, 0, i, &curOffset);
 	}
 
 	/* Align the total size of texture memory block.
@@ -371,26 +401,6 @@ static void r300SetTexImages(r300ContextPtr rmesa,
 	t->base.totalSize =
 	    (curOffset + RADEON_OFFSET_MASK) & ~RADEON_OFFSET_MASK;
 
-	/* Setup remaining cube face blits, if needed */
-	if (tObj->Target == GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP) {
-		GLuint face;
-		for (face = 1; face < 6; face++) {
-			for (i = 0; i < numLevels; i++) {
-				t->image[face][i].x = t->image[0][i].x;
-				t->image[face][i].y = t->image[0][i].y;
-				t->image[face][i].width = t->image[0][i].width;
-				t->image[face][i].height =
-				    t->image[0][i].height;
-			}
-		}
-		t->base.totalSize *= 6;	/* total texmem needed */
-	}
-
-	if (tObj->Target == GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP) {
-		ASSERT(log2Width == log2Height);
-		t->format |= R300_TX_FORMAT_CUBIC_MAP;
-	}
-
 	t->size =
 	    (((tObj->Image[0][t->base.firstLevel]->Width -
 	       1) << R300_TX_WIDTHMASK_SHIFT)
@@ -408,7 +418,7 @@ static void r300SetTexImages(r300ContextPtr rmesa,
 		t->pitch |=
 		    (tObj->Image[0][t->base.firstLevel]->Width + 63) & ~(63);
 	} else if (tObj->Target == GL_TEXTURE_RECTANGLE_NV) {
-		unsigned int align = blitWidth - 1;
+		unsigned int align = (64 / texelBytes) - 1;
 		t->pitch |= ((tObj->Image[0][t->base.firstLevel]->Width *
 			     texelBytes) + 63) & ~(63);
 		t->size |= R300_TX_SIZE_TXPITCH_EN;
@@ -428,10 +438,6 @@ static void r300SetTexImages(r300ContextPtr rmesa,
 	    if (tObj->Image[0][t->base.firstLevel]->Height > 2048)
 		t->pitch_reg |= R500_TXHEIGHT_BIT11;
 	}
-
-	t->dirty_state = TEX_ALL;
-
-	/* FYI: r300UploadTexImages( rmesa, t ) used to be called here */
 }
 
 /* ================================================================
@@ -568,7 +574,6 @@ static GLboolean r300UpdateTexture(GLcontext * ctx, int unit)
 
 		rmesa->state.texture.unit[unit].texobj = t;
 		t->base.bound |= (1 << unit);
-		t->dirty_state |= 1 << unit;
 		driUpdateTextureLRU((driTextureObject *) t);	/* XXX: should be locked! */
 	}
 
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r500_fragprog.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r500_fragprog.c
index b967aa2d737..5d72ec2784f 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r500_fragprog.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r500_fragprog.c
@@ -1,8 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2005 Ben Skeggs.
- *
  * Copyright 2008 Corbin Simpson <[email protected]>
- * Adaptation and modification for ATI/AMD Radeon R500 GPU chipsets.
  *
  * All Rights Reserved.
  *
@@ -28,1439 +25,326 @@
  *
  */
 
+#include "r500_fragprog.h"
+
+static void reset_srcreg(struct prog_src_register* reg)
+{
+	_mesa_bzero(reg, sizeof(*reg));
+	reg->Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+}
+
 /**
- * \file
- *
- * \author Ben Skeggs <[email protected]>
- *
- * \author Jerome Glisse <[email protected]>
- *
- * \author Corbin Simpson <[email protected]>
+ * Transform TEX, TXP, TXB, and KIL instructions in the following way:
+ *  - premultiply texture coordinates for RECT
+ *  - extract operand swizzles
+ *  - introduce a temporary register when write masks are needed
  *
- * \todo Depth write, WPOS/FOGC inputs
- *
- * \todo FogOption
- *
- * \todo Verify results of opcodes for accuracy, I've only checked them in
- * specific cases.
  */
+static GLboolean transform_TEX(
+	struct radeon_program_transform_context* context,
+	struct prog_instruction* orig_inst, void* data)
+{
+	struct r500_fragment_program_compiler *compiler =
+		(struct r500_fragment_program_compiler*)data;
+	struct prog_instruction inst = *orig_inst;
+	struct prog_instruction* tgt;
+	GLboolean destredirect = GL_FALSE;
+
+	if (inst.Opcode != OPCODE_TEX &&
+	    inst.Opcode != OPCODE_TXB &&
+	    inst.Opcode != OPCODE_TXP &&
+	    inst.Opcode != OPCODE_KIL)
+		return GL_FALSE;
 
-#include "glheader.h"
-#include "macros.h"
-#include "enums.h"
-#include "shader/prog_instruction.h"
-#include "shader/prog_parameter.h"
-#include "shader/prog_print.h"
-
-#include "r300_context.h"
-#include "r500_fragprog.h"
-#include "r300_reg.h"
-#include "r300_state.h"
+	/* ARB_shadow & EXT_shadow_funcs */
+	if (inst.Opcode != OPCODE_KIL &&
+	    compiler->fp->mesa_program.Base.ShadowSamplers & (1 << inst.TexSrcUnit)) {
+		GLuint comparefunc = GL_NEVER + compiler->fp->state.unit[inst.TexSrcUnit].texture_compare_func;
+
+		if (comparefunc == GL_NEVER || comparefunc == GL_ALWAYS) {
+			tgt = radeonClauseInsertInstructions(context->compiler, context->dest,
+				context->dest->NumInstructions, 1);
+
+			tgt->Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;
+			tgt->DstReg.File = inst.DstReg.File;
+			tgt->DstReg.Index = inst.DstReg.Index;
+			tgt->DstReg.WriteMask = inst.DstReg.WriteMask;
+			tgt->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_BUILTIN;
+			tgt->SrcReg[0].Swizzle = comparefunc == GL_ALWAYS ? SWIZZLE_1111 : SWIZZLE_0000;
+			return GL_TRUE;
+		}
 
-/*
- * Useful macros and values
- */
-#define ERROR(fmt, args...) do {			\
-		fprintf(stderr, "%s::%s(): " fmt "\n",	\
-			__FILE__, __FUNCTION__, ##args);	\
-		fp->error = GL_TRUE;			\
-	} while(0)
-
-#define COMPILE_STATE struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs = fp->cs
-
-#define R500_US_NUM_TEMP_REGS 128
-#define R500_US_NUM_CONST_REGS 256
-
-/* "Register" flags */
-#define REG_CONSTANT (1 << 8)
-#define REG_SRC_REL (1 << 9)
-#define REG_DEST_REL (1 << 7)
-
-/* Swizzle tools */
-#define R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO 4
-#define R500_SWIZZLE_HALF 5
-#define R500_SWIZZLE_ONE 6
-#define R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO ((4 << 0) | (4 << 3) | (4 << 6))
-#define R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE ((6 << 0) | (6 << 3) | (6 << 6))
-#define R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB ((0 << 0) | (1 << 3) | (2 << 6))
-#define R500_SWIZ_MOD_NEG 1
-#define R500_SWIZ_MOD_ABS 2
-#define R500_SWIZ_MOD_NEG_ABS 3
-/* Swizzles for inst2 */
-#define MAKE_SWIZ_TEX_STRQ(x) (x << 8)
-#define MAKE_SWIZ_TEX_RGBA(x) (x << 24)
-/* Swizzles for inst3 */
-#define MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(x) (x << 2)
-#define MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(x) (x << 15)
-/* Swizzles for inst4 */
-#define MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(x) (x << 14)
-#define MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(x) (x << 21)
-/* Swizzle for inst5 */
-#define MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(x) (x << 14)
-#define MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(x) (x << 27)
-
-/* Writemasks */
-#define R500_WRITEMASK_G 0x2
-#define R500_WRITEMASK_B 0x4
-#define R500_WRITEMASK_RGB 0x7
-#define R500_WRITEMASK_A 0x8
-#define R500_WRITEMASK_AR 0x9
-#define R500_WRITEMASK_AG 0xA
-#define R500_WRITEMASK_ARG 0xB
-#define R500_WRITEMASK_AB 0xC
-#define R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB 0xF
-
-/* 1/(2pi), needed for quick modulus in trig insts
- * Thanks to glisse for pointing out how to do it! */
-static const GLfloat RCP_2PI[] = {0.15915494309189535,
-	0.15915494309189535,
-	0.15915494309189535,
-	0.15915494309189535};
-
-static const GLfloat LIT[] = {127.999999,
-	127.999999,
-	127.999999,
-	-127.999999};
-
-static void dump_program(struct r500_fragment_program *fp);
-
-static inline GLuint make_rgb_swizzle(struct prog_src_register src) {
-	GLuint swiz = 0x0;
-	GLuint temp;
-	/* This could be optimized, but it should be plenty fast already. */
-	int i;
-	for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
-	        temp = GET_SWZ(src.Swizzle, i);
-		/* Fix SWIZZLE_ONE */
-		if (temp == 5) temp++;
-		swiz |= temp << i*3;
+		inst.DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+		inst.DstReg.Index = radeonCompilerAllocateTemporary(context->compiler);
+		inst.DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
 	}
-	if (src.NegateBase)
-		swiz |= (R500_SWIZ_MOD_NEG << 9);
-	return swiz;
-}
 
-static inline GLuint make_rgba_swizzle(GLuint src) {
-	GLuint swiz = 0x0;
-	GLuint temp;
-	int i;
-	for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
-	        temp = GET_SWZ(src, i);
-		/* Fix SWIZZLE_ONE */
-		if (temp == 5) temp++;
-		swiz |= temp << i*3;
+	tgt = radeonClauseInsertInstructions(context->compiler, context->dest,
+		context->dest->NumInstructions, 1);
+	_mesa_copy_instructions(tgt, &inst, 1);
+
+	if (inst.Opcode != OPCODE_KIL &&
+	    compiler->fp->mesa_program.Base.ShadowSamplers & (1 << inst.TexSrcUnit)) {
+		GLuint comparefunc = GL_NEVER + compiler->fp->state.unit[inst.TexSrcUnit].texture_compare_func;
+		GLuint depthmode = compiler->fp->state.unit[inst.TexSrcUnit].depth_texture_mode;
+
+		tgt = radeonClauseInsertInstructions(context->compiler, context->dest,
+			context->dest->NumInstructions, 2);
+
+		tgt[0].Opcode = OPCODE_MAD;
+		tgt[0].DstReg = inst.DstReg;
+		tgt[0].DstReg.WriteMask = orig_inst->DstReg.WriteMask;
+		tgt[0].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+		tgt[0].SrcReg[0].Index = inst.DstReg.Index;
+		if (depthmode == 0) /* GL_LUMINANCE */
+			tgt[0].SrcReg[0].Swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_Z);
+		else if (depthmode == 2) /* GL_ALPHA */
+			tgt[0].SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_WWWW;
+		tgt[0].SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_BUILTIN;
+		tgt[0].SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_1111;
+		tgt[0].SrcReg[2] = inst.SrcReg[0];
+		tgt[0].SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_ZZZZ;
+
+		/* Recall that SrcReg[0] is tex, SrcReg[2] is r and:
+		 *   r  < tex  <=>      -tex+r < 0
+		 *   r >= tex  <=> not (-tex+r < 0 */
+		if (comparefunc == GL_LESS || comparefunc == GL_GEQUAL)
+			tgt[0].SrcReg[0].NegateBase = tgt[0].SrcReg[0].NegateBase ^ NEGATE_XYZW;
+		else
+			tgt[0].SrcReg[2].NegateBase = tgt[0].SrcReg[2].NegateBase ^ NEGATE_XYZW;
+
+		tgt[1].Opcode = OPCODE_CMP;
+		tgt[1].DstReg = orig_inst->DstReg;
+		tgt[1].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+		tgt[1].SrcReg[0].Index = tgt[0].DstReg.Index;
+		tgt[1].SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_BUILTIN;
+		tgt[1].SrcReg[2].File = PROGRAM_BUILTIN;
+
+		if (comparefunc == GL_LESS || comparefunc == GL_GREATER) {
+			tgt[1].SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_1111;
+			tgt[1].SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_0000;
+		} else {
+			tgt[1].SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_0000;
+			tgt[1].SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_1111;
+		}
+	} else if (destredirect) {
+		tgt = radeonClauseInsertInstructions(context->compiler, context->dest,
+			context->dest->NumInstructions, 1);
+
+		tgt->Opcode = OPCODE_MAD;
+		tgt->DstReg = orig_inst->DstReg;
+		tgt->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+		tgt->SrcReg[0].Index = inst.DstReg.Index;
+		tgt->SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_BUILTIN;
+		tgt->SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_1111;
+		tgt->SrcReg[2].File = PROGRAM_BUILTIN;
+		tgt->SrcReg[2].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_0000;
 	}
-	return swiz;
-}
 
-static inline GLuint make_alpha_swizzle(struct prog_src_register src) {
-	GLuint swiz = GET_SWZ(src.Swizzle, 3);
-
-	if (swiz == 5) swiz++;
-
-	if (src.NegateBase)
-		swiz |= (R500_SWIZ_MOD_NEG << 3);
-
-	return swiz;
+	return GL_TRUE;
 }
 
-static inline GLuint make_sop_swizzle(struct prog_src_register src) {
-	GLuint swiz = GET_SWZ(src.Swizzle, 0);
 
-	if (swiz == 5) swiz++;
-	return swiz;
-}
+static void update_params(r300ContextPtr r300, struct r500_fragment_program *fp)
+{
+	struct gl_fragment_program *mp = &fp->mesa_program;
 
-static inline GLuint make_strq_swizzle(struct prog_src_register src) {
-	GLuint swiz = 0x0, temp = 0x0;
-	int i;
-	for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
-		temp = GET_SWZ(src.Swizzle, i) & 0x3;
-		swiz |= temp << i*2;
-	}
-	return swiz;
+	/* Ask Mesa nicely to fill in ParameterValues for us */
+	if (mp->Base.Parameters)
+		_mesa_load_state_parameters(r300->radeon.glCtx, mp->Base.Parameters);
 }
 
-static int get_temp(struct r500_fragment_program *fp, int slot) {
-
-	COMPILE_STATE;
-
-	int r = fp->temp_reg_offset + cs->temp_in_use + slot;
 
-	if (r > R500_US_NUM_TEMP_REGS) {
-		ERROR("Too many temporary registers requested, can't compile!\n");
-	}
-
-	return r;
-}
-
-/* Borrowed verbatim from r300_fragprog since it hasn't changed. */
-static GLuint emit_const4fv(struct r500_fragment_program *fp,
-			    const GLfloat * cp)
+/**
+ * Transform the program to support fragment.position.
+ *
+ * Introduce a small fragment at the start of the program that will be
+ * the only code that directly reads the FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS input.
+ * All other code pieces that reference that input will be rewritten
+ * to read from a newly allocated temporary.
+ *
+ * \todo if/when r5xx supports the radeon_program architecture, this is a
+ * likely candidate for code sharing.
+ */
+static void insert_WPOS_trailer(struct r500_fragment_program_compiler *compiler)
 {
-	GLuint reg = 0x0;
-	int index;
+	GLuint InputsRead = compiler->fp->mesa_program.Base.InputsRead;
 
-	for (index = 0; index < fp->const_nr; ++index) {
-		if (fp->constant[index] == cp)
-			break;
-	}
+	if (!(InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_WPOS))
+		return;
 
-	if (index >= fp->const_nr) {
-		if (index >= R500_US_NUM_CONST_REGS) {
-			ERROR("Out of hw constants!\n");
-			return reg;
+	static gl_state_index tokens[STATE_LENGTH] = {
+		STATE_INTERNAL, STATE_R300_WINDOW_DIMENSION, 0, 0, 0
+	};
+	struct prog_instruction *fpi;
+	GLuint window_index;
+	int i = 0;
+	GLuint tempregi = radeonCompilerAllocateTemporary(&compiler->compiler);
+
+	fpi = radeonClauseInsertInstructions(&compiler->compiler, &compiler->compiler.Clauses[0], 0, 3);
+
+	/* perspective divide */
+	fpi[i].Opcode = OPCODE_RCP;
+
+	fpi[i].DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+	fpi[i].DstReg.Index = tempregi;
+	fpi[i].DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_W;
+	fpi[i].DstReg.CondMask = COND_TR;
+
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[0].Index = FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS;
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_WWWW;
+	i++;
+
+	fpi[i].Opcode = OPCODE_MUL;
+
+	fpi[i].DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+	fpi[i].DstReg.Index = tempregi;
+	fpi[i].DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZ;
+	fpi[i].DstReg.CondMask = COND_TR;
+
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_INPUT;
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[0].Index = FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS;
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[0].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_XYZW;
+
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[1].Index = tempregi;
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[1].Swizzle = SWIZZLE_WWWW;
+	i++;
+
+	/* viewport transformation */
+	window_index = _mesa_add_state_reference(compiler->fp->mesa_program.Base.Parameters, tokens);
+
+	fpi[i].Opcode = OPCODE_MAD;
+
+	fpi[i].DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+	fpi[i].DstReg.Index = tempregi;
+	fpi[i].DstReg.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZ;
+	fpi[i].DstReg.CondMask = COND_TR;
+
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[0].Index = tempregi;
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[0].Swizzle =
+	    MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[1].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[1].Index = window_index;
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[1].Swizzle =
+	    MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[2].File = PROGRAM_STATE_VAR;
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[2].Index = window_index;
+	fpi[i].SrcReg[2].Swizzle =
+	    MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+	i++;
+
+	for (; i < compiler->compiler.Clauses[0].NumInstructions; ++i) {
+		int reg;
+		for (reg = 0; reg < 3; reg++) {
+			if (fpi[i].SrcReg[reg].File == PROGRAM_INPUT &&
+			    fpi[i].SrcReg[reg].Index == FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS) {
+				fpi[i].SrcReg[reg].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
+				fpi[i].SrcReg[reg].Index = tempregi;
+			}
 		}
-
-		fp->const_nr++;
-		fp->constant[index] = cp;
-	}
-
-	reg = index | REG_CONSTANT;
-	return reg;
-}
-
-static GLuint make_src(struct r500_fragment_program *fp, struct prog_src_register src) {
-	COMPILE_STATE;
-	GLuint reg;
-	switch (src.File) {
-	case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
-		reg = src.Index + fp->temp_reg_offset;
-		break;
-	case PROGRAM_INPUT:
-		reg = cs->inputs[src.Index].reg;
-		break;
-	case PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAM:
-		reg = emit_const4fv(fp,
-				    fp->mesa_program.Base.LocalParams[src.
-								      Index]);
-		break;
-	case PROGRAM_ENV_PARAM:
-		reg = emit_const4fv(fp,
-				    fp->ctx->FragmentProgram.Parameters[src.
-									Index]);
-		break;
-	case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR:
-	case PROGRAM_NAMED_PARAM:
-	case PROGRAM_CONSTANT:
-		reg = emit_const4fv(fp, fp->mesa_program.Base.Parameters->
-				    ParameterValues[src.Index]);
-		break;
-	default:
-		ERROR("Can't handle src.File %x\n", src.File);
-		reg = 0x0;
-		break;
 	}
-	return reg;
 }
 
-static GLuint make_dest(struct r500_fragment_program *fp, struct prog_dst_register dest) {
-	GLuint reg;
-	switch (dest.File) {
-		case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
-			reg = dest.Index + fp->temp_reg_offset;
-			break;
-		case PROGRAM_OUTPUT:
-			/* Eventually we may need to handle multiple
-			 * rendering targets... */
-			reg = dest.Index;
-			break;
-		default:
-			ERROR("Can't handle dest.File %x\n", dest.File);
-			reg = 0x0;
-			break;
-	}
-	return reg;
-}
 
-static void emit_tex(struct r500_fragment_program *fp,
-		     struct prog_instruction *fpi, int dest, int counter)
+static GLuint build_dtm(GLuint depthmode)
 {
-	int hwsrc, hwdest;
-	GLuint mask;
-
-	mask = fpi->DstReg.WriteMask << 11;
-	hwsrc = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-
-	if (fpi->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_OUTPUT) {
-		hwdest = get_temp(fp, 0);
-	} else {
-		hwdest = dest;
-	}
-
-	fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_TEX | mask
-		| R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT;
-
-	fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_TEX_ID(fpi->TexSrcUnit)
-		| R500_TEX_SEM_ACQUIRE | R500_TEX_IGNORE_UNCOVERED;
-	
-	if (fpi->TexSrcTarget == TEXTURE_RECT_INDEX)
-	        fp->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_TEX_UNSCALED;
-
-	switch (fpi->Opcode) {
-	case OPCODE_KIL:
-		fp->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_TEX_INST_TEXKILL;
-		break;
-	case OPCODE_TEX:
-		fp->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_TEX_INST_LD;
-		break;
-	case OPCODE_TXB:
-		fp->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_TEX_INST_LODBIAS;
-		break;
-	case OPCODE_TXP:
-		fp->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_TEX_INST_PROJ;
-		break;
+	switch(depthmode) {
 	default:
-		ERROR("emit_tex can't handle opcode %x\n", fpi->Opcode);
+	case GL_LUMINANCE: return 0;
+	case GL_INTENSITY: return 1;
+	case GL_ALPHA: return 2;
 	}
-
-	fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_TEX_SRC_ADDR(hwsrc)
-		| MAKE_SWIZ_TEX_STRQ(make_strq_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-		/* | R500_TEX_SRC_S_SWIZ_R | R500_TEX_SRC_T_SWIZ_G
-		| R500_TEX_SRC_R_SWIZ_B | R500_TEX_SRC_Q_SWIZ_A */
-		| R500_TEX_DST_ADDR(hwdest)
-		| R500_TEX_DST_R_SWIZ_R | R500_TEX_DST_G_SWIZ_G
-		| R500_TEX_DST_B_SWIZ_B | R500_TEX_DST_A_SWIZ_A;
-
-	fp->inst[counter].inst3 = 0x0;
-	fp->inst[counter].inst4 = 0x0;
-	fp->inst[counter].inst5 = 0x0;
-
-	if (fpi->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_OUTPUT) {
-		counter++;
-		fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_OUT
-			| R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT | (mask << 4);
-		fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-		fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-		fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-			| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
-			| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC0
-			| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
-			| R500_ALU_RGB_OMOD_DISABLE;
-		fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_CMP
-			| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-			| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A)
-			| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A)
-			| R500_ALPHA_OMOD_DISABLE;
-		fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_CMP
-			| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
-			| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
-			| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-	}
-}
-
-static void emit_alu(struct r500_fragment_program *fp, int counter, struct prog_instruction *fpi) {
-	/* Ideally, we shouldn't have to explicitly clear memory here! */
-	fp->inst[counter].inst0 = 0x0;
-	fp->inst[counter].inst1 = 0x0;
-	fp->inst[counter].inst2 = 0x0;
-	fp->inst[counter].inst3 = 0x0;
-	fp->inst[counter].inst4 = 0x0;
-	fp->inst[counter].inst5 = 0x0;
-
-	if (fpi->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_OUTPUT) {
-		fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_OUT;
-
-		if (fpi->DstReg.Index == FRAG_RESULT_COLR)
-			fp->inst[counter].inst0 |= (fpi->DstReg.WriteMask << 15);
-
-		if (fpi->DstReg.Index == FRAG_RESULT_DEPR) {
-			fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_W_OMASK;
-			/* Notify the state emission! */
-			fp->writes_depth = GL_TRUE;
-		}
-	} else {
-		fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU
-			/* pixel_mask */
-			| (fpi->DstReg.WriteMask << 11);
-	}
-
-	fp->inst[counter].inst0 |= R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT;
 }
 
-static void emit_mov(struct r500_fragment_program *fp, int counter, struct prog_instruction *fpi, GLuint src_reg, GLuint swizzle, GLuint dest) {
-	/* The r3xx shader uses MAD to implement MOV. We are using CMP, since
-	 * it is technically more accurate and recommended by ATI/AMD. */
-	emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-	fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src_reg);
-	fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src_reg);
-	/* (De)mangle the swizzle from Mesa to R500. */
-	swizzle = make_rgba_swizzle(swizzle);
-	/* 0x1FF is 9 bits, size of an RGB swizzle. */
-	fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-		| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A((swizzle & 0x1ff))
-		| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC0
-		| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B((swizzle & 0x1ff))
-		| R500_ALU_RGB_OMOD_DISABLE;
-	fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_CMP
-		| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-		| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(GET_SWZ(swizzle, 3))
-		| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(GET_SWZ(swizzle, 3))
-		| R500_ALPHA_OMOD_DISABLE;
-	fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_CMP
-		| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
-		| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
-		| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-}
-
-static void emit_mad(struct r500_fragment_program *fp, int counter, struct prog_instruction *fpi, int one, int two, int three) {
-	/* Note: This code was all Corbin's. Corbin is a rather hackish coder.
-	 * If you can make it pretty or fast, please do so! */
-	emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-	/* Common MAD stuff */
-	fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
-		| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(make_dest(fp, fpi->DstReg));
-	fp->inst[counter].inst5 |= R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
-		| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(make_dest(fp, fpi->DstReg));
-	switch (one) {
-		case 0:
-		case 1:
-		case 2:
-			fp->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_RGB_ADDR0(make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[one]));
-			fp->inst[counter].inst2 |= R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[one]));
-			fp->inst[counter].inst3 |= R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[one]));
-			fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0
-				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[one]));
-			break;
-		case R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO:
-			fp->inst[counter].inst3 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO);
-			fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-			break;
-		case R500_SWIZZLE_ONE:
-			fp->inst[counter].inst3 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE);
-			fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE);
-			break;
-		default:
-			ERROR("Bad src index in emit_mad: %d\n", one);
-			break;
-	}
-	switch (two) {
-		case 0:
-		case 1:
-		case 2:
-			fp->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_RGB_ADDR1(make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[two]));
-			fp->inst[counter].inst2 |= R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[two]));
-			fp->inst[counter].inst3 |= R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1
-				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[two]));
-			fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1
-				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[two]));
-			break;
-		case R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO:
-			fp->inst[counter].inst3 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO);
-			fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-			break;
-		case R500_SWIZZLE_ONE:
-			fp->inst[counter].inst3 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE);
-			fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE);
-			break;
-		default:
-			ERROR("Bad src index in emit_mad: %d\n", two);
-			break;
-	}
-	switch (three) {
-		case 0:
-		case 1:
-		case 2:
-			fp->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_RGB_ADDR2(make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[three]));
-			fp->inst[counter].inst2 |= R500_ALPHA_ADDR2(make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[three]));
-			fp->inst[counter].inst5 |= R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC2
-				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[three]))
-				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC2
-				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[three]));
-			break;
-		case R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO:
-			fp->inst[counter].inst5 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
-				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-			break;
-		case R500_SWIZZLE_ONE:
-			fp->inst[counter].inst5 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE)
-			| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE);
-			break;
-		default:
-			ERROR("Bad src index in emit_mad: %d\n", three);
-			break;
-	}
+static GLuint build_func(GLuint comparefunc)
+{
+	return comparefunc - GL_NEVER;
 }
 
-static void emit_sop(struct r500_fragment_program *fp, int counter, struct prog_instruction *fpi, int opcode, GLuint src, GLuint swiz, GLuint dest) {
-	emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-	fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src);
-	fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src);
-	fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-		| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(swiz);
-	fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_SOP
-		| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest);
-	switch (opcode) {
-		case OPCODE_COS:
-			fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_COS;
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_EX2:
-			fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_EX2;
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_LG2:
-			fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_LN2;
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_RCP:
-			fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_RCP;
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_RSQ:
-			fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_RSQ;
-			break;
-		case OPCODE_SIN:
-			fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_SIN;
-			break;
-		default:
-			ERROR("Bad opcode in emit_sop: %d\n", opcode);
-			break;
-	}
-}
 
-static GLboolean parse_program(struct r500_fragment_program *fp)
+/**
+ * Collect all external state that is relevant for compiling the given
+ * fragment program.
+ */
+static void build_state(
+	r300ContextPtr r300,
+	struct r500_fragment_program *fp,
+	struct r500_fragment_program_external_state *state)
 {
-	struct gl_fragment_program *mp = &fp->mesa_program;
-	const struct prog_instruction *inst = mp->Base.Instructions;
-	struct prog_instruction *fpi;
-	GLuint src[3], dest = 0;
-	int temp_swiz, counter = 0;
-
-	if (!inst || inst[0].Opcode == OPCODE_END) {
-		ERROR("The program is empty!\n");
-		return GL_FALSE;
-	}
+	int unit;
 
-	for (fpi = mp->Base.Instructions; fpi->Opcode != OPCODE_END; fpi++) {
-
-		if (fpi->Opcode != OPCODE_KIL) {
-			dest = make_dest(fp, fpi->DstReg);
-		}
+	_mesa_bzero(state, sizeof(*state));
 
-		switch (fpi->Opcode) {
-			case OPCODE_ABS:
-				emit_mov(fp, counter, fpi, make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]), fpi->SrcReg[0].Swizzle, dest);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 |= R500_ALU_RGB_MOD_A_ABS
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_MOD_B_ABS;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_MOD_A_ABS
-					| R500_ALPHA_MOD_B_ABS;
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_ADD:
-				/* Variation on MAD: 1*src0+src1 */
-				emit_mad(fp, counter, fpi, R500_SWIZZLE_ONE, 0, 1);
-				break;
-		        case OPCODE_CMP:
-				/* This inst's selects need to be swapped as follows:
-				 * 0 -> C ; 1 -> B ; 2 -> A */
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-				src[2] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[2]);
-				emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[2])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]) | R500_RGB_ADDR2(src[0]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[2])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]) | R500_ALPHA_ADDR2(src[0]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[2]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_CMP
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[2]))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_CMP
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC2
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC2
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_COS:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = emit_const4fv(fp, RCP_2PI);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
-					| (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_A;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-				counter++;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_FRC
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 1))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_FRC
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 1));
-				counter++;
-				emit_sop(fp, counter, fpi, OPCODE_COS, get_temp(fp, 1), make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_DP3:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-				emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_DP
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_DP3
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_DP4:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-				/* Based on DP3 */
-				emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_DP
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_DP4
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_DPH:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-				/* Based on DP3 */
-				emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_DP
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_DP4
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_DST:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-				/* [1, src0.y*src1.y, src0.z, src1.w]
-				 * So basically MUL with lotsa swizzling. */
-				emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1;
-				/* Select [1, y, z, 1] */
-				temp_swiz = (make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]) & ~0x7) | R500_SWIZZLE_ONE;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(temp_swiz);
-				/* Select [1, y, 1, w] */
-				temp_swiz = (make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]) & ~0x1c7) | R500_SWIZZLE_ONE | (R500_SWIZZLE_ONE << 6);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(temp_swiz);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_EX2:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				emit_sop(fp, counter, fpi, OPCODE_EX2, src[0], make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_FLR:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_FRC
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_FRC
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				counter++;
-				emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR1(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE)
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC1
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC1
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_MOD_C_NEG;
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_FRC:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_FRC
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_FRC
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_LG2:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				emit_sop(fp, counter, fpi, OPCODE_LG2, src[0], make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_LIT:
-				/* To be honest, I have no idea how I came up with the following.
-				 * All I know is that it's based on the r3xx stuff, and was
-				 * concieved with the help of NyQuil. Mmm, MyQuil. */
-
-				/* First instruction */
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = emit_const4fv(fp, LIT);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
-					| (R500_WRITEMASK_ARG << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0]) | R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0]) | R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAX
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_A;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAX
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				counter++;
-				/* Second instruction */
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_AB << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0)) | R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				/* Select [w, w, w, y] */
-				temp_swiz = 3 | (3 << 3) | (3 << 6);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(temp_swiz)
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_LN2
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_G;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MIN
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				counter++;
-				/* Third instruction */
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_AG << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				/* Select [x, x, x, z] */
-				temp_swiz = 0;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(temp_swiz)
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 1))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_B;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 1))
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_A_SWIZ_0;
-				counter++;
-				/* Fourth instruction */
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_AR << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE)
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_EX2
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-				counter++;
-				/* Fifth instruction */
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_AB << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				/* Select [w, w, w] */
-				temp_swiz = 3 | (3 << 3) | (3 << 6);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(temp_swiz);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_1
-					| R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_1;
-				/* Select [-y, -y, -y] */
-				temp_swiz = 1 | (1 << 3) | (1 << 6);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_CMP
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(temp_swiz)
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_MOD_C_NEG
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-				counter++;
-				/* Final instruction */
-				emit_mov(fp, counter, fpi, get_temp(fp, 0), SWIZZLE_NOOP, dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_LRP:
-				/* src0 * src1 + INV(src0) * src2
-				 * 1) MUL src0, src1, temp
-				 * 2) PRE 1-src0; MAD srcp, src2, temp */
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-				src[2] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[2]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
-					| R500_INST_NOP | (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-				counter++;
-				emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[2])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR2(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_RGB_SRCP_OP_1_MINUS_RGB0;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[2])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR2(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SRCP_OP_1_MINUS_A0;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRCP
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRCP | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_A;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC2 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[2]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC2
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[2]));
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_MAD:
-				emit_mad(fp, counter, fpi, 0, 1, 2);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_MAX:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-				emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0]) | R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0]) | R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_MAX
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAX
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_MIN:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-				emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0]) | R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0]) | R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_MIN
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MIN
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_MOV:
-				emit_mov(fp, counter, fpi, make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]), fpi->SrcReg[0].Swizzle, dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_MUL:
-				/* Variation on MAD: src0*src1+0 */
-				emit_mad(fp, counter, fpi, 0, 1, R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_POW:
-				/* POW(a,b) = EX2(LN2(a)*b) */
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-				emit_sop(fp, counter, fpi, OPCODE_LG2, src[0], make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 |= (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
-				counter++;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 1))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 1))
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-				counter++;
-				emit_sop(fp, counter, fpi, OPCODE_EX2, get_temp(fp, 1), make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_RCP:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				emit_sop(fp, counter, fpi, OPCODE_RCP, src[0], make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_RSQ:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				emit_sop(fp, counter, fpi, OPCODE_RSQ, src[0], make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_SCS:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = emit_const4fv(fp, RCP_2PI);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
-					| (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_A;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-				counter++;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_FRC
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 1))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_FRC
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 1));
-				counter++;
-				/* Do a cosine, then a sine, masking out the channels we want to protect. */
-				/* Cosine only goes in R (x) channel. */
-				fpi->DstReg.WriteMask = 0x1;
-				emit_sop(fp, counter, fpi, OPCODE_COS, get_temp(fp, 1), make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
-				counter++;
-				/* Sine only goes in G (y) channel. */
-				fpi->DstReg.WriteMask = 0x2;
-				emit_sop(fp, counter, fpi, OPCODE_SIN, get_temp(fp, 1), make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_SGE:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
-					| (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[0])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR2(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[0])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR2(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = /* 1 */
-					MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE)
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC2
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_MOD_C_NEG
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC2
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_MOD_C_NEG;
-				counter++;
-				/* This inst's selects need to be swapped as follows:
-				 * 0 -> C ; 1 -> B ; 2 -> A */
-				emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE)
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_CMP
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_CMP
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC0
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_A_SWIZ_A;
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_SIN:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = emit_const4fv(fp, RCP_2PI);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
-					| (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_A;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-				counter++;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_FRC
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 1))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_FRC
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 1));
-				counter++;
-				emit_sop(fp, counter, fpi, OPCODE_SIN, get_temp(fp, 1), make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_SLT:
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
-					| (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[0])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR2(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[0])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR2(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = /* 1 */
-					MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE)
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC2
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_MOD_C_NEG
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC2
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]))
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_MOD_C_NEG;
-				counter++;
-				/* This inst's selects need to be swapped as follows:
-				 * 0 -> C ; 1 -> B ; 2 -> A */
-				emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
-					| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_CMP
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_CMP
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC0
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_A_SWIZ_A;
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_SUB:
-				/* Variation on MAD: 1*src0-src1 */
-				fpi->SrcReg[1].NegateBase = 0xF; /* NEG_XYZW */
-				emit_mad(fp, counter, fpi, R500_SWIZZLE_ONE, 0, 1);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_SWZ:
-				/* TODO: The rarer negation masks! */
-				emit_mov(fp, counter, fpi, make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]), fpi->SrcReg[0].Swizzle, dest);
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_XPD:
-				/* src0 * src1 - src1 * src0
-				 * 1) MUL temp.xyz, src0.yzx, src1.zxy
-				 * 2) MAD src0.zxy, src1.yzx, -temp.xyz */
-				src[0] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				src[1] = make_src(fp, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
-					| (R500_WRITEMASK_RGB << 11);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
-				/* Select [y, z, x] */
-				temp_swiz = make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				temp_swiz = (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 1) << 0) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 2) << 3) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 0) << 6);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(temp_swiz);
-				/* Select [z, x, y] */
-				temp_swiz = make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-				temp_swiz = (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 2) << 0) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 0) << 3) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 1) << 6);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 |= R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(temp_swiz);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
-					| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(fp, 0))
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
-				counter++;
-				emit_alu(fp, counter, fpi);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1])
-					| R500_RGB_ADDR2(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				fp->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1])
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDR2(get_temp(fp, 0));
-				/* Select [z, x, y] */
-				temp_swiz = make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]);
-				temp_swiz = (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 2) << 0) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 0) << 3) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 1) << 6);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(temp_swiz);
-				/* Select [y, z, x] */
-				temp_swiz = make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]);
-				temp_swiz = (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 1) << 0) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 2) << 3) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 0) << 6);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst3 |= R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(temp_swiz);
-				fp->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_1
-					| R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_1;
-				fp->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC2
-					| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_MOD_C_NEG
-					| R500_ALU_RGBA_A_SWIZ_0;
-				break;
-			case OPCODE_KIL:
-			case OPCODE_TEX:
-			case OPCODE_TXB:
-			case OPCODE_TXP:
-				emit_tex(fp, fpi, dest, counter);
-					if (fpi->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_OUTPUT)
-						counter++;
-				break;
-			default:
-			        ERROR("unknown fpi->Opcode %s\n", _mesa_opcode_string(fpi->Opcode));
-				break;
-		}
+	for(unit = 0; unit < 16; ++unit) {
+		if (fp->mesa_program.Base.ShadowSamplers & (1 << unit)) {
+			struct gl_texture_object* tex = r300->radeon.glCtx->Texture.Unit[unit]._Current;
 
-		/* Finishing touches */
-		if (fpi->SaturateMode == SATURATE_ZERO_ONE) {
-			fp->inst[counter].inst0 |= R500_INST_RGB_CLAMP | R500_INST_ALPHA_CLAMP;
+			state->unit[unit].depth_texture_mode = build_dtm(tex->DepthMode);
+			state->unit[unit].texture_compare_func = build_func(tex->CompareFunc);
 		}
-
-		counter++;
-
-		if (fp->error)
-			return GL_FALSE;
-
 	}
-
-	/* Finish him! (If it's an ALU/OUT instruction...) */
-	if ((fp->inst[counter-1].inst0 & 0x3) == 1) {
-		fp->inst[counter-1].inst0 |= R500_INST_LAST;
-	} else {
-		/* We still need to put an output inst, right? */
-		WARN_ONCE("Final FP instruction is not an OUT.\n");
-	}
-
-	fp->cs->nrslots = counter;
-
-	fp->max_temp_idx++;
-
-	return GL_TRUE;
 }
 
-static void init_program(r300ContextPtr r300, struct r500_fragment_program *fp)
-{
-	struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs = NULL;
-	struct gl_fragment_program *mp = &fp->mesa_program;
-	struct prog_instruction *fpi;
-	GLuint InputsRead = mp->Base.InputsRead;
-	GLuint temps_used = 0;
-	int i, j;
-
-	/* New compile, reset tracking data */
-	fp->optimization =
-	    driQueryOptioni(&r300->radeon.optionCache, "fp_optimization");
-	fp->translated = GL_FALSE;
-	fp->error = GL_FALSE;
-	fp->cs = cs = &(R300_CONTEXT(fp->ctx)->state.pfs_compile);
-	fp->const_nr = 0;
-	/* Size of pixel stack, plus 1. */
-	fp->max_temp_idx = 1;
-	/* Temp register offset. */
-	fp->temp_reg_offset = 0;
-	/* Whether or not we perform any depth writing. */
-	fp->writes_depth = GL_FALSE;
-
-	_mesa_memset(cs, 0, sizeof(*fp->cs));
-	for (i = 0; i < PFS_MAX_ALU_INST; i++) {
-		for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
-			cs->slot[i].vsrc[j] = SRC_CONST;
-			cs->slot[i].ssrc[j] = SRC_CONST;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* Work out what temps the Mesa inputs correspond to, this must match
-	 * what setup_rs_unit does, which shouldn't be a problem as rs_unit
-	 * configures itself based on the fragprog's InputsRead
-	 *
-	 * NOTE: this depends on get_hw_temp() allocating registers in order,
-	 * starting from register 0, so we're just going to do that instead.
-	 */
-
-	/* Texcoords come first */
-	for (i = 0; i < fp->ctx->Const.MaxTextureUnits; i++) {
-		if (InputsRead & (FRAG_BIT_TEX0 << i)) {
-			cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_TEX0 + i].refcount = 0;
-			cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_TEX0 + i].reg =
-				fp->temp_reg_offset;
-			fp->temp_reg_offset++;
-		}
-	}
-	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BITS_TEX_ANY;
-
-	/* fragment position treated as a texcoord */
-	if (InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_WPOS) {
-		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS].refcount = 0;
-		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS].reg =
-			fp->temp_reg_offset;
-		fp->temp_reg_offset++;
-	}
-	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BIT_WPOS;
-
-	/* Then primary colour */
-	if (InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_COL0) {
-		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0].refcount = 0;
-		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0].reg =
-			fp->temp_reg_offset;
-		fp->temp_reg_offset++;
-	}
-	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BIT_COL0;
-
-	/* Secondary color */
-	if (InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_COL1) {
-		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL1].refcount = 0;
-		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL1].reg =
-			fp->temp_reg_offset;
-		fp->temp_reg_offset++;
-	}
-	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BIT_COL1;
-
-	/* Anything else */
-	if (InputsRead) {
-		WARN_ONCE("Don't know how to handle inputs 0x%x\n", InputsRead);
-		/* force read from hwreg 0 for now */
-		for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
-			if (InputsRead & (1 << i))
-				cs->inputs[i].reg = 0;
-	}
+static void dump_program(struct r500_fragment_program_code *code);
 
-	if (!mp->Base.Instructions) {
-		ERROR("No instructions found in program, going to go die now.\n");
-		return;
-	}
+void r500TranslateFragmentShader(r300ContextPtr r300,
+				 struct r500_fragment_program *fp)
+{
+	struct r500_fragment_program_external_state state;
 
-	for (fpi = mp->Base.Instructions; fpi->Opcode != OPCODE_END; fpi++) {
-		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
-			if (fpi->SrcReg[i].File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
-				if (fpi->SrcReg[i].Index >= temps_used)
-					temps_used = fpi->SrcReg[i].Index + 1;
-			}
-		}
+	build_state(r300, fp, &state);
+	if (_mesa_memcmp(&fp->state, &state, sizeof(state))) {
+		/* TODO: cache compiled programs */
+		fp->translated = GL_FALSE;
+		_mesa_memcpy(&fp->state, &state, sizeof(state));
 	}
 
-	cs->temp_in_use = temps_used + 1;
-
-	fp->max_temp_idx = fp->temp_reg_offset + cs->temp_in_use;
-
-	if (RADEON_DEBUG & DEBUG_PIXEL)
-		fprintf(stderr, "FP temp indices: fp->max_temp_idx: %d cs->temp_in_use: %d\n", fp->max_temp_idx, cs->temp_in_use);
-}
+	if (!fp->translated) {
+		struct r500_fragment_program_compiler compiler;
 
-static void update_params(struct r500_fragment_program *fp)
-{
-	struct gl_fragment_program *mp = &fp->mesa_program;
+		compiler.r300 = r300;
+		compiler.fp = fp;
+		compiler.code = &fp->code;
 
-	/* Ask Mesa nicely to fill in ParameterValues for us */
-	if (mp->Base.Parameters)
-		_mesa_load_state_parameters(fp->ctx, mp->Base.Parameters);
-}
+		radeonCompilerInit(&compiler.compiler, r300->radeon.glCtx, &fp->mesa_program.Base);
 
-static void dumb_shader(struct r500_fragment_program *fp)
-{
-	fp->inst[0].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_TEX
-		| R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
-		| R500_INST_RGB_WMASK_R
-		| R500_INST_RGB_WMASK_G
-		| R500_INST_RGB_WMASK_B
-		| R500_INST_ALPHA_WMASK
-		| R500_INST_RGB_CLAMP
-		| R500_INST_ALPHA_CLAMP;
-	fp->inst[0].inst1 = R500_TEX_ID(0)
-		| R500_TEX_INST_LD
-		| R500_TEX_SEM_ACQUIRE
-		| R500_TEX_IGNORE_UNCOVERED;
-	fp->inst[0].inst2 = R500_TEX_SRC_ADDR(0)
-		| R500_TEX_SRC_S_SWIZ_R
-		| R500_TEX_SRC_T_SWIZ_G
-		| R500_TEX_DST_ADDR(0)
-		| R500_TEX_DST_R_SWIZ_R
-		| R500_TEX_DST_G_SWIZ_G
-		| R500_TEX_DST_B_SWIZ_B
-		| R500_TEX_DST_A_SWIZ_A;
-	fp->inst[0].inst3 = R500_DX_ADDR(0)
-		| R500_DX_S_SWIZ_R
-		| R500_DX_T_SWIZ_R
-		| R500_DX_R_SWIZ_R
-		| R500_DX_Q_SWIZ_R
-		| R500_DY_ADDR(0)
-		| R500_DY_S_SWIZ_R
-		| R500_DY_T_SWIZ_R
-		| R500_DY_R_SWIZ_R
-		| R500_DY_Q_SWIZ_R;
-	fp->inst[0].inst4 = 0x0;
-	fp->inst[0].inst5 = 0x0;
-
-	fp->inst[1].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_OUT |
-		R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT |
-		R500_INST_LAST |
-		R500_INST_RGB_OMASK_R |
-		R500_INST_RGB_OMASK_G |
-		R500_INST_RGB_OMASK_B |
-		R500_INST_ALPHA_OMASK;
-	fp->inst[1].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(0) |
-		R500_RGB_ADDR1(0) |
-		R500_RGB_ADDR1_CONST |
-		R500_RGB_ADDR2(0) |
-		R500_RGB_ADDR2_CONST |
-		R500_RGB_SRCP_OP_1_MINUS_2RGB0;
-	fp->inst[1].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(0) |
-		R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(0) |
-		R500_ALPHA_ADDR1_CONST |
-		R500_ALPHA_ADDR2(0) |
-		R500_ALPHA_ADDR2_CONST |
-		R500_ALPHA_SRCP_OP_1_MINUS_2A0;
-	fp->inst[1].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0 |
-		R500_ALU_RGB_R_SWIZ_A_R |
-		R500_ALU_RGB_G_SWIZ_A_G |
-		R500_ALU_RGB_B_SWIZ_A_B |
-		R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC0 |
-		R500_ALU_RGB_R_SWIZ_B_1 |
-		R500_ALU_RGB_B_SWIZ_B_1 |
-		R500_ALU_RGB_G_SWIZ_B_1;
-	fp->inst[1].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD |
-		R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A |
-		R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_1;
-	fp->inst[1].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD |
-		R500_ALU_RGBA_R_SWIZ_0 |
-		R500_ALU_RGBA_G_SWIZ_0 |
-		R500_ALU_RGBA_B_SWIZ_0 |
-		R500_ALU_RGBA_A_SWIZ_0;
-
-	fp->cs->nrslots = 2;
-	fp->translated = GL_TRUE;
-}
+		insert_WPOS_trailer(&compiler);
 
-void r500TranslateFragmentShader(r300ContextPtr r300,
-				 struct r500_fragment_program *fp)
-{
+		struct radeon_program_transformation transformations[1] = {
+			{ &transform_TEX, &compiler }
+		};
+		radeonClauseLocalTransform(&compiler.compiler,
+			&compiler.compiler.Clauses[0],
+			1, transformations);
 
-	struct r300_pfs_compile_state *cs = NULL;
+		if (RADEON_DEBUG & DEBUG_PIXEL) {
+			_mesa_printf("Compiler state after transformations:\n");
+			radeonCompilerDump(&compiler.compiler);
+		}
 
-	if (!fp->translated) {
+		fp->translated = r500FragmentProgramEmit(&compiler);
 
-		init_program(r300, fp);
-		cs = fp->cs;
+		radeonCompilerCleanup(&compiler.compiler);
 
-		if (parse_program(fp) == GL_FALSE) {
-			ERROR("Huh. Couldn't parse program. There should be additional errors explaining why.\nUsing dumb shader...\n");
-			dumb_shader(fp);
-			fp->inst_offset = 0;
-			fp->inst_end = cs->nrslots - 1;
-			return;
-		}
-		fp->inst_offset = 0;
-		fp->inst_end = cs->nrslots - 1;
+		r300UpdateStateParameters(r300->radeon.glCtx, _NEW_PROGRAM);
 
-		fp->translated = GL_TRUE;
 		if (RADEON_DEBUG & DEBUG_PIXEL) {
 			fprintf(stderr, "Mesa program:\n");
 			fprintf(stderr, "-------------\n");
 			_mesa_print_program(&fp->mesa_program.Base);
 			fflush(stdout);
-			dump_program(fp);
+			if (fp->translated)
+				dump_program(&fp->code);
 		}
 
-
-		r300UpdateStateParameters(fp->ctx, _NEW_PROGRAM);
 	}
 
-	update_params(fp);
+	update_params(r300, fp);
 
 }
 
@@ -1561,7 +445,7 @@ static char *to_texop(int val)
   return NULL;
 }
 
-static void dump_program(struct r500_fragment_program *fp)
+static void dump_program(struct r500_fragment_program_code *code)
 {
 
   fprintf(stderr, "R500 Fragment Program:\n--------\n");
@@ -1571,18 +455,18 @@ static void dump_program(struct r500_fragment_program *fp)
   uint32_t inst0;
   char *str = NULL;
 
-  if (fp->const_nr) {
+  if (code->const_nr) {
     fprintf(stderr, "--------\nConstants:\n");
-    for (n = 0; n < fp->const_nr; n++) {
+    for (n = 0; n < code->const_nr; n++) {
       fprintf(stderr, "Constant %d: %f %f\n\t %f %f\n", n,
-        fp->constant[n][0], fp->constant[n][1], fp->constant[n][2],
-        fp->constant[n][3]);
+        code->constant[n][0], code->constant[n][1], code->constant[n][2],
+        code->constant[n][3]);
     }
     fprintf(stderr, "--------\n");
   }
 
-  for (n = 0; n < fp->inst_end+1; n++) {
-    inst0 = inst = fp->inst[n].inst0;
+  for (n = 0; n < code->inst_end+1; n++) {
+    inst0 = inst = code->inst[n].inst0;
     fprintf(stderr,"%d\t0:CMN_INST   0x%08x:", n, inst);
     switch(inst & 0x3) {
     case R500_INST_TYPE_ALU: str = "ALU"; break;
@@ -1601,8 +485,8 @@ static void dump_program(struct r500_fragment_program *fp)
     switch(inst0 & 0x3) {
     case 0:
     case 1:
-      fprintf(stderr,"\t1:RGB_ADDR   0x%08x:", fp->inst[n].inst1);
-      inst = fp->inst[n].inst1;
+      fprintf(stderr,"\t1:RGB_ADDR   0x%08x:", code->inst[n].inst1);
+      inst = code->inst[n].inst1;
 
       fprintf(stderr,"Addr0: %d%c, Addr1: %d%c, Addr2: %d%c, srcp:%d\n",
 	      inst & 0xff, (inst & (1<<8)) ? 'c' : 't',
@@ -1610,15 +494,15 @@ static void dump_program(struct r500_fragment_program *fp)
 	      (inst >> 20) & 0xff, (inst & (1<<28)) ? 'c' : 't',
 	      (inst >> 30));
 
-      fprintf(stderr,"\t2:ALPHA_ADDR 0x%08x:", fp->inst[n].inst2);
-      inst = fp->inst[n].inst2;
+      fprintf(stderr,"\t2:ALPHA_ADDR 0x%08x:", code->inst[n].inst2);
+      inst = code->inst[n].inst2;
       fprintf(stderr,"Addr0: %d%c, Addr1: %d%c, Addr2: %d%c, srcp:%d\n",
 	      inst & 0xff, (inst & (1<<8)) ? 'c' : 't',
 	      (inst >> 10) & 0xff, (inst & (1<<18)) ? 'c' : 't',
 	      (inst >> 20) & 0xff, (inst & (1<<28)) ? 'c' : 't',
 	      (inst >> 30));
-      fprintf(stderr,"\t3 RGB_INST:  0x%08x:", fp->inst[n].inst3);
-      inst = fp->inst[n].inst3;
+      fprintf(stderr,"\t3 RGB_INST:  0x%08x:", code->inst[n].inst3);
+      inst = code->inst[n].inst3;
       fprintf(stderr,"rgb_A_src:%d %s/%s/%s %d rgb_B_src:%d %s/%s/%s %d\n",
 	      (inst) & 0x3, toswiz((inst >> 2) & 0x7), toswiz((inst >> 5) & 0x7), toswiz((inst >> 8) & 0x7),
 	      (inst >> 11) & 0x3,
@@ -1626,16 +510,16 @@ static void dump_program(struct r500_fragment_program *fp)
 	      (inst >> 24) & 0x3);
 
 
-      fprintf(stderr,"\t4 ALPHA_INST:0x%08x:", fp->inst[n].inst4);
-      inst = fp->inst[n].inst4;
+      fprintf(stderr,"\t4 ALPHA_INST:0x%08x:", code->inst[n].inst4);
+      inst = code->inst[n].inst4;
       fprintf(stderr,"%s dest:%d%s alp_A_src:%d %s %d alp_B_src:%d %s %d w:%d\n", to_alpha_op(inst & 0xf),
 	      (inst >> 4) & 0x7f, inst & (1<<11) ? "(rel)":"",
 	      (inst >> 12) & 0x3, toswiz((inst >> 14) & 0x7), (inst >> 17) & 0x3,
 	      (inst >> 19) & 0x3, toswiz((inst >> 21) & 0x7), (inst >> 24) & 0x3,
 	      (inst >> 31) & 0x1);
 
-      fprintf(stderr,"\t5 RGBA_INST: 0x%08x:", fp->inst[n].inst5);
-      inst = fp->inst[n].inst5;
+      fprintf(stderr,"\t5 RGBA_INST: 0x%08x:", code->inst[n].inst5);
+      inst = code->inst[n].inst5;
       fprintf(stderr,"%s dest:%d%s rgb_C_src:%d %s/%s/%s %d alp_C_src:%d %s %d\n", toop(inst & 0xf),
 	      (inst >> 4) & 0x7f, inst & (1<<11) ? "(rel)":"",
 	      (inst >> 12) & 0x3, toswiz((inst >> 14) & 0x7), toswiz((inst >> 17) & 0x7), toswiz((inst >> 20) & 0x7),
@@ -1645,11 +529,11 @@ static void dump_program(struct r500_fragment_program *fp)
     case 2:
       break;
     case 3:
-      inst = fp->inst[n].inst1;
+      inst = code->inst[n].inst1;
       fprintf(stderr,"\t1:TEX_INST:  0x%08x: id: %d op:%s, %s, %s %s\n", inst, (inst >> 16) & 0xf,
 	      to_texop((inst >> 22) & 0x7), (inst & (1<<25)) ? "ACQ" : "",
 	      (inst & (1<<26)) ? "IGNUNC" : "", (inst & (1<<27)) ? "UNSCALED" : "SCALED");
-      inst = fp->inst[n].inst2;
+      inst = code->inst[n].inst2;
       fprintf(stderr,"\t2:TEX_ADDR:  0x%08x: src: %d%s %s/%s/%s/%s dst: %d%s %s/%s/%s/%s\n", inst,
 	      inst & 127, inst & (1<<7) ? "(rel)" : "",
 	      toswiz((inst >> 8) & 0x3), toswiz((inst >> 10) & 0x3),
@@ -1658,7 +542,7 @@ static void dump_program(struct r500_fragment_program *fp)
 	      toswiz((inst >> 24) & 0x3), toswiz((inst >> 26) & 0x3),
 	      toswiz((inst >> 28) & 0x3), toswiz((inst >> 30) & 0x3));
 
-      fprintf(stderr,"\t3:TEX_DXDY:  0x%08x\n", fp->inst[n].inst3);
+      fprintf(stderr,"\t3:TEX_DXDY:  0x%08x\n", code->inst[n].inst3);
       break;
     }
     fprintf(stderr,"\n");
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r500_fragprog.h b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r500_fragprog.h
index 5dd2def1c40..ff6a9002c14 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r500_fragprog.h
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r500_fragprog.h
@@ -36,10 +36,14 @@
 #include "glheader.h"
 #include "macros.h"
 #include "enums.h"
+#include "shader/prog_parameter.h"
+#include "shader/prog_print.h"
 #include "shader/program.h"
 #include "shader/prog_instruction.h"
 
 #include "r300_context.h"
+#include "r300_state.h"
+#include "radeon_program.h"
 
 /* supported hw opcodes */
 #define PFS_OP_MAD 0
@@ -76,4 +80,13 @@ struct r500_fragment_program;
 extern void r500TranslateFragmentShader(r300ContextPtr r300,
 					struct r500_fragment_program *fp);
 
+struct r500_fragment_program_compiler {
+	r300ContextPtr r300;
+	struct r500_fragment_program *fp;
+	struct r500_fragment_program_code *code;
+	struct radeon_compiler compiler;
+};
+
+extern GLboolean r500FragmentProgramEmit(struct r500_fragment_program_compiler *compiler);
+
 #endif
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r500_fragprog_emit.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r500_fragprog_emit.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e1ad342690b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/r500_fragprog_emit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1533 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2005 Ben Skeggs.
+ *
+ * Copyright 2008 Corbin Simpson <[email protected]>
+ * Adaptation and modification for ATI/AMD Radeon R500 GPU chipsets.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+ * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+ * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+ * the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER(S) AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE
+ * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+ * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+ * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ *
+ * \author Ben Skeggs <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * \author Jerome Glisse <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * \author Corbin Simpson <[email protected]>
+ *
+ * \todo Depth write, WPOS/FOGC inputs
+ *
+ * \todo FogOption
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "glheader.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+#include "enums.h"
+#include "shader/prog_instruction.h"
+#include "shader/prog_parameter.h"
+#include "shader/prog_print.h"
+
+#include "r300_context.h"
+#include "r500_fragprog.h"
+#include "r300_reg.h"
+#include "r300_state.h"
+
+/* Mapping Mesa registers to R500 temporaries */
+struct reg_acc {
+	int reg;		/* Assigned hw temp */
+	unsigned int refcount;	/* Number of uses by mesa program */
+};
+
+/**
+ * Describe the current lifetime information for an R300 temporary
+ */
+struct reg_lifetime {
+	/* Index of the first slot where this register is free in the sense
+	   that it can be used as a new destination register.
+	   This is -1 if the register has been assigned to a Mesa register
+	   and the last access to the register has not yet been emitted */
+	int free;
+
+	/* Index of the first slot where this register is currently reserved.
+	   This is used to stop e.g. a scalar operation from being moved
+	   before the allocation time of a register that was first allocated
+	   for a vector operation. */
+	int reserved;
+
+	/* Index of the first slot in which the register can be used as a
+	   source without losing the value that is written by the last
+	   emitted instruction that writes to the register */
+	int vector_valid;
+	int scalar_valid;
+
+	/* Index to the slot where the register was last read.
+	   This is also the first slot in which the register may be written again */
+	int vector_lastread;
+	int scalar_lastread;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Store usage information about an ALU instruction slot during the
+ * compilation of a fragment program.
+ */
+#define SLOT_SRC_VECTOR  (1<<0)
+#define SLOT_SRC_SCALAR  (1<<3)
+#define SLOT_SRC_BOTH    (SLOT_SRC_VECTOR | SLOT_SRC_SCALAR)
+#define SLOT_OP_VECTOR   (1<<16)
+#define SLOT_OP_SCALAR   (1<<17)
+#define SLOT_OP_BOTH     (SLOT_OP_VECTOR | SLOT_OP_SCALAR)
+
+struct r500_pfs_compile_slot {
+	/* Bitmask indicating which parts of the slot are used, using SLOT_ constants
+	   defined above */
+	unsigned int used;
+
+	/* Selected sources */
+	int vsrc[3];
+	int ssrc[3];
+};
+
+/**
+ * Store information during compilation of fragment programs.
+ */
+struct r500_pfs_compile_state {
+	struct r500_fragment_program_compiler *compiler;
+
+	/* number of ALU slots used so far */
+	int nrslots;
+
+	/* Track which (parts of) slots are already filled with instructions */
+	struct r500_pfs_compile_slot slot[PFS_MAX_ALU_INST];
+
+	/* Track the validity of R300 temporaries */
+	struct reg_lifetime hwtemps[PFS_NUM_TEMP_REGS];
+
+	/* Used to map Mesa's inputs/temps onto hardware temps */
+	int temp_in_use;
+	struct reg_acc temps[PFS_NUM_TEMP_REGS];
+	struct reg_acc inputs[32];	/* don't actually need 32... */
+
+	/* Track usage of hardware temps, for register allocation,
+	 * indirection detection, etc. */
+	GLuint used_in_node;
+	GLuint dest_in_node;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Useful macros and values
+ */
+#define ERROR(fmt, args...) do {			\
+		fprintf(stderr, "%s::%s(): " fmt "\n",	\
+			__FILE__, __FUNCTION__, ##args);	\
+		cs->compiler->fp->error = GL_TRUE;			\
+	} while(0)
+
+#define PROG_CODE struct r500_fragment_program_code *code = cs->compiler->code
+
+#define R500_US_NUM_TEMP_REGS 128
+#define R500_US_NUM_CONST_REGS 256
+
+/* "Register" flags */
+#define REG_CONSTANT (1 << 8)
+#define REG_SRC_REL (1 << 9)
+#define REG_DEST_REL (1 << 7)
+
+/* Swizzle tools */
+#define R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO 4
+#define R500_SWIZZLE_HALF 5
+#define R500_SWIZZLE_ONE 6
+#define R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO ((4 << 0) | (4 << 3) | (4 << 6))
+#define R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE ((6 << 0) | (6 << 3) | (6 << 6))
+#define R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB ((0 << 0) | (1 << 3) | (2 << 6))
+#define R500_SWIZ_MOD_NEG 1
+#define R500_SWIZ_MOD_ABS 2
+#define R500_SWIZ_MOD_NEG_ABS 3
+/* Swizzles for inst2 */
+#define MAKE_SWIZ_TEX_STRQ(x) (x << 8)
+#define MAKE_SWIZ_TEX_RGBA(x) (x << 24)
+/* Swizzles for inst3 */
+#define MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(x) (x << 2)
+#define MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(x) (x << 15)
+/* Swizzles for inst4 */
+#define MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(x) (x << 14)
+#define MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(x) (x << 21)
+/* Swizzle for inst5 */
+#define MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(x) (x << 14)
+#define MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(x) (x << 27)
+
+/* Writemasks */
+#define R500_WRITEMASK_G 0x2
+#define R500_WRITEMASK_B 0x4
+#define R500_WRITEMASK_RGB 0x7
+#define R500_WRITEMASK_A 0x8
+#define R500_WRITEMASK_AR 0x9
+#define R500_WRITEMASK_AG 0xA
+#define R500_WRITEMASK_ARG 0xB
+#define R500_WRITEMASK_AB 0xC
+#define R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB 0xF
+
+/* 1/(2pi), needed for quick modulus in trig insts
+ * Thanks to glisse for pointing out how to do it! */
+static const GLfloat RCP_2PI[] = {0.15915494309189535,
+	0.15915494309189535,
+	0.15915494309189535,
+	0.15915494309189535};
+
+static const GLfloat LIT[] = {127.999999,
+	127.999999,
+	127.999999,
+	-127.999999};
+
+static inline GLuint make_rgb_swizzle(struct prog_src_register src) {
+	GLuint swiz = 0x0;
+	GLuint temp;
+	/* This could be optimized, but it should be plenty fast already. */
+	int i;
+	for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+	        temp = GET_SWZ(src.Swizzle, i);
+		/* Fix SWIZZLE_ONE */
+		if (temp == 5) temp++;
+		swiz |= temp << i*3;
+	}
+	if (src.NegateBase)
+		swiz |= (R500_SWIZ_MOD_NEG << 9);
+	return swiz;
+}
+
+static inline GLuint make_rgba_swizzle(GLuint src) {
+	GLuint swiz = 0x0;
+	GLuint temp;
+	int i;
+	for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+	        temp = GET_SWZ(src, i);
+		/* Fix SWIZZLE_ONE */
+		if (temp == 5) temp++;
+		swiz |= temp << i*3;
+	}
+	return swiz;
+}
+
+static inline GLuint make_alpha_swizzle(struct prog_src_register src) {
+	GLuint swiz = GET_SWZ(src.Swizzle, 3);
+
+	if (swiz == 5) swiz++;
+
+	if (src.NegateBase)
+		swiz |= (R500_SWIZ_MOD_NEG << 3);
+
+	return swiz;
+}
+
+static inline GLuint make_sop_swizzle(struct prog_src_register src) {
+	GLuint swiz = GET_SWZ(src.Swizzle, 0);
+
+	if (swiz == 5) swiz++;
+	return swiz;
+}
+
+static inline GLuint make_strq_swizzle(struct prog_src_register src) {
+	GLuint swiz = 0x0, temp = 0x0;
+	int i;
+	for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+		temp = GET_SWZ(src.Swizzle, i) & 0x3;
+		swiz |= temp << i*2;
+	}
+	return swiz;
+}
+
+static int get_temp(struct r500_pfs_compile_state *cs, int slot) {
+
+	PROG_CODE;
+
+	int r = code->temp_reg_offset + cs->temp_in_use + slot;
+
+	if (r > R500_US_NUM_TEMP_REGS) {
+		ERROR("Too many temporary registers requested, can't compile!\n");
+	}
+
+	return r;
+}
+
+/* Borrowed verbatim from r300_fragprog since it hasn't changed. */
+static GLuint emit_const4fv(struct r500_pfs_compile_state *cs,
+			    const GLfloat * cp)
+{
+	PROG_CODE;
+
+	GLuint reg = 0x0;
+	int index;
+
+	for (index = 0; index < code->const_nr; ++index) {
+		if (code->constant[index] == cp)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (index >= code->const_nr) {
+		if (index >= R500_US_NUM_CONST_REGS) {
+			ERROR("Out of hw constants!\n");
+			return reg;
+		}
+
+		code->const_nr++;
+		code->constant[index] = cp;
+	}
+
+	reg = index | REG_CONSTANT;
+	return reg;
+}
+
+static GLuint make_src(struct r500_pfs_compile_state *cs, struct prog_src_register src) {
+	PROG_CODE;
+	GLuint reg;
+	switch (src.File) {
+	case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
+		reg = src.Index + code->temp_reg_offset;
+		break;
+	case PROGRAM_INPUT:
+		reg = cs->inputs[src.Index].reg;
+		break;
+	case PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAM:
+		reg = emit_const4fv(cs,
+			cs->compiler->fp->mesa_program.Base.LocalParams[src.Index]);
+		break;
+	case PROGRAM_ENV_PARAM:
+		reg = emit_const4fv(cs,
+			cs->compiler->compiler.Ctx->FragmentProgram.Parameters[src.Index]);
+		break;
+	case PROGRAM_STATE_VAR:
+	case PROGRAM_NAMED_PARAM:
+	case PROGRAM_CONSTANT:
+		reg = emit_const4fv(cs,
+			cs->compiler->fp->mesa_program.Base.Parameters->ParameterValues[src.Index]);
+		break;
+	case PROGRAM_BUILTIN:
+		reg = 0x0;
+		break;
+	default:
+		ERROR("Can't handle src.File %x\n", src.File);
+		reg = 0x0;
+		break;
+	}
+	return reg;
+}
+
+static GLuint make_dest(struct r500_pfs_compile_state *cs, struct prog_dst_register dest) {
+	PROG_CODE;
+	GLuint reg;
+	switch (dest.File) {
+	case PROGRAM_TEMPORARY:
+		reg = dest.Index + code->temp_reg_offset;
+		break;
+	case PROGRAM_OUTPUT:
+		/* Eventually we may need to handle multiple
+			* rendering targets... */
+		reg = dest.Index;
+		break;
+	case PROGRAM_BUILTIN:
+		reg = 0x0;
+		break;
+	default:
+		ERROR("Can't handle dest.File %x\n", dest.File);
+		reg = 0x0;
+		break;
+	}
+	return reg;
+}
+
+static void emit_tex(struct r500_pfs_compile_state *cs,
+		     struct prog_instruction *fpi, int dest, int counter)
+{
+	PROG_CODE;
+	int hwsrc, hwdest;
+	GLuint mask;
+
+	mask = fpi->DstReg.WriteMask << 11;
+	hwsrc = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+
+	if (fpi->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_OUTPUT) {
+		hwdest = get_temp(cs, 0);
+	} else {
+		hwdest = dest;
+	}
+
+	code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_TEX | mask
+		| R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT;
+
+	code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_TEX_ID(fpi->TexSrcUnit)
+		| R500_TEX_SEM_ACQUIRE | R500_TEX_IGNORE_UNCOVERED;
+
+	if (fpi->TexSrcTarget == TEXTURE_RECT_INDEX)
+	        code->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_TEX_UNSCALED;
+
+	switch (fpi->Opcode) {
+	case OPCODE_KIL:
+		code->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_TEX_INST_TEXKILL;
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_TEX:
+		code->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_TEX_INST_LD;
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_TXB:
+		code->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_TEX_INST_LODBIAS;
+		break;
+	case OPCODE_TXP:
+		code->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_TEX_INST_PROJ;
+		break;
+	default:
+		ERROR("emit_tex can't handle opcode %x\n", fpi->Opcode);
+	}
+
+	code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_TEX_SRC_ADDR(hwsrc)
+		| MAKE_SWIZ_TEX_STRQ(make_strq_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+		/* | R500_TEX_SRC_S_SWIZ_R | R500_TEX_SRC_T_SWIZ_G
+		| R500_TEX_SRC_R_SWIZ_B | R500_TEX_SRC_Q_SWIZ_A */
+		| R500_TEX_DST_ADDR(hwdest)
+		| R500_TEX_DST_R_SWIZ_R | R500_TEX_DST_G_SWIZ_G
+		| R500_TEX_DST_B_SWIZ_B | R500_TEX_DST_A_SWIZ_A;
+
+	code->inst[counter].inst3 = 0x0;
+	code->inst[counter].inst4 = 0x0;
+	code->inst[counter].inst5 = 0x0;
+
+	if (fpi->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_OUTPUT) {
+		counter++;
+		code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_OUT
+			| R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT | (mask << 4);
+		code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0));
+		code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0));
+		code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+			| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
+			| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC0
+			| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
+			| R500_ALU_RGB_OMOD_DISABLE;
+		code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_CMP
+			| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+			| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A)
+			| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A)
+			| R500_ALPHA_OMOD_DISABLE;
+		code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_CMP
+			| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
+			| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
+			| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+	}
+}
+
+static void emit_alu(struct r500_pfs_compile_state *cs, int counter, struct prog_instruction *fpi) {
+	PROG_CODE;
+	/* Ideally, we shouldn't have to explicitly clear memory here! */
+	code->inst[counter].inst0 = 0x0;
+	code->inst[counter].inst1 = 0x0;
+	code->inst[counter].inst2 = 0x0;
+	code->inst[counter].inst3 = 0x0;
+	code->inst[counter].inst4 = 0x0;
+	code->inst[counter].inst5 = 0x0;
+
+	if (fpi->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_OUTPUT) {
+		code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_OUT;
+
+		if (fpi->DstReg.Index == FRAG_RESULT_COLR)
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 |= (fpi->DstReg.WriteMask << 15);
+
+		if (fpi->DstReg.Index == FRAG_RESULT_DEPR) {
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_W_OMASK;
+			/* Notify the state emission! */
+			cs->compiler->fp->writes_depth = GL_TRUE;
+		}
+	} else {
+		code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU
+			/* pixel_mask */
+			| (fpi->DstReg.WriteMask << 11);
+	}
+
+	code->inst[counter].inst0 |= R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT;
+}
+
+static void emit_mov(struct r500_pfs_compile_state *cs, int counter, struct prog_instruction *fpi, GLuint src_reg, GLuint swizzle, GLuint dest) {
+	PROG_CODE;
+	/* The r3xx shader uses MAD to implement MOV. We are using CMP, since
+	 * it is technically more accurate and recommended by ATI/AMD. */
+	emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+	code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src_reg);
+	code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src_reg);
+	/* (De)mangle the swizzle from Mesa to R500. */
+	swizzle = make_rgba_swizzle(swizzle);
+	/* 0x1FF is 9 bits, size of an RGB swizzle. */
+	code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+		| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A((swizzle & 0x1ff))
+		| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC0
+		| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B((swizzle & 0x1ff))
+		| R500_ALU_RGB_OMOD_DISABLE;
+	code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_CMP
+		| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+		| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(GET_SWZ(swizzle, 3))
+		| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(GET_SWZ(swizzle, 3))
+		| R500_ALPHA_OMOD_DISABLE;
+	code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_CMP
+		| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
+		| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
+		| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+}
+
+static void emit_mad(struct r500_pfs_compile_state *cs, int counter, struct prog_instruction *fpi, int one, int two, int three) {
+	PROG_CODE;
+	/* Note: This code was all Corbin's. Corbin is a rather hackish coder.
+	 * If you can make it pretty or fast, please do so! */
+	emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+	/* Common MAD stuff */
+	code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
+		| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(make_dest(cs, fpi->DstReg));
+	code->inst[counter].inst5 |= R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
+		| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(make_dest(cs, fpi->DstReg));
+	switch (one) {
+		case 0:
+		case 1:
+		case 2:
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_RGB_ADDR0(make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[one]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 |= R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[one]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 |= R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[one]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[one]));
+			break;
+		case R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO:
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+			break;
+		case R500_SWIZZLE_ONE:
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE);
+			break;
+		default:
+			ERROR("Bad src index in emit_mad: %d\n", one);
+			break;
+	}
+	switch (two) {
+		case 0:
+		case 1:
+		case 2:
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_RGB_ADDR1(make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[two]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 |= R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[two]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 |= R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[two]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[two]));
+			break;
+		case R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO:
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+			break;
+		case R500_SWIZZLE_ONE:
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE);
+			break;
+		default:
+			ERROR("Bad src index in emit_mad: %d\n", two);
+			break;
+	}
+	switch (three) {
+		case 0:
+		case 1:
+		case 2:
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 |= R500_RGB_ADDR2(make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[three]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 |= R500_ALPHA_ADDR2(make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[three]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 |= R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC2
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[three]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC2
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[three]));
+			break;
+		case R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO:
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+			break;
+		case R500_SWIZZLE_ONE:
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE)
+			| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE);
+			break;
+		default:
+			ERROR("Bad src index in emit_mad: %d\n", three);
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+static void emit_sop(struct r500_pfs_compile_state *cs, int counter, struct prog_instruction *fpi, int opcode, GLuint src, GLuint swiz, GLuint dest) {
+	PROG_CODE;
+	emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+	code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src);
+	code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src);
+	code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+		| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(swiz);
+	code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_SOP
+		| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest);
+	switch (opcode) {
+		case OPCODE_COS:
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_COS;
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_EX2:
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_EX2;
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_LG2:
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_LN2;
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_RCP:
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_RCP;
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_RSQ:
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_RSQ;
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_SIN:
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_SIN;
+			break;
+		default:
+			ERROR("Bad opcode in emit_sop: %d\n", opcode);
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+static int do_inst(struct r500_pfs_compile_state *cs, struct prog_instruction *fpi, int counter) {
+	PROG_CODE;
+	GLuint src[3], dest = 0;
+	int temp_swiz = 0;
+
+	if (fpi->Opcode != OPCODE_KIL) {
+		dest = make_dest(cs, fpi->DstReg);
+	}
+
+	switch (fpi->Opcode) {
+		case OPCODE_ABS:
+			emit_mov(cs, counter, fpi, make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]), fpi->SrcReg[0].Swizzle, dest);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 |= R500_ALU_RGB_MOD_A_ABS
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_MOD_B_ABS;
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_MOD_A_ABS
+				| R500_ALPHA_MOD_B_ABS;
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_ADD:
+			/* Variation on MAD: 1*src0+src1 */
+			emit_mad(cs, counter, fpi, R500_SWIZZLE_ONE, 0, 1);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_CMP:
+			/* This inst's selects need to be swapped as follows:
+				* 0 -> C ; 1 -> B ; 2 -> A */
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+			src[2] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[2]);
+			emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[2])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]) | R500_RGB_ADDR2(src[0]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[2])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]) | R500_ALPHA_ADDR2(src[0]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[2]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_CMP
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[2]))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_CMP
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC2
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC2
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_COS:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = emit_const4fv(cs, RCP_2PI);
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
+				| (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_A;
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+			counter++;
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_FRC
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 1))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A;
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_FRC
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 1));
+			counter++;
+			emit_sop(cs, counter, fpi, OPCODE_COS, get_temp(cs, 1), make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_DP3:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+			emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_DP
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_DP3
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_DP4:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+			/* Based on DP3 */
+			emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_DP
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_DP4
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_DPH:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+			/* Based on DP3 */
+			emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_DP
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_DP4
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_DST:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+			/* [1, src0.y*src1.y, src0.z, src1.w]
+				* So basically MUL with lotsa swizzling. */
+			emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1;
+			/* Select [1, y, z, 1] */
+			temp_swiz = (make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]) & ~0x7) | R500_SWIZZLE_ONE;
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(temp_swiz);
+			/* Select [1, y, 1, w] */
+			temp_swiz = (make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]) & ~0x1c7) | R500_SWIZZLE_ONE | (R500_SWIZZLE_ONE << 6);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 |= MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(temp_swiz);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_EX2:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			emit_sop(cs, counter, fpi, OPCODE_EX2, src[0], make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_FLR:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_FRC
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_FRC
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			counter++;
+			emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR1(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE)
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC1
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC1
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_MOD_C_NEG;
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_FRC:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_FRC
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_FRC
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_LG2:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			emit_sop(cs, counter, fpi, OPCODE_LG2, src[0], make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_LIT:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = emit_const4fv(cs, LIT);
+			/* First inst: MAX temp, input, [0, 0, 0, -128]
+				* Write: RG, A  */
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
+				| (R500_WRITEMASK_ARG << 11);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0]) | R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0]) | R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAX
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_A;
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAX
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			counter++;
+			/* Second inst: MIN temp, temp, [x, x, x, 128]
+				* Write: A */
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_A << 11);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0)) | R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0)) | R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			/* code->inst[counter].inst3; */
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAX
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_A;
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAX
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest);
+			counter++;
+			/* Third-fifth insts: POW temp, temp.y, temp.w
+				* Write: B */
+			emit_sop(cs, counter, fpi, OPCODE_LG2, get_temp(cs, 0), SWIZZLE_Y, get_temp(cs, 1));
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 |= (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
+			counter++;
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 1))
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR1(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 1))
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 1))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_A;
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 1))
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+			counter++;
+			emit_sop(cs, counter, fpi, OPCODE_EX2, get_temp(cs, 1), SWIZZLE_W, get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 |= (R500_WRITEMASK_B << 11);
+			counter++;
+			/* Sixth inst: CMP dest, temp.xxxx, temp.[1, x, z, 1], temp.[1, x, 0, 1];
+				* Write: ARGB
+				* This inst's selects need to be swapped as follows:
+				* 0 -> C ; 1 -> B ; 2 -> A */
+			emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_R_SWIZ_A_1
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_G_SWIZ_A_R
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_B_SWIZ_A_B
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC0
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_R_SWIZ_B_1
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_G_SWIZ_B_R
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_B_SWIZ_B_0;
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_CMP
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_1
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_1;
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_CMP
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC0
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC0
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_R_SWIZ_R
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_G_SWIZ_R
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_B_SWIZ_R
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_A_SWIZ_R;
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_LRP:
+			/* src0 * src1 + INV(src0) * src2
+				* 1) MUL src0, src1, temp
+				* 2) PRE 1-src0; MAD srcp, src2, temp */
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+			src[2] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[2]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
+				| R500_INST_NOP | (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+			counter++;
+			emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[2])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR2(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| R500_RGB_SRCP_OP_1_MINUS_RGB0;
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[2])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR2(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SRCP_OP_1_MINUS_A0;
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRCP
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRCP | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_A;
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC2 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[2]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC2
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[2]));
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_MAD:
+			emit_mad(cs, counter, fpi, 0, 1, 2);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_MAX:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+			emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0]) | R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0]) | R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_MAX
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAX
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_MIN:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+			emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0]) | R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0]) | R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_MIN
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MIN
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_MOV:
+			emit_mov(cs, counter, fpi, make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]), fpi->SrcReg[0].Swizzle, dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_MUL:
+			/* Variation on MAD: src0*src1+0 */
+			emit_mad(cs, counter, fpi, 0, 1, R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_POW:
+			/* POW(a,b) = EX2(LN2(a)*b) */
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+			emit_sop(cs, counter, fpi, OPCODE_LG2, src[0], make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 |= (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
+			counter++;
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 1))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 1))
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+			counter++;
+			emit_sop(cs, counter, fpi, OPCODE_EX2, get_temp(cs, 1), make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_RCP:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			emit_sop(cs, counter, fpi, OPCODE_RCP, src[0], make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_RSQ:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			emit_sop(cs, counter, fpi, OPCODE_RSQ, src[0], make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_SCS:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = emit_const4fv(cs, RCP_2PI);
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
+				| (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_A;
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+			counter++;
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_FRC
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 1))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A;
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_FRC
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 1));
+			counter++;
+			/* Do a cosine, then a sine, masking out the channels we want to protect. */
+			/* Cosine only goes in R (x) channel. */
+			fpi->DstReg.WriteMask = 0x1;
+			emit_sop(cs, counter, fpi, OPCODE_COS, get_temp(cs, 1), make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
+			counter++;
+			/* Sine only goes in G (y) channel. */
+			fpi->DstReg.WriteMask = 0x2;
+			emit_sop(cs, counter, fpi, OPCODE_SIN, get_temp(cs, 1), make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_SGE:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
+				| (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[0])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR2(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[0])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR2(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = /* 1 */
+				MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE)
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC2
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_MOD_C_NEG
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC2
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_MOD_C_NEG;
+			counter++;
+			/* This inst's selects need to be swapped as follows:
+				* 0 -> C ; 1 -> B ; 2 -> A */
+			emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE)
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_CMP
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_CMP
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC0
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_A_SWIZ_A;
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_SIN:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = emit_const4fv(cs, RCP_2PI);
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
+				| (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_A;
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+			counter++;
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_FRC
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 1))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A;
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_FRC
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 1));
+			counter++;
+			emit_sop(cs, counter, fpi, OPCODE_SIN, get_temp(cs, 1), make_sop_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]), dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_SLT:
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
+				| (R500_WRITEMASK_ARGB << 11);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[0])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR2(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[0])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR2(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = /* 1 */
+				MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE)
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC2
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_MOD_C_NEG
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC2
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]))
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_MOD_C_NEG;
+			counter++;
+			/* This inst's selects need to be swapped as follows:
+				* 0 -> C ; 1 -> B ; 2 -> A */
+			emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
+				| R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ONE);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_CMP
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(R500_SWIZZLE_ONE);
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_CMP
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ALPHA_SEL_C_SRC0
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_A_SWIZ_A;
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_SUB:
+			/* Variation on MAD: 1*src0-src1 */
+			fpi->SrcReg[1].NegateBase = 0xF; /* NEG_XYZW */
+			emit_mad(cs, counter, fpi, R500_SWIZZLE_ONE, 0, 1);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_SWZ:
+			/* TODO: The rarer negation masks! */
+			emit_mov(cs, counter, fpi, make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]), fpi->SrcReg[0].Swizzle, dest);
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_XPD:
+			/* src0 * src1 - src1 * src0
+				* 1) MUL temp.xyz, src0.yzx, src1.zxy
+				* 2) MAD src0.zxy, src1.yzx, -temp.xyz */
+			src[0] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			src[1] = make_src(cs, fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_ALU | R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
+				| (R500_WRITEMASK_RGB << 11);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1]);
+			/* Select [y, z, x] */
+			temp_swiz = make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			temp_swiz = (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 1) << 0) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 2) << 3) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 0) << 6);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(temp_swiz);
+			/* Select [z, x, y] */
+			temp_swiz = make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+			temp_swiz = (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 2) << 0) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 0) << 3) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 1) << 6);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 |= R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(temp_swiz);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_A_SRC0 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_A(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]))
+				| R500_ALPHA_SEL_B_SRC1 | MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_B(make_alpha_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]));
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(get_temp(cs, 0))
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_ZERO)
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_ALPHA_C(R500_SWIZZLE_ZERO);
+			counter++;
+			emit_alu(cs, counter, fpi);
+			code->inst[counter].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR1(src[1])
+				| R500_RGB_ADDR2(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			code->inst[counter].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(src[0])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(src[1])
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDR2(get_temp(cs, 0));
+			/* Select [z, x, y] */
+			temp_swiz = make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[0]);
+			temp_swiz = (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 2) << 0) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 0) << 3) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 1) << 6);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_A(temp_swiz);
+			/* Select [y, z, x] */
+			temp_swiz = make_rgb_swizzle(fpi->SrcReg[1]);
+			temp_swiz = (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 1) << 0) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 2) << 3) | (GET_SWZ(temp_swiz, 0) << 6);
+			code->inst[counter].inst3 |= R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC1
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGB_B(temp_swiz);
+			code->inst[counter].inst4 |= R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALPHA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_1
+				| R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_1;
+			code->inst[counter].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_ADDRD(dest)
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_SEL_C_SRC2
+				| MAKE_SWIZ_RGBA_C(R500_SWIZ_RGB_RGB)
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_MOD_C_NEG
+				| R500_ALU_RGBA_A_SWIZ_0;
+			break;
+		case OPCODE_KIL:
+		case OPCODE_TEX:
+		case OPCODE_TXB:
+		case OPCODE_TXP:
+			emit_tex(cs, fpi, dest, counter);
+				if (fpi->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_OUTPUT)
+					counter++;
+			break;
+		default:
+			ERROR("unknown fpi->Opcode %s\n", _mesa_opcode_string(fpi->Opcode));
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Finishing touches */
+	if (fpi->SaturateMode == SATURATE_ZERO_ONE) {
+		code->inst[counter].inst0 |= R500_INST_RGB_CLAMP | R500_INST_ALPHA_CLAMP;
+	}
+
+	counter++;
+
+	return counter;
+}
+
+static GLboolean parse_program(struct r500_pfs_compile_state *cs)
+{
+	PROG_CODE;
+	int clauseidx, counter = 0;
+
+	for (clauseidx = 0; clauseidx < cs->compiler->compiler.NumClauses; clauseidx++) {
+		struct radeon_clause* clause = &cs->compiler->compiler.Clauses[clauseidx];
+		struct prog_instruction* fpi;
+
+		int ip;
+
+		for (ip = 0; ip < clause->NumInstructions; ip++) {
+			fpi = clause->Instructions + ip;
+			counter = do_inst(cs, fpi, counter);
+
+			if (cs->compiler->fp->error)
+				return GL_FALSE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Finish him! (If it's an ALU/OUT instruction...) */
+	if ((code->inst[counter-1].inst0 & 0x3) == 1) {
+		code->inst[counter-1].inst0 |= R500_INST_LAST;
+	} else {
+		/* We still need to put an output inst, right? */
+		WARN_ONCE("Final FP instruction is not an OUT.\n");
+	}
+
+	cs->nrslots = counter;
+
+	code->max_temp_idx++;
+
+	return GL_TRUE;
+}
+
+static void init_program(struct r500_pfs_compile_state *cs)
+{
+	PROG_CODE;
+	struct gl_fragment_program *mp = &cs->compiler->fp->mesa_program;
+	struct prog_instruction *fpi;
+	GLuint InputsRead = mp->Base.InputsRead;
+	GLuint temps_used = 0;
+	int i, j;
+
+	/* New compile, reset tracking data */
+	cs->compiler->fp->optimization =
+	    driQueryOptioni(&cs->compiler->r300->radeon.optionCache, "fp_optimization");
+	cs->compiler->fp->translated = GL_FALSE;
+	cs->compiler->fp->error = GL_FALSE;
+	code->const_nr = 0;
+	/* Size of pixel stack, plus 1. */
+	code->max_temp_idx = 1;
+	/* Temp register offset. */
+	code->temp_reg_offset = 0;
+	/* Whether or not we perform any depth writing. */
+	cs->compiler->fp->writes_depth = GL_FALSE;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < PFS_MAX_ALU_INST; i++) {
+		for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
+			cs->slot[i].vsrc[j] = SRC_CONST;
+			cs->slot[i].ssrc[j] = SRC_CONST;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Work out what temps the Mesa inputs correspond to, this must match
+	 * what setup_rs_unit does, which shouldn't be a problem as rs_unit
+	 * configures itself based on the fragprog's InputsRead
+	 *
+	 * NOTE: this depends on get_hw_temp() allocating registers in order,
+	 * starting from register 0, so we're just going to do that instead.
+	 */
+
+	/* Texcoords come first */
+	for (i = 0; i < cs->compiler->fp->ctx->Const.MaxTextureUnits; i++) {
+		if (InputsRead & (FRAG_BIT_TEX0 << i)) {
+			cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_TEX0 + i].refcount = 0;
+			cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_TEX0 + i].reg =
+				code->temp_reg_offset;
+			code->temp_reg_offset++;
+		}
+	}
+	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BITS_TEX_ANY;
+
+	/* fragment position treated as a texcoord */
+	if (InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_WPOS) {
+		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS].refcount = 0;
+		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS].reg =
+			code->temp_reg_offset;
+		code->temp_reg_offset++;
+	}
+	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BIT_WPOS;
+
+	/* Then primary colour */
+	if (InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_COL0) {
+		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0].refcount = 0;
+		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0].reg =
+			code->temp_reg_offset;
+		code->temp_reg_offset++;
+	}
+	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BIT_COL0;
+
+	/* Secondary color */
+	if (InputsRead & FRAG_BIT_COL1) {
+		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL1].refcount = 0;
+		cs->inputs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL1].reg =
+			code->temp_reg_offset;
+		code->temp_reg_offset++;
+	}
+	InputsRead &= ~FRAG_BIT_COL1;
+
+	/* Anything else */
+	if (InputsRead) {
+		WARN_ONCE("Don't know how to handle inputs 0x%x\n", InputsRead);
+		/* force read from hwreg 0 for now */
+		for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
+			if (InputsRead & (1 << i))
+				cs->inputs[i].reg = 0;
+	}
+
+	int clauseidx;
+
+	for (clauseidx = 0; clauseidx < cs->compiler->compiler.NumClauses; ++clauseidx) {
+		struct radeon_clause* clause = &cs->compiler->compiler.Clauses[clauseidx];
+		int ip;
+
+		for (ip = 0; ip < clause->NumInstructions; ip++) {
+			fpi = clause->Instructions + ip;
+			for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+				if (fpi->SrcReg[i].File == PROGRAM_TEMPORARY) {
+					if (fpi->SrcReg[i].Index >= temps_used)
+						temps_used = fpi->SrcReg[i].Index + 1;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	cs->temp_in_use = temps_used + 1;
+
+	code->max_temp_idx = code->temp_reg_offset + cs->temp_in_use;
+
+	if (RADEON_DEBUG & DEBUG_PIXEL)
+		fprintf(stderr, "FP temp indices: code->max_temp_idx: %d cs->temp_in_use: %d\n", code->max_temp_idx, cs->temp_in_use);
+}
+
+static void dumb_shader(struct r500_pfs_compile_state *cs)
+{
+	PROG_CODE;
+	code->inst[0].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_TEX
+		| R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT
+		| R500_INST_RGB_WMASK_R
+		| R500_INST_RGB_WMASK_G
+		| R500_INST_RGB_WMASK_B
+		| R500_INST_ALPHA_WMASK
+		| R500_INST_RGB_CLAMP
+		| R500_INST_ALPHA_CLAMP;
+	code->inst[0].inst1 = R500_TEX_ID(0)
+		| R500_TEX_INST_LD
+		| R500_TEX_SEM_ACQUIRE
+		| R500_TEX_IGNORE_UNCOVERED;
+	code->inst[0].inst2 = R500_TEX_SRC_ADDR(0)
+		| R500_TEX_SRC_S_SWIZ_R
+		| R500_TEX_SRC_T_SWIZ_G
+		| R500_TEX_DST_ADDR(0)
+		| R500_TEX_DST_R_SWIZ_R
+		| R500_TEX_DST_G_SWIZ_G
+		| R500_TEX_DST_B_SWIZ_B
+		| R500_TEX_DST_A_SWIZ_A;
+	code->inst[0].inst3 = R500_DX_ADDR(0)
+		| R500_DX_S_SWIZ_R
+		| R500_DX_T_SWIZ_R
+		| R500_DX_R_SWIZ_R
+		| R500_DX_Q_SWIZ_R
+		| R500_DY_ADDR(0)
+		| R500_DY_S_SWIZ_R
+		| R500_DY_T_SWIZ_R
+		| R500_DY_R_SWIZ_R
+		| R500_DY_Q_SWIZ_R;
+	code->inst[0].inst4 = 0x0;
+	code->inst[0].inst5 = 0x0;
+
+	code->inst[1].inst0 = R500_INST_TYPE_OUT |
+		R500_INST_TEX_SEM_WAIT |
+		R500_INST_LAST |
+		R500_INST_RGB_OMASK_R |
+		R500_INST_RGB_OMASK_G |
+		R500_INST_RGB_OMASK_B |
+		R500_INST_ALPHA_OMASK;
+	code->inst[1].inst1 = R500_RGB_ADDR0(0) |
+		R500_RGB_ADDR1(0) |
+		R500_RGB_ADDR1_CONST |
+		R500_RGB_ADDR2(0) |
+		R500_RGB_ADDR2_CONST |
+		R500_RGB_SRCP_OP_1_MINUS_2RGB0;
+	code->inst[1].inst2 = R500_ALPHA_ADDR0(0) |
+		R500_ALPHA_ADDR1(0) |
+		R500_ALPHA_ADDR1_CONST |
+		R500_ALPHA_ADDR2(0) |
+		R500_ALPHA_ADDR2_CONST |
+		R500_ALPHA_SRCP_OP_1_MINUS_2A0;
+	code->inst[1].inst3 = R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_A_SRC0 |
+		R500_ALU_RGB_R_SWIZ_A_R |
+		R500_ALU_RGB_G_SWIZ_A_G |
+		R500_ALU_RGB_B_SWIZ_A_B |
+		R500_ALU_RGB_SEL_B_SRC0 |
+		R500_ALU_RGB_R_SWIZ_B_1 |
+		R500_ALU_RGB_B_SWIZ_B_1 |
+		R500_ALU_RGB_G_SWIZ_B_1;
+	code->inst[1].inst4 = R500_ALPHA_OP_MAD |
+		R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_A_A |
+		R500_ALPHA_SWIZ_B_1;
+	code->inst[1].inst5 = R500_ALU_RGBA_OP_MAD |
+		R500_ALU_RGBA_R_SWIZ_0 |
+		R500_ALU_RGBA_G_SWIZ_0 |
+		R500_ALU_RGBA_B_SWIZ_0 |
+		R500_ALU_RGBA_A_SWIZ_0;
+
+	cs->nrslots = 2;
+}
+
+GLboolean r500FragmentProgramEmit(struct r500_fragment_program_compiler *compiler)
+{
+	struct r500_pfs_compile_state cs;
+	struct r500_fragment_program_code *code = compiler->code;
+
+	_mesa_memset(&cs, 0, sizeof(cs));
+	cs.compiler = compiler;
+	init_program(&cs);
+
+	if (!parse_program(&cs)) {
+#if 0
+		ERROR("Huh. Couldn't parse program. There should be additional errors explaining why.\nUsing dumb shader...\n");
+		dumb_shader(fp);
+		code->inst_offset = 0;
+		code->inst_end = cs.nrslots - 1;
+#endif
+		return GL_FALSE;
+	}
+
+	code->inst_offset = 0;
+	code->inst_end = cs.nrslots - 1;
+
+	return GL_TRUE;
+}
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_context.h b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_context.h
index 38d89306016..7458d63723f 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_context.h
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_context.h
@@ -53,16 +53,6 @@ struct radeon_context;
 typedef struct radeon_context radeonContextRec;
 typedef struct radeon_context *radeonContextPtr;
 
-#define TEX_0   0x1
-#define TEX_1   0x2
-#define TEX_2	0x4
-#define TEX_3	0x8
-#define TEX_4	0x10
-#define TEX_5	0x20
-#define TEX_6	0x40
-#define TEX_7	0x80
-#define TEX_ALL 0xff
-
 /* Rasterizing fallbacks */
 /* See correponding strings in r200_swtcl.c */
 #define RADEON_FALLBACK_TEXTURE		0x0001
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_program.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_program.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c8f40e81893
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_program.c
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 Nicolai Haehnle.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+ * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+ * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+ * the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER(S) AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE
+ * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+ * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+ * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "radeon_program.h"
+
+#include "shader/prog_print.h"
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a compiler structure with a single mixed clause
+ * containing all instructions from the source program.
+ */
+void radeonCompilerInit(
+	struct radeon_compiler *compiler,
+	GLcontext *ctx,
+	struct gl_program *source)
+{
+	struct radeon_clause* clause;
+
+	_mesa_memset(compiler, 0, sizeof(*compiler));
+	compiler->Source = source;
+	compiler->Ctx = ctx;
+
+	compiler->NumTemporaries = source->NumTemporaries;
+
+	clause = radeonCompilerInsertClause(compiler, 0, CLAUSE_MIXED);
+	clause->NumInstructions = 0;
+	while(source->Instructions[clause->NumInstructions].Opcode != OPCODE_END)
+		clause->NumInstructions++;
+	clause->ReservedInstructions = clause->NumInstructions;
+	clause->Instructions = _mesa_alloc_instructions(clause->NumInstructions);
+	_mesa_copy_instructions(clause->Instructions, source->Instructions, clause->NumInstructions);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Free all data that is referenced by the compiler structure.
+ * However, the compiler structure itself is not freed.
+ */
+void radeonCompilerCleanup(struct radeon_compiler *compiler)
+{
+	radeonCompilerEraseClauses(compiler, 0, compiler->NumClauses);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and return a unique temporary register.
+ */
+int radeonCompilerAllocateTemporary(struct radeon_compiler *compiler)
+{
+	if (compiler->NumTemporaries >= 256) {
+		_mesa_problem(compiler->Ctx, "radeonCompiler: Too many temporaries");
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	return compiler->NumTemporaries++;
+}
+
+
+static const char* clausename(int type)
+{
+	switch(type) {
+	case CLAUSE_MIXED: return "CLAUSE_MIXED";
+	case CLAUSE_ALU: return "CLAUSE_ALU";
+	case CLAUSE_TEX: return "CLAUSE_TEX";
+	default: return "CLAUSE_UNKNOWN";
+	}
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Dump the current compiler state to the console for debugging.
+ */
+void radeonCompilerDump(struct radeon_compiler *compiler)
+{
+	int i;
+	for(i = 0; i < compiler->NumClauses; ++i) {
+		struct radeon_clause *clause = &compiler->Clauses[i];
+		int j;
+
+		_mesa_printf("%2i: %s\n", i+1, clausename(clause->Type));
+
+		for(j = 0; j < clause->NumInstructions; ++j) {
+			_mesa_printf("%4i: ", j+1);
+			_mesa_print_instruction(&clause->Instructions[j]);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * \p position index of the new clause; later clauses are moved
+ * \p type of the new clause; one of CLAUSE_XXX
+ * \return a pointer to the new clause
+ */
+struct radeon_clause* radeonCompilerInsertClause(
+	struct radeon_compiler *compiler,
+	int position, int type)
+{
+	struct radeon_clause* oldClauses = compiler->Clauses;
+	struct radeon_clause* clause;
+
+	assert(position >= 0 && position <= compiler->NumClauses);
+
+	compiler->Clauses = (struct radeon_clause *)
+		_mesa_malloc((compiler->NumClauses+1) * sizeof(struct radeon_clause));
+	if (oldClauses) {
+		_mesa_memcpy(compiler->Clauses, oldClauses,
+			position*sizeof(struct radeon_clause));
+		_mesa_memcpy(compiler->Clauses+position+1, oldClauses+position,
+			(compiler->NumClauses - position) * sizeof(struct radeon_clause));
+		_mesa_free(oldClauses);
+	}
+	compiler->NumClauses++;
+
+	clause = compiler->Clauses + position;
+	_mesa_memset(clause, 0, sizeof(*clause));
+	clause->Type = type;
+
+	return clause;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Remove clauses in the range [start, end)
+ */
+void radeonCompilerEraseClauses(
+	struct radeon_compiler *compiler,
+	int start, int end)
+{
+	struct radeon_clause* oldClauses = compiler->Clauses;
+	int i;
+
+	assert(0 <= start);
+	assert(start <= end);
+	assert(end <= compiler->NumClauses);
+
+	if (end == start)
+		return;
+
+	for(i = start; i < end; ++i) {
+		struct radeon_clause* clause = oldClauses + i;
+		_mesa_free_instructions(clause->Instructions, clause->NumInstructions);
+	}
+
+	if (start > 0 || end < compiler->NumClauses) {
+		compiler->Clauses = (struct radeon_clause*)
+			_mesa_malloc((compiler->NumClauses+start-end) * sizeof(struct radeon_clause));
+		_mesa_memcpy(compiler->Clauses, oldClauses,
+			start * sizeof(struct radeon_clause));
+		_mesa_memcpy(compiler->Clauses + start, oldClauses + end,
+			(compiler->NumClauses - end) * sizeof(struct radeon_clause));
+		compiler->NumClauses -= end - start;
+	} else {
+		compiler->Clauses = 0;
+		compiler->NumClauses = 0;
+	}
+
+	_mesa_free(oldClauses);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Insert new instructions at the given position, initialize them as NOPs
+ * and return a pointer to the first new instruction.
+ */
+struct prog_instruction* radeonClauseInsertInstructions(
+	struct radeon_compiler *compiler,
+	struct radeon_clause *clause,
+	int position, int count)
+{
+	int newNumInstructions = clause->NumInstructions + count;
+
+	assert(position >= 0 && position <= clause->NumInstructions);
+
+	if (newNumInstructions <= clause->ReservedInstructions) {
+		memmove(clause->Instructions + position + count, clause->Instructions + position,
+			(clause->NumInstructions - position) * sizeof(struct prog_instruction));
+	} else {
+		struct prog_instruction *oldInstructions = clause->Instructions;
+
+		clause->ReservedInstructions *= 2;
+		if (newNumInstructions > clause->ReservedInstructions)
+			clause->ReservedInstructions = newNumInstructions;
+
+		clause->Instructions = (struct prog_instruction*)
+			_mesa_malloc(clause->ReservedInstructions * sizeof(struct prog_instruction));
+
+		if (oldInstructions) {
+			_mesa_memcpy(clause->Instructions, oldInstructions,
+				position * sizeof(struct prog_instruction));
+			_mesa_memcpy(clause->Instructions + position + count, oldInstructions + position,
+				(clause->NumInstructions - position) * sizeof(struct prog_instruction));
+
+			_mesa_free(oldInstructions);
+		}
+	}
+
+	clause->NumInstructions = newNumInstructions;
+	_mesa_init_instructions(clause->Instructions + position, count);
+	return clause->Instructions + position;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Transform the given clause in the following way:
+ *  1. Replace it with an empty clause
+ *  2. For every instruction in the original clause, try the given
+ *     transformations in order.
+ *  3. If one of the transformations returns GL_TRUE, assume that it
+ *     has emitted the appropriate instruction(s) into the new clause;
+ *     otherwise, copy the instruction verbatim.
+ *
+ * \note The transformation is currently not recursive; in other words,
+ * instructions emitted by transformations are not transformed.
+ *
+ * \note The transform is called 'local' because it can only look at
+ * one instruction at a time.
+ */
+void radeonClauseLocalTransform(
+	struct radeon_compiler *compiler,
+	struct radeon_clause *clause,
+	int num_transformations,
+	struct radeon_program_transformation* transformations)
+{
+	struct radeon_program_transform_context context;
+	struct radeon_clause source;
+	int ip;
+
+	source = *clause;
+	clause->Instructions = 0;
+	clause->NumInstructions = 0;
+	clause->ReservedInstructions = 0;
+
+	context.compiler = compiler;
+	context.dest = clause;
+	context.src = &source;
+
+	for(ip = 0; ip < source.NumInstructions; ++ip) {
+		struct prog_instruction *instr = source.Instructions + ip;
+		int i;
+
+		for(i = 0; i < num_transformations; ++i) {
+			struct radeon_program_transformation* t = transformations + i;
+
+			if (t->function(&context, instr, t->userData))
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (i >= num_transformations) {
+			struct prog_instruction *tgt =
+				radeonClauseInsertInstructions(compiler, clause, clause->NumInstructions, 1);
+			_mesa_copy_instructions(tgt, instr, 1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	_mesa_free_instructions(source.Instructions, source.NumInstructions);
+}
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_program.h b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_program.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..25e70505b16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_program.h
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 Nicolai Haehnle.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+ * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+ * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+ * the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER(S) AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE
+ * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+ * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+ * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __RADEON_PROGRAM_H_
+#define __RADEON_PROGRAM_H_
+
+#include "glheader.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+#include "enums.h"
+#include "shader/program.h"
+#include "shader/prog_instruction.h"
+
+
+enum {
+	CLAUSE_MIXED = 0,
+	CLAUSE_ALU,
+	CLAUSE_TEX
+};
+
+enum {
+	PROGRAM_BUILTIN = PROGRAM_FILE_MAX /**< not a real register, but a special swizzle constant */
+};
+
+#define SWIZZLE_0000 MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_ZERO, SWIZZLE_ZERO, SWIZZLE_ZERO, SWIZZLE_ZERO)
+#define SWIZZLE_1111 MAKE_SWIZZLE4(SWIZZLE_ONE, SWIZZLE_ONE, SWIZZLE_ONE, SWIZZLE_ONE)
+
+/**
+ * A clause is simply a sequence of instructions that are executed
+ * in order.
+ */
+struct radeon_clause {
+	/**
+	 * Type of this clause, one of CLAUSE_XXX.
+	 */
+	int Type : 2;
+
+	/**
+	 * Pointer to an array of instructions.
+	 * The array is terminated by an OPCODE_END instruction.
+	 */
+	struct prog_instruction *Instructions;
+
+	/**
+	 * Number of instructions in this clause.
+	 */
+	int NumInstructions;
+
+	/**
+	 * Space reserved for instructions in this clause.
+	 */
+	int ReservedInstructions;
+};
+
+/**
+ * A compile object, holding the current intermediate state during compilation.
+ */
+struct radeon_compiler {
+	struct gl_program *Source;
+	GLcontext* Ctx;
+
+	/**
+	 * Number of clauses in this program.
+	 */
+	int NumClauses;
+
+	/**
+	 * Pointer to an array of NumClauses clauses.
+	 */
+	struct radeon_clause *Clauses;
+
+	/**
+	 * Number of registers in the PROGRAM_TEMPORARIES file.
+	 */
+	int NumTemporaries;
+};
+
+void radeonCompilerInit(
+	struct radeon_compiler *compiler,
+	GLcontext *ctx,
+	struct gl_program *source);
+void radeonCompilerCleanup(struct radeon_compiler *compiler);
+int radeonCompilerAllocateTemporary(struct radeon_compiler *compiler);
+void radeonCompilerDump(struct radeon_compiler *compiler);
+
+struct radeon_clause *radeonCompilerInsertClause(
+	struct radeon_compiler *compiler,
+	int position,
+	int type);
+void radeonCompilerEraseClauses(
+	struct radeon_compiler *compiler,
+	int start,
+	int end);
+
+struct prog_instruction* radeonClauseInsertInstructions(
+	struct radeon_compiler *compiler,
+	struct radeon_clause *clause,
+	int position, int count);
+
+/**
+ *
+ */
+struct radeon_program_transform_context {
+	struct radeon_compiler *compiler;
+
+	/**
+	 * Destination clause where new instructions must be written.
+	 */
+	struct radeon_clause *dest;
+
+	/**
+	 * Original clause that is currently being transformed.
+	 */
+	struct radeon_clause *src;
+};
+
+/**
+ * A transformation that can be passed to \ref radeonClauseLinearTransform.
+ *
+ * The function will be called once for each instruction.
+ * It has to either emit the appropriate transformed code for the instruction
+ * and return GL_TRUE, or return GL_FALSE if it doesn't understand the
+ * instruction.
+ *
+ * The function gets passed the userData as last parameter.
+ */
+struct radeon_program_transformation {
+	GLboolean (*function)(
+		struct radeon_program_transform_context*,
+		struct prog_instruction*,
+		void*);
+	void *userData;
+};
+
+void radeonClauseLocalTransform(
+	struct radeon_compiler *compiler,
+	struct radeon_clause *clause,
+	int num_transformations,
+	struct radeon_program_transformation* transformations);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_program_alu.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_program_alu.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7fe940a7d7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_program_alu.c
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 Nicolai Haehnle.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+ * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+ * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+ * the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER(S) AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE
+ * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+ * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+ * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ *
+ * Shareable transformations that transform "special" ALU instructions
+ * into ALU instructions that are supported by hardware.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "radeon_program_alu.h"
+
+
+static struct prog_instruction *emit1(struct radeon_program_transform_context* ctx,
+	gl_inst_opcode Opcode, struct prog_dst_register DstReg,
+	struct prog_src_register SrcReg)
+{
+	struct prog_instruction *fpi =
+		radeonClauseInsertInstructions(ctx->compiler, ctx->dest,
+			ctx->dest->NumInstructions, 1);
+
+	fpi->Opcode = Opcode;
+	fpi->DstReg = DstReg;
+	fpi->SrcReg[0] = SrcReg;
+	return fpi;
+}
+
+static struct prog_instruction *emit2(struct radeon_program_transform_context* ctx,
+	gl_inst_opcode Opcode, struct prog_dst_register DstReg,
+	struct prog_src_register SrcReg0, struct prog_src_register SrcReg1)
+{
+	struct prog_instruction *fpi =
+		radeonClauseInsertInstructions(ctx->compiler, ctx->dest,
+			ctx->dest->NumInstructions, 1);
+
+	fpi->Opcode = Opcode;
+	fpi->DstReg = DstReg;
+	fpi->SrcReg[0] = SrcReg0;
+	fpi->SrcReg[1] = SrcReg1;
+	return fpi;
+}
+
+static struct prog_instruction *emit3(struct radeon_program_transform_context* ctx,
+	gl_inst_opcode Opcode, struct prog_dst_register DstReg,
+	struct prog_src_register SrcReg0, struct prog_src_register SrcReg1,
+	struct prog_src_register SrcReg2)
+{
+	struct prog_instruction *fpi =
+		radeonClauseInsertInstructions(ctx->compiler, ctx->dest,
+			ctx->dest->NumInstructions, 1);
+
+	fpi->Opcode = Opcode;
+	fpi->DstReg = DstReg;
+	fpi->SrcReg[0] = SrcReg0;
+	fpi->SrcReg[1] = SrcReg1;
+	fpi->SrcReg[2] = SrcReg2;
+	return fpi;
+}
+
+static void set_swizzle(struct prog_src_register *SrcReg, int coordinate, int swz)
+{
+	SrcReg->Swizzle &= ~(7 << (3*coordinate));
+	SrcReg->Swizzle |= swz << (3*coordinate);
+}
+
+static void set_negate_base(struct prog_src_register *SrcReg, int coordinate, int negate)
+{
+	SrcReg->NegateBase &= ~(1 << coordinate);
+	SrcReg->NegateBase |= (negate << coordinate);
+}
+
+static struct prog_dst_register dstreg(int file, int index)
+{
+	struct prog_dst_register dst;
+	dst.File = file;
+	dst.Index = index;
+	dst.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_XYZW;
+	dst.CondMask = COND_TR;
+	dst.CondSwizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP;
+	dst.CondSrc = 0;
+	dst.pad = 0;
+	return dst;
+}
+
+static const struct prog_src_register builtin_zero = {
+	.File = PROGRAM_BUILTIN,
+	.Index = 0,
+	.Swizzle = SWIZZLE_0000
+};
+static const struct prog_src_register builtin_one = {
+	.File = PROGRAM_BUILTIN,
+	.Index = 0,
+	.Swizzle = SWIZZLE_1111
+};
+static const struct prog_src_register srcreg_undefined = {
+	.File = PROGRAM_UNDEFINED,
+	.Index = 0,
+	.Swizzle = SWIZZLE_NOOP
+};
+
+static struct prog_src_register srcreg(int file, int index)
+{
+	struct prog_src_register src = srcreg_undefined;
+	src.File = file;
+	src.Index = index;
+	return src;
+}
+
+static struct prog_src_register negate(struct prog_src_register reg)
+{
+	struct prog_src_register newreg = reg;
+	newreg.NegateAbs = !newreg.NegateAbs;
+	return newreg;
+}
+
+static struct prog_src_register swizzle(struct prog_src_register reg, GLuint x, GLuint y, GLuint z, GLuint w)
+{
+	struct prog_src_register swizzled = reg;
+	swizzled.Swizzle = MAKE_SWIZZLE4(
+		GET_SWZ(reg.Swizzle, x),
+		GET_SWZ(reg.Swizzle, y),
+		GET_SWZ(reg.Swizzle, z),
+		GET_SWZ(reg.Swizzle, w));
+	return swizzled;
+}
+
+static struct prog_src_register scalar(struct prog_src_register reg)
+{
+	return swizzle(reg, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_X);
+}
+
+static void transform_ABS(struct radeon_program_transform_context* ctx,
+	struct prog_instruction* inst)
+{
+	struct prog_src_register src = inst->SrcReg[0];
+	src.Abs = 1;
+	src.NegateBase = 0;
+	src.NegateAbs = 0;
+	emit1(ctx, OPCODE_MOV, inst->DstReg, src);
+}
+
+static void transform_DPH(struct radeon_program_transform_context* ctx,
+	struct prog_instruction* inst)
+{
+	struct prog_src_register src0 = inst->SrcReg[0];
+	if (src0.NegateAbs) {
+		if (src0.Abs) {
+			int tempreg = radeonCompilerAllocateTemporary(ctx->compiler);
+			emit1(ctx, OPCODE_MOV, dstreg(PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, tempreg), src0);
+			src0 = srcreg(src0.File, src0.Index);
+		} else {
+			src0.NegateAbs = 0;
+			src0.NegateBase ^= NEGATE_XYZW;
+		}
+	}
+	set_swizzle(&src0, 3, SWIZZLE_ONE);
+	set_negate_base(&src0, 3, 0);
+	emit2(ctx, OPCODE_DP4, inst->DstReg, src0, inst->SrcReg[1]);
+}
+
+static void transform_FLR(struct radeon_program_transform_context* ctx,
+	struct prog_instruction* inst)
+{
+	int tempreg = radeonCompilerAllocateTemporary(ctx->compiler);
+	emit1(ctx, OPCODE_FRC, dstreg(PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, tempreg), inst->SrcReg[0]);
+	emit2(ctx, OPCODE_ADD, inst->DstReg, inst->SrcReg[0], negate(srcreg(PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, tempreg)));
+}
+
+static void transform_POW(struct radeon_program_transform_context* ctx,
+	struct prog_instruction* inst)
+{
+	int tempreg = radeonCompilerAllocateTemporary(ctx->compiler);
+	struct prog_dst_register tempdst = dstreg(PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, tempreg);
+	struct prog_src_register tempsrc = srcreg(PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, tempreg);
+	tempdst.WriteMask = WRITEMASK_W;
+	tempsrc.Swizzle = SWIZZLE_WWWW;
+
+	emit1(ctx, OPCODE_LG2, tempdst, scalar(inst->SrcReg[0]));
+	emit2(ctx, OPCODE_MUL, tempdst, tempsrc, scalar(inst->SrcReg[1]));
+	emit1(ctx, OPCODE_EX2, inst->DstReg, tempsrc);
+}
+
+static void transform_SGE(struct radeon_program_transform_context* ctx,
+	struct prog_instruction* inst)
+{
+	int tempreg = radeonCompilerAllocateTemporary(ctx->compiler);
+
+	emit2(ctx, OPCODE_ADD, dstreg(PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, tempreg), inst->SrcReg[0], negate(inst->SrcReg[1]));
+	emit3(ctx, OPCODE_CMP, inst->DstReg, srcreg(PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, tempreg), builtin_zero, builtin_one);
+}
+
+static void transform_SLT(struct radeon_program_transform_context* ctx,
+	struct prog_instruction* inst)
+{
+	int tempreg = radeonCompilerAllocateTemporary(ctx->compiler);
+
+	emit2(ctx, OPCODE_ADD, dstreg(PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, tempreg), inst->SrcReg[0], negate(inst->SrcReg[1]));
+	emit3(ctx, OPCODE_CMP, inst->DstReg, srcreg(PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, tempreg), builtin_one, builtin_zero);
+}
+
+static void transform_SUB(struct radeon_program_transform_context* ctx,
+	struct prog_instruction* inst)
+{
+	emit2(ctx, OPCODE_ADD, inst->DstReg, inst->SrcReg[0], negate(inst->SrcReg[1]));
+}
+
+static void transform_SWZ(struct radeon_program_transform_context* ctx,
+	struct prog_instruction* inst)
+{
+	emit1(ctx, OPCODE_MOV, inst->DstReg, inst->SrcReg[0]);
+}
+
+static void transform_XPD(struct radeon_program_transform_context* ctx,
+	struct prog_instruction* inst)
+{
+	int tempreg = radeonCompilerAllocateTemporary(ctx->compiler);
+
+	emit2(ctx, OPCODE_MUL, dstreg(PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, tempreg),
+		swizzle(inst->SrcReg[0], SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_W),
+		swizzle(inst->SrcReg[1], SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_W));
+	emit3(ctx, OPCODE_MAD, inst->DstReg,
+		swizzle(inst->SrcReg[0], SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_W),
+		swizzle(inst->SrcReg[1], SWIZZLE_Z, SWIZZLE_X, SWIZZLE_Y, SWIZZLE_W),
+		negate(srcreg(PROGRAM_TEMPORARY, tempreg)));
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Can be used as a transformation for @ref radeonClauseLocalTransform,
+ * no userData necessary.
+ *
+ * Eliminates the following ALU instructions:
+ *  ABS, DPH, FLR, POW, SGE, SLT, SUB, SWZ, XPD
+ * using:
+ *  MOV, ADD, MUL, MAD, FRC, DP3, LG2, EX2, CMP
+ *
+ * @note should be applicable to R300 and R500 fragment programs.
+ *
+ * @todo add LIT here as well?
+ */
+GLboolean radeonTransformALU(
+	struct radeon_program_transform_context* ctx,
+	struct prog_instruction* inst,
+	void* unused)
+{
+	switch(inst->Opcode) {
+	case OPCODE_ABS: transform_ABS(ctx, inst); return GL_TRUE;
+	case OPCODE_DPH: transform_DPH(ctx, inst); return GL_TRUE;
+	case OPCODE_FLR: transform_FLR(ctx, inst); return GL_TRUE;
+	case OPCODE_POW: transform_POW(ctx, inst); return GL_TRUE;
+	case OPCODE_SGE: transform_SGE(ctx, inst); return GL_TRUE;
+	case OPCODE_SLT: transform_SLT(ctx, inst); return GL_TRUE;
+	case OPCODE_SUB: transform_SUB(ctx, inst); return GL_TRUE;
+	case OPCODE_SWZ: transform_SWZ(ctx, inst); return GL_TRUE;
+	case OPCODE_XPD: transform_XPD(ctx, inst); return GL_TRUE;
+	default:
+		return GL_FALSE;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_program_alu.h b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_program_alu.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..940459624fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_program_alu.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 Nicolai Haehnle.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+ * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+ * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+ * the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER(S) AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE
+ * LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+ * OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+ * WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __RADEON_PROGRAM_ALU_H_
+#define __RADEON_PROGRAM_ALU_H_
+
+#include "radeon_program.h"
+
+GLboolean radeonTransformALU(
+	struct radeon_program_transform_context*,
+	struct prog_instruction*,
+	void*);
+
+#endif /* __RADEON_PROGRAM_ALU_H_ */
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_span.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_span.c
index eae09d6b35e..f1bc56ea6a4 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_span.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/r300/radeon_span.c
@@ -282,6 +282,30 @@ static void radeonSpanRenderStart(GLcontext * ctx)
 #endif
 	LOCK_HARDWARE(rmesa);
 	radeonWaitForIdleLocked(rmesa);
+
+	/* Read the first pixel in the frame buffer.  This should
+	 * be a noop, right?  In fact without this conform fails as reading
+	 * from the framebuffer sometimes produces old results -- the
+	 * on-card read cache gets mixed up and doesn't notice that the
+	 * framebuffer has been updated.
+	 *
+	 * Note that we should probably be reading some otherwise unused
+	 * region of VRAM, otherwise we might get incorrect results when
+	 * reading pixels from the top left of the screen.
+	 *
+	 * I found this problem on an R420 with glean's texCube test.
+	 * Note that the R200 span code also *writes* the first pixel in the
+	 * framebuffer, but I've found this to be unnecessary.
+	 *  -- Nicolai Hähnle, June 2008
+	 */
+	{
+		int p;
+		driRenderbuffer *drb =
+			(driRenderbuffer *) ctx->WinSysDrawBuffer->_ColorDrawBuffers[0];
+		volatile int *buf =
+			(volatile int *)(rmesa->dri.screen->pFB + drb->offset);
+		p = *buf;
+	}
 }
 
 static void radeonSpanRenderFinish(GLcontext * ctx)
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/swrast/swrast.c b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/swrast/swrast.c
index c4dba591987..304d07729e4 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/dri/swrast/swrast.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/dri/swrast/swrast.c
@@ -43,6 +43,7 @@
 #include "tnl/t_pipeline.h"
 #include "vbo/vbo.h"
 #include "drivers/common/driverfuncs.h"
+#include "utils.h"
 
 #include "swrast_priv.h"
 
@@ -51,6 +52,7 @@
 #define need_GL_VERSION_1_4
 #define need_GL_VERSION_1_5
 #define need_GL_VERSION_2_0
+#define need_GL_VERSION_2_1
 
 /* sw extensions for imaging */
 #define need_GL_EXT_blend_color
@@ -75,7 +77,6 @@
 #define need_GL_NV_fragment_program
 
 #include "extension_helper.h"
-#include "utils.h"
 
 const struct dri_extension card_extensions[] =
 {
@@ -83,6 +84,7 @@ const struct dri_extension card_extensions[] =
     { "GL_VERSION_1_4",			GL_VERSION_1_4_functions },
     { "GL_VERSION_1_5",			GL_VERSION_1_5_functions },
     { "GL_VERSION_2_0",			GL_VERSION_2_0_functions },
+    { "GL_VERSION_2_1",			GL_VERSION_2_1_functions },
 
     { "GL_EXT_blend_color",		GL_EXT_blend_color_functions },
     { "GL_EXT_blend_minmax",		GL_EXT_blend_minmax_functions },
@@ -326,7 +328,7 @@ swrast_alloc_back_storage(GLcontext *ctx, struct gl_renderbuffer *rb,
 
     _mesa_free(rb->Data);
 
-    (void) swrast_alloc_front_storage(ctx, rb, internalFormat, width, height);
+    swrast_alloc_front_storage(ctx, rb, internalFormat, width, height);
 
     rb->Data = _mesa_malloc(height * xrb->pitch);
 
@@ -341,59 +343,61 @@ swrast_new_renderbuffer(const GLvisual *visual, GLboolean front)
 
     TRACE;
 
-    if (xrb) {
-	_mesa_init_renderbuffer(&xrb->Base, 0);
+    if (!xrb)
+	return NULL;
 
-	pixel_format = choose_pixel_format(visual);
+    _mesa_init_renderbuffer(&xrb->Base, 0);
 
-	xrb->Base.Delete = swrast_delete_renderbuffer;
-	if (front) {
-	    xrb->Base.AllocStorage = swrast_alloc_front_storage;
-	    swrast_set_span_funcs_front(xrb, pixel_format);
-	}
-	else {
-	    xrb->Base.AllocStorage = swrast_alloc_back_storage;
-	    swrast_set_span_funcs_back(xrb, pixel_format);
-	}
+    pixel_format = choose_pixel_format(visual);
 
-	switch (pixel_format) {
-	case PF_A8R8G8B8:
-	    xrb->Base.InternalFormat = GL_RGBA;
-	    xrb->Base._BaseFormat = GL_RGBA;
-	    xrb->Base.DataType = GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE;
-	    xrb->Base.RedBits   = 8 * sizeof(GLubyte);
-	    xrb->Base.GreenBits = 8 * sizeof(GLubyte);
-	    xrb->Base.BlueBits  = 8 * sizeof(GLubyte);
-	    xrb->Base.AlphaBits = 8 * sizeof(GLubyte);
-	    break;
-	case PF_R5G6B5:
-	    xrb->Base.InternalFormat = GL_RGB;
-	    xrb->Base._BaseFormat = GL_RGB;
-	    xrb->Base.DataType = GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE;
-	    xrb->Base.RedBits   = 5 * sizeof(GLubyte);
-	    xrb->Base.GreenBits = 6 * sizeof(GLubyte);
-	    xrb->Base.BlueBits  = 5 * sizeof(GLubyte);
-	    xrb->Base.AlphaBits = 0;
-	    break;
-	case PF_R3G3B2:
-	    xrb->Base.InternalFormat = GL_RGB;
-	    xrb->Base._BaseFormat = GL_RGB;
-	    xrb->Base.DataType = GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE;
-	    xrb->Base.RedBits   = 3 * sizeof(GLubyte);
-	    xrb->Base.GreenBits = 3 * sizeof(GLubyte);
-	    xrb->Base.BlueBits  = 2 * sizeof(GLubyte);
-	    xrb->Base.AlphaBits = 0;
-	    break;
-	case PF_CI8:
-	    xrb->Base.InternalFormat = GL_COLOR_INDEX8_EXT;
-	    xrb->Base._BaseFormat = GL_COLOR_INDEX;
-	    xrb->Base.DataType = GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE;
-	    xrb->Base.IndexBits = 8 * sizeof(GLubyte);
-	    break;
-	default:
-	    return NULL;
-	}
+    xrb->Base.Delete = swrast_delete_renderbuffer;
+    if (front) {
+	xrb->Base.AllocStorage = swrast_alloc_front_storage;
+	swrast_set_span_funcs_front(xrb, pixel_format);
+    }
+    else {
+	xrb->Base.AllocStorage = swrast_alloc_back_storage;
+	swrast_set_span_funcs_back(xrb, pixel_format);
     }
+
+    switch (pixel_format) {
+    case PF_A8R8G8B8:
+	xrb->Base.InternalFormat = GL_RGBA;
+	xrb->Base._BaseFormat = GL_RGBA;
+	xrb->Base.DataType = GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE;
+	xrb->Base.RedBits   = 8 * sizeof(GLubyte);
+	xrb->Base.GreenBits = 8 * sizeof(GLubyte);
+	xrb->Base.BlueBits  = 8 * sizeof(GLubyte);
+	xrb->Base.AlphaBits = 8 * sizeof(GLubyte);
+	break;
+    case PF_R5G6B5:
+	xrb->Base.InternalFormat = GL_RGB;
+	xrb->Base._BaseFormat = GL_RGB;
+	xrb->Base.DataType = GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE;
+	xrb->Base.RedBits   = 5 * sizeof(GLubyte);
+	xrb->Base.GreenBits = 6 * sizeof(GLubyte);
+	xrb->Base.BlueBits  = 5 * sizeof(GLubyte);
+	xrb->Base.AlphaBits = 0;
+	break;
+    case PF_R3G3B2:
+	xrb->Base.InternalFormat = GL_RGB;
+	xrb->Base._BaseFormat = GL_RGB;
+	xrb->Base.DataType = GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE;
+	xrb->Base.RedBits   = 3 * sizeof(GLubyte);
+	xrb->Base.GreenBits = 3 * sizeof(GLubyte);
+	xrb->Base.BlueBits  = 2 * sizeof(GLubyte);
+	xrb->Base.AlphaBits = 0;
+	break;
+    case PF_CI8:
+	xrb->Base.InternalFormat = GL_COLOR_INDEX8_EXT;
+	xrb->Base._BaseFormat = GL_COLOR_INDEX;
+	xrb->Base.DataType = GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE;
+	xrb->Base.IndexBits = 8 * sizeof(GLubyte);
+	break;
+    default:
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
     return xrb;
 }
 
@@ -691,7 +695,6 @@ static int driUnbindContext(__DRIcontext *ctx)
 {
     TRACE;
     (void) ctx;
-    _mesa_make_current(NULL, NULL, NULL);
     return GL_TRUE;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/fbdev/Makefile b/src/mesa/drivers/fbdev/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c0ef54f604f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/fbdev/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# src/mesa/drivers/fbdev/Makefile for libGL.so
+
+TOP = ../../../..
+
+include $(TOP)/configs/current
+
+
+SOURCES = glfbdev.c
+
+OBJECTS = $(SOURCES:.c=.o)
+
+INCLUDE_DIRS = \
+	-I$(TOP)/include \
+	-I$(TOP)/src/mesa \
+	-I$(TOP)/src/mesa/main
+
+CORE_MESA = $(TOP)/src/mesa/libmesa.a $(TOP)/src/mesa/libglapi.a
+
+
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -c $(INCLUDE_DIRS) $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
+
+
+default: $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR)/$(GL_LIB_NAME)
+
+
+$(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR)/$(GL_LIB_NAME): $(CORE_MESA) $(OBJECTS)
+	@ $(TOP)/bin/mklib -o $(GL_LIB) \
+		-linker '$(CC)' -ldflags '$(LDFLAGS)' \
+		-major $(MESA_MAJOR) -minor $(MESA_MINOR) -patch $(MESA_TINY) \
+		-install $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR) $(MKLIB_OPTIONS) \
+		$(CORE_MESA) $(OBJECTS) $(GL_LIB_DEPS)
+
+
+clean:
+	-rm -f $(OBJECTS)
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/osmesa/Makefile b/src/mesa/drivers/osmesa/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fa8dffcb3ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/osmesa/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+# src/mesa/drivers/osmesa/Makefile for libOSMesa.so
+
+# Note that we may generate libOSMesa.so or libOSMesa16.so or libOSMesa32.so
+# with this Makefile
+
+
+TOP = ../../../..
+
+include $(TOP)/configs/current
+
+
+
+SOURCES = osmesa.c
+
+OBJECTS = $(SOURCES:.c=.o)
+
+INCLUDE_DIRS = \
+	-I$(TOP)/include \
+	-I$(TOP)/src/mesa \
+	-I$(TOP)/src/mesa/main
+
+CORE_MESA = $(TOP)/src/mesa/libmesa.a $(TOP)/src/mesa/libglapi.a
+
+
+.PHONY: osmesa8
+.PHONY: osmesa16
+
+
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -c $(INCLUDE_DIRS) $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
+
+
+default:
+# $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR)/$(OSMESA_LIB_NAME)
+	@ if [ "${DRIVER_DIRS}" = "osmesa" ] ; then \
+		$(MAKE) osmesa16 ; \
+	else \
+		$(MAKE) osmesa8 ; \
+	fi
+
+
+
+
+# The normal libOSMesa is used in conjuction with libGL
+osmesa8: $(TOP)/lib/$(OSMESA_LIB_NAME)
+
+$(TOP)/lib/$(OSMESA_LIB_NAME): $(OBJECTS)
+	$(TOP)/bin/mklib -o $(OSMESA_LIB) \
+		-linker "$(CC)" \
+		-major $(MESA_MAJOR) -minor $(MESA_MINOR) -patch $(MESA_TINY) \
+		-install $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR) \
+		$(MKLIB_OPTIONS) \
+		$(OSMESA_LIB_DEPS) $(OBJECTS)
+
+
+
+
+# The libOSMesa16/libOSMesa32 libraries do not use libGL but rather are built
+# with all the other Mesa sources (compiled with -DCHAN_BITS=16/32
+osmesa16: $(OBJECTS) $(CORE_MESA)
+	$(TOP)/bin/mklib -o $(OSMESA_LIB) \
+		-linker "$(CC)" \
+		-major $(MESA_MAJOR) -minor $(MESA_MINOR) -patch $(MESA_TINY) \
+		-install $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR) \
+		$(MKLIB_OPTIONS) \
+		$(OSMESA_LIB_DEPS) $(OBJECTS) $(CORE_MESA)
+
+
+
+clean:
+	-rm -f *.o *~
+
+
+# XXX todo install rule?
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/osmesa/osmesa.c b/src/mesa/drivers/osmesa/osmesa.c
index 29a6c1f4aa4..f2367bbbb70 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/osmesa/osmesa.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/osmesa/osmesa.c
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@
  */
 
 
-#include "glheader.h"
+#include "main/glheader.h"
 #include "GL/osmesa.h"
-#include "context.h"
-#include "extensions.h"
-#include "framebuffer.h"
-#include "imports.h"
-#include "mtypes.h"
-#include "renderbuffer.h"
+#include "main/context.h"
+#include "main/extensions.h"
+#include "main/framebuffer.h"
+#include "main/imports.h"
+#include "main/mtypes.h"
+#include "main/renderbuffer.h"
 #include "swrast/swrast.h"
 #include "swrast_setup/swrast_setup.h"
 #include "swrast/s_context.h"
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/x11/Makefile b/src/mesa/drivers/x11/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..51226eeae11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/x11/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+# src/mesa/drivers/x11/Makefile for libGL.so
+
+# This builds "stand-alone" Mesa, a version of libGL that does not need the
+# GLX extension.  All rendering is converted to Xlib calls.  No hardware
+# acceleration.
+
+
+TOP = ../../../..
+
+include $(TOP)/configs/current
+
+
+GL_MAJOR = 1
+GL_MINOR = 5
+GL_TINY = 0$(MESA_MAJOR)0$(MESA_MINOR)0$(MESA_TINY)
+
+
+HEADERS = \
+	glxapi.h \
+	glxheader.h \
+	xfonts.h \
+	xmesaP.h \
+	xm_glide.h \
+	xm_image.h
+
+SOURCES = \
+	fakeglx.c \
+	glxapi.c \
+	xfonts.c \
+	xm_api.c \
+	xm_buffer.c \
+	xm_dd.c \
+	xm_glide.c \
+	xm_image.c \
+	xm_line.c \
+	xm_span.c \
+	xm_tri.c
+
+OBJECTS = $(SOURCES:.c=.o)
+
+INCLUDE_DIRS = \
+	-I$(TOP)/include \
+	-I$(TOP)/src/mesa \
+	-I$(TOP)/src/mesa/main
+
+CORE_MESA = $(TOP)/src/mesa/libmesa.a $(TOP)/src/mesa/libglapi.a
+
+
+
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) -c $(INCLUDE_DIRS) $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
+
+
+default: $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR)/$(GL_LIB_NAME)
+
+
+$(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR)/$(GL_LIB_NAME): $(OBJECTS) $(CORE_MESA)
+	@ $(TOP)/bin/mklib -o $(GL_LIB) \
+		-linker '$(CC)' -ldflags '$(LDFLAGS)' \
+		-major $(GL_MAJOR) -minor $(GL_MINOR) -patch $(GL_TINY) \
+		-install $(TOP)/$(LIB_DIR) \
+		$(MKLIB_OPTIONS) $(GL_LIB_DEPS) $(OBJECTS) $(CORE_MESA)
+
+
+
+clean:
+	-rm -f *.o *~
+	-rm -f depend depend.bak
+
+
+
+depend: $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)
+	@ echo "running $(MKDEP)"
+	@ touch depend
+	@$(MKDEP) $(MKDEP_OPTIONS) $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDE_DIRS) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
+		> /dev/null 2>/dev/null
+
+
+-include depend
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/x11/glxapi.c b/src/mesa/drivers/x11/glxapi.c
index 309a0008d76..c2ccce6f520 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/x11/glxapi.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/x11/glxapi.c
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
-#include "glheader.h"
-#include "glapi.h"
+#include "main/glheader.h"
+#include "glapi/glapi.h"
 #include "glxapi.h"
 
 
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/x11/xm_api.c b/src/mesa/drivers/x11/xm_api.c
index 89418175317..5bae69a4720 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/x11/xm_api.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/x11/xm_api.c
@@ -65,14 +65,14 @@
 #include "glxheader.h"
 #include "GL/xmesa.h"
 #include "xmesaP.h"
-#include "context.h"
-#include "extensions.h"
-#include "framebuffer.h"
-#include "glthread.h"
-#include "imports.h"
-#include "macros.h"
-#include "renderbuffer.h"
-#include "teximage.h"
+#include "main/context.h"
+#include "main/extensions.h"
+#include "main/framebuffer.h"
+#include "glapi/glthread.h"
+#include "main/imports.h"
+#include "main/macros.h"
+#include "main/renderbuffer.h"
+#include "main/teximage.h"
 #include "swrast/swrast.h"
 #include "swrast_setup/swrast_setup.h"
 #include "vbo/vbo.h"
diff --git a/src/mesa/drivers/x11/xm_glide.c b/src/mesa/drivers/x11/xm_glide.c
index ae4f4282dbb..cbd69b011a1 100644
--- a/src/mesa/drivers/x11/xm_glide.c
+++ b/src/mesa/drivers/x11/xm_glide.c
@@ -64,7 +64,8 @@ FXcreateContext(XMesaVisual v, XMesaWindow w, XMesaContext c, XMesaBuffer b)
        attribs[numAttribs++] = FXMESA_NONE;
 
        /* [dBorca] we should take an envvar for `fxMesaSelectCurrentBoard'!!! */
-       hw = fxMesaSelectCurrentBoard(0);
+/*       hw = fxMesaSelectCurrentBoard(0); */
+       hw = GR_SSTTYPE_Voodoo2;
 
        /* if these fail, there's a new bug somewhere */
        ASSERT(b->mesa_buffer.Width > 0);
diff --git a/src/mesa/main/image.c b/src/mesa/main/image.c
index 347cec66ef4..8034daecae2 100644
--- a/src/mesa/main/image.c
+++ b/src/mesa/main/image.c
@@ -3963,7 +3963,7 @@ _mesa_unpack_depth_span( const GLcontext *ctx, GLuint n,
          DEPTH_VALUES(GLuint, UINT_TO_FLOAT);
          break;
       case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_24_8_EXT: /* GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil */
-         if (dstType == GL_UNSIGNED_INT &&
+         if (dstType == GL_UNSIGNED_INT_24_8_EXT &&
              depthMax == 0xffffff &&
              ctx->Pixel.DepthScale == 1.0 &&
              ctx->Pixel.DepthBias == 0.0) {
diff --git a/src/mesa/main/mm.c b/src/mesa/main/mm.c
index 846c329c70d..fb7809ed221 100644
--- a/src/mesa/main/mm.c
+++ b/src/mesa/main/mm.c
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ mmDumpMemInfo(const struct mem_block *heap)
 }
 
 struct mem_block *
-mmInit(int ofs, int size)
+mmInit(unsigned int ofs, int size)
 {
    struct mem_block *heap, *block;
   
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ mmInit(int ofs, int size)
 
 static struct mem_block *
 SliceBlock(struct mem_block *p, 
-           int startofs, int size, 
+           unsigned int startofs, int size, 
            int reserved, int alignment)
 {
    struct mem_block *newblock;
@@ -164,8 +164,8 @@ mmAllocMem(struct mem_block *heap, int size, int align2, int startSearch)
 {
    struct mem_block *p;
    const int mask = (1 << align2)-1;
-   int startofs = 0;
-   int endofs;
+   unsigned int startofs = 0;
+   unsigned int endofs;
 
    if (!heap || align2 < 0 || size <= 0)
       return NULL;
diff --git a/src/mesa/main/mm.h b/src/mesa/main/mm.h
index 26d59fff139..5ad3ffd6d15 100644
--- a/src/mesa/main/mm.h
+++ b/src/mesa/main/mm.h
@@ -39,7 +39,8 @@ struct mem_block {
    struct mem_block *next, *prev;
    struct mem_block *next_free, *prev_free;
    struct mem_block *heap;
-   int ofs,size;
+   unsigned int ofs;
+   int size;
    unsigned int free:1;
    unsigned int reserved:1;
 };
@@ -50,7 +51,7 @@ struct mem_block {
  * input: total size in bytes
  * return: a heap pointer if OK, NULL if error
  */
-extern struct mem_block *mmInit(int ofs, int size);
+extern struct mem_block *mmInit(unsigned int ofs, int size);
 
 /**
  * Allocate 'size' bytes with 2^align2 bytes alignment,
diff --git a/src/mesa/main/texenvprogram.c b/src/mesa/main/texenvprogram.c
index af19a38c42b..512d52704d8 100644
--- a/src/mesa/main/texenvprogram.c
+++ b/src/mesa/main/texenvprogram.c
@@ -68,6 +68,7 @@ struct state_key {
    struct {
       GLuint enabled:1;
       GLuint source_index:3;   /* one of TEXTURE_1D/2D/3D/CUBE/RECT_INDEX */
+      GLuint shadow:1;
       GLuint ScaleShiftRGB:2;
       GLuint ScaleShiftA:2;
 
@@ -219,6 +220,7 @@ static void make_state_key( GLcontext *ctx,  struct state_key *key )
 
       key->unit[i].source_index = 
 	 translate_tex_src_bit(texUnit->_ReallyEnabled);		
+      key->unit[i].shadow = texUnit->_Current->CompareMode == GL_COMPARE_R_TO_TEXTURE;
 
       key->unit[i].NumArgsRGB = texUnit->_CurrentCombine->_NumArgsRGB;
       key->unit[i].NumArgsA = texUnit->_CurrentCombine->_NumArgsA;
@@ -945,11 +947,13 @@ static void load_texture( struct texenv_fragment_program *p, GLuint unit )
 			  
       /* TODO: Use D0_MASK_XY where possible.
        */
-      if (p->state->unit[unit].enabled) 
+      if (p->state->unit[unit].enabled) {
 	 p->src_texture[unit] = emit_texld( p, OPCODE_TXP,
 					    tmp, WRITEMASK_XYZW, 
 					    unit, dim, texcoord );
-      else
+	 if (p->state->unit[unit].shadow)
+	    p->program->Base.ShadowSamplers |= 1 << unit;
+      } else
 	 p->src_texture[unit] = get_zero(p);
    }
 }
diff --git a/src/mesa/main/texstore.c b/src/mesa/main/texstore.c
index 5363e9e0801..89774291f2f 100644
--- a/src/mesa/main/texstore.c
+++ b/src/mesa/main/texstore.c
@@ -2322,7 +2322,7 @@ _mesa_texstore_ycbcr(TEXSTORE_PARAMS)
 GLboolean
 _mesa_texstore_z24_s8(TEXSTORE_PARAMS)
 {
-   const GLuint depthScale = 0xffffff;
+   const GLfloat depthScale = (GLfloat) 0xffffff;
 
    ASSERT(dstFormat == &_mesa_texformat_z24_s8);
    ASSERT(srcFormat == GL_DEPTH_STENCIL_EXT);
@@ -2360,7 +2360,7 @@ _mesa_texstore_z24_s8(TEXSTORE_PARAMS)
             GLint i;
             /* the 24 depth bits will be in the high position: */
             _mesa_unpack_depth_span(ctx, srcWidth,
-                                    GL_UNSIGNED_INT, /* dst type */
+                                    GL_UNSIGNED_INT_24_8_EXT, /* dst type */
                                     dstRow, /* dst addr */
                                     depthScale,
                                     srcType, src, srcPacking);
diff --git a/src/mesa/shader/arbprogparse.c b/src/mesa/shader/arbprogparse.c
index 60aaabe679f..97bda9c6b38 100644
--- a/src/mesa/shader/arbprogparse.c
+++ b/src/mesa/shader/arbprogparse.c
@@ -3869,7 +3869,7 @@ _mesa_parse_arb_fragment_program(GLcontext* ctx, GLenum target,
    program->Base.Parameters    = ap.Base.Parameters;
 
 #if DEBUG_FP
-   _mesa_printf("____________Fragment program %u ________\n", program->Base.ID);
+   _mesa_printf("____________Fragment program %u ________\n", program->Base.Id);
    _mesa_print_program(&program->Base);
 #endif
 }
diff --git a/src/mesa/shader/prog_execute.c b/src/mesa/shader/prog_execute.c
index 8ce2ca39641..4575a069ea5 100644
--- a/src/mesa/shader/prog_execute.c
+++ b/src/mesa/shader/prog_execute.c
@@ -90,7 +90,8 @@ get_register_pointer(const struct prog_src_register *source,
          const struct gl_program_parameter_list *params;
          ASSERT(source->File == PROGRAM_LOCAL_PARAM ||
                 source->File == PROGRAM_CONSTANT ||
-                source->File == PROGRAM_STATE_VAR);
+                source->File == PROGRAM_STATE_VAR ||
+                source->File == PROGRAM_UNIFORM);
          params = machine->CurProgram->Parameters;
          if (reg < 0 || reg >= params->NumParameters)
             return ZeroVec;
diff --git a/src/mesa/shader/prog_parameter.c b/src/mesa/shader/prog_parameter.c
index 152bd79f695..afdd7e5489c 100644
--- a/src/mesa/shader/prog_parameter.c
+++ b/src/mesa/shader/prog_parameter.c
@@ -62,6 +62,28 @@ _mesa_free_parameter_list(struct gl_program_parameter_list *paramList)
 }
 
 
+static GLint
+_mesa_fit_type_in_vec4(GLenum type)
+{
+   switch (type) {
+   case GL_FLOAT:
+   case GL_INT:
+      return 4;
+      break;
+   case GL_FLOAT_VEC2:
+   case GL_INT_VEC2:
+      return 2;
+      break;
+   case GL_FLOAT_VEC3:
+   case GL_INT_VEC3:
+      return 1;
+      break;
+   case GL_FLOAT_VEC4:
+   case GL_INT_VEC4:
+   default:
+      return 1;
+   }
+}
 
 /**
  * Add a new parameter to a parameter list.
@@ -272,7 +294,7 @@ _mesa_add_uniform(struct gl_program_parameter_list *paramList,
    }
    else {
       i = _mesa_add_parameter(paramList, PROGRAM_UNIFORM, name,
-                              size, datatype, NULL, NULL);
+                              size * _mesa_fit_type_in_vec4(datatype), datatype, NULL, NULL);
       return i;
    }
 }
diff --git a/src/mesa/shader/prog_print.c b/src/mesa/shader/prog_print.c
index 1c35ce3fecf..2c5e03acc25 100644
--- a/src/mesa/shader/prog_print.c
+++ b/src/mesa/shader/prog_print.c
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ arb_output_attrib_string(GLint index, GLenum progType)
  */
 static const char *
 reg_string(enum register_file f, GLint index, gl_prog_print_mode mode,
-           const struct gl_program *prog)
+           GLboolean relAddr, const struct gl_program *prog)
 {
    static char str[100];
 
@@ -214,7 +214,10 @@ reg_string(enum register_file f, GLint index, gl_prog_print_mode mode,
 
    switch (mode) {
    case PROG_PRINT_DEBUG:
-      sprintf(str, "%s[%d]", file_string(f, mode), index);
+      if (relAddr)
+         sprintf(str, "%s[ADDR%s%d]", file_string(f, mode), (index > 0) ? "+" : "", index);
+      else
+         sprintf(str, "%s[%d]", file_string(f, mode), index);
       break;
 
    case PROG_PRINT_ARB:
@@ -401,7 +404,7 @@ print_dst_reg(const struct prog_dst_register *dstReg, gl_prog_print_mode mode,
 {
    _mesa_printf("%s%s",
                 reg_string((enum register_file) dstReg->File,
-                           dstReg->Index, mode, prog),
+                           dstReg->Index, mode, GL_FALSE, prog),
                 writemask_string(dstReg->WriteMask));
 
    if (dstReg->CondMask != COND_TR) {
@@ -424,9 +427,9 @@ print_src_reg(const struct prog_src_register *srcReg, gl_prog_print_mode mode,
 {
    _mesa_printf("%s%s",
                 reg_string((enum register_file) srcReg->File,
-                           srcReg->Index, mode, prog),
+                           srcReg->Index, mode, srcReg->RelAddr, prog),
                 _mesa_swizzle_string(srcReg->Swizzle,
-                               srcReg->NegateBase, GL_FALSE));
+                                     srcReg->NegateBase, GL_FALSE));
 #if 0
    _mesa_printf("%s[%d]%s",
                 file_string((enum register_file) srcReg->File, mode),
@@ -590,7 +593,9 @@ _mesa_print_instruction_opt(const struct prog_instruction *inst, GLint indent,
       break;
 
    case OPCODE_ARL:
-      _mesa_printf("ARL addr.x, ");
+      _mesa_printf("ARL ");
+      print_dst_reg(&inst->DstReg, mode, prog);
+      _mesa_printf(", ");
       print_src_reg(&inst->SrcReg[0], mode, prog);
       print_comment(inst);
       break;
diff --git a/src/mesa/shader/programopt.c b/src/mesa/shader/programopt.c
index 7d560c74a54..f3511ba00ec 100644
--- a/src/mesa/shader/programopt.c
+++ b/src/mesa/shader/programopt.c
@@ -367,20 +367,22 @@ _mesa_count_texture_instructions(struct gl_program *prog)
 
 
 /**
- * Scan/rewrite program to remove reads of varying (output) registers.
+ * Scan/rewrite program to remove reads of custom (output) registers.
+ * The passed type has to be either PROGRAM_VARYING or PROGRAM_OUTPUT.
  * In GLSL vertex shaders, varying vars can be read and written.
  * Normally, vertex varying vars are implemented as output registers.
  * On some hardware, trying to read an output register causes trouble.
  * So, rewrite the program to use a temporary register in this case.
  */
 void
-_mesa_remove_varying_reads(struct gl_program *prog)
+_mesa_remove_output_reads(struct gl_program *prog, enum register_file type)
 {
    GLuint i;
    GLint outputMap[VERT_RESULT_MAX];
    GLuint numVaryingReads = 0;
 
    assert(prog->Target == GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_ARB);
+   assert(type == PROGRAM_VARYING || type == PROGRAM_OUTPUT);
 
    for (i = 0; i < VERT_RESULT_MAX; i++)
       outputMap[i] = -1;
@@ -391,7 +393,7 @@ _mesa_remove_varying_reads(struct gl_program *prog)
       const GLuint numSrc = _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);
       GLuint j;
       for (j = 0; j < numSrc; j++) {
-         if (inst->SrcReg[j].File == PROGRAM_VARYING) {
+         if (inst->SrcReg[j].File == type) {
             /* replace the read with a temp reg */
             const GLuint var = inst->SrcReg[j].Index;
             if (outputMap[var] == -1) {
@@ -414,7 +416,7 @@ _mesa_remove_varying_reads(struct gl_program *prog)
       const GLuint numSrc = _mesa_num_inst_src_regs(inst->Opcode);
       GLuint j;
       for (j = 0; j < numSrc; j++) {
-         if (inst->DstReg.File == PROGRAM_VARYING &&
+         if (inst->DstReg.File == type &&
              outputMap[inst->DstReg.Index] >= 0) {
             /* change inst to write to the temp reg, instead of the varying */
             inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
@@ -447,7 +449,7 @@ _mesa_remove_varying_reads(struct gl_program *prog)
          if (outputMap[var] >= 0) {
             /* MOV VAR[var], TEMP[tmp]; */
             inst->Opcode = OPCODE_MOV;
-            inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_VARYING;
+            inst->DstReg.File = type;
             inst->DstReg.Index = var;
             inst->SrcReg[0].File = PROGRAM_TEMPORARY;
             inst->SrcReg[0].Index = outputMap[var];
diff --git a/src/mesa/shader/programopt.h b/src/mesa/shader/programopt.h
index 47ff2f0c7be..11572e64f5a 100644
--- a/src/mesa/shader/programopt.h
+++ b/src/mesa/shader/programopt.h
@@ -40,6 +40,6 @@ extern void
 _mesa_count_texture_instructions(struct gl_program *prog);
 
 extern void
-_mesa_remove_varying_reads(struct gl_program *prog);
+_mesa_remove_output_reads(struct gl_program *prog, enum register_file type);
 
 #endif /* PROGRAMOPT_H */
diff --git a/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_compile.c b/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_compile.c
index 46b5c54bbeb..cdea1c51287 100644
--- a/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_compile.c
+++ b/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_compile.c
@@ -258,9 +258,33 @@ parse_array_len(slang_parse_ctx * C, slang_output_ctx * O, GLuint * len)
 
    /* evaluate compile-time expression which is array size */
    _slang_simplify(&array_size, &space, C->atoms);
-   result = (array_size.type == SLANG_OPER_LITERAL_INT);
 
-   *len = (GLint) array_size.literal[0];
+   if (array_size.type == SLANG_OPER_LITERAL_INT) {
+      result = GL_TRUE;
+      *len = (GLint) array_size.literal[0];
+   } else if (array_size.type == SLANG_OPER_IDENTIFIER) {
+      slang_variable *var = _slang_locate_variable(array_size.locals, array_size.a_id, GL_TRUE);
+      if (!var) {
+         slang_info_log_error(C->L, "undefined variable '%s'",
+                              (char *) array_size.a_id);
+         result = GL_FALSE;
+      } else if (var->type.qualifier == SLANG_QUAL_CONST &&
+                 var->type.specifier.type == SLANG_SPEC_INT) {
+         if (var->initializer &&
+             var->initializer->type == SLANG_OPER_LITERAL_INT) {
+            *len = (GLint) var->initializer->literal[0];
+            result = GL_TRUE;
+         } else {
+            slang_info_log_error(C->L, "unable to parse array size declaration");
+            result = GL_FALSE;
+         }
+      } else {
+         slang_info_log_error(C->L, "unable to parse array size declaration");
+         result = GL_FALSE;
+      }
+   } else {
+      result = GL_FALSE;
+   }
 
    slang_operation_destruct(&array_size);
    return result;
@@ -2188,7 +2212,8 @@ _slang_compile(GLcontext *ctx, struct gl_shader *shader)
       printf("Pre-remove output reads:\n");
       _mesa_print_program(shader->Programs[0]);
 #endif
-      _mesa_remove_varying_reads(shader->Programs[0]);
+      _mesa_remove_output_reads(shader->Programs[0], PROGRAM_VARYING);
+      _mesa_remove_output_reads(shader->Programs[0], PROGRAM_OUTPUT);
 #if 0
       printf("Post-remove output reads:\n");
       _mesa_print_program(shader->Programs[0]);
diff --git a/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_emit.c b/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_emit.c
index ff63e05dd20..93256f8647c 100644
--- a/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_emit.c
+++ b/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_emit.c
@@ -223,6 +223,7 @@ storage_to_src_reg(struct prog_src_register *src, const slang_ir_storage *st)
    assert(st->Size <= 4);
    src->File = st->File;
    src->Index = st->Index;
+   src->RelAddr = st->RelAddr;
    if (st->Swizzle != SWIZZLE_NOOP)
       src->Swizzle = st->Swizzle;
    else
@@ -1488,11 +1489,16 @@ emit_array_element(slang_emit_info *emitInfo, slang_ir_node *n)
       n->Store->Index = arrayAddr + index;
    }
    else {
-      /* Variable index - PROBLEM */
-      const GLint arrayAddr = n->Children[0]->Store->Index;
-      const GLint index = 0;
-      _mesa_problem(NULL, "variable array indexes not supported yet!");
-      n->Store->Index = arrayAddr + index;
+      /* Variable index*/
+      struct prog_instruction *inst;
+      inst = new_instruction(emitInfo, OPCODE_ARL);
+      storage_to_dst_reg(&inst->DstReg, n->Store, n->Writemask);
+      storage_to_src_reg(&inst->SrcReg[0], n->Children[1]->Store);
+      inst->DstReg.File = PROGRAM_ADDRESS;
+      inst->Comment = _mesa_strdup("ARL ADDR");
+      n->Store->RelAddr = GL_TRUE;
+      n->Store->Index = inst->DstReg.Index;/*index of the array*/
+      inst->DstReg.Index = 0; /*addr index is always 0*/
    }
    return NULL; /* no instruction */
 }
diff --git a/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_ir.h b/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_ir.h
index c7c0ddbf9a6..ba0735d64dd 100644
--- a/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_ir.h
+++ b/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_ir.h
@@ -146,6 +146,7 @@ struct _slang_ir_storage
    GLint Size;  /**< number of floats */
    GLuint Swizzle;
    GLint RefCount; /**< Used during IR tree delete */
+   GLboolean RelAddr;
 };
 
 typedef struct _slang_ir_storage slang_ir_storage;
diff --git a/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_link.c b/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_link.c
index 80cd4b6df62..dd4990ba023 100644
--- a/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_link.c
+++ b/src/mesa/shader/slang/slang_link.c
@@ -262,6 +262,9 @@ _slang_resolve_attributes(struct gl_shader_program *shProg,
                   return GL_FALSE;
                }
                _mesa_add_attribute(shProg->Attributes, name, size, attr);
+
+	       /* set the attribute as used */
+	       usedAttributes |= 1<<attr;
             }
 
             inst->SrcReg[j].Index = VERT_ATTRIB_GENERIC0 + attr;
diff --git a/src/mesa/sources b/src/mesa/sources
index 054f667a254..2db1843239c 100644
--- a/src/mesa/sources
+++ b/src/mesa/sources
@@ -241,57 +241,11 @@ SPARC_API =			\
 COMMON_DRIVER_SOURCES =			\
 	drivers/common/driverfuncs.c
 
-X11_DRIVER_SOURCES =		\
-	drivers/x11/glxapi.c	\
-	drivers/x11/fakeglx.c	\
-	drivers/x11/xfonts.c	\
-	drivers/x11/xm_api.c	\
-	drivers/x11/xm_buffer.c	\
-	drivers/x11/xm_dd.c	\
-	drivers/x11/xm_glide.c	\
-	drivers/x11/xm_line.c	\
-	drivers/x11/xm_span.c	\
-	drivers/x11/xm_tri.c
-
-OSMESA_DRIVER_SOURCES = \
-	drivers/osmesa/osmesa.c
-
-GLIDE_DRIVER_SOURCES =			\
-	drivers/glide/fxapi.c		\
-	drivers/glide/fxdd.c		\
-	drivers/glide/fxddspan.c	\
-	drivers/glide/fxddtex.c		\
-	drivers/glide/fxsetup.c		\
-	drivers/glide/fxtexman.c	\
-	drivers/glide/fxtris.c		\
-	drivers/glide/fxvb.c		\
-	drivers/glide/fxglidew.c	\
-	drivers/glide/fxg.c
-
-SVGA_DRIVER_SOURCES =			\
-	drivers/svga/svgamesa.c		\
-	drivers/svga/svgamesa8.c	\
-	drivers/svga/svgamesa15.c	\
-	drivers/svga/svgamesa16.c	\
-	drivers/svga/svgamesa24.c	\
-	drivers/svga/svgamesa32.c
-
-FBDEV_DRIVER_SOURCES =			\
-	drivers/fbdev/glfbdev.c
 
 
 ### All the core C sources
 
-ALL_SOURCES = \
-	$(GLAPI_SOURCES)	\
-	$(SOLO_SOURCES)		\
-	$(ASM_SOURCES)		\
-	$(COMMON_DRIVER_SOURCES)\
-	$(X11_DRIVER_SOURCES)	\
-	$(FBDEV_DRIVER_SOURCES) \
-	$(OSMESA_DRIVER_SOURCES)
-
-SOLO_SOURCES = \
+MESA_SOURCES = \
 	$(MAIN_SOURCES)		\
 	$(MATH_SOURCES)		\
 	$(VBO_SOURCES)		\
@@ -299,32 +253,31 @@ SOLO_SOURCES = \
 	$(SHADER_SOURCES)	\
 	$(SWRAST_SOURCES)	\
 	$(SWRAST_SETUP_SOURCES)	\
+	$(COMMON_DRIVER_SOURCES) \
 	$(ASM_C_SOURCES)	\
 	$(SLANG_SOURCES)
 
-CORE_SOURCES = \
+ALL_SOURCES = \
+	$(MESA_SOURCES)		\
 	$(GLAPI_SOURCES)	\
-	$(SOLO_SOURCES)
+	$(ASM_SOURCES)		\
+	$(COMMON_DRIVER_SOURCES)
+
 
 
 ### Object files
 
-SOLO_OBJECTS = \
-	$(SOLO_SOURCES:.c=.o) \
+MESA_OBJECTS = \
+	$(MESA_SOURCES:.c=.o) \
 	$(ASM_SOURCES:.S=.o)
 
 GLAPI_OBJECTS = \
 	$(GLAPI_SOURCES:.c=.o) \
 	$(ASM_API:.S=.o)
 
-CORE_OBJECTS = $(SOLO_OBJECTS) $(GLAPI_OBJECTS)
-
-OSMESA_DRIVER_OBJECTS = $(OSMESA_DRIVER_SOURCES:.c=.o)
 
 COMMON_DRIVER_OBJECTS = $(COMMON_DRIVER_SOURCES:.c=.o)
 
-FBDEV_DRIVER_OBJECTS = $(FBDEV_DRIVER_SOURCES:.c=.o)
-
 
 
 ### Include directories
diff --git a/src/mesa/swrast/s_context.c b/src/mesa/swrast/s_context.c
index 8e6b28bb4c6..eab9ff3a9e7 100644
--- a/src/mesa/swrast/s_context.c
+++ b/src/mesa/swrast/s_context.c
@@ -832,6 +832,8 @@ _swrast_DestroyContext( GLcontext *ctx )
    }
 
    FREE( swrast->SpanArrays );
+   if (swrast->ZoomedArrays)
+      FREE( swrast->ZoomedArrays );
    FREE( swrast->TexelBuffer );
    FREE( swrast );
 
diff --git a/src/mesa/swrast/s_context.h b/src/mesa/swrast/s_context.h
index 3dcc3ed16e2..a511d1c9a17 100644
--- a/src/mesa/swrast/s_context.h
+++ b/src/mesa/swrast/s_context.h
@@ -206,6 +206,7 @@ typedef struct
     * on some systems.
     */
    SWspanarrays *SpanArrays;
+   SWspanarrays *ZoomedArrays;  /**< For pixel zooming */
 
    /**
     * Used to buffer N GL_POINTS, instead of rendering one by one.
diff --git a/src/mesa/swrast/s_zoom.c b/src/mesa/swrast/s_zoom.c
index 9f1a4c6f0a7..4473078b78a 100644
--- a/src/mesa/swrast/s_zoom.c
+++ b/src/mesa/swrast/s_zoom.c
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 /*
  * Mesa 3-D graphics library
- * Version:  6.5.2
+ * Version:  7.1
  *
- * Copyright (C) 1999-2006  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.
+ * Copyright (C) 1999-2008  Brian Paul   All Rights Reserved.
  *
  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
  * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ static void
 zoom_span( GLcontext *ctx, GLint imgX, GLint imgY, const SWspan *span,
            const GLvoid *src, GLenum format )
 {
+   SWcontext *swrast = SWRAST_CONTEXT(ctx);
    SWspan zoomed;
-   SWspanarrays zoomed_arrays;  /* this is big! */
    GLint x0, x1, y0, y1;
    GLint zoomedWidth;
 
@@ -140,6 +140,13 @@ zoom_span( GLcontext *ctx, GLint imgX, GLint imgY, const SWspan *span,
       return;  /* totally clipped */
    }
 
+   if (!swrast->ZoomedArrays) {
+      /* allocate on demand */
+      swrast->ZoomedArrays = (SWspanarrays *) CALLOC(sizeof(SWspanarrays));
+      if (!swrast->ZoomedArrays)
+         return;
+   }
+
    zoomedWidth = x1 - x0;
    ASSERT(zoomedWidth > 0);
    ASSERT(zoomedWidth <= MAX_WIDTH);
@@ -151,14 +158,14 @@ zoom_span( GLcontext *ctx, GLint imgX, GLint imgY, const SWspan *span,
    INIT_SPAN(zoomed, GL_BITMAP);
    zoomed.x = x0;
    zoomed.end = zoomedWidth;
-   zoomed.array = &zoomed_arrays;
-   zoomed_arrays.ChanType = span->array->ChanType;
-   if (zoomed_arrays.ChanType == GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE)
-      zoomed_arrays.rgba = (GLchan (*)[4]) zoomed_arrays.rgba8;
-   else if (zoomed_arrays.ChanType == GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT)
-      zoomed_arrays.rgba = (GLchan (*)[4]) zoomed_arrays.rgba16;
+   zoomed.array = swrast->ZoomedArrays;
+   zoomed.array->ChanType = span->array->ChanType;
+   if (zoomed.array->ChanType == GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE)
+      zoomed.array->rgba = (GLchan (*)[4]) zoomed.array->rgba8;
+   else if (zoomed.array->ChanType == GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT)
+      zoomed.array->rgba = (GLchan (*)[4]) zoomed.array->rgba16;
    else
-      zoomed_arrays.rgba = (GLchan (*)[4]) zoomed_arrays.attribs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0];
+      zoomed.array->rgba = (GLchan (*)[4]) zoomed.array->attribs[FRAG_ATTRIB_COL0];
 
    COPY_4V(zoomed.attrStart[FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS], span->attrStart[FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS]);
    COPY_4V(zoomed.attrStepX[FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS], span->attrStepX[FRAG_ATTRIB_WPOS]);
diff --git a/src/mesa/tnl/t_context.c b/src/mesa/tnl/t_context.c
index 3b8dd18bbb2..e772a06eda8 100644
--- a/src/mesa/tnl/t_context.c
+++ b/src/mesa/tnl/t_context.c
@@ -105,10 +105,10 @@ _tnl_InvalidateState( GLcontext *ctx, GLuint new_state )
    const struct gl_vertex_program *vp = ctx->VertexProgram._Current;
    const struct gl_fragment_program *fp = ctx->FragmentProgram._Current;
 
-   if (new_state & (_NEW_HINT)) {
+   if (new_state & (_NEW_HINT | _NEW_PROGRAM)) {
       ASSERT(tnl->AllowVertexFog || tnl->AllowPixelFog);
-      tnl->_DoVertexFog = (tnl->AllowVertexFog && (ctx->Hint.Fog != GL_NICEST))
-         || !tnl->AllowPixelFog;
+      tnl->_DoVertexFog = ((tnl->AllowVertexFog && (ctx->Hint.Fog != GL_NICEST))
+         || !tnl->AllowPixelFog) && !fp;
    }
 
    tnl->pipeline.new_state |= new_state;
@@ -202,8 +202,8 @@ _tnl_allow_vertex_fog( GLcontext *ctx, GLboolean value )
 {
    TNLcontext *tnl = TNL_CONTEXT(ctx);
    tnl->AllowVertexFog = value;
-   tnl->_DoVertexFog = (tnl->AllowVertexFog && (ctx->Hint.Fog != GL_NICEST))
-      || !tnl->AllowPixelFog;
+   tnl->_DoVertexFog = ((tnl->AllowVertexFog && (ctx->Hint.Fog != GL_NICEST))
+      || !tnl->AllowPixelFog) && !ctx->FragmentProgram._Current;
 
 }
 
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ _tnl_allow_pixel_fog( GLcontext *ctx, GLboolean value )
 {
    TNLcontext *tnl = TNL_CONTEXT(ctx);
    tnl->AllowPixelFog = value;
-   tnl->_DoVertexFog = (tnl->AllowVertexFog && (ctx->Hint.Fog != GL_NICEST))
-      || !tnl->AllowPixelFog;
+   tnl->_DoVertexFog = ((tnl->AllowVertexFog && (ctx->Hint.Fog != GL_NICEST))
+      || !tnl->AllowPixelFog) && !ctx->FragmentProgram._Current;
 }
 
diff --git a/src/mesa/tnl/t_pipeline.c b/src/mesa/tnl/t_pipeline.c
index 2a0ed8852a2..357ef1e24b5 100644
--- a/src/mesa/tnl/t_pipeline.c
+++ b/src/mesa/tnl/t_pipeline.c
@@ -199,11 +199,11 @@ const struct tnl_pipeline_stage *_tnl_default_pipeline[] = {
    &_tnl_vertex_transform_stage,
    &_tnl_normal_transform_stage,
    &_tnl_lighting_stage,
-   &_tnl_fog_coordinate_stage,
    &_tnl_texgen_stage,
    &_tnl_texture_transform_stage,
    &_tnl_point_attenuation_stage,
    &_tnl_vertex_program_stage, 
+   &_tnl_fog_coordinate_stage,
    &_tnl_render_stage,
    NULL 
 };
diff --git a/src/mesa/tnl/t_vb_fog.c b/src/mesa/tnl/t_vb_fog.c
index d8bca3820bc..99e5a09c755 100644
--- a/src/mesa/tnl/t_vb_fog.c
+++ b/src/mesa/tnl/t_vb_fog.c
@@ -148,11 +148,11 @@ run_fog_stage(GLcontext *ctx, struct tnl_pipeline_stage *stage)
    struct fog_stage_data *store = FOG_STAGE_DATA(stage);
    GLvector4f *input;
 
-   if (!ctx->Fog.Enabled || ctx->VertexProgram._Current)
-      return GL_TRUE;
 
+   if (!ctx->Fog.Enabled)
+      return GL_TRUE;
 
-   if (ctx->Fog.FogCoordinateSource == GL_FRAGMENT_DEPTH_EXT) {
+   if (ctx->Fog.FogCoordinateSource == GL_FRAGMENT_DEPTH_EXT && !ctx->VertexProgram._Current) {
       GLuint i;
       GLfloat *coord;
       /* Fog is computed from vertex or fragment Z values */
diff --git a/src/mesa/vbo/vbo_save_loopback.c b/src/mesa/vbo/vbo_save_loopback.c
index f2cef698fbe..92ca4ea95d3 100644
--- a/src/mesa/vbo/vbo_save_loopback.c
+++ b/src/mesa/vbo/vbo_save_loopback.c
@@ -25,9 +25,6 @@
  * 
  **************************************************************************/
 
-#include "swrast_setup/swrast_setup.h"
-#include "swrast/swrast.h"
-#include "tnl/tnl.h"
 #include "main/context.h"
 #include "main/glheader.h"
 #include "main/enums.h"